Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 27, 2014.

Registration No. 333-198574

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1

TO

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Under

The Securities Act of 1933

 

 

Upland Software, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   7372   27-2992077
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

 

 

401 Congress Avenue, Suite 1850

Austin, Texas 78701

(512) 960-1010

 

 

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

John T. McDonald

Upland Software, Inc.

401 Congress Avenue, Suite 1850

Austin, Texas 78701

(512) 960-1010

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Brian K. Beard

Joseph M. Alcorta

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati,

Professional Corporation

900 South Capital of Texas Highway

Las Cimas, Fifth Floor

Austin, Texas, 78746-5546

(512) 338-5400

 

Robert V. Housley

General Counsel and Secretary

Upland Software, Inc.

401 Congress Avenue, Suite 1850

Austin, Texas 78701

(512) 960-1010

 

Brian Schafer

Winston & Strawn LLP
35 W. Wacker Drive
Chicago, Illinois 60601-9703

(312) 558-5600

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

  Amount to be
registered
 

Proposed

Maximum

Offering Price
Per Unit

 

Proposed

Maximum
Aggregate

Offering Price(1)(2)

  Amount of
Registration Fee(3)

Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share

  4,423,077   $14.00   $61,923,078  

$7,825.46

 

 

(1) Includes 576,923 shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase.
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(3) The Registrant previously paid $6,440 of the registration fee in connection with the initial filling of this registration statement.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED OCTOBER 27, 2014

PROSPECTUS

3,846,154 Shares

 

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

This is the initial public offering of 3,846,154 shares of common stock of Upland Software, Inc. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price of the common stock is expected to be between $12.00 and $14.00 per share.

 

 

We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “UPLD.”

 

 

We are an “emerging growth company” under the federal securities laws and, as such, may elect to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements.

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 15.

 

     Per Share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                $        

Underwriting discounts and commissions (1)

   $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $         $     

 

(1) See “Underwriting.”

Certain of our existing stockholders, including John T. McDonald, our Chief Executive Officer and chairman of our board of directors, entities associated with Austin Ventures, each of which is an affiliate of a member of our board of directors, and ESW Capital, LLC or its affiliates, have indicated an interest in purchasing shares of common stock with an aggregate purchase price of up to $5.0 million, or up to 10% of the proposed offering size based on an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the underwriters may determine to sell more, less or no shares in this offering to such stockholders, or such stockholders may determine to purchase more, less or no shares in this offering. The underwriters will receive the same discount from shares of our common stock purchased by such stockholders as they will from other shares of our common stock sold to the public in this offering.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

We have granted the underwriters the option to purchase up to an additional 576,923 shares of common stock at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, within 30 days of the date of this prospectus to cover over-allotments.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on                     , 2014.

 

 

Joint Book-Running Managers

 

William Blair   Raymond James

 

 

Canaccord Genuity   Needham & Company

 

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2014


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     15   

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     40   

Market, Industry and Other Data

     42   

Use of Proceeds

     43   

Dividend Policy

     43   

Capitalization

     44   

Dilution

     46   

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

     48   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     52   

Business

     86   

Management

     99   

Executive Compensation

     107   

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     115   

Principal Stockholders

     120   

Description of Capital Stock

     123   

Shares Eligible For Future Sale

     128   

Material U.S. Federal Tax Considerations For Non-U.S. Holders

     131   

Underwriting

     135   

Legal Matters

     141   

Experts

     141   

Where You Can Find Additional Information

     141   

Index to Financial Statements

     F-1   

Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with any additional information or information that is different from that contained in this prospectus or any related free writing prospectus. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

No action is being taken in any jurisdiction outside the United States to permit a public offering of our common stock or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any such jurisdiction. Persons who come into possession of this prospectus in jurisdictions outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions as to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus applicable to those jurisdictions.

Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the markets in which we operate, including our general expectations and market position, market opportunity and market size, is based on information from various sources, including independent data, research opinions and viewpoints published by International Data Corporation, or IDC, and McKinsey & Company, or McKinsey, on assumptions that we have made that are based on those and other similar sources and on our knowledge of the markets for our applications. See “Market, Industry and Other Data” for further information.

 

-i-


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

The following summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus but may not contain all of the information that you consider important in making your investment decision. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included in this prospectus and the information set forth under the headings “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Unless the context requires otherwise, the words “Upland,” “we,” “company,” “us” and “our” refer to Upland Software, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

Company Overview

Upland is a leading provider of cloud-based enterprise work management software. We define enterprise work management software as software applications that enable organizations to plan, manage and execute projects and work. Our software applications help organizations better optimize the allocation and utilization of their people, time and money. We provide a family of cloud-based enterprise work management software applications for the information technology, marketing, finance, professional services and process excellence functions within organizations. Our software applications address a broad range of enterprise work management needs, from strategic planning to task execution.

We provide organizations and their knowledge workers with software applications that better align resources with business objectives and increase visibility, governance, collaboration and responsiveness to changes in the business environment. This results in increased work capacity, higher productivity and better execution. Our applications are easy-to-use, highly scalable and offer real-time collaboration for knowledge workers distributed on a local or global scale. Our applications address enterprise work challenges in the following categories:

 

    Program and Portfolio Management: Enables customers to gain high-level visibility across their organizations and improve top-down governance and management of programs, initiatives, investments and projects.

 

    Project Management and Collaboration: Enables customers to improve collaboration and the execution of both projects and unstructured work.

 

    Workflow Automation and Enterprise Content Management: Enables customers to automate document-based workflows and control access and distribution of their content to boost productivity, encourage collaboration, improve compliance and enhance and influence customer engagement.

 

    Professional Services Automation: Enables customers to more effectively manage their knowledge workers to better track work, expenses and client billing while improving scheduling, utilization and alignment of human capital.

 

    Financial Management: Enables customers to have visibility into the cost, quality and value of internal services delivered within their organizations, which helps improve alignment during planning and budgeting processes, and better assess and validate proposed investments and initiatives of a particular line of business.

We sell our software applications primarily through a direct sales organization and employ a land-and-expand go-to-market strategy. After we demonstrate the value of an initial application to an organization, our sales and account management teams work to expand the use of that initial application across the organization, as

 

 

-1-


Table of Contents

well as cross-sell additional applications to address other enterprise work management needs of the organization. In addition to our direct sales organization, we have an indirect sales organization, which sells to distributors and value-added resellers. Our subscription agreements are typically sold either on a per-seat basis or on a minimum contracted volume basis with overage fees billed in arrears, depending on the application being sold. We service customers ranging from large global corporations and government agencies to small- and medium-sized businesses. As of December 31, 2013, we had more than 1,200 customers with over 200,000 users, excluding users under volume-based contracts, across a broad range of industries, including financial services, retail, technology, manufacturing, education, consumer goods, media, telecommunications, government, food and beverage, healthcare and life sciences.

We have achieved significant growth and scale in a relatively short period of time. Through a series of acquisitions, we have established a diverse family of software applications under the Upland brand, each of which addresses a specific enterprise work management need. Our revenue has grown from $22.8 million in fiscal 2012 to $41.2 million in fiscal 2013 and from $18.7 million in the first six months of 2013 to $31.8 million in the first six months of 2014, representing an 80% and 70% period-over-period growth rate, respectively. We recorded Adjusted EBITDA of $0.7 million, $2.7 million and $2.6 million in fiscal 2012 and 2013 and the first six months of 2014, respectively, and a net loss of $2.5 million, $9.2 million and $15.0 million in fiscal 2012 and 2013 and the first six months of 2014, respectively. See “—Summary Consolidated Financial Data” for the definition of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP measure.

Industry Background

A Rapidly Changing Business Environment

The continued growth of an information-based economy driven by technological innovation and globalization is causing a fundamental change in the business environment and the way work is done. To be successful, organizations must be able to quickly adapt to changes in this complex and rapidly evolving environment and optimize the utilization of their people, time and money. These changes have given rise to a large and growing group of knowledge workers who operate in dynamic work settings as part of geographically dispersed and virtual teams. To be successful, these knowledge workers must quickly synthesize, analyze and act on large amounts of information and collaborate effectively at any time, from anywhere and on any device.

Legacy Processes and Systems are Insufficient

Many organizations continue to utilize manual processes and traditional tools, such as paper-based techniques, spreadsheets and email, as well as legacy on-premise enterprise systems, to manage knowledge work. The limitations of these processes and systems include siloed and disparate information, limited visibility and transparency, poor collaboration among teams, lost productivity and misalignment of work efforts and overall business objectives. In addition, legacy on-premise enterprise systems can be expensive and time intensive to implement, inflexible and difficult to use, and costly to upgrade and maintain.

The Need for Cloud-Based Enterprise Work Management Software

Enterprise work management software is an emerging category of software applications that enable organizations to effectively plan, manage and execute projects and work in order to maximize work capacity, productivity and profitability. Recently, cloud computing and software-as-a-service, or SaaS, has begun to transform enterprise work management with rapid speed-to-value, low total cost of ownership and reduced financial risk. As a result of these benefits, the annual growth rate of the SaaS market is expected to be significantly greater than the worldwide application software market. IDC estimates that the worldwide SaaS applications market will grow at a compound annual growth rate of 19%, from $18 billion in 2012 to $42 billion

 

 

-2-


Table of Contents

in 2017, while the worldwide application software market will grow at a compound annual growth rate of 6%, from $168 billion to $225 billion in 2017.

We currently participate in various areas of enterprise work management, including the markets that IDC identifies as worldwide project and portfolio management, worldwide business process management software, worldwide financial performance and strategy management applications, worldwide collaborative applications and worldwide content management software. In aggregate, IDC estimates these markets will exceed $27 billion globally in 2014. While these markets today are largely served by legacy on-premise enterprise systems, we believe there will continue to be increased market adoption of cloud-based enterprise work management software applications.

The Upland Approach

Our award-winning cloud-based enterprise work management software applications improve visibility, collaboration and productivity and are disrupting and replacing legacy processes and systems. Unlike legacy solutions, our applications have been developed with the unique requirements of today’s knowledge worker in mind. We enable knowledge workers to interact, collaborate and make business decisions using real-time information from a wide variety of sources, at any time, from anywhere and on any device.

We believe our applications benefit customers in the following ways:

 

    Do the right work. Our applications enable our customers to more effectively align programs, initiatives, investments and projects with overall business objectives, helping ensure the right work is done at the right time. This alignment drives increased productivity and optimizes the allocation and utilization of people, time and money within organizations.

 

    Do the work right. Our applications help customers to more effectively manage projects and tasks by enabling real-time visibility, collaboration, structured workflows and access to the right content and information. This provides teams of distributed workers with clarity into priorities and expectations as well as the tools to execute effectively, resulting in increased productivity, transparency and accountability and the ability to respond rapidly to change.

 

    Single source of truth. Our applications collect real-time data regarding the planning, management and execution of projects and work processes across teams and business units from disparate sources and integrate such data into a single repository, which we call a “single source of truth.” This enables a more complete view of teams, projects and resources than the siloed information repositories legacy processes and systems typically provide.

 

    Responsiveness to change. Our applications provide analytics and reporting capabilities that transform disparate data in real-time into actionable intelligence, enabling users to make better informed business decisions. Our applications enable organizations to conduct dynamic and sophisticated “what-if” and scenario analyses that can improve their ability to respond effectively to changing business conditions.

 

    Easy to implement and use. Customers can easily access our cloud-based applications with an Internet browser. Our applications do not require large up-front software expenditures or significant ongoing infrastructure or information technology support. In addition, we provide a common user interface with a modern look and feel that ensures a consistent user experience across our applications.

 

    Flexible, scalable and secure. Our applications are highly configurable, which provides us with flexibility to meet the unique business requirements of individual customers. Our applications are also scalable and are able to support large deployments while maintaining required performance levels. We provide tools to help our customers manage the critical elements of application security, including authentication, authorization and regulatory compliance.

 

 

-3-


Table of Contents

Our Competitive Strengths

The following competitive strengths are keys to our success:

 

    Large, attractive customer base. As of December 31, 2013, we had over 1,200 customers in a wide variety of industries. We believe our applications provide our customers with significant benefits, which we believe provides us with a substantial opportunity to expand our footprint within our existing customer base and drive their further adoption of our applications.

 

    Diversified family of software applications. We offer a family of software applications that addresses a broad range of enterprise work management needs, from strategic planning to task execution. We believe this benefits our customers as compared to many of our cloud-based competitors who offer only a single point solution for a more limited and discrete work management need.

 

    Recurring revenue model with high visibility. We believe we have a highly attractive operating model due to the recurring nature of our subscription revenue, which results in greater visibility and predictability of future revenue and enhances our ability to effectively manage our business. In addition, the cloud-based nature of our model accommodates significant additional business volume with limited incremental costs, providing us with opportunities to improve our operating margins.

 

    Proven M&A capability. We have a proven ability to successfully identify, acquire and integrate complementary businesses to grow our company, as evidenced by the six acquisitions we have completed since the beginning of 2012. We have a dedicated and experienced corporate development team that continually monitors hundreds of companies in order to maintain a robust pipeline of potential acquisition candidates.

 

    Experienced, proven management team. Our management team has significant operating experience and previously occupied key leadership roles at both private and public companies. We believe our management’s experience in building businesses through both organic growth opportunities and strategic acquisitions has enabled us to quickly establish a leading position within the enterprise work management software market.

 

    Cloud-based platform. We deliver our software applications and functionality primarily through the cloud, with no hardware or software installation required by our customers. This model allows us to provide reliable, cost-effective applications to our customers, add customers with minimal incremental expense and deploy new functionality and upgrades quickly and efficiently.

 

    Commitment to customer success. We have a dedicated customer success organization whose mission is to drive adoption and value realization, retention and loyalty across our customer base. Our focus on enabling our customers’ success is a key reason our customer annual net dollar retention rate was 90% in fiscal 2013. See “—Summary Consolidated Financial Data” for the definition of annual net dollar retention rate.

Our Growth Strategy

Our objective is to be the world’s leading provider of enterprise work management software. The key elements of our strategy for growth are as follows:

 

    Add new customers. We believe the market for cloud-based enterprise work management software is large, growing and underpenetrated. We are expanding our direct sales force and indirect sales channels, as well as our ability to provide a range of integrations between our software and third-party applications and platforms, to drive new customer acquisition.

 

   

Increase sales to existing customers. We believe there is a significant opportunity to expand the adoption of our applications within existing customers. We also intend to cross-sell applications to our

 

 

-4-


Table of Contents
 

existing customers and penetrate divisions or departments where our applications are not in use. Additionally, we intend to address more functions within the enterprise work management spectrum by adding new applications to drive increased adoption of multiple applications by our customers.

 

    Acquire complementary software businesses. We intend to pursue acquisitions of complementary technologies, products and businesses to enhance the features and functionality of our applications, expand our customer base and provide access to new markets and increased benefits of scale.

 

    Expand globally. In fiscal 2013 and the first six months of 2014, approximately 24% and 19%, respectively, of our revenue was derived from sales outside the United States. We believe there is a significant opportunity to grow sales of our applications globally. We intend to expand our business in Europe and evaluate future opportunities in Asia through the hiring of additional sales personnel, selective acquisitions and entering into strategic partnerships.

 

    Improve and enhance applications. We will continue to invest in research and development and work closely with our customers to identify and improve new applications, features and functionalities that address customer requirements across the enterprise work management spectrum. We also intend to continue to expand the breadth of our applications with additional analytics, third-party integrations and social and mobile capabilities, and we will continue to implement our consistent user interface across all of our applications.

Recent Developments

Preliminary Estimated Unaudited Financial Results for the Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014

Although our unaudited financial results for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014 are not yet final, the following information reflects certain of our preliminary estimated unaudited financial results based on currently available information:

 

     Three months ended
September 30, 2014
    Nine months ended
September 30, 2014
 
     Range     Range  
     Low     High     Low     High  
    

(estimated)

(in millions)

 

GAAP

        

Revenue

   $ 16.0      $ 16.5      $ 47.8      $ 48.3   

Gross Profit

     10.2        11.0        30.7        31.5   

Net loss

     (2.9     (1.9     (17.8     (16.9

Non-GAAP

        

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 0.2      $ 0.8      $ 2.8      $ 3.4   

The following table reconciles estimated Adjusted EBITDA to estimated net loss for the three months and nine months ended September 30, 2014:

 

     Three months ended
September 30, 2014
    Nine months ended
September 30, 2014
 
     Range     Range  
     Low     High     Low     High  
    

(estimated)

(in millions)

 

Net Loss

   $ (2.9   $ (1.9   $ (17.8   $ (16.9

Discontinued operations

     —          —          —          —     

Depreciation and amortization expense

     1.9        1.8        5.5        5.4   

Interest expense, net

     0.4        0.4        1.3        1.2   

Other expense (income), net

     (0.0     (0.1     0.3        0.2   

Provision for income taxes

     0.4        0.4        1.1        1.0   

Stock-based compensation expense

     0.3        0.2        0.6        0.7   

Acquisition-related expenses

     0.1        0.1        0.6        0.7   

Stock-based compensation — related party vendor

     —          —          11.2        11.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 0.2      $ 0.8      $ 2.8      $ 3.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

-5-


Table of Contents

Revenue . For the three months ended September 30, 2014, revenue is estimated to be between $16.0 and $16.5 million, representing an increase of 54% to 59% over revenue of $10.4 million for the three months ended September 30, 2013. For the nine months ended September 30, 2014, revenue is estimated to be between $47.8 and $48.3 million, representing an increase of 64% to 66% over revenue of $29.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013. The estimated increase in our revenue for the three months and nine months ended September 30, 2014 is primarily a result of our acquisitions of FileBound Solutions, Inc. and Marex Group Inc., ComSci, LLC, and Clickability Inc., as pre-acquisition revenue from these acquired businesses was not included in our operating results in the prior year periods.

Gross Profit . For the three months ended September 30, 2014, gross profit is estimated to be between $10.2 and $11.0 million, representing an increase of 48% to 59% over gross profit of $6.9 million for the three months ended September 30, 2013. For the nine months ended September 30, 2014, gross profit is estimated to be between $30.7 and $31.5 million, representing an increase of 58% to 62% over gross profit of $19.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013. The estimated increase in our gross profit for the three months and nine months ended September 30, 2014 is primarily a result of our acquisitions of FileBound Solutions, Inc. and Marex Group Inc., ComSci, LLC, and Clickability Inc., as pre-acquisition revenue and cost of revenue from these acquired businesses were not included in our operating results in the prior year periods.

Net Loss . For the three months ended September 30, 2014, net loss is estimated to be between $2.9 and $1.9 million, representing an increase of 107% to 36% over net loss of $1.4 million for the three months ended September 30, 2013. For the nine months ended September 30, 2014, net loss is estimated to be between $17.8 and $16.9 million, representing an increase of 345% to 323% over net loss of $4.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013. The estimated increase in our net loss for the three months ended September 30, 2014 is primarily a result of increases in non-cash amortization expense of acquired intangible assets and an increase in operating expenses as we have continued to invest in personnel, technology, infrastructure and other growth-related activities. The estimated increase in our net loss for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 is primarily a result of increases in non-cash amortization expense of acquired intangible assets and a one-time, non-cash stock-based compensation charge in January 2014 in connection with the amendment of a technology services agreement with a related party. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Technology Services Agreement.”

Adjusted EBITDA . For the three months ended September 30, 2014, Adjusted EBITDA is expected be between $0.2 and $0.8 million, representing a decrease of 60% to an increase of 60% over Adjusted EBITDA of $0.5 million for the three months ended September 30, 2013. For the nine months ended September 30, 2014, Adjusted EBITDA is expected to be between $2.8 and $3.4 million, representing an increase of 8% to 31% over Adjusted EBITDA of $2.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013. The estimated change in Adjusted EBITDA for the three months ended September 30, 2014 is primarily a result of an increase in operating expenses as we have continued to invest in personnel, technology, infrastructure and other growth-related activities. The estimated increase in Adjusted EBITDA for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 is primarily a result of our acquisitions of FileBound Solutions, Inc. and Marex Group Inc., ComSci, LLC, and Clickability Inc., as pre-acquisition Adjusted EBITDA from these acquired businesses was not included in our operating results in the prior year periods. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP metric used by management to measure our operating performance. See the section titled “—Summary Consolidated Financial Data” for an additional description of Adjusted EBITDA and the table above for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss for the ranges presented above for the three months and nine months ended September 30, 2014 (estimated) and the three months and nine months ended September 30, 2013 (actual).

The preliminary estimated unaudited financial results presented above reflects management’s estimates based solely upon information available to us as of the date of this prospectus, is not a comprehensive statement of our unaudited financial results for the three months and nine months ended September 30, 2014 and has not been audited, reviewed or compiled by our independent registered public accounting firm. The preliminary

 

 

-6-


Table of Contents

estimated unaudited financial results presented above are subject to the completion of our financial closing procedures, which have not yet been completed. Our complete unaudited third quarter results will not be available until after this offering is completed, may differ materially from these preliminary estimated unaudited financial results and are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the entire fiscal year. Accordingly, you should not place undue reliance upon these preliminary estimated unaudited financial results. For example, during the course of the preparation of the respective financial statements and related notes, additional items that would require material adjustments to be made to the preliminary estimated unaudited financial results presented above may be identified. This summary is not meant to be a comprehensive statement of our unaudited financial results for this quarter and our actual results may differ from these estimates. There can be no assurance that these estimates will be realized, and estimates are subject to risks and uncertainties, many of which are not within our control. See the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Risks Associated with Our Business

Our business is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted in the section titled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. Some of these risks are:

 

    we have a limited operating history and may be unable to achieve or sustain profitability or accurately predict our future results;

 

    our growth is dependent on our ability to retain existing customers and secure additional subscriptions and cross-sell opportunities from existing customers, and nonrenewals or downgrades could harm our future operating results;

 

    any failure to offer high-quality customer service may adversely affect our relationships with our customers and our financial results;

 

    if the market for cloud-based enterprise work management applications develops more slowly than we expect, or declines, our business could be adversely affected;

 

    if we fail to manage our growth effectively, we may be unable to execute our business plan and maintain high levels of customer satisfaction;

 

    we have made and expect to continue to make acquisitions as a primary component of our growth strategy; we may not be able to identify suitable acquisition candidates or consummate acquisitions on acceptable terms, or we may be unable to successfully integrate acquisitions, which could disrupt our operations and adversely impact our business and operating results;

 

    we recognize revenue from customers over the term of the related agreement; therefore, downturns or upturns may not be immediately reflected in our operating results;

 

    our quarterly operating results may fluctuate in the future; as a result, we may fail to meet or exceed the expectations of research analysts or investors, which could cause our stock price to decline and you may lose part or all of your investment; and

 

    upon completion of this offering, our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our common stock, together with their respective affiliates, will beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately 55.7% of our outstanding common stock.

If we are unable to adequately address these and other risks we face, our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects may be adversely affected.

In addition, we are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act, enacted in April 2012, and therefore we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various public company reporting requirements, including not being required to have our internal control over financial

 

 

-7-


Table of Contents

reporting audited by our independent registered public accounting firm pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation, exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We may take advantage of these exemptions for up to five years or until we are no longer an “emerging growth company.”

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in Delaware in July 2010 under the name Silverback Acquisition Corporation, changed our name to Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc. in September 2011, and changed our name to Upland Software, Inc. in November 2013. Our principal executive offices are located at 401 Congress Avenue, Suite 1850, Austin, Texas 78701, and our telephone number is (512) 960-1010. Our website address is www.uplandsoftware.com. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not a part of this prospectus. Investors should not rely on any such information in deciding whether to purchase our common stock. We have included our website address in this prospectus solely as an inactive textual reference.

UPLAND, the Upland Software logo and other trademarks or service marks of Upland appearing in this prospectus are the property of Upland. Trade names, trademarks and service marks of other companies appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective holders.

 

 

-8-


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Common stock offered

3,846,154 shares

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

14,335,673 shares

 

Option to purchase additional shares

576,923 shares

 

Use of proceeds

Although we do not have current specific plans for the net proceeds of this offering, we generally intend to use the net proceeds of this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including to finance our growth by investing in or acquiring complementary companies, products or technologies, expanding our sales force, growing sales of our applications globally and improving and enhancing our applications. We do not have agreements or commitments for any investments or acquisitions at this time. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Risk factors

You should read the section titled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

 

Proposed NASDAQ Global Market symbol

“UPLD”

 

Proposed purchase by certain current stockholders

Certain of our existing stockholders, including John T. McDonald, our Chief Executive Officer and chairman of our board of directors, entities associated with Austin Ventures, each of which is an affiliate of a member of our board of directors, and ESW Capital, LLC or its affiliates, have indicated an interest in purchasing shares of common stock with an aggregate purchase price of up to $5.0 million, or up to 10% of the proposed offering size based on an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the underwriters may determine to sell more, less or no shares in this offering to such stockholders, or such stockholders may determine to purchase more, less or no shares in this offering. The underwriters will receive the same discount from shares of our common stock purchased by such stockholders as they will from other shares of our common stock sold to the public in this offering. Any shares purchased by these potential investors will be subject to lock-up restrictions described in “Underwriting.”

The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 10,489,519 shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2014, and excludes:

 

    588,132 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options outstanding as of June 30, 2014, at a weighted-average exercise price of $3.49 per share;

 

 

-9-


Table of Contents
    2,459 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants to purchase shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2014, at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.77 per share;

 

    76,514 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants to purchase shares of our preferred stock outstanding as of June 30, 2014, at a weighted-average exercise price of $6.10 per share;

 

    246,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Plan as of June 30, 2014, which will become available for grants under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement related to this offering;

 

    294,010 shares of restricted stock issued pursuant to restricted stock grants subsequent to June 30, 2014, at a purchase price of $8.73 per share;

 

    123,785 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options issued subsequent to June 30, 2014, at a weighted-average exercise price of $8.73 per share; and

 

    Restricted stock grants to be issued to each of our non-employee directors upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, entitling such directors to receive the number of shares of our common stock equal to an aggregate of $0.5 million divided by the initial public offering price per share.

Unless we specifically state otherwise, all information in this prospectus reflects or assumes:

 

    the 6.099-for-one reverse stock split of our capital stock that occured on October 24, 2014;

 

    that our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which we will file prior to the closing of this offering, and our amended and restated bylaws are effective;

 

    the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 6,834,476 shares of common stock prior to the closing of this offering; and

 

    no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock.

 

 

-10-


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial Data

The following table summarizes our consolidated financial data. We have derived the summary consolidated statements of operations data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2013 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the summary consolidated statements of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2014 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results. The following consolidated financial data set forth below should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” each contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Fiscal Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
    2012     2013     2013     2014  
                         
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

       

Revenue:

       

Subscription and support

  $ 18,281      $ 30,887      $ 14,182      $ 23,542   

Perpetual license

    641        2,003        488        1,097   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total product revenue

    18,922        32,890        14,670        24,639   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Professional services

    3,841        8,303        3,997        7,185   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    22,763        41,193        18,667        31,824   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

       

Subscription and support (1)(2)

    4,189        7,787        3,271        6,604   

Professional services (1)

    3,121        5,680        2,855        4,737   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    7,310        13,467        6,126        11,341   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    15,453        27,726        12,541        20,483   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

       

Sales and marketing (1)

    6,331        10,625        4,403        7,151   

Research and development (1)

    5,308        10,340        4,406        18,393   

Refundable Canadian tax credits

    (728     (583     (296     (274

General and administrative (1)

    4,574        6,832        2,920        5,676   

Depreciation and amortization

    1,812        3,670        2,247        2,121   

Acquisition-related expenses

    1,933        1,461        528        521   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    19,230        32,345        14,208        33,588   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (3,777     (4,619     (1,667     (13,105

Other expense:

       

Interest expense, net

    (528     (2,797     (547     (834

Other expense, net

    (65     (431     73        (368
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense

    (593     (3,228     (474     (1,202
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

    (4,370     (7,847     (2,141     (14,307

Provision for income taxes

    72        (708     (133     (690
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

    (4,298     (8,555     (2,274     (14,997

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

    1,791        (642     (316     —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (2,507   $ (9,197     (2,590   $ (14,997
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Preferred stock dividends and accretion

    (44     (98     (22     (875
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common shareholders

  $ (2,551   $ (9,295   $ (2,612   $ (15,872
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share (3) :

       

Loss from continuing operations per common share, basic and diluted

  $ (5.78   $ (7.23   $ (2.16   $ (4.92

Income (loss) from discontinued operations per common share, basic and diluted

  $ 2.39      $ (0.54   $ (0.30   $ —     

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted

  $ (3.39   $ (7.77   $ (2.46   $ (4.92

Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

    751,416        1,196,668        1,061,906        3,225,077   

Pro forma net loss per common share (unaudited), basic and diluted (4)

    $ (1.55     $ (1.49

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding (unaudited), basic and diluted (4)

      5,998,613          10,059,553   
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

-11-


Table of Contents

 

(1) Includes stock-based compensation.

 

(2) Includes depreciation and amortization of $660,000 and $1,640,000 in fiscal 2012 and 2013, respectively. Includes depreciation and amortization of $717,000 and $1,484,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

 

(3) See Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a discussion and reconciliation of historical and pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders and weighted-average shares outstanding for historical and pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share calculations.

 

(4)   Pro forma net loss per common share (unaudited) and pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding (unaudited) gives effect to (i) a 6.099-for-one reverse stock split of our capital stock that occurred on October 24, 2014; (ii) the conversion of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock into 6,834,476 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and (iii) the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

 

     As of June 30, 2014  
     Actual     Pro
Forma (1)
     Pro Forma As
Adjusted (2)(3)
 
     (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 3,059      $ 3,059       $ 46,244   

Property and equipment, net

     3,365        3,365         3,365   

Intangible assets, net

     32,210        32,210         32,210   

Goodwill

     33,580        33,580         33,580   

Total assets

     94,326        94,326         137,511   

Deferred revenue

     20,060        20,060         20,060   

Total liabilities

     64,337        64,337         64,337   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     51,516        —           —     

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (21,527     29,989         73,174   

 

(1)   The pro forma column gives effect to (i) a 6.099-for-one reverse stock split of our capital stock that occurred on October 24, 2014; (ii) the conversion of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock into 6,834,476 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and (iii) the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

 

(2) The pro forma as adjusted column gives further effect to the sale by us of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

(3) Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share would increase (decrease) the amount of pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, total assets and total stockholders’ deficit by approximately $3.6 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of one million shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) cash and cash equivalents, total assets and total stockholders’ deficit by approximately $12.1 million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

 

-12-


Table of Contents
     As of December 31,     As of June 30,  
         2012              2013         2013      2014  
     (in thousands, except %)  

Key Metrics:

          

Annualized recurring revenue value at year-end (1)

   $ 27,093       $ 49,061        n/a         n/a   

Annual net dollar retention rate (2)

     n/a         90     n/a         n/a   

Adjusted EBITDA (fiscal year ended December 31 and six months ended June 30) (3)

   $ 720       $ 2,650      $ 2,074       $ 2,608   

 

(1) Annualized recurring revenue value as of December 31 equals the monthly value of our recurring revenue contracts measured as of December 31 multiplied by 12. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Metrics” for additional discussion of this key metric.

 

(2) We define annual net dollar retention as of December 31 as the aggregate annualized recurring revenue value at December 31 from those customers that were also customers as of December 31 of the prior fiscal year, divided by the aggregate annualized recurring revenue value from all customers as of December 31 of the prior fiscal year. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Metrics” for additional discussion of this key metric.

 

(3) We monitor our Adjusted EBITDA to help us evaluate the effectiveness and efficiency of our operations. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net loss, calculated in accordance with GAAP, plus discontinued operations, depreciation and amortization expense, interest expense, net, other income (expense), net, provision for income taxes, stock-based compensation expense and acquisition-related expenses.

The following table provides a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP measure:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2012     2013     2013     2014  
     (in thousands)  

Net loss

   $ (2,507   $ (9,197   $ (2,590   $ (14,997

Discontinued operations

     (1,791     642        316        —     

Depreciation and amortization expense

     2,472        5,310        2,964        3,605   

Interest expense, net

     528        2,797        547        834   

Other expense (income), net

     65        431        (73     368   

Provision for income taxes

     (72     708        133        690   

Stock-based compensation expense

     92        498        249        367   

Acquisition-related expenses

     1,933        1,461        528        521   

Stock-based compensation—related party vendor

     —          —          —          11,220   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 720      $ 2,650      $ 2,074      $ 2,608   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

We believe that Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to management, investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results for the following reasons:

 

    Adjusted EBITDA is widely used by investors and securities analysts to measure a company’s operating performance without regard to items that can vary substantially from company to company depending upon their financing, capital structures and the method by which assets were acquired;

 

   

our management uses Adjusted EBITDA in conjunction with GAAP financial measures for planning purposes, in the preparation of our annual operating budget, as a measure of our operating

 

 

-13-


Table of Contents
 

performance, to assess the effectiveness of our business strategies and to communicate with our board of directors concerning our financial performance because Adjusted EBITDA eliminates the impact of items that we do not consider indicative of our core operating performance;

 

    Adjusted EBITDA provides more consistency and comparability with our past financial performance, facilitates period-to-period comparisons of our operations and also facilitates comparisons with other companies, many of which use similar non-GAAP financial measures to supplement their GAAP results; and

 

    we anticipate that, after consummating this offering, our investor and analyst presentations will include Adjusted EBITDA as a supplemental measure of our overall operating performance.

Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to net loss or any other measure of financial performance calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. The use of Adjusted EBITDA as an analytical tool has limitations such as:

 

    depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, and the assets being depreciated or amortized will often have to be replaced in the future and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash requirements for such replacements; however, much of the depreciation and amortization currently reflected relates to amortization of acquired intangible assets as a result of business combination purchase accounting adjustments, which will not need to be replaced in the future;

 

    Adjusted EBITDA may not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs or contractual commitments;

 

    Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the potentially dilutive impact of stock-based compensation;

 

    Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect interest or tax payments that could reduce cash available for use; and

 

    other companies, including companies in our industry, might calculate Adjusted EBITDA or similarly titled measures differently, which reduces their usefulness as comparative measures.

Because of these limitations, you should consider Adjusted EBITDA together with other financial performance measures, including various cash flow metrics, net loss and our other GAAP results.

 

 

-14-


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information included in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, before deciding to invest in our common stock. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition, results of operations and future growth prospects could be harmed. In that case, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. The risks discussed below include forward-looking statements, and our actual results may differ substantially from those discussed in such forward-looking statements.

Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry

We have a limited operating history and may be unable to achieve or sustain profitability or accurately predict our future results.

We were formed in July 2010 and acquired our first business and commenced operations in September 2011. Prior to September 2011, our business activity was devoted to raising capital, building infrastructure and reviewing potential acquisitions. As such, we have a very limited operating history of selling our products and professional services to third parties. Our limited operating history makes it difficult to evaluate our current business and future prospects and may increase the risk of your investment. We incurred net losses of $2.5 million, $9.2 million and $15.0 million in fiscal 2012 and 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2014, respectively. As of June 30, 2014, we had an accumulated deficit of $30.1 million. Our losses in prior periods and accumulated deficit reflect the investments we have made to date to grow our business. We expect to have significant operating expenses in the future to further support and grow our business, including expanding the range of integrations between our software and third-party applications and platform, expanding our direct and indirect sales capabilities, pursuing acquisitions of complementary businesses, investing in our data center infrastructure and research and development and increasing our international presence, and as a result we may be unable to achieve or sustain profitability or accurately predict our future results. You should not consider our recent growth in revenue as indicative of our future performance, and we cannot assure you that we will achieve profitability in the future, nor that if we do become profitable, we will sustain profitability.

Our growth is dependent on our ability to retain existing customers and secure additional subscriptions and cross-sell opportunities from existing customers, and nonrenewals and downgrades could harm our future operating results.

In order for us to improve our operating results, it is important that our customers renew or upgrade their agreements with us when the applicable contract term expires, which is typically one to three years for subscription agreements and one year for perpetual license agreements, and also purchase additional applications from us. Upon expiration, customers can renew their existing subscriptions, upgrade their subscriptions to add more seats or additional minimum contracted volume, downgrade their subscriptions to fewer seats or lower minimum contracted volume or not renew. A renewal constitutes renewing an existing contract for an application under the same terms and an upgrade includes purchasing additional seats or volume under an existing contract. We may also cross-sell additional applications to existing customers. Our ability to grow revenue and achieve profitability depends, in part, on customer renewals, upgrades and cross-sales to existing customers exceeding downgrades and nonrenewals. However, we may not be able to increase our penetration within our existing customer base as anticipated and we may not otherwise retain subscriptions from existing customers. Our customers may choose to not renew or upgrade their subscriptions, or may downgrade, because of several factors, including dissatisfaction with our prices, features or performance relative to competitive offerings, reductions in our customers’ spending levels, unused seats or volume or limited adoption or use of our applications. In addition, we may not be successful in cross-selling new applications to our existing customers. If our customers

 

-15-


Table of Contents

do not upgrade or renew their subscriptions or purchase additional applications from us, or if they downgrade their subscriptions, our revenue may grow more slowly than expected or may decline, and our financial performance may be adversely affected.

Any failure to offer high-quality customer service may adversely affect our relationships with our customers and our financial results.

Our customers depend on our customer success organization to manage the post-sale customer lifecycle, including to implement new applications for our customers, provide training and ongoing education services and resolve technical issues relating to our applications. We may be unable to respond quickly enough to accommodate short-term increases in demand for our customer success services. We also may be unable to modify the format of our customer success services to compete with changes in similar services provided by our competitors. Increased customer demand for these services, without corresponding revenue, could increase costs and adversely affect our operating results. In addition, our sales process is highly dependent on the reliable functional operation of our applications, our business reputation and positive recommendations from our existing customers. Any failure to maintain high-quality customer service, or a market perception that we do not maintain high-quality customer service, could adversely affect our reputation, our ability to sell our applications to existing and prospective customers and our business, operating results and financial position.

If the market for cloud-based enterprise work management applications develops more slowly than we expect, or declines, our business could be adversely affected.

The market for cloud-based enterprise work management applications is not as mature as the market for legacy on-premise enterprise systems, and it is uncertain whether cloud-based applications will achieve and sustain high levels of customer demand and market acceptance. Our success will depend to a substantial extent on increased adoption of cloud-based applications, and of our enterprise work management software applications in particular. Many large organizations have invested substantial personnel and financial resources to integrate legacy on-premise enterprise systems into their businesses, and therefore may be reluctant or unwilling to migrate to cloud-based applications or away from their traditional vendors or to new practices because of the organizational changes often required to successfully implement new enterprise work management systems. In addition, we do not know whether the adoption of enterprise work management software will continue to grow and displace manual processes and traditional tools, such as paper-based techniques, spreadsheets and email. It is difficult to predict customer adoption rates and demand for our applications, the future growth rate and size of the cloud-based software application market or the entry of competitive products. The expansion of the cloud-based software application market depends on a number of factors, including the cost, performance and perceived value associated with cloud-based applications, as well as the ability of cloud-based application companies to address security and privacy concerns. If other cloud-based software application providers experience security incidents, loss of customer data, disruptions in delivery or other problems, the market for cloud-based applications as a whole, including our enterprise work management applications, may be negatively affected. If cloud-based applications do not achieve widespread adoption, or there is a reduction in demand for cloud-based applications caused by a lack of customer acceptance, technological challenges, weakening economic conditions, security or privacy concerns, competing technologies and products, decreases in corporate spending or otherwise, our revenues may decrease and our business could be adversely affected.

If we fail to manage our growth effectively, we may be unable to execute our business plan and maintain high levels of customer satisfaction.

We have recently experienced a period of rapid growth in our personnel and operations. In particular, we increased our number of full-time employees from three as of December 31, 2011 to 277 as of December 31, 2013, and have also increased the size of our customer base. In addition, our revenue grew from $712,000 in fiscal 2011 to $41.2 million in fiscal 2013 and from $18.7 million in the first six months of 2013 to $31.8 million in the first six months of 2014. Acquisitions are a primary component of our growth strategy and, as a result, we

 

-16-


Table of Contents

anticipate that we will continue to experience further rapid growth in our personnel and operations in the future. Our growth has placed, and future growth will place, a significant strain on our managerial, administrative, operational, financial and other resources. To manage the expected growth of our personnel and operations, we will need to continue to improve our operational, financial and management controls and our reporting systems and procedures. Failure to effectively manage our growth could result in difficulty or delays in deploying our applications, declines in quality or customer satisfaction, increases in costs, difficulties in introducing new features or other operational difficulties, and any of these difficulties could adversely impact our business performance and results of operations.

We have made and expect to continue to make acquisitions as a primary component of our growth strategy. We may not be able to identify suitable acquisition candidates or consummate acquisitions on acceptable terms, or we may be unable to successfully integrate acquisitions, which could disrupt our operations and adversely impact our business and operating results.

A primary component of our growth strategy has been to acquire complementary businesses to grow our company. For example, we acquired the businesses of PowerSteering Software, Inc., Tenrox Inc. and LMR Solutions, LLC, dba EPM Live, in fiscal 2012 and the businesses of FileBound Solutions, Inc. and Marex Group Inc., ComSci, LLC, and Clickability Inc., in fiscal 2013. We intend to continue to pursue acquisitions of complementary technologies, products and businesses as a primary component of our growth strategy to enhance the features and functionality of our applications, expand our customer base and provide access to new markets and increase benefits of scale. Acquisitions involve certain known and unknown risks that could cause our actual growth or operating results to differ from our expectations. For example:

 

    we may not be able to identify suitable acquisition candidates or to consummate acquisitions on acceptable terms;

 

    we may pursue international acquisitions, which inherently pose more risks than domestic acquisitions;

 

    we compete with others to acquire complementary products, technologies and businesses, which may result in decreased availability of, or increased price for, suitable acquisition candidates;

 

    we may not be able to obtain the necessary financing, on favorable terms or at all, to finance any or all of our potential acquisitions;

 

    we may ultimately fail to consummate an acquisition even if we announce that we plan to acquire a technology, product or business; and

 

    acquired technologies, products or businesses may not perform as we expect and we may fail to realize anticipated revenue and profits.

In addition, our acquisition strategy may divert management’s attention away from our existing business, resulting in the loss of key customers or employees, and expose us to unanticipated problems or legal liabilities, including responsibility as a successor for undisclosed or contingent liabilities of acquired businesses or assets.

If we fail to conduct due diligence on our potential targets effectively, we may, for example, not identify problems at target companies or fail to recognize incompatibilities or other obstacles to successful integration. Our inability to successfully integrate future acquisitions could impede us from realizing all of the benefits of those acquisitions and could severely weaken our business operations. The integration process may disrupt our business and, if new technologies, products or businesses are not implemented effectively, may preclude the realization of the full benefits expected by us and could harm our results of operations. In addition, the overall integration of new technologies, products or businesses may result in unanticipated problems, expenses, liabilities and competitive responses. The difficulties integrating an acquisition include, among other things:

 

    issues in integrating the target company’s technologies, products or businesses with ours;

 

    incompatibility of marketing and administration methods;

 

-17-


Table of Contents
    maintaining employee morale and retaining key employees;

 

    integrating the cultures of both companies;

 

    preserving important strategic customer relationships;

 

    consolidating corporate and administrative infrastructures and eliminating duplicative operations; and

 

    coordinating and integrating geographically separate organizations.

In addition, even if the operations of an acquisition are integrated successfully, we may not realize the full benefits of the acquisition, including the synergies, cost savings or growth opportunities that we expect. These benefits may not be achieved within the anticipated time frame, or at all.

Further, acquisitions may cause us to:

 

    issue common stock that would dilute our current stockholders’ ownership percentage;

 

    use a substantial portion of our cash resources;

 

    increase our interest expense, leverage and debt service requirements if we incur additional debt to pay for an acquisition;

 

    assume liabilities for which we do not have indemnification from the former owners; further, indemnification obligations may be subject to dispute or concerns regarding the creditworthiness of the former owners;

 

    record goodwill and non-amortizable intangible assets that are subject to impairment testing and potential impairment charges;

 

    experience volatility in earnings due to changes in contingent consideration related to acquisition earn-out liability estimates;

 

    incur amortization expenses related to certain intangible assets;

 

    lose existing or potential contracts as a result of conflict of interest issues;

 

    become subject to adverse tax consequences or deferred compensation charges;

 

    incur large and immediate write-offs; or

 

    become subject to litigation.

We depend on our senior management team and the loss of one or more key personnel or an inability to attract and retain highly skilled personnel may impair our ability to grow our business.

Our success depends in part upon the continued services of our key executive officers, including John T. McDonald, Michael D. Hill, Ludwig Melik, Timothy W. Mattox and R. Brian Henley, as well as other key personnel. We do not have employment agreements with most of our executive officers or other key personnel that require them to continue to work for us for any specified period and, therefore, they may terminate employment with us at any time with no advance notice. The replacement of our senior management team or other key personnel likely would involve significant time and costs, and the loss of these employees may significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our business objectives.

We face intense competition for qualified individuals from numerous technology and software companies. If we fail to attract and retain suitably qualified individuals, including software engineers and sales personnel, our ability to implement our business plan and develop and maintain our applications could be adversely affected. As a result, our ability to compete would decrease, our operating results would suffer and our revenue would decrease.

 

-18-


Table of Contents

Failure to maintain and expand our sales organization may negatively impact our revenue growth.

We sell our applications primarily through a direct sales organization comprised of inside sales and field sales personnel. In addition, we have an indirect sales organization, which sells to distributors and value-added resellers. Growing sales to both new and existing customers is in part dependent on our ability to maintain and expand our sales force. Identifying, recruiting and training additional sales personnel requires significant time, expense and attention. It can take several quarters or longer before our sales representatives are fully-trained and productive. Our business may be adversely affected if our efforts to expand and train our sales organization do not generate a corresponding increase in revenue. In particular, if we are unable to hire, develop and retain sales personnel or if our new sales personnel are unable to achieve expected sales productivity levels in a reasonable period of time or at all, our revenue may grow more slowly than expected or decline and our business may be harmed.

Because we generally recognize revenue from our customers over the terms of their agreements but incur most costs associated with generating such agreements in advance, rapid growth in our customer base may increase our losses in the short-term.

Expenses associated with acquiring customers, such as the expenses related to our sales organizations and related commissions, are generally expensed as incurred while most of our revenue is recognized ratably over the life of the applicable agreements. Therefore, increased sales will result in our recognition of more costs than revenue during the early periods covered by such agreements, even in cases where the agreements are expected to be profitable for us over their full terms. As a result, even if we are successful in increasing our customer base, our short-term operating results may suffer.

We recognize revenue from customers over the term of the related agreement; therefore, downturns or upturns in our business may not be immediately reflected in our operating results.

We recognize revenue from customer agreements ratably over the terms of these agreements. As a result, a significant portion of the revenue we report in each quarter is generated from customer agreements entered into during previous periods, which is reflected as deferred revenue on our balance sheet. Consequently, a decline in new or renewed agreements, or a downgrade of renewed agreements to fewer seats or less minimum contracted volume, in any one quarter may not be fully reflected in our revenue in that quarter. Such a decline, however, will negatively affect our revenue in future quarters. Accordingly, the effect of significant downturns in sales and market acceptance of our applications, and potential changes in our pricing policies or rates of renewals, may not be fully reflected in our results of operations until future periods. Similarly, it would be difficult for us to rapidly increase our revenue through new sales, renewals and upgrades of existing customer agreements, or through additional cross-selling opportunities, in a given period due to the timing of revenue recognition inherent in our subscription model.

Perpetual license revenue is unpredictable and a material increase or decrease in perpetual license revenue from period to period can produce substantial variation in the total revenue and earnings we recognize in a given period.

Perpetual license revenue reflects the revenue recognized from sales of perpetual licenses relating to our workflow automation and enterprise content management applications to new customers and additional licenses for such applications to existing customers. We generally recognize the license fee portion of the arrangement in advance. Perpetual licenses of our workflow automation and enterprise content management applications are sold through third-party resellers and, as such, the timing of sales of perpetual licenses is difficult to predict with the timing of recognition of associated revenue unpredictable. A material increase or decrease in the sale of perpetual licenses from period to period could produce substantial variation in the revenue we recognize. Accordingly, comparing our perpetual license revenue on a period to period basis may not be a meaningful indicator of a trend or future results.

 

-19-


Table of Contents

Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate in the future. As a result, we may fail to meet or exceed the expectations of research analysts or investors, which could cause our stock price to decline and you may lose part or all of your investment.

Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control. Accordingly, the results of any one quarter may not fully reflect the underlying performance of our business and should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance. If our quarterly operating results or outlook fall below the expectations of research analysts or investors, the price of our common stock could decline substantially. Fluctuations in our quarterly operating results or outlook may be due to a number of factors, including, but not limited to:

 

    the extent to which our existing customers purchase additional seats or volume for our applications and the timing and terms of those purchases;

 

    the extent to which our existing customers renew their customer agreements for our applications and the timing and terms of those renewals;

 

    the extent to which we cross-sell additional applications to our existing customers and the timing and terms of such cross-selling;

 

    the addition or loss of customers, including through acquisitions or consolidations;

 

    the extent to which new customers are attracted to our applications to satisfy their enterprise work management needs;

 

    the rate of adoption and market acceptance of enterprise work management applications;

 

    the mix of our revenue, particularly between product and professional services revenue, for which the timing of revenue recognition is substantially different;

 

    changes in the gross profit we realize on our applications and professional services due to our differing revenue recognition policies applicable to subscription and product and professional services revenue and other variables;

 

    the extent to which we enter into multi-year contracts, in which the support fees are typically paid in advance;

 

    the number and size of new customers and the number and size of renewals in a particular period;

 

    changes in our pricing policies or those of our competitors;

 

    the mix of applications sold during a period;

 

    the timing and expenses related to the acquisition of technologies, products or businesses and potential future charges for impairment of goodwill from such acquisitions;

 

    the amount and timing of operating expenses, including those related to the maintenance and expansion of our business, operations and infrastructure;

 

    the amount and timing of expenses related to the development of new products and technologies, including enhancements to our applications;

 

    the amount and timing of commissions earned by our sales personnel;

 

    the timing and success of new applications introduced by us or new offerings offered by our competitors;

 

    the length of our sales cycles;

 

    changes in the competitive dynamics of our industry, including consolidation among competitors, customers or strategic collaborators;

 

-20-


Table of Contents
    our ability to manage our existing business and future growth, including increases in the number of customers using our applications;

 

    the seasonality of our business or cyclical fluctuations in our industry;

 

    the timing and expenses related to any international expansion efforts we may undertake and the success of such efforts;

 

    various factors related to disruptions in access and delivery of our cloud-based applications, errors or defects in our applications, privacy and data security and exchange rate fluctuations, each of which is described elsewhere in these risk factors; and

 

    general economic, industry and market conditions.

We may need financing in the future, and any additional financing may result in restrictions on our operations or substantial dilution to our stockholders. We may seek to renegotiate or refinance our loan and security agreements, and we may be unable to do so on acceptable terms or at all.

We have funded our operations since inception primarily through equity financings, cash from operations and cash available under our loan and security agreements. We may need to raise funds in the future, for example, to expand our business, acquire complementary businesses, develop new technologies, respond to competitive pressures or react to unanticipated situations. We may try to raise additional funds through public or private financings, strategic relationships or other arrangements. Our ability to obtain debt or equity funding will depend on a number of factors, including market conditions, our operating performance and investor interest. Additional funding may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. If adequate funds are not available, we may be required to reduce expenditures, including curtailing our growth strategies, reducing our product-development efforts or foregoing acquisitions. If we succeed in raising additional funds through the issuance of equity or convertible securities, it could result in substantial dilution to existing stockholders. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of debt securities or preferred stock, these new securities would have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of the holders of our common stock. In addition, any debt financing obtained by us in the future or issuance of preferred stock could involve restrictive covenants relating to our capital raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. Additionally, we may need to renegotiate the terms of our loan and security agreements, and our lender may be unwilling to do so, or may agree to such changes subject to additional restrictive covenants on our operations and ability to raise capital.

Our loan agreements contain operating and financial covenants that may restrict our business and financing activities.

On March 5, 2012, we entered into a loan and security agreement with Comerica Bank, as amended, the U.S. Loan Agreement. The U.S. Loan Agreement provides to us and certain of our subsidiaries, as co-borrowers, a secured accounts receivable revolving loan facility of up to $5.0 million and a secured term loan facility of up to $19.5 million, for a total loan facility of up to $24.5 million. On February 10, 2012, Tenrox Inc., a Canadian corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary entered into a loan and security agreement with Comerica Bank, as amended, the Canadian Loan Agreement. The Canadian Loan Agreement provides a secured accounts receivable revolving loan facility of up to $3.0 million and a secured term loan facility of up to $2.5 million, for a total loan facility of up to $5.5 million. As of June 30, 2014, we had $3.6 million outstanding as revolving loans and $17.9 million outstanding as term loans under the U.S. Loan Agreement. As of June 30, 2014, there was a zero balance on the revolving loans and $1.0 million outstanding as term loans under the Canadian Loan Agreement.

Our obligations and the obligations of the co-borrowers and any guarantors under the U.S. Loan Agreement are secured by a security interest in substantially all of our assets and assets of the co-borrowers’ and of any guarantors, including intellectual property. The obligations of Tenrox Inc., our obligations and the obligations of any other guarantors under the Canadian Loan Agreement are secured by a security interest in substantially all of

 

-21-


Table of Contents

Tenrox Inc.’s assets, our assets and assets of any other guarantors, including intellectual property. The loan and security agreements and related guaranties and security agreements limit, among other things, our ability to:

 

    sell, lease, license or otherwise dispose of assets;

 

    undergo a change in control;

 

    consolidate or merge with or into other entities;

 

    make or own loans, investments and acquisitions;

 

    create, incur or assume guarantees in respect of obligations of other persons;

 

    create, incur or assume liens and other encumbrances; or

 

    pay dividends or make distributions on, or purchase or redeem, our capital stock.

Furthermore, the loan and security agreements require us and our subsidiaries to comply with certain financial covenants. The operating and other restrictions and covenants in the loan and security agreements and related guaranties and security agreements, and in any future financing arrangements that we may enter into, may restrict our ability to finance our operations, engage in certain business activities, or expand or fully pursue our business strategies, or otherwise limit our discretion to manage our business. Our ability to comply with these restrictions and covenants may be affected by events beyond our control, and we may not be able to meet those restrictions and covenants. A breach of any of the restrictions and covenants could result in a default under the loan and security agreements, related guarantees and security agreements or any future financing arrangements, which could cause any outstanding indebtedness under the loan and security agreements or under any future financing arrangements to become immediately due and payable, and result in the termination of commitments to extend further credit.

If we are unable to increase market awareness of our company and our applications, our revenue may not continue to grow, or may decline.

Market awareness of our company and our applications is essential to our ability to generate new leads for expanding our business and our continued growth. If we fail to sufficiently invest in our marketing programs or they are unsuccessful in creating market awareness of our company and our applications, our revenue may grow more slowly than expected or may decline and our financial performance may be adversely affected.

The markets in which we participate are intensely competitive, and if we do not compete effectively, our operating results could be adversely affected.

The overall market for enterprise work management software is rapidly evolving and subject to changing technology, shifting customer needs and frequent introductions of new applications. The intensity and nature of our competition varies significantly across our family of enterprise work management software applications. Many of our competitors and potential competitors are larger and have greater brand name recognition, longer operating histories, larger marketing budgets and significantly greater resources than we do. Some of our smaller competitors may offer applications on a stand-alone basis at a lower price than us due to lower overhead or other factors, while some of our larger competitors may offer applications at a lower price in an attempt to cross-sell additional products in the future or retain a customer using a different application.

We believe there are a limited number of direct competitors that provide a comprehensive enterprise work management software offering. However, we face competition both from point solution providers, including legacy on-premise enterprise systems, and other cloud-based work management software vendors that may address one or more of the functional elements of our applications, but are not designed to address a broad range of enterprise work management needs. In addition, we face competition from manual processes and traditional tools, such as paper-based techniques, spreadsheets and email.

 

-22-


Table of Contents

Our primary competitors for each of our enterprise work management applications currently include:

 

    Program and Portfolio Management : Clarity (a division of Computer Associates), Changepoint, Instantis and Planview;

 

    Project Management and Collaboration : Microsoft Project, AtTask and Clarizen;

 

    Workflow Automation and Enterprise Content Management : Hyland Software, Laserfiche, OpenText, Perceptive Software (a division of Lexmark), Adobe and Sitecore;

 

    Professional Services Automation : Deltek, Infor, OpenAir (a product of NetSuite), and Replicon; and

 

    Financial Management : Apptio, Hewlett Packard’s Information Technology Financial Management Solution and VMware’s Information Technology Business Management Suite.

If our competitors’ products, services or technologies become more accepted than our enterprise work management applications, if they are successful in bringing their products or services to market earlier than ours, or if their products or services are more technologically capable than ours, our revenues could be adversely affected.

Mergers of, or other strategic transactions by, our competitors could weaken our competitive position or reduce our revenue.

If one or more of our competitors were to merge or partner with another of our competitors, the change in the competitive landscape could adversely affect our ability to compete effectively. In order to take advantage of customer demand for cloud-based software applications, vendors of legacy systems are expanding their cloud-based enterprise workplace management applications through acquisitions and organic development. A potential result of such expansion is that certain of our current or potential competitors may be acquired by third parties with greater available resources and the ability to further invest in product improvements and initiate or withstand substantial price competition. Our competitors also may establish or strengthen cooperative relationships with our current or future value-added resellers, third-party consulting firms or other parties with whom we have relationships, thereby limiting our ability to promote our applications. Disruptions in our business caused by these events could reduce our revenue.

Our growth and long-term success depends in part on our ability to expand our international sales and operations.

A core component of our growth strategy is international expansion. In fiscal 2013 and the first six months of 2014, we generated approximately 24% and 19%, respectively, of our revenue from sales outside the United States. We currently maintain international offices and have sales, marketing, support or research and development personnel in Canada and the United Kingdom. As we continue to expand our international footprint, we will be increasingly susceptible to the risks associated with international operations. We have a limited operating history outside of the United States and Canada and our ability to manage our international operations successfully requires significant resources and management attention and is subject to particular challenges of supporting a rapidly growing business in an environment of diverse cultures, languages, customs, legal systems, alternative dispute systems and economic, political and regulatory systems. In addition, we expect to incur significant costs associated with expanding our international operations, including hiring personnel internationally. The risks and challenges associated with doing business internationally and our international expansion include:

 

    uncertain political and economic climates;

 

    lack of familiarity and burdens of complying with foreign laws, accounting and legal standards, regulatory requirements, tariffs and other barriers;

 

    unexpected changes in regulatory requirements, taxes, trade laws, tariffs, export quotas, custom duties or other trade restrictions;

 

-23-


Table of Contents
    lack of experience in connection with the localization of our applications, including translation into foreign languages and adaptation for local practices, and associated expenses and regulatory requirements;

 

    difficulties in adapting to differing technology standards;

 

    longer sales cycles and accounts receivable payment cycles and difficulties in collecting accounts receivable;

 

    difficulties in managing and staffing international operations, including differing legal and cultural expectations for employee relationships and increased travel, infrastructure and legal compliance costs associated with international operations;

 

    fluctuations in exchange rates that may increase the volatility of our foreign-based revenue and expenses;

 

    potentially adverse tax consequences, including the complexities of foreign value-added tax, goods and services tax and other transactional taxes;

 

    reduced or varied protection for intellectual property rights in some countries;

 

    difficulties in managing and adapting to differing cultures and customs;

 

    data privacy laws which require that customer data be stored and processed in a designated territory subject to laws different than the United States;

 

    new and different sources of competition as well as laws and business practices favoring local competitors and local employees;

 

    compliance with anti-bribery laws, including compliance with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act;

 

    increased financial accounting and reporting burdens and complexities; and

 

    restrictions on the repatriation of earnings.

Further, our international expansion efforts may be hindered by lower levels of cloud adoption and increased price sensitivity for our applications or other cloud-based offerings in international markets. As a result of these and other factors, international expansion may be more difficult, take longer and not generate the results we anticipate, which could negatively impact our growth and business.

Fluctuations in the exchange rate of foreign currencies could result in losses on currency transactions.

Our customers are generally invoiced in the currency of the country in which they are located. In addition, we incur a portion of our operating expenses in foreign currencies, including Canadian dollars, British pounds and Euros, and in the future, as we expand into other foreign countries, we expect to incur operating expenses in other foreign currencies. In addition, our customers are generally invoiced in the currency of the country in which they are located. We are exposed to foreign exchange rate fluctuations as the financial results of our international operations are translated from the local functional currency into U.S. dollars upon consolidation. A decline in the U.S. dollar relative to foreign functional currencies would increase our non-U.S. revenue and improve our operating results. Conversely, if the U.S. dollar strengthens relative to foreign functional currencies, our revenue and operating results would be adversely affected. We have not previously engaged in foreign currency hedging. If we decide to hedge our foreign currency exchange rate exposure, we may not be able to hedge effectively due to lack of experience, unreasonable costs or illiquid markets.

Our sales cycles can be lengthy and variable, which may cause changes in our operating results.

Our sales cycle can vary substantially from customer to customer. A number of factors influence the length and variability of our sales cycles, including, for example:

 

    the need to educate potential customers about the uses and benefits of our applications;

 

-24-


Table of Contents
    the duration of the commitment customers make in their agreements with us, which are typically one to three years;

 

    the discretionary nature of potential customers’ purchasing and budget cycles and decisions;

 

    the competitive nature of potential customers’ evaluation and purchasing processes;

 

    the functionality demands of potential customers;

 

    fluctuations in the enterprise work management needs of potential customers;

 

    the announcement or planned introduction of new products by us or our competitors; and

 

    the purchasing approval processes of potential customers.

Our sales cycles can make it difficult to predict the quarter in which revenue from a new customer may first be recognized. We may incur significant sales and marketing expenses and invest significant time and effort in anticipation of a sale that may never occur or only occur in a smaller amount or at a later date than anticipated. Delays inherent to our sales cycles could cause significant variability in our revenue and operating results for any particular period.

We have a limited history with our pricing models and, as a result, we may be forced to change the prices we charge for our applications or the pricing models upon which they are based.

We have limited experience with respect to determining the optimal prices and pricing models for certain of our applications and certain geographic markets. As the markets for our applications mature, or as competitors introduce products or services that compete with ours, including bundling competing offerings with additional products or services, we may be unable to attract new customers at the same price or based on the same pricing models as we have used historically. As a result, in the future we may be required to reduce our prices, which could adversely affect our financial performance. In addition, we may offer volume price discounts based on the number of seats purchased by a customer or the number of our applications purchased by a customer, which would effectively reduce the prices we charge for our applications. Also, we may be unable to renew existing customer agreements or enter into new customer agreements at the same prices or upon the same terms that we have historically, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial position.

Any disruption of service at the data centers that house our equipment and deliver our applications could harm our business.

While we procure and operate all infrastructure equipment delivering our applications, third parties operate the data centers that we use. While we control and have access to our servers and all of the other components of our network that are located in our external data centers, we do not control the operation of these data centers and we are therefore vulnerable to disruptions, power outages or other issues the data centers experience. We have experienced and expect that we will in the future experience interruptions, delays and outages in service and availability from time to time.

The owners of our data centers have no obligation to renew their agreements with us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. If we are unable to renew these agreements on commercially reasonable terms, or if one of our data center operators is acquired, we may be required to transfer our servers and other infrastructure to new data centers, and we may incur significant costs and possible service interruption in connection with doing so.

Our data centers are vulnerable to damage or interruption from human error, malicious acts, earthquakes, hurricanes, tornados, floods, fires, war, terrorist attacks, power losses, hardware failures, systems failures, telecommunications failures and similar events. For example, certain of our data centers are located in an area known for seismic activity, increasing our susceptibility to the risk that an earthquake could significantly harm the operations of this facility. The occurrence of a natural disaster or an act of terrorism, vandalism or other misconduct, a decision to close the data centers without adequate notice or other unanticipated problems could result in lengthy interruptions in availability of our applications.

 

-25-


Table of Contents

Any changes in third-party service levels at our data centers or any errors, defects, disruptions or other performance problems with our applications could harm our reputation and may damage our customers’ businesses. Interruptions in availability of our applications might reduce our revenue, cause us to issue credits to customers, subject us to potential liability, and cause customers to terminate their subscriptions or decide not to renew their subscriptions with us.

If we fail to adequately manage our data center infrastructure capacity, our existing customers may experience service outages and our new customers may experience delays in the deployment of our applications.

We have experienced significant growth in the number of seats and volume of data that our hosting infrastructure supports. We seek to maintain sufficient excess capacity in our operations infrastructure to meet the needs of all of our customers. We also seek to maintain excess capacity to facilitate the rapid provision of new customer deployments and the expansion of existing customer deployments. However, obtaining new data center infrastructure requires lead time. If we do not accurately predict our infrastructure capacity requirements with sufficient lead time, our customers could experience service impairment that may subject us to financial penalties and liabilities and cause us to lose customers. If our data center infrastructure capacity fails to keep pace with increased subscriptions, customers may experience delays or reductions in the quality of our service as we seek to obtain additional capacity, which could harm our reputation and harm our business.

Security breaches may harm our business.

Our applications involve the storage and transmission of our customers’ proprietary and confidential information, including personal or identifying information regarding their employees and customers. Any security breaches, unauthorized access, unauthorized usage, virus or similar breach or disruption could result in loss of confidential information, damage to our reputation, early termination of our contracts, litigation, regulatory investigations, indemnity obligations or other liabilities. If our security measures or those of our third-party data centers are breached as a result of third-party action, employee error, malfeasance or otherwise and, as a result, someone obtains unauthorized access to customer data, our reputation will be damaged, our business may suffer and we could incur significant liability. Because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not identified until they are launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. Any or all of these issues could negatively affect our ability to attract new customers, cause existing customers to elect not to renew or upgrade their subscriptions, result in reputational damage or subject us to third-party lawsuits, regulatory fines or other action or liability, which could adversely affect our operating results.

Our success depends on our ability to adapt to technological change and continue to innovate.

The overall market for enterprise work management software is rapidly evolving and subject to changing technology, shifting customer needs and frequent introductions of new applications. Our ability to attract new customers and increase revenue from existing customers will depend in large part on our ability to develop or acquire new applications and enhance and improve existing applications. To achieve market acceptance for our applications, we must effectively anticipate and offer applications that meet changing customer demands in a timely manner. Customers may require features and capabilities that our current applications do not have. We may experience difficulties that could delay or prevent our development, acquisition or implementation of new applications and enhancements.

If we are unable to successfully develop or acquire new enterprise work management capabilities and functionality, enhance our existing applications to anticipate and meet customer preferences, sell our applications into new markets or adapt to changing industry standards in enterprise work management, our revenue and results of operations would be adversely affected.

 

-26-


Table of Contents

Adverse economic conditions may reduce our customers’ ability to spend money on information technology or enterprise work management software, or our customers may otherwise choose to reduce their spending on information technology or enterprise work management software, which may adversely impact our business.

Our business depends on the overall demand for information technology and enterprise work management software spend and on the economic health of our current and prospective customers. If worldwide economic conditions become unstable, our existing customers and prospective customers may re-evaluate their decision to purchase our applications. Weak global economic conditions or a reduction in information technology or enterprise work management software spending by our customers, could harm our business in a number of ways, including longer sales cycles and lower prices for our applications.

We rely on third-party software that is required for the development and deployment of our applications, which may be difficult to obtain or which could cause errors or failures of our applications.

We rely on software licensed from or hosted by third parties to offer our applications. In addition, we may need to obtain licenses from third parties to use intellectual property associated with the development of our applications, which might not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. Any loss of the right to use any software required for the development, maintenance and delivery of our applications could result in delays in the provision of our applications until equivalent technology is either developed by us, or, if available, is identified, obtained and integrated, which could harm our business. Any errors or defects in third-party software could result in errors or a failure of our applications, which could harm our business.

If our applications contain serious errors or defects we may lose revenue and market acceptance and we may incur costs to defend or settle product liability claims.

Complex software applications such as ours often contain errors or defects, particularly when first introduced or when new versions or enhancements are released. Our current and future applications may contain serious defects.

Since our customers use our applications for critical business purposes, defects or other performance problems could negatively impact our customers and could result in:

 

    loss or delayed market acceptance and sales;

 

    breach of warranty or product liability claims;

 

    sales credits or refunds for prepaid amounts related to unused subscription services;

 

    cancelled contracts and loss of customers;

 

    diversion of development and customer service resources; and

 

    injury to our reputation.

The costs incurred in correcting any material errors or defects might be substantial and could adversely affect our operating results. Although our customer agreements typically contain provisions designed to limit our exposure to certain of the claims above, existing or future laws or unfavorable judicial decisions could negate these limitations. Even if not successful, a product liability claim brought against us would likely be a distraction to management, time-consuming and costly to resolve, and could seriously damage our reputation in the marketplace, making it harder for us to sell our applications. Additionally, our errors and omissions insurance may be inadequate or may not be available in the future on acceptable terms, or at all, and our policy may not cover all claims made against us and defending a suit, regardless of its merit, could be costly and divert management’s attention.

 

-27-


Table of Contents

If we fail to integrate our applications with other software applications and competitive or adjacent offerings that are developed by others, or fail to make our applications available on mobile and other handheld devices, our applications may become less marketable, less competitive or obsolete and our operating results could be harmed.

Our applications integrate with a variety of other software applications, and also with competing and adjacent third-party offerings, and we need to continuously modify and enhance our platform to adapt to changes in cloud-enabled hardware, software, networking, browser and database technologies. Any failure of our applications to integrate effectively with other software applications and product offerings could reduce the demand for our applications or result in customer dissatisfaction and harm to our business. If we are unable to respond to changes in the applications and tools with which our applications integrate in a cost-effective manner, our applications may become less marketable, less competitive or obsolete. Competitors may also impede our attempts to create integration between our applications and competitive offerings, which may decrease demand for our applications. In addition, an increasing number of individuals within organizations are utilizing devices other than personal computers, such as mobile phones, tablets and other handheld devices, to access the Internet and corporate resources and to conduct business. If we cannot effectively make our applications available on these devices, we may experience difficulty attracting and retaining customers.

If we fail to develop and maintain relationships with third parties, our business may be harmed.

Our business depends in part on the development and maintenance of technology integration, joint sales and reseller relationships. Maintaining relationships with third parties requires significant time and resources, as does integrating third-party content and technology. Further, third parties may not perform as expected under any relationships that we may enter into, and we may have disagreements or disputes with third parties that could negatively affect our brands and reputation. If we are unsuccessful in establishing or maintaining relationships with third parties, our ability to compete in the marketplace or to grow our revenue could be impaired and our operating results could suffer.

Our use of open source software could negatively affect our ability to sell our applications and subject us to possible litigation.

A portion of our applications incorporate open source software, and we expect to continue to incorporate open source software in the future. Few of the licenses applicable to open source software have been interpreted by courts, and their application to the open source software integrated into our proprietary software may be uncertain. Moreover, we cannot provide any assurance that we have not incorporated additional open source software in our applications in a manner that is inconsistent with the terms of the license or our current policies and procedures. If we fail to comply with these licenses, we may be subject to certain requirements, including requirements that we offer our applications that incorporate the open source software for no cost, that we make available source code for modifications or derivative works we create based upon, incorporating or using the open source software and that we license such modifications or derivative works under the terms of applicable open source licenses. If an author or other third party that distributes such open source software were to allege that we had not complied with the conditions of one or more of these licenses, we could be required to incur significant legal expenses defending against such allegations and could be subject to significant damages, enjoined from the sale of our applications that contained the open source software and required to comply with the foregoing conditions, which could disrupt the distribution and sale of some of our applications. In addition, there have been claims challenging the ownership of open source software against companies that incorporate open source software into their products. As a result, we could be subject to suits by parties claiming infringement due to the reliance by our applications on certain open source software. Litigation could be costly for us to defend, have a negative effect on our operating results and financial condition or require us to devote additional research and development resources to change our applications.

 

-28-


Table of Contents

Certain of our operating results and financial metrics are difficult to predict as a result of seasonality.

We have historically experienced seasonality in terms of when we enter into customer agreements. We sign a significantly higher percentage of agreements with new customers, and renew agreements with existing customers, in the fourth quarter of each calendar year as our customers tend to follow budgeting cycles at the end of the calendar year. Our cash flow from operations has historically been higher in the first quarter of each calendar year than in other quarters. This seasonality is reflected to a much lesser extent, and sometimes is not immediately apparent, in our revenue, due to the fact that we defer revenue recognition. In addition, seasonality may be difficult to observe in our financial results during periods in which we acquire businesses as such results typically are most significantly impacted by such acquisitions. We expect this seasonality to continue, or possibly increase in the future, which may cause fluctuations in our operating results and financial metrics. If our quarterly operating results or outlook fall below the expectations of research analysts or investors, the price of our common stock could decline substantially.

We could incur substantial costs as a result of any claim of infringement of another party’s intellectual property rights.

In recent years, there has been significant litigation involving patents and other intellectual property rights in our industry. Companies providing software are increasingly bringing and becoming subject to suits alleging infringement of proprietary rights, particularly patent rights, and to the extent we gain greater market visibility, we face a higher risk of being the subject of intellectual property infringement claims. We do not have a significant patent portfolio, which could prevent us from deterring patent infringement claims through our own patent portfolio, and our competitors and others may now and in the future have significantly larger and more mature patent portfolios than we have. The risk of patent litigation has been amplified by the increase in the number of a type of patent holder, which we refer to as a non-practicing entity, whose sole business is to assert such claims and against whom our own intellectual property portfolio may provide little deterrent value. We could incur substantial costs in prosecuting or defending any intellectual property litigation. If we sue to enforce our rights or are sued by a third-party that claims that our applications infringe its rights, the litigation could be expensive and could divert our management resources.

In addition, in most instances, we have agreed to indemnify our customers against claims that our applications infringe the intellectual property rights of third parties. Our business could be adversely affected by any significant disputes between us and our customers as to the applicability or scope of our indemnification obligations to them. Any intellectual property litigation to which we might become a party, or for which we are required to provide indemnification, may require us to do one or more of the following:

 

    cease selling or using applications that incorporate the intellectual property that we allegedly infringe;

 

    make substantial payments for legal fees, settlement payments or other costs or damages;

 

    obtain a license, which may not be available on reasonable terms or at all, to sell or use the relevant technology; or

 

    redesign the allegedly infringing applications to avoid infringement, which could be costly, time-consuming or impossible.

If we are required to make substantial payments or undertake any of the other actions noted above as a result of any intellectual property infringement claims against us or any obligation to indemnify our customers for such claims, such payments or actions could harm our business.

We could incur substantial costs in protecting our intellectual property from infringement, and any failure to protect our intellectual property could impair our business.

Our success and ability to compete depend in part upon our intellectual property. We seek to protect the source code for our proprietary software and other proprietary technology and information under a combination

 

-29-


Table of Contents

of copyright, trade secrets and patent law, and we seek to protect our brands through trademark law. Our policy is to enter into confidentiality agreements, or agreements with confidentiality provisions, with our employees, consultants, vendors and customers and to control access to our software, documentation and other proprietary information. Despite these precautions, it may be possible for unauthorized parties to copy our software or other proprietary technology or information, or to develop similar software independently.

Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy aspects of our applications or to obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary. Policing unauthorized use of our applications is difficult, and we are unable to determine the extent to which piracy of our software exists or will occur in the future. Litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights, protect our trade secrets, determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others or defend against claims of infringement or invalidity. Such litigation could be costly, time-consuming and distracting to management, result in a diversion of resources or the narrowing or invalidation of portions of our intellectual property and have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. Furthermore, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights or alleging that we infringe the counterclaimant’s own intellectual property. These steps may be inadequate to protect our intellectual property. Third parties may challenge the validity or ownership of our intellectual property, and these challenges could cause us to lose our rights, in whole or in part, to such intellectual property or narrow its scope such that it no longer provides meaningful protection. We will not be able to protect our intellectual property if we are unable to enforce our rights or if we do not detect unauthorized use of our intellectual property. Despite our precautions, it may be possible for unauthorized third parties to copy our products and use information that we regard as proprietary to create products and services that compete with ours. Some license provisions protecting against unauthorized use, copying, transfer and disclosure of our applications may be unenforceable under the laws of certain jurisdictions and foreign countries. Further, the laws of some countries do not protect proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. To the extent we expand our international activities, our exposure to unauthorized copying, transfer and use of our applications and proprietary technology or information may increase.

There can be no assurance that our means of protecting our proprietary rights will be adequate or that our competitors will not independently develop similar technology. If we fail to meaningfully protect our intellectual property, our business, brands, operating results and financial condition could be materially harmed.

Unanticipated changes in our effective tax rate or challenges by tax authorities could harm our future results.

We are subject to income taxes in the United States and various non-U.S. jurisdictions. Our effective tax rate could be adversely affected by changes in the allocation of our pre-tax earnings and losses among countries with differing statutory tax rates, in certain non-deductible expenses as a result of acquisitions, in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities, or in federal, state, local or non-U.S. tax laws and accounting principles, including increased tax rates, new tax laws or revised interpretations of existing tax laws and precedents. In particular, the United States is currently considering various changes to the U.S. taxation of international business activities, which, if enacted, could impact the U.S. taxation of our non-U.S. earnings as well as our cash maintained outside the United States. Increases in our effective tax rate would adversely affect our operating results.

In addition, we may be subject to income tax audits by various tax jurisdictions throughout the world, many of which have not established clear guidance on the tax treatment of cloud-based companies. The application of tax laws in such jurisdictions may be subject to diverging and sometimes conflicting interpretations by tax authorities in these jurisdictions. Although we believe our income tax liabilities are reasonably estimated and accounted for in accordance with applicable laws and principles, an adverse resolution of one or more uncertain tax positions in any period could have a material impact on the results of operations for that period.

 

-30-


Table of Contents

Taxing authorities may successfully assert that we should have collected or in the future should collect additional sales and use taxes, and we could be subject to liability with respect to past or future sales, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

We have not historically filed sales and use tax returns or collected sales and use taxes in all jurisdictions in which we have sales, based on our belief that such taxes are not applicable. Taxing authorities may seek to impose such taxes on us, including for past sales, which could result in penalties and interest. Any such tax assessments may adversely affect the results of our operations.

Taxing authorities could reallocate our taxable income among our subsidiaries, which could increase our consolidated tax liability.

We conduct integrated operations internationally through subsidiaries in various tax jurisdictions pursuant to transfer pricing arrangements between our subsidiaries and between our subsidiaries and us. If two or more affiliated companies are located in different countries, the tax laws or regulations of each country generally require that transfer prices be the same as those between unrelated companies dealing at arms’ length and that contemporaneous documentation is maintained to support the transfer prices. While we believe that we operate in compliance with applicable transfer pricing laws and intend to continue to do so, our transfer pricing procedures are not binding on applicable tax authorities. If tax authorities in any of these countries were to successfully challenge our transfer prices as not reflecting arms’ length transactions, they could require us to adjust our transfer prices and thereby reallocate our income to reflect these revised transfer prices, which could result in a higher tax liability to us. Such reallocations may subject us to interest and penalties that would increase our consolidated tax liability and could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.

As of December 31, 2013, we had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $45.0 million and research and development credit carryforwards of approximately $0.8 million, which begin expiring in 2018. Under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change net operating loss carryforwards and other pre-change tax attributes, such as research tax credits, to offset its post-change income and taxes may be limited. In general, an “ownership change” occurs if there is a cumulative change in our ownership by “5% shareholders” that exceeds 50 percentage points over a rolling three-year period. Similar rules apply under state tax laws. Based on analysis of acquired net operating losses, utilization of our net operating losses will be subject to annual limitations. The annual limitation will result in the expiration of $16.2 million of net operating losses and $0.8 million of credit carryforwards before utilization. In the event that it is determined that we have in the past experienced additional ownership changes, or if we experience one or more ownership changes as a result of this offering or future transactions in our stock, then we may be further limited in our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and other tax assets to reduce taxes owed on the net taxable income that we earn. Any such limitations on the ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and other tax assets could adversely impact our business, financial condition and operating results.

Changes in laws or regulations related to the Internet may diminish the demand for our applications and any failure of the Internet infrastructure could have a negative impact on our business.

We deliver our cloud-based applications through the Internet. Federal, state or foreign government bodies or agencies have in the past adopted, and may in the future adopt, laws or regulations affecting data privacy and the use of the Internet. In addition, government agencies or private organizations may begin to impose taxes, fees or other charges for accessing the Internet or on commerce conducted via the Internet. Increased enforcement of existing laws and regulations, as well as any laws, regulations or changes that may be adopted or implemented in the future, could limit the growth of the use of cloud-based applications or communications generally, result in a decline in the use of the Internet and the viability of cloud-based applications such as ours and reduce the demand for our applications.

 

-31-


Table of Contents

The success of our enterprise work management software applications depends on the development and maintenance of the Internet infrastructure. This includes maintenance of a reliable network backbone with the necessary speed, data capacity and security, as well as the timely development of complementary products for providing reliable Internet access and services. The Internet has experienced, and is likely to continue to experience, significant growth in the amount of traffic and may be unable to support such demands. In addition, problems caused by viruses, worms, malware and similar programs may harm the performance of the Internet. Any outages and delays in the Internet could reduce the level of usage of our services, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Privacy concerns and laws or other domestic or foreign regulations may reduce the effectiveness of our applications and adversely affect our business.

Our customers can use our applications to collect, use and store personal or identifying information regarding their customers and employees. Federal, state and foreign government bodies and agencies have adopted, are considering adopting or may adopt laws and regulations regarding the collection, use, storage and disclosure of personal information obtained from individuals. The costs of compliance with, and other burdens imposed by, such laws and regulations that are applicable to the businesses of our customers may limit the use and adoption of our applications and reduce overall demand, or lead to significant fines, penalties or liabilities for any noncompliance with such privacy laws. For example, the European Union and many countries in Europe have stringent privacy laws and regulations that may impact our ability to profitably operate in certain European countries. Furthermore, privacy concerns may cause our customers to resist providing the personal data necessary to allow them to use our applications effectively. Even the perception of privacy concerns, whether or not valid, may inhibit market adoption of our applications in certain industries. All of these domestic and international legislative and regulatory initiatives may adversely affect our customers’ ability to process, handle, store, use and transmit demographic and personal information from their customers and employees, which could reduce demand for our applications.

In addition to government activity, privacy advocacy groups and the technology and other industries are considering various new, additional or different self-regulatory standards that may place additional burdens on us. If the processing of personal information were to be curtailed in this manner, our applications would be less effective, which may reduce demand for our applications and adversely affect our business.

We are subject to governmental export and import controls that could impair our ability to compete in international markets due to licensing requirements and subject us to liability if we are not in compliance with applicable laws.

Our applications are subject to export control and import laws and regulations, including the U.S. Export Administration Regulations, U.S. Customs regulations and various economic and trade sanctions regulations administered by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Controls. Exports of our applications must be made in compliance with these laws and regulations. If we fail to comply with these laws and regulations, we and certain of our employees could be subject to substantial civil or criminal penalties, including: the possible loss of export or import privileges; fines, which may be imposed on us and responsible employees or managers; and, in extreme cases, the incarceration of responsible employees or managers. Obtaining the necessary authorizations, including any required license, for a particular sale may be time-consuming, is not guaranteed and may result in the delay or loss of sales opportunities. In addition, changes in our applications or changes in applicable export or import regulations may create delays in the introduction and sale of our applications in international markets, prevent our customers with international operations from deploying our applications or, in some cases, prevent the export or import of our applications to certain countries, governments or persons altogether. Any change in export or import regulations, shift in the enforcement or scope of existing regulations, or change in the countries, governments, persons or technologies targeted by such regulations, could also result in decreased use of our applications, or in our decreased ability to export or sell our applications to existing or potential customers with international operations. Any decreased use of our applications or limitation on our ability to export or sell our applications would likely adversely affect our business.

 

-32-


Table of Contents

Furthermore, we incorporate encryption technology into certain of our applications. Various countries regulate the import of certain encryption technology, including through import permitting and licensing requirements, and have enacted laws that could limit our ability to distribute our applications or could limit our customers’ ability to implement our applications in those countries. Encrypted applications and the underlying technology may also be subject to export control restrictions. Governmental regulation of encryption technology and regulation of imports or exports of encryption products, or our failure to obtain required import or export approval for our applications, when applicable, could harm our international sales and adversely affect our revenue. Compliance with applicable regulatory requirements regarding the export of our applications, including with respect to new releases of our applications, may create delays in the introduction of our applications in international markets, prevent our customers with international operations from deploying our applications throughout their globally-distributed systems or, in some cases, prevent the export of our applications to some countries altogether.

Moreover, U.S. export control laws and economic sanctions programs prohibit the shipment of certain products and services to countries, governments and persons that are subject to U.S. economic embargoes and trade sanctions. Even though we take precautions to prevent our applications from being shipped or provided to U.S. sanctions targets, our applications and services could be shipped to those targets or provided by third parties despite such precautions. Any such shipment could have negative consequences, including government investigations, penalties and reputational harm.

If we are unable to implement and maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting in the future, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock may be negatively affected.

As a public company, we will be required to maintain internal controls over financial reporting and to report any material weaknesses in such internal controls. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, requires that we evaluate and determine the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. Our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until the later of our second annual report or the first annual report required to be filed with the SEC following the date we are no longer an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act. If we have a material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting, we may not detect errors on a timely basis and our financial statements may be materially misstated. We are in the process of designing and implementing the internal controls over financial reporting required to comply with this obligation, which process will be time consuming, costly and complicated. We may need additional finance and accounting personnel with certain skill sets to assist us with the reporting requirements we will encounter as a public company and to support our anticipated growth. In addition, implementing internal controls may distract our officers and employees, entail substantial costs to modify our existing processes and take significant time to complete.

In the future, if we identify material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting, if we are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner, if we are unable to assert that our internal controls over financial reporting are effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is not required to express an opinion due to the provisions of the JOBS Act or is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock could be negatively affected, and we could become subject to investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

 

-33-


Table of Contents

We will incur increased costs and demands upon management as a result of complying with the laws and regulations affecting public companies, which could harm our operating results.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting, investor relations and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting requirements. We also have incurred and will incur costs associated with current corporate governance requirements, including requirements under Section 404 and other provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules implemented by the SEC and the exchange on which we list our common stock. We expect these rules and regulations to substantially increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly. We are unable to currently estimate these costs with any degree of certainty. We also expect that, as a public company, it will be more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage or to accept reduced policy limits and coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve on our board of directors or as our executive officers.

We are an “emerging growth company,” and any decision on our part to comply with certain reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies could make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act and, for as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may choose to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies including, but not limited to: not being required to have our internal control over financial reporting audited by our independent registered public accounting firm pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act; reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements; and exemptions from the requirements to hold a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and to obtain stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We may take advantage of these provisions for up to five years or such earlier time that we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” We will remain an “emerging growth company” for up to five years, although, we would cease to be an “emerging growth company” upon the earliest of the first fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the consummation of this offering; the first fiscal year after our annual gross revenue is $1 billion or more; the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt securities; or the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” as defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act. To the extent we take advantage of any of these reduced reporting burdens in this prospectus or in future filings, the information that we provide our security holders may be different than you might get from other public companies in which you hold equity interests. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

Under Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We are choosing to “opt out” of such extended transition period, however, and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.

Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

An active trading market for our common stock may not develop, and you may not be able to resell your shares of our common stock at or above our initial public offering price.

Before this offering, there was no public trading market for our common stock. If a market for our common stock does not develop or is not sustained, it may be difficult for you to sell your shares of common stock at an

 

-34-


Table of Contents

attractive price or at all. The initial public offering price of our common stock will be determined through negotiations between us and the underwriters. This initial public offering price may not be indicative of the market price of our common stock after the offering. In the absence of an active trading market for our common stock, investors may not be able to sell their common stock at or above the initial public offering price or at the time that they would like to sell. We cannot predict the prices at which our common stock will trade. It is possible that in one or more future periods our results of operations may be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors and, as a result of these and other factors, the price of our common stock may fall.

The market price of our common stock may be volatile, which could result in substantial losses for investors purchasing shares in this offering.

The market price of our common stock could be subject to significant fluctuations after this offering, and it may decline below the initial public offering price. Some of the factors that may cause the market price of our common stock to fluctuate include:

 

    actual or anticipated changes in the estimates of our operating results that we provide to the public, our failure to meet these projections or changes in recommendations by securities analysts that elect to follow our common stock;

 

    price and volume fluctuations in the overall equity markets from time to time;

 

    significant volatility in the market price and trading volume of comparable companies;

 

    changes in the market perception of enterprise work management software generally or in the effectiveness of our applications in particular;

 

    disruptions in our services due to computer hardware, software or network problems;

 

    announcements of technological innovations, new products, strategic alliances or significant agreements by us or by our competitors;

 

    announcements of new customer agreements or upgrades and customer downgrades or cancellations or delays in customer purchases;

 

    litigation involving us;

 

    our ability to successfully consummate and integrate acquisitions;

 

    investors’ general perception of us;

 

    recruitment or departure of key personnel;

 

    the expiration of market standoff or contractual lock-up agreements;

 

    sales of our common stock by us or our stockholders;

 

    fluctuations in the trading volume of our shares or the size of our public float; and

 

    general economic, legal, industry and market conditions and trends unrelated to our performance.

In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been brought against that company. Because of the potential volatility of our stock price, we may become the target of securities litigation in the future. If we were to become involved in securities litigation, it could result in substantial costs, divert management’s attention and resources from our business and adversely affect our business.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish, or cease publishing, research or reports about us, our business or our market, if they publish negative evaluations of our stock, or if we fail to meet the expectations of analysts, the price of our stock and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts may publish about us, our business, our market or our competitors. We do not currently have,

 

-35-


Table of Contents

and may never obtain, research coverage by financial analysts. If no or few analysts commence coverage of us, the trading price of our stock would likely decrease. Even if we do obtain analyst coverage, if one or more of the analysts covering our business downgrade their evaluation of our stock, the price of our stock could decline. If one or more of these analysts cease to cover our stock, we could lose visibility in the market for our stock, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline. Furthermore, if our operating results fail to meet analysts’ expectations our stock price would likely decline.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market by our existing stockholders following this offering could cause our stock price to fall.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time after the expiration of the lock-up agreements described in the section titled “Underwriting.” These sales, or the market perception that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our common stock. After the closing of this offering, we will have 14,335,673 shares of common stock outstanding based on 10,489,519 shares of common stock outstanding at June 30, 2014 (assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into 6,834,476 shares of common stock), assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in this offering. This includes the 3,846,154 shares that we are selling in this offering, which, except to the extent sold to our directors, executive officers or affiliates, may be resold in the public market immediately. The remaining 10,489,519 shares, or 73.2% of our outstanding shares after this offering, are currently, and, together with any shares sold in this offering to our directors, executive officers or affiliates, will be following the closing of this offering, restricted as a result of securities laws or lock-up agreements but will be able to be sold, subject to any applicable volume limitations under federal securities laws with respect to affiliate sales, in the near future.

In addition, as of June 30, 2014, there were an additional 588,132 shares reserved for issuance upon exercise of outstanding stock awards issued under our stock-based compensation plans that will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by any applicable vesting requirements, lock-up agreements and Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. Moreover, after this offering, holders of an aggregate of 6,834,476 shares of our common stock as of June 30, 2014, or certain of their transferees, and the holders of 76,514 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants to purchase shares of our preferred stock, will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. We also intend to register all shares of common stock that we may issue under our stock-based compensation plans. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the lock-up agreements and the restrictions imposed on our affiliates under Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

Additionally, William Blair & Company, L.L.C. and Raymond James & Associates, Inc., on behalf of the underwriters, may without our consent, at any time, release all or any portion of the shares subject to lock-up agreements to be entered into in connection with this offering, which would result in more shares being available for sale in the public market at earlier dates. Sales of common stock by existing stockholders in the public market, the availability of these shares for sale, our issuance of securities or the perception that any of these events might occur could materially and adversely affect the market price of our common stock. In addition, the sale of these securities could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional stock.

Purchasers in this offering will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of their investment as a result of this offering.

If you purchase common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution of $12.48 per share, representing the difference between the assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and our

 

-36-


Table of Contents

pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering and the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering. Moreover, we issued warrants and options in the past that allow their holders to acquire common stock at prices significantly below the assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share. As of June 30, 2014, there were 2,459 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants to purchase shares of our common stock at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.77 per share and there were 76,514 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants to purchase shares of our preferred stock at a weighted-average exercise price of $6.10 per share. In addition, as of June 30, 2014, there were 588,132 shares subject to outstanding options with a weighted-average exercise price of $3.49 per share. To the extent that these outstanding warrants or options are ultimately exercised, you will experience further dilution.

Our existing directors, executive officers and principal stockholders will continue to have substantial control over us after this offering, which could limit your ability to influence the outcome of key transactions, including a change of control.

After this offering and based on share ownership as of September 30, 2014, including shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options and warrants exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2014, our directors, executive officers, principal stockholders and their affiliates will beneficially own or control, directly or indirectly, in the aggregate, approximately 55.7% of our outstanding common stock, assuming (i) no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in this offering, (ii) the issuance of an aggregate of $0.5 million of shares of restricted common stock to our non-employee directors in connection with grants made as of the effectiveness of this registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and (iii) the purchase by certain of our existing stockholders, including John T. McDonald, our Chief Executive Officer and chairman of our board of directors, entities associated with Austin Ventures and ESW Capital, LLC or its affiliates, of up to an aggregate of $5.0 million of shares of common stock in this offering. See “—Participation in this offering by certain of our existing stockholders would reduce the public float for our shares.” As a result, these stockholders, acting together, could have significant influence over the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election or removal of directors, any amendments to our certificate of incorporation or bylaws and any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets, and over the management and affairs of our company. This concentration of ownership may also have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of our company or discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and might affect the market price of our common stock.

Participation in this offering by certain of our existing stockholders would reduce the public float for our shares.

Certain of our existing stockholders, including John T. McDonald, our Chief Executive Officer and chairman of our board of directors, entities associated with Austin Ventures, each of which is an affiliate of a member of our board of directors, and ESW Capital, LLC or its affiliates, have indicated an interest in purchasing shares of common stock with an aggregate purchase price of up to $5.0 million in this offering, or up to 10% of the proposed offering size based on an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the underwriters may determine to sell more, less or no shares in this offering to such stockholders, or such stockholders may determine to purchase more, less or no shares in this offering. Assuming an initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover page of this prospectus, if such stockholders were to purchase the entire $5.0 million of our common stock, they would purchase an aggregate of 384,615 shares of our common stock in this offering. If such stockholders purchase all such shares, assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares, but assuming the issuance of an aggregate of 38,460 shares of restricted common stock to our non-employee directors in connection with grants made as of the effectiveness of this registration statement, assuming an initial offering price of $13.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover page of this prospectus, our executive officers, principal stockholders and

 

-37-


Table of Contents

their affiliates will beneficially own or control, in the aggregate, approximately 55.7% of our outstanding shares of common stock upon completion of this offering.

If stockholders affiliated with members of our board of directors or other existing stockholders are allocated all or a portion of the shares in which they have indicated an interest in this offering and purchase any such shares, such purchase would reduce the available public float for our shares because such stockholders would be restricted from selling the shares by a lock-up agreement they have entered into with our underwriters and, in some cases, by restrictions under applicable securities laws. As a result, any purchase of shares by such stockholders in this offering may reduce the liquidity of our common stock relative to what it would have been had these shares been purchased by investors that were not existing stockholders.

Because we do not expect to pay any dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future, investors in this offering may never receive a return on their investment.

We do not anticipate that we will pay any cash dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. Instead, we plan to retain any earnings to maintain and expand our existing operations. In addition, our ability to pay cash dividends is currently limited by the terms of our existing loan and security agreements, which prohibits our payment of dividends on our capital stock without prior consent, and any future credit facility may contain terms prohibiting or limiting the amount of dividends that may be declared or paid on our common stock. Accordingly, investors must rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any return on their investment.

Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the proceeds we receive from this offering and might not apply the proceeds in ways that increase the value of your investment.

Our management will have broad discretion to use our net proceeds from this offering, and you will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of these proceeds. Our management might not apply our net proceeds of this offering in ways that increase the value of your investment. We expect to use the net proceeds to us from this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including to finance our growth by investing in or acquiring complementary companies, products or technologies, expanding our sales force, growing sales of our applications and improving and enhancing our applications. Our management might not be able to yield a significant return, if any, on any investment of these net proceeds. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value. These investments may not yield a favorable return to our investors. You will not have the opportunity to influence our decisions on how to use our net proceeds from this offering.

Anti-takeover provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, as well as provisions of Delaware law, might discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company or changes in our board of directors or management and, therefore, depress the trading price of our common stock.

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as amended and restated prior to the closing of this offering, will contain provisions that may depress the market price of our common stock by acting to discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which you might otherwise receive a premium for your shares of our common stock. These provisions may also prevent or frustrate attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove members of our board of directors or our management. These provisions include the following:

 

    our certificate of incorporation provides for a classified board of directors with staggered three-year terms so that not all members of our board of directors are elected at one time;

 

    directors may be removed by stockholders only for cause;

 

-38-


Table of Contents
    our board of directors has the right to elect directors to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the board of directors or the resignation, death or removal of a director, which prevents stockholders from being able to fill vacancies on our board of directors;

 

    special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by our Chief Executive Officer, our board of directors or holders of not less than the majority of our issued and outstanding capital stock limiting the ability of minority stockholders to take certain actions without an annual meeting of stockholders;

 

    our stockholders may not act by written consent unless the action to be effected and the taking of such action by written consent are approved in advance by our board of directors and, as a result, a holder, or holders, controlling a majority of our capital stock would generally not be able to take certain actions without holding a stockholders’ meeting;

 

    our certificate of incorporation prohibits cumulative voting in the election of directors. This limits the ability of minority stockholders to elect director candidates;

 

    stockholders must provide timely notice to nominate individuals for election to the board of directors or to propose matters that can be acted upon at an annual meeting of stockholders and, as a result, these provisions may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us; and

 

    our board of directors may issue, without stockholder approval, shares of undesignated preferred stock, making it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to acquire us.

As a Delaware corporation, we are also subject to provisions of Delaware law, including Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which limits the ability of stockholders owning in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock from engaging in certain business combinations with us. For a description of our capital stock, see “Description of Capital Stock.”

Any provision of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as amended and restated prior to the closing of this offering, or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our common stock and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock. The existence of the foregoing provisions and anti-takeover measures could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. They could also deter potential acquirers of our company, thereby reducing the likelihood that you could receive a premium for your common stock in an acquisition.

 

-39-


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus, including the sections titled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business,” contains forward-looking statements. In some cases you can identify these statements by forward-looking words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “project,” “will,” “would” or the negative or plural of these words or similar expressions. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements concerning the following:

 

    our financial performance and our ability to achieve or sustain profitability or predict future results;

 

    our ability to attract and retain customers;

 

    our ability to deliver high-quality customer service;

 

    the growth of demand for enterprise work management applications;

 

    our ability to effectively manage our growth;

 

    our ability to consummate and integrate acquisitions;

 

    maintaining our senior management team and key personnel;

 

    our ability to maintain and expand our direct sales organization;

 

    our ability to obtain financing in the future on acceptable terms or at all;

 

    our ability to adapt to changing market conditions and competition;

 

    our ability to successfully enter new markets and manage our international expansion;

 

    the operation and reliability of our third-party data centers;

 

    our ability to adapt to technological change and continue to innovate;

 

    economic and financial conditions;

 

    our ability to integrate our applications with other software applications;

 

    maintaining and expanding our relationships with third parties;

 

    costs associated with defending intellectual property infringement and other claims;

 

    our ability to maintain, protect and enhance our brand and intellectual property;

 

    our ability to comply with privacy laws and regulations; and

 

    other factors discussed in this prospectus in the sections titled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business.”

These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors.” Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly-changing environment. New risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events and circumstances discussed in this prospectus may not occur and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee that the

 

-40-


Table of Contents

future results, levels of activity, performance or events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur. Moreover, except as required by law, neither we nor any other person assumes responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements for any reason after the date of this prospectus to conform these statements to actual results or to changes in our expectations.

 

-41-


Table of Contents

MARKET, INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA

Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the market in which we operate, including our general expectations and market position, market opportunity and market size, is based on information from various sources, including independent data, research opinions and viewpoints published by IDC and McKinsey, on assumptions that we have made that are based on those and other similar sources and on our knowledge of the markets for our solutions. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. While we believe the market position, market opportunity and market size information included in this prospectus is generally reliable, such information is inherently imprecise. In addition, projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the markets in which we operate are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.

 

-42-


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $43.2 million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, we estimate that our net proceeds would be approximately $50.2 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $3.6 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of one million shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $12.1 million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We intend to use approximately $11.5 million of the net proceeds of this offering to repay outstanding and accrued interest under our loan and security agreements with Comerica Bank. As of June 30, 2014, we had $3.6 million outstanding as revolving loans and $18.9 million as term loans under our loan and security agreements. The revolving loans and term loans bear interest at a floating rate equal to Comerica Bank’s prime rate plus 1.75%. All outstanding revolving loan amounts must be repaid on April 11, 2015. All outstanding principal and interest under the term loan must be repaid on April 11, 2018.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our financial flexibility, improve our visibility in the marketplace and create a public market for our common stock. Although we do not have current specific plans for the net proceeds of this offering, we generally intend to use the net proceeds of this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including to finance our growth by investing in or acquiring complementary companies, products or technologies, expanding our sales force, growing sales of our applications and improving and enhancing our applications. We do not have agreements or commitments for any investments or acquisitions at this time. Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering, and investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the proceeds.

Pending the use of the proceeds from this offering as described above, we plan to invest the net proceeds in short-term, investment-grade interest-bearing securities, such as money market accounts, certificates of deposit, commercial paper or obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We intend to retain future earnings, if any, to finance the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare dividends will be subject to the discretion of our board of directors and will be dependent on a number of factors, including our operating results, capital requirements and overall financial condition and any other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. In addition, the terms of our loan and security agreements limit our ability to pay dividends.

 

-43-


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of June 30, 2014, as follows:

 

    on an actual basis;

 

    on a pro forma basis, giving effect to (i) a 6.099-for-one reverse stock split of our capital stock that occured on October 24, 2014; (ii) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 6,834,476 shares of common stock immediately prior to the consummation of this offering; and (iii) the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation; and

 

    on a pro forma as adjusted basis to further reflect the sale by us of 3,846,154 shares of common stock in this offering based on an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The pro forma as adjusted information set forth in the table below is for illustrative purposes only and will adjust based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

You should read the information in this table together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of June 30, 2014  
     Actual      Pro Forma      Pro Forma As
Adjusted
 
    

(unaudited)

(in thousands)

 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 3,059       $ 3,059       $ 46,244   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt (including current portion)

   $ 27,384       $ 27,384       $ 27,384   

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock:

        

Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 2,990,703 shares authorized, 2,821,181 shares issued and outstanding, actual, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     17,138         —           —     

Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 1,767,912 shares authorized, 1,701,909 shares issued and outstanding, actual, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     10,369         —           —     

Series B-1 convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 983,767 shares authorized, 237,740 shares issued and outstanding, actual, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     1,276         —           —     

Series B-2 redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 1,639,613 shares authorized, 155,598 shares issued and outstanding, actual, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     949         —           —     

Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 1,918,347 shares authorized, 1,918,048 shares issued and outstanding, actual, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     21,784         —           —     

Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit):

        

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual and pro forma, 9,300,342 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     —           —           —     

 

-44-


Table of Contents
     As of June 30, 2014  
     Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma As
Adjusted
 
    

(unaudited)

(in thousands)

 

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 13,989,998 shares authorized, 3,655,043 shares issued and outstanding, actual, 10,489,519 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma, and 14,335,673 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     —          1        1   

Additional paid-in capital

     9,276        60,791        103,976   

Accumulated deficit

     (30,106     (30,106     (30,106

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (697     (697     (697
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (21,527     29,989        73,174   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 57,373      $ 57,373      $ 100,558   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $3.6 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The table above excludes the following shares:

 

    588,132 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options outstanding as of June 30, 2014, at a weighted-average exercise price of $3.49 per share;

 

    2,459 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants to purchase shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2014, at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.77 per share;

 

    76,514 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants to purchase shares of our preferred stock outstanding as of June 30, 2014, at a weighted-average exercise price of $6.10 per share;

 

    246,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Plan as of June 30, 2014, which will become available for grants under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement related to this offering;

 

 

    294,010 shares of restricted stock issued pursuant to restricted stock grants subsequent to June 30, 2014, at a purchase price of $8.73 per share;

 

    123,785 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options issued subsequent to June 30, 2014, at a weighted-average exercise price of $8.73 per share; and

 

    Restricted stock grants to be issued to each of our non-employee directors upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, entitling such directors to receive the number of shares of our common stock equal to an aggregate of $0.5 million divided by the initial public offering price per share.

 

-45-


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after the closing of this offering.

As of June 30, 2014, we had a net tangible book value of $(35.8) million, or $(3.41) per share. Net tangible book value per share represents our total tangible assets (total assets less intangible assets) less our total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of outstanding common stock, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering.

After giving effect to the receipt of the net proceeds from our sale of 3,846,154 shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2014 would have been $7.4 million, or $0.52 per share. This represents an immediate increase in as adjusted net tangible book value of $3.93 per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $12.48 per share to investors purchasing common stock in this offering.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis to new investors:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

     $ 13.00   

Net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2014

   $ (3.41  

Increase in net tangible book value per share attributed to new investors purchasing shares from us in this offering

   $ 3.93     

As adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering

     $ 0.52   
    

 

 

 

Dilution in as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering

     $ 12.48   
    

 

 

 

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share would increase (decrease) the net tangible book value, as adjusted to give effect to this offering, by $(0.25) per share and the dilution to new investors by $(0.25) per share, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, the as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering would be $0.96 per share, and the dilution in as adjusted net tangible book value per share to investors in this offering would be $12.04 per share.

 

-46-


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes, as of June 30, 2014 and after giving effect to this offering, a 6.099-for-one reverse stock split of our capital stock that occured on October 24, 2014, and the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering, the number of shares of our common stock, the total consideration and the average price per share (i) paid to us by our existing stockholders and (ii) to be paid by new investors purchasing our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average
Price Per
Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing stockholders

     10,489,519         73.2     50,093,252         50   $ 4.78   

New investors

     3,846,154         26.8        50,000,000         50        13.00   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

     14,335,673         100.0     100,093,252         100.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

The foregoing discussion and tables are based on 10,489,519 shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2014, and excludes:

 

    588,132 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options outstanding as of June 30, 2014, at a weighted-average exercise price of $3.49 per share;

 

    2,459 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants to purchase shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2014, at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.77 per share;

 

    76,514 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants to purchase shares of our preferred stock outstanding as of June 30, 2014, at a weighted-average exercise price of $6.10 per share;

 

    246,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Plan as of June 30, 2014, which will become available for grants under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement related to this offering;

 

    294,010 shares of restricted stock issued pursuant to restricted stock grants subsequent to June 30, 2014, at a purchase price of $8.73 per share;

 

    123,785 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options issued subsequent to June 30, 2014, at a weighted-average exercise price of $8.73 per share; and

 

    Restricted stock grants to be issued to each of our non-employee directors upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, entitling such directors to receive the number of shares of our common stock equal to an aggregate of $0.5 million divided by the initial public offering price per share.

The foregoing discussion and tables do not reflect potential purchases by certain of our existing stockholders, including John T. McDonald, our Chief Executive Officer and chairman of our board of directors, or entities affiliated with Austin Ventures and ESW Capital, LLC, that have indicated an interest in purchasing common stock with an aggregate purchase price of up to $5.0 million, or up to 10% of the proposed offering size based on an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, as described in “Related Party Transactions” and “Underwriting.”

 

-47-


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table summarizes our selected consolidated financial data. We have derived the selected consolidated statements of operations data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2013 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the summary consolidated statements of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2014 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results. The following consolidated financial data set forth below should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” each contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Fiscal Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
    2012     2013     2013     2014  
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

       

Revenue:

       

Subscription and support

  $ 18,281      $ 30,887      $ 14,182      $ 23,542   

Perpetual license

    641        2,003        488        1,097   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total product revenue

    18,922        32,890        14,670        24,639   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Professional services

    3,841        8,303        3,997        7,185   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    22,763        41,193        18,667        31,824   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

       

Subscription and support (1)(2)

    4,189        7,787        3,271        6,604   

Professional services (1)

    3,121        5,680        2,855        4,737   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    7,310        13,467        6,126        11,341   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    15,453        27,726        12,541        20,483   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

       

Sales and marketing (1)

    6,331        10,625        4,403        7,151   

Research and development (1)

    5,308        10,340        4,406        18,393   

Refundable Canadian tax credits

    (728     (583     (296     (274

General and administrative (1)

    4,574        6,832        2,920        5,676   

Depreciation and amortization

    1,812        3,670        2,247        2,121   

Acquisition-related expenses

    1,933        1,461        528        521   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    19,230        32,345        14,208        33,588   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (3,777     (4,619     (1,667     (13,105

Other expense:

       

Interest expense, net

    (528     (2,797     (547     (834

Other expense, net

    (65     (431     73        (368
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense

    (593     (3,228     (474     (1,202
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

    (4,370     (7,847     (2,141     (14,307

Provision for income taxes

    72        (708     (133     (690
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

    (4,298     (8,555     (2,274     (14,997

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

    1,791        (642     (316     —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (2,507   $ (9,197   $ (2,590   $ (14,997
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Preferred stock dividends and accretion

    (44     (98     (22     (875
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common shareholders

  $ (2,551   $ (9,295   $ (2,612   $ (15,872
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share (3) :

       

Loss from continuing operations per common share, basic and diluted

  $ (5.78   $ (7.23   $ (2.16   $ (4.92

Income (loss) from discontinued operations per common share, basic and diluted

  $ 2.39      $ (0.54   $ (0.30   $ —     

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted

  $ (3.39   $ (7.77   $ (2.46   $ (4.92

Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

    751,416        1,196,668        1,061,906        3,225,077   

Pro forma net loss per common share (unaudited), basic and diluted (4)

    $ (1.55     $ (1.49

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding (unaudited), basic and diluted (4)

      5,998,613          10,059,553   
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

-48-


Table of Contents

 

(1) Includes stock-based compensation.

 

(2) Includes depreciation and amortization of $660,000 and $1,640,000 in fiscal 2012 and 2013, respectively. Includes depreciation and amortization of $717,000 and $1,484,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

 

(3) See Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a discussion and reconciliation of historical and pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders and weighted- average shares outstanding for historical and pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share calculations.

 

(4) Pro forma net loss per common share (unaudited) and pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding (unaudited) gives effect to (i) a 6.099-for-one reverse stock split of our capital stock that occured on October 24, 2014; (ii) the conversion of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock into 6,834,476 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and (iii) the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

 

     As of June 30, 2014  
     Actual     Pro Forma (1)      Pro forma As
Adjusted (2)(3)
 
     (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 3,059      $ 3,059       $ 46,244   

Property and equipment, net

     3,365        3,365         3,365   

Intangible assets, net

     32,210        32,210         32,210   

Goodwill

     33,580        33,580         33,580   

Total assets

     94,326        94,326         137,511   

Deferred revenue

     20,060        20,060         20,060   

Total liabilities

     64,337        64,337         64,337   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     51,516        —           —     

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (21,527     29,989         73,174   

 

(1) The pro forma column gives effect to (i) a 6.099-for-one reverse stock split of our capital stock that occured on October 24, 2014; (ii) the conversion of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock into 6,834,476 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and (iii) the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

 

(2) The pro forma as adjusted column gives further effect to the sale by us of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

(3) Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share would increase (decrease) the amount of pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, total assets and total stockholders’ deficit by approximately $3.6 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of one million shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) cash and cash equivalents, total assets and total stockholders’ deficit by approximately $12.1 million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

-49-


Table of Contents
     As of December 31,     As of June 30,  
             2012                      2013                     2013                      2014          
     (in thousands, except %)  

Key Metrics:

          

Annualized recurring revenue value at year-end (1)

   $ 27,093       $ 49,061        n/a         n/a   

Annual net dollar retention rate (2)

     n/a         90     n/a         n/a   

Adjusted EBITDA (fiscal year ended December 31 and six months ended June 30) (3)

   $ 720       $ 2,650      $ 2,074       $ 2,608   

 

(1) Annualized recurring revenue value as of December 31 equals the monthly value of our recurring revenue contracts measured as of December 31 multiplied by 12. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Metrics” for additional discussion of this key metric.

 

(2) We define annual net dollar retention rate as of December 31 as the aggregate annualized recurring revenue value at December 31 from those customers that were also customers as of December 31 of the prior fiscal year, divided by the aggregate annualized recurring revenue value from all customers as of December 31 of the prior fiscal year. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Metrics” for additional discussion of this key metric.

 

(3) We monitor our Adjusted EBITDA to help us evaluate the effectiveness and efficiency of our operations. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net loss, calculated in accordance with GAAP, plus discontinued operations, depreciation and amortization expense, interest expense, net, other income (expense), net, provision for income taxes, stock-based compensation expense, and acquisition-related expenses.

The following table provides a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, which is the most directly comparable GAAP measure:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2012     2013     2013     2014  
     (in thousands)  

Net loss

   $ (2,507   $ (9,197   $ (2,590   $ (14,997

Discontinued operations

     (1,791     642        316       
—  
  

Depreciation and amortization expense

     2,472        5,310        2,964        3,605   

Interest expense, net

     528        2,797        547        834   

Other expense (income), net

     65        431        (73     368   

Provision for income taxes

     (72     708        133        690   

Stock-based compensation expense

     92        498        249        367   

Acquisition-related expenses

     1,933        1,461        528        521   

Stock-based compensation—related party vendor

     —          —          —          11,220   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 720      $ 2,650      $ 2,074      $ 2,608   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

We believe that Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to management, investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results for the following reasons:

 

    Adjusted EBITDA is widely used by investors and securities analysts to measure a company’s operating performance without regard to items that can vary substantially from company to company depending upon their financing, capital structures and the method by which assets were acquired;

 

    our management uses Adjusted EBITDA in conjunction with GAAP financial measures for planning purposes, in the preparation of our annual operating budget, as a measure of our operating performance, to assess the effectiveness of our business strategies and to communicate with our board of directors concerning our financial performance because Adjusted EBITDA eliminates the impact of items that we do not consider indicative of our core operating performance;

 

-50-


Table of Contents
    Adjusted EBITDA provides more consistency and comparability with our past financial performance, facilitates period-to-period comparisons of our operations and also facilitates comparisons with other companies, many of which use similar non-GAAP financial measures to supplement their GAAP results; and

 

    we anticipate that, after consummating this offering, our investor and analyst presentations will include Adjusted EBITDA as a supplemental measure of our overall operating performance.

Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to net loss or any other measure of financial performance calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. The use of Adjusted EBITDA as an analytical tool has limitations such as:

 

    depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, and the assets being depreciated or amortized will often have to be replaced in the future and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash requirements for such replacements; however, much of the depreciation and amortization currently reflected relates to amortization of acquired intangible assets as a result of business combination purchase accounting adjustments, which will not need to be replaced in the future;

 

    Adjusted EBITDA may not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs or contractual commitments;

 

    Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the potentially dilutive impact of stock-based compensation;

 

    Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect interest or tax payments that could reduce cash available for use; and

 

    other companies, including companies in our industry, might calculate Adjusted EBITDA or similarly titled measures differently, which reduces their usefulness as comparative measures.

Because of these limitations, you should consider Adjusted EBITDA together with other financial performance measures, including various cash flow metrics, net loss and our other GAAP results.

 

-51-


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with the consolidated financial statements, the related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains information with respect to our plans and strategy as well as forward-looking statements based upon current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. You should review the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis. Throughout this management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations we may from time to time refer to fiscal years and the reference relates to the fiscal year-end; for example, fiscal 2013 would represent the fiscal year that ended on December 31, 2013. All references herein to the first, second, third and fourth fiscal quarters refer to the three months ended March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31, respectively.

Upland is a leading provider of cloud-based enterprise work management software. We define enterprise work management software as software applications that enable organizations to plan, manage and execute projects and work. Our software applications help organizations better optimize the allocation and utilization of their people, time and money. We provide a family of cloud-based enterprise work management software applications for the information technology, marketing, finance, professional services and process excellence functions within organizations. Our software applications address a broad range of enterprise work management needs, from strategic planning to task execution.

We provide organizations and their knowledge workers with software applications that better align resources with business objectives and increase visibility, governance, collaboration and responsiveness to changes in the business environment. This results in increased work capacity, higher productivity and better execution. Our applications are easy-to-use, highly scalable and offer real-time collaboration for knowledge workers distributed on a local or global scale. Our applications address enterprise work management challenges in the following categories:

 

    Program and Portfolio Management;

 

    Project Management and Collaboration;

 

    Workflow Automation and Enterprise Content Management;

 

    Professional Services Automation; and

 

    Financial Management.

We were founded in 2010 to deliver cloud-based enterprise work management applications to organizations of all sizes. Acquisitions are a primary component of our growth strategy, and we have a proven ability to successfully identify, acquire and integrate complementary businesses to grow our company. We have a dedicated and experienced corporate development team that continually monitors hundreds of companies in order to maintain a robust pipeline of potential acquisition candidates, many of which are smaller scale or address only limited enterprise work management challenges, which often operate outside the scope of some of our larger competitors. We believe that our acquisition experience and strategy gives us a competitive advantage in identifying additional opportunities to expand our family of cloud-based applications to better serve our customers. This strategy also has enabled us to develop a family of applications that addresses a broad range of enterprise work management needs. In addition, we believe our ongoing investment in new applications and the enhancement of our existing applications will allow us to expand our customer base and generate additional revenue from existing customers.

We have achieved significant growth since our inception, substantially all of which has been as a result of our acquisition strategy. For the first six months of 2013 compared to the first six months of 2014, our

 

-52-


Table of Contents

subscription and support revenue grew from $14.2 million to $23.5 million, representing a 66% period-over-period growth rate, and our total revenue grew from $18.7 million to $31.8 million, representing an 70% period-over-period growth rate. For the first six months of 2014 and 2013, we recorded Adjusted EBITDA of $2.6 million and $2.1 million, respectively. See “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” for additional discussion of Adjusted EBITDA and the reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP measure. From fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2013, our subscription and support revenue grew from $18.3 million to $30.9 million, representing a 69% year-over-year growth rate, and our total revenue grew from $22.8 million to $41.2 million, representing an 81% year-over-year growth rate. We recorded Adjusted EBITDA of $0.7 million and $2.7 million in fiscal 2012 and 2013, respectively. For the first six months of 2014 and 2013 and fiscal 2013 and 2012 we recorded net losses of $15.0 million, $2.6 million, $9.2 million and $2.5 million, respectively. We expect to have significant operating expenses in the future to support and grow our business, including expanding the range of integrations between our software and third-party applications and platforms, expanding our direct and indirect sales capabilities, pursuing acquisitions of complementary businesses, investing in our data center infrastructure, research and development and increasing our global presence. Furthermore, we will incur significant expenses as a public company and may encounter unforeseen expenses, complications and other difficulties in growing our business. As a result, we may not be able to achieve or sustain profitability.

Our operating results in a given period can fluctuate based on the mix of subscription and support, perpetual license and professional services revenue. For the first six months of 2014 and in fiscal 2013, our subscription and support revenue accounted for 74% and 76% of our total revenue, respectively. Our customer agreements for program and portfolio management, project management and collaboration, and professional services automation typically are sold on a per-seat basis with terms varying from one to three years, paid in advance. Our customer agreements for workflow automation and enterprise content management and financial management historically have been sold on a volume basis with a one-year term, paid in advance. We generally seek to enter into multi-year contracts with our customers when possible. In each case, our customer agreements provide us with revenue visibility over a number of quarters. We typically negotiate the total number of seats or total minimum contracted volume a customer is entitled to use as part of its subscription, but these seats or minimum contracted volume may not be fully utilized over the term of the agreement. In addition, where customers exceed the minimum contracted volume, additional overage fees are billed in arrears.

Historically, we have sold certain of our applications under perpetual licenses, which also are paid in advance. For the first six months of 2014 and in fiscal 2013, our perpetual license revenue accounted for 3% and 3% of our total revenue, respectively. We expect perpetual license revenue to decrease as a percentage of revenue in the future. The support agreements related to our perpetual licenses are one-year in duration and entitle the customer to support and unspecified upgrades. The revenue related to such support agreements is included as part of our subscription and support revenue.

Professional services revenue consists of fees related to implementation, data extraction, integration and configuration and training on our applications. For the first six months of 2014 and in fiscal 2013, our professional services revenue accounted for 23% and 21%, respectively, of our total revenue. We expect the proportional revenue contribution of product and professional services revenue to remain relatively constant in future periods.

We sell our software applications primarily through a direct sales organization comprised of inside sales and field sales personnel. In addition to our direct sales organization, we have an indirect sales organization, which sells to distributors and value-added resellers. We employ a land-and-expand go-to-market strategy. After we demonstrate the value of an initial application to an organization, our sales and account management teams work to expand the adoption of that initial application across the organization, as well as cross-sell additional applications to address other enterprise work management needs of the organization. Our customer success organization supports our direct sales efforts and our professional services organization by managing the post-sale customer lifecycle.

 

-53-


Table of Contents

To support continued growth, we intend to pursue acquisitions of complementary technologies, products and businesses to enhance the features and functionalities of our applications, expand our customer base and provide access to new markets and increased benefits of scale. We will prioritize acquisitions within the enterprise functions we currently serve, including information technology, marketing, finance, professional services and process excellence, as well as pursue acquisitions that serve other enterprise functions. Consistent with our growth strategy, we have made six acquisitions since the beginning of 2012.

2012 Acquisitions

PowerSteering. In February 2012, we acquired the business of PowerSteering Software, Inc., or PowerSteering, a provider of cloud-based program and portfolio management software, for $13.0 million. The acquisition of PowerSteering enabled our customers to gain high-level visibility across their organizations and improve top-down governance in management of programs, initiatives, investments and projects.

Tenrox. In February 2012, we acquired the business of Tenrox Inc., or Tenrox, a provider of cloud-based professional services automation software, for $15.3 million. The acquisition of Tenrox provided us with additional access to the professional services market and provided our customers with the ability to more effectively manage their knowledge workers to better track work, expenses and client billing while improving scheduling, utilization and alignment of human capital. In addition, following the Tenrox acquisition, we began selling Timesheet.com, a Tenrox product for professional services automation, as a separate application.

EPM Live. In November 2012, we acquired the business of LMR Solutions, LLC, dba EPM Live, or EPM Live, a provider of cloud-based and perpetual license-based project management and collaboration software, with a combination of cash, seller notes and equity, for total consideration of $7.7 million. The acquisition of EPM Live added a software application focused on improving collaboration and the execution of both projects and unstructured work.

2013 Acquisitions

FileBound. In May 2013, we acquired the businesses of FileBound Solutions, Inc. and Marex Group, Inc., together FileBound, a provider of cloud-based and perpetual license-based workflow automation and enterprise content management software, with a combination of cash, seller notes and equity, for total consideration of $14.7 million. The acquisition of FileBound provided our customers the ability to automate document-based workflows and control access and distribution of their content to boost productivity, encourage collaboration and improve compliance.

ComSci. In November 2013, we acquired the business of ComSci LLC, or ComSci, a provider of cloud-based financial management software, with a combination of cash and equity, for total consideration of $7.6 million, with additional contingent consideration payable if certain performance targets are achieved. The acquisition of ComSci enabled our customers to have visibility into the cost, quality and value of internal services delivered within their organizations.

Clickability . In December 2013, we acquired the business of Clickability, Inc., or Clickability, a cloud-based platform for web content management, for $12.3 million. The acquisition of Clickability provided an enterprise content management software application that is used by enterprise marketers and media companies to create, maintain and deliver websites that shape visitor experiences and empower non-technical staff to create, management, publish, analyze and refine content and social media assets without information technology intervention. For accounting purposes, the acquisition of Clickability was recorded as of December 31, 2013 and, accordingly, the operations of Clickability had no impact on our statement of operations.

Our acquisitions may have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, including a potential material adverse impact on our cost of revenue in the short term, as we seek to integrate our acquired businesses

 

-54-


Table of Contents

over the following six to 12 months in order to achieve additional operating efficiencies. In addition, as we grow our business, we continue to face many challenges and risks. We might encounter difficulties identifying, acquiring and integrating complementary products, technologies and businesses. Over time, as competition increases we may experience pricing pressure. We also may experience seat downgrades or a reduction in minimum contracted volume that could negatively impact our business. Seat downgrades or reductions in minimum contracted volume could occur for several reasons, including dissatisfaction with our prices or features relative to competitive offerings, reductions in our customers’ spending levels, unused seats or minimum contracted volume or limited adoption by our customers of our applications. Our strategic initiatives will require expenditure of capital and the attention of management, and we may not succeed in executing on our growth plan.

Additionally, while cloud computing and SaaS have begun to transform enterprise work management for many organizations, other organizations, particularly those with legacy on-premise systems, have been slower to adopt cloud-based enterprise work management software applications such as ours. Until such organizations are ready to transition to cloud-based systems, we may face challenges in convincing such organizations to adopt our cloud-based enterprise work management applications or be required to make on-premise systems available instead of our cloud-based systems.

Key Metrics

In addition to the GAAP financial measures described below in “—Components of Operating Results,” we regularly review the following key metrics to evaluate and identify trends in our business, measure our performance, prepare financial projections and make strategic decisions:

 

     As of December 31,     As of June 30,  
     2012      2013     2013      2014  
     (in thousands, except %)  

Annualized recurring revenue value

   $ 27,093       $ 49,061        n/a         n/a   

Annual net dollar retention rate

     n/a         90     n/a         n/a   

Adjusted EBITDA (fiscal year ended December 31 and six months ended June 30)

   $ 720       $ 2,650      $ 2,074       $ 2,608   

Annualized recurring revenue value . Annualized recurring revenue value as of December 31 equals the monthly value of our recurring revenue contracts, determined from our internal customer tracking systems and measured as of December 31, multiplied by 12. For example, the monthly value of our recurring revenue contracts on December 31, 2013 was $4.1 million. As such, our annualized recurring revenue value for fiscal 2013 was $49.1 million. Because our growth strategy involves acquisitions, the timing of which may vary, we believe the presentation of this metric annually at year-end provides the most useful indicator of the growth trend of our business.

Annual net dollar retention rate . We define annual net dollar retention rate as of December 31 as the aggregate annualized recurring revenue value at December 31 from those customers that were also customers as of December 31 of the prior fiscal year, divided by the aggregate annualized recurring revenue value from all customers as of December 31 of the prior fiscal year. We believe that our ability to retain our customers and expand their recurring revenue growth over time will be an indicator of the stability of our revenue base and the long-term value of our customer relationships. We track the annual net dollar retention rate for contracts corresponding to applications that have been part of the Upland family for five quarters or more. Therefore, we do not report an annual net dollar retention rate for fiscal 2012. Our annual net dollar retention rate for fiscal 2013 was 90% and includes contracts corresponding to our program and portfolio management and professional services automation applications, which have been part of the Upland family for five quarters or more.

Adjusted EBITDA. We monitor our Adjusted EBITDA to help us evaluate the effectiveness and efficiency of our operations. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net

 

-55-


Table of Contents

loss, calculated in accordance with GAAP, plus discontinued operations, depreciation and amortization expense, interest expense, net, other income (expense), net, provision for income taxes, stock-based compensation expense, and acquisition-related expenses. See “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” for additional discussion of Adjusted EBITDA and the reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP measure.

Components of Operating Results

Revenue

Subscription and support revenue . We derive our subscription revenue from fees paid to us by our customers for use of our cloud-based applications. We recognize the revenue associated with subscription agreements ratably over the term of the agreement, provided all criteria required for revenue recognition have been met. Our subscription agreements are typically one to three years.

Our support revenue consists of maintenance fees associated with our perpetual licenses and hosting fees paid to us by our customers. Typically, when purchasing a perpetual license, a customer also purchases maintenance for which we charge a fee, priced as a percentage of the perpetual license fee. Maintenance agreements include the right to support and unspecified upgrades. We recognize the revenue associated with maintenance ratably over the term of the contract. In limited instances, at the customer’s option, we may host the software purchased by a customer under a perpetual license on systems at our third-party data centers. For hosting, we charge a fee, priced as a percentage of the perpetual license fee, and we recognize the revenue associated with hosting ratably over the associated hosting period. These hosting arrangements are typically for a period of one to three years.

Perpetual license revenue . Perpetual license revenue reflects the revenue recognized from sales of perpetual licenses to new customers and additional perpetual licenses to existing customers. We generally recognize the license fee portion of the arrangement in advance, provided all revenue recognition criteria are satisfied. Our perpetual license agreements are typically one year.

Professional services revenue . Professional services revenue consists of fees related to implementation, data extraction, integration and configuration and training on our applications. We generally recognize the revenue associated with these professional services on a time and materials basis as we deliver the services or provide training to our customers.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of product revenue . Cost of product revenue consists primarily of personnel and related costs of our customer success and operations teams, including salaries, benefits, bonuses, payroll taxes, stock-based compensation and allocated overhead, as well as software license fees, hosting costs, Internet connectivity and depreciation expenses directly related to delivering our applications. We expect that cost of revenues may increase in the future depending on the growth rate of our new customers and billings and our need to support the implementation, hosting and support of those new customers. We intend to continue to invest additional resources in expanding the delivery capability of our applications. As we add data center capacity and support personnel in advance of anticipated growth, our cost of product revenue will increase and if such anticipated revenue growth does not occur, our product gross profit will be adversely affected both in terms of absolute dollars and as a percentage of total revenues in any particular quarterly or annual period. Our cost of product revenue is generally expensed as the costs are incurred.

Cost of professional services revenue . Cost of professional services revenue consists primarily of personnel and related costs, including salaries, benefits, bonuses, payroll taxes, stock-based compensation and allocated overhead, as well as the costs of contracted third-party vendors and reimbursable expenses. As most of our personnel are employed on a full-time basis, our cost of professional services revenue is largely fixed in the

 

-56-


Table of Contents

short-term, while our professional services revenue may fluctuate, leading to fluctuations in professional services gross profit. We expect that cost of professional services as a percentage of total revenues could fluctuate from period to period depending on the growth of our professional services business, the timing of sales of applications, and any associated costs relating to the delivery of services. Our cost of professional services revenue is generally expensed as costs are incurred.

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses are classified into six categories: sales and marketing, research and development, refundable Canadian tax credits, general and administrative, depreciation and amortization and acquisition-related expenses. For each category, other than refundable Canadian tax credits and depreciation and amortization, the largest expense component is personnel and related costs, which includes salaries, employee benefit costs, bonuses, commissions, stock-based compensation and payroll taxes. Operating expenses also include allocated overhead costs for facilities, which are allocated to each department based on relative department headcount. Operating expenses are generally recognized as incurred.

Sales and marketing . Sales and marketing expenses primarily consist of personnel and related costs for our sales and marketing staff, including salaries, benefits, commissions, bonuses, payroll taxes, stock-based compensation and allocated overhead, as well as costs of promotional events, corporate communications, online marketing, product marketing and other brand-building activities. We expense sales commissions when the initial customer contract is signed and upon any renewal as our obligation to pay a sales commission arises at these times. We expect that sales and marketing expenses will continue to increase in absolute dollars as a result of our expected growth, and sales and marketing expenses may fluctuate as a percentage of total revenues due to the timing of such expenses, in any particular quarterly or annual period.

Research and development . Research and development expenses primarily consist of personnel and related costs of our research and development staff, including salaries, benefits, bonuses, payroll taxes, stock-based compensation, allocated overhead and costs of certain third-party contractors. Research and development costs related to the development of our software applications are generally recognized as incurred. For example, we are parties to a technology services agreement pursuant to which we generally recognize expenses for services as they are received. See Note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information regarding how expenses under such agreement are recognized. We have devoted our product development efforts primarily to enhancing the functionality, and expanding the capabilities, of our applications. We expect that our research and development expenses will continue to increase in absolute dollars as we increase our research and development headcount to further strengthen and enhance our applications.

Refundable Canadian tax credits. Investment tax credits are accounted for as a reduction of research and development costs. Credits are accrued in the year in which the research and development costs of the capital expenditures are incurred, provided that we are reasonably certain that the credits will be received. The investment tax credit must be examined and approved by the tax authorities, and it is possible that the amounts granted will differ from the amounts recorded.

General and administrative . General and administrative expenses primarily consist of personnel and related costs for our executive, administrative, finance, information technology, legal, accounting and human resource staff, including salaries, benefits, bonuses, payroll taxes, stock-based compensation, allocated overhead, professional fees and other corporate expenses. We have recently incurred, and expect to continue to incur, additional expenses as we grow our operations and prepare to operate as a public company, including higher legal, corporate insurance, accounting and auditing expenses, and the additional costs of enhancing and maintaining our internal control environment through the adoption of new corporate policies. General and administrative expenses may fluctuate as a percentage of revenue, and we expect that general and administrative expenses will continue to increase in absolute dollars as we expand our operations and operate as a public company.

 

-57-


Table of Contents

Depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization expenses primarily consist of depreciation and amortization of acquired intangible assets as a result of business combination purchase accounting adjustments. The valuation of identifiable intangible assets reflects management’s estimates based on, among other factors, use of established valuation methods. Customer relationships are valued using an income approach, which estimates fair value based on the earnings and cash flow capacity of the subject asset and are amortized over a 10-year period. The value of the trade name intangibles are determined using a relief from royalty method, which estimates fair value based on the value the owner of the asset receives from not having to pay a royalty to use the asset and are amortized over mostly a three-year period. Developed technology is valued using a cost-to-recreate approach and is amortized over a four- to seven-year period.

Acquisition-related expenses. Acquisition-related expenses consist of one-time costs in connection with each of our acquisitions, including legal fees, accounting fees, financing fees, restructuring costs, integration costs and other transactional fees and bonuses. We intend to continue executing our focused strategy of acquisitions to enhance the features and functionality of our applications, expand our customer base and provide access to new markets and increased benefits of scale. We expect acquisition-related expenses to be relatively constant as a percentage of revenue in the near team.

Total Other Expense

Total other expense consists primarily of changes in the estimated fair value of our preferred stock warrant liabilities, amortization of deferred financing costs over the term of the related loan and security agreement and interest expense on outstanding debt, including amortization of debt discount and effect of beneficial conversion features in our convertible promissory notes payable.

Provision for Income Taxes

Because we have not generated domestic net income in any period to date, we have recorded a full valuation allowance against our domestic net deferred tax assets, exclusive of tax deductible goodwill. We have historically not recorded any material provision for federal or state income taxes, other than deferred taxes related to tax deductible goodwill. The balance of the tax provision for fiscal 2012 and 2013, outside of tax deductible goodwill, is related to foreign income taxes, primarily operations of our Canadian subsidiary. Realization of any of our domestic deferred tax assets depends upon future earnings, the timing and amount of which are uncertain. Based on analysis of acquired net operating losses, utilization of our net operating losses will be subject to annual limitations due to the ownership change rules under the Code and similar state provisions. In the event we have subsequent changes in ownership, including as a result of this offering, the availability of net operating losses and research and development credit carryovers could be further limited.

 

-58-


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data

The following tables set forth our results of operations for the periods presented and as a percentage of our total revenue for those periods. The period-to-period comparison of financial results is not necessarily indicative of financial results to be achieved in future periods.

 

    Fiscal Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
    2012     2013     2013     2014  
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

       

Revenue:

       

Subscription and support

  $ 18,281      $ 30,887      $ 14,182        23,542   

Perpetual license

    641        2,003        488        1,097   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total product revenue

    18,922        32,890        14,670        24,639   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Professional services

    3,841        8,303        3,997        7,185   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    22,763        41,193        18,667        31,824   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

       

Subscription and support (1)(2)

    4,189        7,787        3,271        6,604   

Professional services (1)

    3,121        5,680        2,855        4,737   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    7,310        13,467        6,126        11,341   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    15,453        27,726        12,541        20,483   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

       

Sales and marketing (1)

    6,331        10,625        4,403        7,151   

Research and development (1)

    5,308        10,340        4,406        18,393   

Refundable Canadian tax credits

    (728     (583     (296     (274

General and administrative (1)

    4,574        6,832        2,920        5,676   

Depreciation and amortization

    1,812        3,670        2,247        2,121   

Acquisition-related expenses

    1,933        1,461        528        521   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    19,230        32,345        14,208        33,588   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (3,777     (4,619     (1,667     (13,105

Other expense:

       

Interest expense, net

    (528     (2,797     (547     (834

Other income (expense), net

    (65     (431     73        (368
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense

    (593     (3,228     (474     (1,202
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

    (4,370     (7,847     (2,141     (14,307

Provision for income taxes

    72        (708     (133     (690
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

    (4,298     (8,555     (2,274     (14,997

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

    1,791        (642     (316     —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (2,507   $ (9,197   $ (2,590   $ (14,997
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Preferred stock dividends and accretion

    (44     (98     (22     (875
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common shareholders

  $ (2,551   $ (9,295   $ (2,612   $ (15,872
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share (3) :

       

Loss from continuing operations per common share, basic and diluted

  $ (5.78   $ (7.23   $ (2.16   $ (4.92

Income (loss) from discontinued operations per common share, basic and diluted

  $ 2.39      $ (0.54   $ (0.30   $ —     

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted

  $ (3.39   $ (7.77   $ (2.46   $ (4.92

Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

    751,416        1,196,668        1,061,906        3,225,077   

Pro forma net loss per common share (unaudited), basic and diluted (4)

    $ (1.55     $ (1.49

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding (unaudited), basic and diluted (4)

      5,998,613          10,059,553   
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

(1)   Includes stock-based compensation.

 

(2)   Includes depreciation and amortization of $660,000 and $1,640,000 in 2012 and 2013, respectively. Includes depreciation and amortization of $717,000 and $1,484,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

 

(3)   See Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a discussion and reconciliation of historical and pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders and weighted average shares outstanding for historical and pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share calculations.

 

(4) Pro forma net loss per common share (unaudited) and pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding (unaudited) gives effect to (i) a 6.099-for-one reverse stock split of our capital stock that occured on October 24, 2014; (ii) the conversion of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock into 6,834,476 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and (iii) the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

 

-59-


Table of Contents
     Fiscal Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2012     2013     2013     2014  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

        

Revenue:

        

Subscription and support

     80     75     76     74

Perpetual license

     3     5     3     3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total product revenue

     83     80     79     77
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Professional services

     17     20     21     23
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     100     100     100     100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

        

Subscription and support (1)(2)

     18     19     18     21

Professional services (1)

     14     14     15     15
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     32     33     33     36
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     68     67     67     64
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Sales and marketing (1)

     28     26     24     22

Research and development (1)

     23     25     24     58

Refundable Canadian tax credits

     (3 )%      (1 )%      (2 )%      (1 )% 

General and administrative (1)

     20     16     16     18

Depreciation and amortization

     9     9     12     7

Acquisition-related expenses

     8     3     3     2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     85     78     77     106
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (17 )%      (11 )%      (10 )%      (42 )% 

Other expense:

        

Interest expense, net

     (2 )%      (7 )%      (3 )%      (3 )% 

Other income (expense), net

     —          (1 )%      —          (1 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense

     (2 )%      (8 )%      (3 )%      (4 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (19 )%      (19 )%      (13 )%      (46 )% 

Provision for income taxes

     —          (2 )%      (1 )%      (2 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

     (19 )%      (21 )%      (14 )%      (48 )% 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     8     (1 )%      (2 )%      —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (11 )%      (22 )%      (16 )%      (48 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)   Includes stock-based compensation.

 

(2)   Includes depreciation and amortization of 3% and 4% in fiscal 2012 and 2013, respectively. Includes depreciation and amortization of 4% and 5% for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

 

-60-


Table of Contents

Comparison of Six Months Ended June 30, 2013 and 2014

Revenue

 

     Six Months
Ended June 30,
    % Change  
     2013     2014        
     (dollars in thousands)        
     (unaudited)        

Revenue:

      

Subscription and support

   $ 14,182      $ 23,542        66

Perpetual license

     488        1,097        125
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total product revenue

     14,670        24,639        68

Professional services

     3,997        7,185        80
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 18,667      $ 31,824        70
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Percentage of revenue:

      

Subscription and support

     76     74  

Perpetual license

     3     3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total product revenue

     79     77  

Professional services

     21     23  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total revenue

     100     100  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total revenue increased by $13.2 million, or 70%, for the six months ended June 30, 2014 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. Of the increase in total revenue, $12.5 million was due to total revenues from FileBound, ComSci, and Clickability, over the total revenue for FileBound recognized for the six months ended June 30, 2013. Additionally, subscription and support revenues from our Canada operations were $0.5 million lower during the six months ended June 30, 2014 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013 due to the change in the foreign currency exchange rate between the Canadian dollar versus the U.S. dollar for those periods.

Subscription and support revenue increased $9.4 million, or 66%, for the six months ended June 30, 2014 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. Of the increase in subscription and support revenues, $10.1 million was due to subscription and support revenues from our 2013 acquisitions of FileBound, ComSci, and Clickability, over the subscription and support revenues for FileBound recognized for the six months ended June 30, 2013. Additionally, as noted above, subscription and support revenues from our Canada operations were $0.5 million lower during the six months ended June 30, 2014 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013 due to the change in the foreign currency exchange rate between the Canadian dollar versus the U.S. dollar for those periods.

Perpetual license revenue increased $0.6 million, or 125%, for the six months ended June 30, 2014 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. This increase is primarily attributable to the acquisition of FileBound in May 2013, which contributed $0.3 million in perpetual license revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2014, over the perpetual license revenue for FileBound recognized for the six months ended June 30, 2013.

Professional services revenue increased $3.2 million, or 80%, for the six months ended June 30, 2014 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. This increase is primarily attributable to the acquisition of Clickability in December 2013, which contributed $1.8 million in professional services revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2014.

 

-61-


Table of Contents

Cost of Revenue

 

     Six Months
Ended June 30,
    % Change  
     2013     2014        
     (dollars in thousands)        
     (unaudited)        

Cost of revenue:

      

Product(1)

   $ 3,271      $ 6,604        102

Professional services

     2,855        4,737        66
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total cost of revenue

   $ 6,126      $ 11,341        85
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Gross profit:

      

Product

     18     21  

Professional services

     15     15  

Total gross profit

     67     64  

 

(1) Includes depreciation and amortization expense as follows:

 

Depreciation

   $ 202       $ 576   

Amortization

   $ 515       $ 908   

For the six months ended June 30, 2014, cost of product revenues increased by $3.3 million, or 102%, compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. This increase was primarily attributable to our 2013 acquisitions of FileBound, ComSci, and Clickability, which contributed $1.2 million in personnel and related costs, and $0.6 million in data center hosting costs, over the same costs recognized for FileBound in the six months ended June 30, 2013.

For the six months ended June 30, 2014, cost of professional services revenues increased by $1.9 million, or 66%, compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. This increase was primarily attributable to our 2013 acquisitions of FileBound and Clickability, which contributed $1.1 million in personnel and related costs, over the same costs recognized for FileBound in the six months ended June 30, 2013.

Operating Expenses

Sales and Marketing

 

     Six Months
Ended June 30,
    % Change  
     2013     2014        
     (dollars in thousands)        
     (unaudited)        

Sales and marketing

   $ 4,403      $ 7,151        62

Percentage of total revenue

     24     22  

For the six months ended June 30, 2014, sales and marketing expense increased by $2.7 million, or 62%, compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. This increase was primarily attributable to our 2013 acquisitions of FileBound, ComSci, and Clickability, which contributed $1.0 million in personnel and related costs, and $0.6 million primarily related to trade show and public relations costs, over the same costs recognized for FileBound in the six months ended June 30, 2013.

Research and Development

 

     Six Months
Ended June 30,
    % Change  
     2013     2014        
     (dollars in thousands)        
     (unaudited)        

Research and development

   $ 4,406      $ 18,393        317

Percentage of total revenue

     24     58  

 

-62-


Table of Contents

For the six months ended June 30, 2014, research and development expense increased by $14.0 million, or 317%, compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. In January 2014, we issued 1,803,574 shares of common stock in connection with an amendment of a technology services agreement with a related party and took a noncash charge of $11.2 million. Our agreement with the related party is viewed as a fixed purchase commitment contract that obligates us to annual purchase commitments even if we do not take delivery of the contracted services. Since the amended agreement still requires payments for future services that we believe are not discounted from amounts charged to other customers, we believe the fair value of the common stock consideration provided to the related party to amend the agreement does not represent an asset and, accordingly, was expensed immediately. The 2013 acquisitions of FileBound, ComSci, and Clickability contributed $1.7 million in personnel and related costs, and $0.3 million in outsourced product development services, over the same costs recognized for FileBound in the six months ended June 30, 2013.

Refundable Canadian tax credits

 

     Six Months
Ended June 30,
    % Change  
     2013     2014        
     (dollars in thousands)        
     (unaudited)        

Refundable Canadian tax credits

   $ (296   $ (274     (7 )% 

Percentage of total revenue

     (2 )%      (1 )%   

For the six months ended June 30, 2014, refundable Canadian tax credits decreased by $0.02 million, or 7%, compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. The decrease was due to fewer costs incurred by our Canadian subsidiary in 2014 that were eligible for reimbursement pursuant to local Canadian government programs.

General and Administrative

 

     Six Months
Ended June 30,
    % Change  
     2013     2014        
     (dollars in thousands)        
     (unaudited)        

General and administrative

   $ 2,920      $ 5,676        94

Percentage of total revenue

     16     18  

For the six months ended June 30, 2014, general and administrative expense increased by $2.8 million, or 94%, compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. This increase was primarily attributable to our 2013 acquisitions of FileBound, ComSci, and Clickability. These acquisitions contributed an increase of $0.9 million in personnel and related costs, $0.5 million in rent and office expenses, and $0.07 million in professional services fees, over the same costs recognized for FileBound in the six months ended June 30, 2013. Our organic businesses increased $0.7 million during the same period due to increased legal and other professional services as a result of business complexity and in preparation for operating as a public company, $0.3 million due to increased personnel and related expenses as a result of growth, and $0.2 million due to increases in rent and office related expenses as a result of growth.

Depreciation and Amortization

 

     Six Months
Ended June 30,
    % Change  
     2013     2014        
     (dollars in thousands)        
     (unaudited)        

Depreciation and amortization

   $ 2,247      $ 2,121        (6 )% 

Percentage of total revenue

     12     7  

 

-63-


Table of Contents

For the six months ended June 30, 2014, depreciation and amortization expense decreased by $0.1 million, or 6%, compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. Depreciation increased $0.3 million primarily due to the increase in equipment used for corporate operations. Amortization expense increased by $0.6 million, primarily due to the acquisitions of FileBound, ComSci, and Clickability, over the same costs recognized for FileBound in the six months ended June 30, 2013. This increase in amortization was offset by the $1.1 million impairment of the PowerSteering trade name, which occurred in the first six months ended June 30, 2013. See Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information regarding Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.

Acquisition-related Expenses

 

     Six Months
Ended June 30,
    % Change  
     2013     2014        
     (dollars in thousands)        
     (unaudited)        

Acquisition-related expenses

   $ 528      $ 521        (1 )% 

Percentage of total revenue

     3     2  

For the six months ended June 30, 2014, one-time acquisition related expense decreased by $0.01 million, compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. This increase was primarily attributable to legal fees, accounting fees, financing fees, restructuring costs, integration costs, and other transactional fees and bonuses related to our 2013 acquisitions.

Total Other Expense

 

     Six Months
Ended June 30,
    % Change  
     2013     2014        
     (dollars in thousands)        
     (unaudited)        

Other expense:

      

Interest expense

   $ (547   $ (834     52

Other expense

     73        (368     604
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total other expense

     (474     (1,202     154

Percentage of total revenue

     (3 )%      (4 )%   

For the six months ended June 30, 2014, total other expense increased by $0.7 million, compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. The $0.3 million increase in interest expense for the six months ended June 30, 2014 is primarily the result of an increase in our long-term note balance that was used to finance our 2013 acquisitions. The increase in other expense is primarily the result of an increase of $0.3 million in the fair value of our preferred stock warrant liabilities.

 

-64-


Table of Contents

Comparison of Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2013

Revenue

 

     Fiscal Year Ended December 31,     % Change  
               2012                         2013                  
     (dollars in thousands)        

Revenue:

      

Subscription and support

   $ 18,281      $ 30,887        69

Perpetual license

     641        2,003        212
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total product revenue

     18,922        32,890        74

Professional services

     3,841        8,303        116
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 22,763      $ 41,193        81
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Percentage of revenue:

      

Subscription and support

     80     75  

Perpetual license

     3     5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total product revenue

     83     80  

Professional services

     17     20  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total revenue

     100     100  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Subscription and support revenue increased $12.6 million, or 69%, from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2013. Substantially all of the increase in subscription and support revenue during fiscal 2013 resulted from the acquisitions of FileBound and ComSci in fiscal 2013, as well as the inclusion of the full year of ownership of our 2012 acquisitions.

Perpetual license revenue increased $1.4 million, or 212%, from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2013. Substantially all of increase in perpetual license revenue resulted from our acquisition of FileBound during fiscal 2013, as well as the inclusion of the full year of ownership of EPM Live, both of which offer perpetual license software products.

Professional services revenue increased $4.5 million, or 116%, from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2013. Substantially all of the increase resulted from the acquisitions of FileBound and ComSci in fiscal 2013, as well as the inclusion of the full year of ownership of our 2012 acquisitions, all of which provide professional services revenue.

Cost of Revenue

 

     Fiscal Year Ended December 31,     % Change  
               2012                         2013                  
     (dollars in thousands)        

Cost of revenue:

      

Product (1)

   $ 4,189      $ 7,787        86

Professional services

     3,121        5,680        82
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total cost of revenue

   $ 7,310      $ 13,467        84
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Gross profit:

      

Product

     18     19  

Professional services

     14     14  

Total gross profit

     68     67  

 

(1)        Includes depreciation and amortization expense as follows:

      

Depreciation

   $ —        $ 455     

Amortization

   $ 660      $ 1,185     

 

-65-


Table of Contents

Cost of product revenue increased $3.6 million, or 86%, from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2013. This increase was primarily a result of $1.6 million of increased personnel and related costs associated with acquisitions from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2013.

Cost of professional services revenue increased $2.6 million, or 82%, from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2013. This increase was primarily a result of $2.5 million of increased personnel and related costs associated with acquisitions from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2013. This increase resulted primarily from our acquisitions of the 2013 Acquisitions.

Operating Expenses

Sales and Marketing

 

     Fiscal Year Ended December 31,     % Change  
               2012                         2013                  
     (dollars in thousands)        

Sales and marketing

   $ 6,331      $ 10,625        68

Percentage of total revenue

     28     26  

Sales and marketing expenses increased $4.3 million, or 68%, from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2013. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $2.6 million in personnel and related costs associated with acquisitions. We also incurred $1.3 million of increased marketing expenses mainly in the form of a new company-branding campaign and marketing events, including our first user conference in the fourth quarter of 2013.

Research and Development

 

     Fiscal Year Ended December 31,     % Change  
               2012                         2013                  
     (dollars in thousands)        

Research and development

   $ 5,308      $ 10,340        95

Percentage of total revenue

     23     25  

Research and development expenses increased $5.0 million, or 95%, from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2013. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $1.9 million in personnel and related costs and an increase of $1.0 million in outsourced contractor fees each associated with acquisitions, as well as an increase of $1.1 million in fees pursuant to a third-party technology services agreement. Each of these costs related to enhancing existing applications and adding new functionality to our applications.

Refundable Canadian tax credits

 

     Fiscal Year Ended December 31,     % Change  
               2012                         2013                  
     (dollars in thousands)        

Refundable Canadian tax credits

   $ (728   $ (583     (20 )% 

Percentage of total revenue

     (3 )%      (1 )%   

Refundable Canadian tax credits decreased $0.1 million, or 20%, from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2013. The decrease was due to fewer costs incurred by our Canadian subsidiary in 2013 that were eligible for reimbursement pursuant to local Canadian government programs.

 

-66-


Table of Contents

General and Administrative

 

     Fiscal Year Ended December 31,     % Change  
               2012                         2013                  
     (dollars in thousands)        

General and administrative

   $ 4,574      $ 6,832        49

Percentage of total revenue

     20     16  

General and administrative expenses increased $2.3 million, or 49%, from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2013. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $2.3 million in personnel and related costs associated with acquisitions.

Depreciation and Amortization

 

     Fiscal Year Ended December 31,     % Change  
               2012                         2013                  
     (dollars in thousands)        

Depreciation and amortization

   $ 1,812      $ 3,670        103

Percentage of total revenue

     9     9  

Depreciation and amortization expenses increased $1.9 million, or 103%, from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2013. Substantially all of the increase relates to amortization of acquired intangible assets as a result of business combination purchase accounting adjustments, which includes an impairment charge of $1.1 million relating to a change in useful life from indefinite to definite for a trade name. These assets will not need to be replaced in the future.

Acquisition-related Expenses

 

     Fiscal Year Ended December 31,     % Change  
               2012                         2013                  
     (dollars in thousands)        

Acquisition-related expenses

   $ 1,933      $ 1,461        (24 %) 

Percentage of total revenue

     8     3  

Acquisition-related expenses decreased $0.5 million , or 24%, from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2013. The decrease was a result of lower legal fees, accounting fees, financing fees, restructuring costs, integration costs, and other transactional fees and bonuses related to our 2013 acquisitions as compared to similar fees and costs for our 2012 acquisitions.

Total Other Expense

 

     Fiscal Year Ended December 31,     % Change  
               2012                         2013                  
     (dollars in thousands)        

Other expense:

      

Interest expense

   $ (528   $ (2,797     (430 )% 

Other expense

     (65     (431     (563 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total Other expense

     (593     (3,228     (444 )% 

Percentage of total revenue

     (2 )%      (8 )%   

Total other expense increased $2.6 million, or 444%, from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2013. The increase was due to the fact that fiscal 2013 included changes in the estimated fair value of our preferred stock warrant liabilities, higher amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount over the term of the related loan and security agreement, higher interest expense on outstanding debt and the effect of a beneficial conversion feature on convertible promissory notes payable.

 

-67-


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our unaudited quarterly condensed consolidated statements of operations data for each of the last ten quarters through June 30, 2014. The data has been prepared on the same basis as the unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this prospectus and you should read the following tables together with such financial statements. The quarterly results of operations include all normal recurring adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of this data. Results of interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results for the entire year and are not necessarily indicative of future results.

 

    Quarter Ended  
    March 31,
2012
    June 30,
2012
    September 30,
2012
    December 31,
2012
    March 31,
2013
    June 30,
2013
    September 30,
2013
    December 31,
2013
    March 31,
2014
    June 30,
2014
 
    (in thousands, unaudited)        

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                   

Revenue:

                   

Subscription and support

  $ 2,418      $ 4,434      $ 5,372      $ 6,057      $ 6,810      $ 7,372      $ 7,731      $ 8,974      $ 11,737     

$

11,805

  

Perpetual license

    41        96        43        461        35        453        647        868        440        657   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total product revenue

    2,459        4,530        5,415        6,518        6,845        7,825        8,378        9,842        12,177        12,462   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Professional services

    704        833        809        1,495        1,805        2,192        2,014        2,292        3,436        3,749   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    3,163        5,363        6,224        8,013        8,650        10,017        10,392        12,134        15,613        16,211   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

                   

Subscription and support(1)(2)

    643        1,153        1,231        1,162        1,484        1,787        2,087        2,429        3,258        3,346   

Professional services(1)

    463        851        816        991        1,350        1,505        1,400        1,425        2,397        2,340   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    1,106        2,004        2,047        2,153        2,834        3,292        3,487        3,854        5,655        5,686   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    2,057        3,359        4,177        5,860        5,816        6,725        6,905        8,280        9,958        10,525   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

                   

Sales and marketing(1)

    1,112        1,773        1,788        1,658        1,931        2,472        2,726        3,496        3,136        4,015   

Research and development(1)

    880        1,395        1,524        1,509        2,087        2,319        2,730        3,204        14,899        3,494   

Refundable Canadian tax credits

    (111     (204     (206     (207     (149     (147     (144     (143     (136     (138

General and administrative(1)

    675        930        972        1,997        1,315        1,605        1,662        2,250        2,623        3,053   

Depreciation and amortization

    286        481        544        501        562        1,685        688        735        1,055        1,066   

Acquisition-related expenses

    1,724        (26     (5     240        9        519        22        911        290        231   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    4,566        4,349        4,617        5,698        5,755        8,453        7,684        10,453        21,867        11,721   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    (2,509     (990     (440     162        61        (1,728     (779     (2,173     (11,909  

 

(1,196

Other expense:

                   

Interest expense, net

    (50     (99     (118     (261     (223     (324     (434     (1,816     (415     (419

Other expense, net

    104        (177     70        (62     (46     119        49        (553     114        (482
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense

    54        (276     (48     (323     (269     (205     (385     (2,369     (301     (901
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

-68-


Table of Contents
    Quarter Ended  
    March 31,
2012
    June 30,
2012
    September 30,
2012
    December 31,
2012
    March 31,
2013
    June 30,
2013
    September 30,
2013
    December 31,
2013
    March 31,
2014
    June 30,
2014
 
    (in thousands, unaudited)        

Loss before provision for income taxes

    (2,455     (1,266     (488     (161     (208     (1,933     (1,164     (4,542     (12,210     (2,097

Provision for income taxes

    201        21        (222     72        (243     110        (69     (506     (410     (280
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

    (2,254     (1,245     (710     (89     (451     (1,823     (1,233     (5,048     (12,620    
(2,377

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

    586        187        785        233        (139     (177     (195     (131     —          —     

Net income (loss)

  $ (1,668   $ (1,058   $ 75      $ 144      $ (590   $ (2,000   $ (1,428   $ (5,179   $ (12,620   $ (2,377
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Preferred stock dividends and accretion

    (11     (11     (11     (11     (11     (11     (11     (65     (435  

 

(440

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common shareholders

  $ (1,679   $ (1,069   $ 64      $ 133      $ (601   $ (2,011   $ (1,439   $ (5,244   $ (13,055   $
(2,817

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes stock-based compensation.
(2) Includes depreciation and amortization.

 

    Quarter Ended  

Percentage of revenue:

  March 31,
2012
    June 30,
2012
    September 30,
2012
    December 31,
2012
    March 31,
2013
    June 30,
2013
    September 30,
2013
    December 31,
2013
    March 31,
2014
    June 30,
2014
 
    (in thousands, unaudited)        

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                   

Revenue:

                   

Subscription and support

    76     83     86     76     79     74     74     74     75     73

Perpetual license

    1     2     1     6     —          5     6     7     3     4
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total product revenue

    77     85     87     82     79     79     80     81     78     77
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Professional services

    23     15     13     18     21     21     20     19     22     23
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    100     100     100     100     100     100     100     100     100     100
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

                   

Subscription and support(1)(2)

    20     21     20     15     17     18     20     20     21  

 

21

Professional services(1)

    15     16     13     12     16     15     13     12     15     14
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    35     37     33     27     33     33     33     32     36     35
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    65     63     67     73     67     67     67     68     64     65
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

-69-


Table of Contents
    Quarter Ended  

Percentage of revenue:

  March 31,
2012
    June 30,
2012
    September 30,
2012
    December 31,
2012
    March 31,
2013
    June 30,
2013
    September 30,
2013
    December 31,
2013
    March 31,
2014
    June 30,
2014
 
    (in thousands, unaudited)        

Operating expenses:

                   

Sales and marketing(1)

    35     33     29     21     22     25     26     29     20  

 

25

Research and development(1)

    28     26     24     19     24     23     26     26     95     22

Refundable Canadian tax credits

    (4 )%      (4 )%      (3 )%      (3 )%      (2 )%      (1 )%      (1 )%      (1 )%      (1 )%      (1 )% 

General and administrative(1)

    21     17     16     25     15     16     16     19     17     19

Depreciation and amortization

    9     9     9     6     6     17     7     6     7     7

Acquisition-related expenses

    55     —          —          3     —          5     —          8     2     1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    144     81     75     71     65     85     74     87     140     73
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (79 )%      (18 )%      (8 )%      2     2     (18 )%      (7 )%      (19 )%      (76 )%      (8 )% 

Other expense:

                   

Interest expense, net

    (2 )%      (2 )%      (2 )%      (3 )%      (3 )%      (3 )%      (4 )%      (15 )%      (3 )%      (3 )% 

Other expense, net

    3     (3 )%      1     (1 )%      (1 )%      1     —          (5 )%      1     (3 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense

    1     (5 )%      (1 )%      (4 )%      (4 )%      (2 )%      (4 )%      (20 )%      (2 )%      (6 )% 

Loss before provision for income taxes

    (78 )%      (23 )%      (9 )%      (2 )%      (2 )%      (20 )%      (11 )%      (39 )%      (78 )%      (14 )% 

Provision for income taxes

    6     —          (4 )%      1     (3 )%      1     (1 )%      (4 )%      (3 )%      (2 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

    (72 )%      (23 )%      (13 )%      (1 )%      (5 )%      (19 )%      (12 )%      (43 )%      (81 )%      (16 )% 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

    19     3     13     3     (2 )%      (2 )%      (2 )%      (1 )%      —       

 

—  

  

Net loss

    (53 )%      (20 )%      —          2     (7 )%      (21 )%      (14 )%      (44 )%      (81 )%      (16 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Preferred stock dividends and accretion

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (1 )%      (3 )%   

 

(3

)% 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common shareholders

    (53 )%      (20 )%      —          2     (7 )%      (21 )%      (14 )%      (45 )%      (84 )%   

 

(19

)% 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes stock-based compensation.
(2) Includes depreciation and amortization.

 

-70-


Table of Contents

Our revenue increased in each of the quarters presented above as a result of growth in the number of customers using our applications. This growth is due to our acquisitions of PowerSteering and Tenrox in the first fiscal quarter of 2012, EPM Live in the fourth fiscal quarter of 2012, FileBound in the second fiscal quarter of 2013, ComSci and Clickability in the fourth fiscal quarter of 2013.

Cost of product revenue and cost of professional services revenue increased primarily due to increased personnel and related costs associated with acquisitions from fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2013.

Sales and marketing expense increased primarily due to acquisitions from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2013 as well as increased marketing expenses mainly in the form of a new company-branding campaign and marketing events, including our first user conference in the fourth fiscal quarter of 2013.

Research and development expenses increased primarily due to increased personnel and related costs and outsourced contractor fees each associated with acquisitions from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2013. In January 2014, we issued 1,803,574 shares of common stock in connection with an amendment of a technology service agreement with a related party and took a noncash charge of $11.2 million. Our agreement with the related party is viewed as a fixed purchase commitment contract that obligates us to annual purchase commitments even if we do not take delivery of the contracted services. Since the amended agreement still requires payments for future services that we believe are not discounted from amounts charged to other customers, we believe the fair value of the common stock consideration provided to the related party to amend the agreement does not represent an asset and, accordingly, was expensed immediately. Each of these costs related to enhancing existing applications and adding new functionality to our applications.

General and administrative expenses increased primarily due to increased personnel and related costs associated with acquisitions from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2013 as well as additional professional fees in preparation for operating as a public company.

Seasonality

We have historically experienced seasonality in terms of when we enter into customer agreements. We sign a significantly higher percentage of agreements with new customers, and renewal agreements with existing customers, in the fourth quarter of each calendar year as our customers tend to follow budgeting cycles at the end of the calendar year. Our cash flow from operations has historically been higher in the first quarter of each calendar year than in other quarters. This seasonality is reflected to a much lesser extent, and sometimes is not immediately apparent, in our revenue, due to the fact that we defer revenue recognition. In addition, seasonality may be difficult to observe in our financial results during periods in which we acquire businesses as such results typically are most significantly impacted by such acquisitions.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

To date, we have financed our operations primarily through private placements of preferred stock and common stock and cash from operating activities, and to a lesser extent, borrowing under our loan and security agreements and the issuance of seller notes. As of December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2014, we had cash and cash equivalents of $4.7 million and $3.1 million, respectively, and $4.9 million and $8.0 million, respectively, of available borrowings under our loan and security agreements. As of December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2014, we had $23.9 million and $18.9 million, respectively, of borrowings outstanding under our loan and security agreements. As of December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2014, we had a working capital deficit of $11.3 million and $21.8 million, respectively, which included $16.6 million and $18.4 million, respectively, of deferred revenue recorded as a current liability as of December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2014, for succeeding periods. This deferred revenue will be recognized as revenue in accordance with our revenue recognition policy.

 

-71-


Table of Contents

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods indicated:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
               2012                         2013                     2013                 2014        
     (in thousands)  
                 (unaudited)  

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ 1,604      $ (239   $ 214      $ 297   

Net cash used in investing activities

     (33,312     (28,565     (10,402     (324

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     24,255        29,564        11,424        (1,623
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash

            51      $ (163   $ 6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

   $ (7,453   $ 811      $ 1,073      $ (1,644
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Fiscal Year Ended December 31,     

Six Months Ended June 30,

 
               2012                          2013                      2013                  2014        
     (in thousands)  
                   (unaudited)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 3,892       $ 4,703       $ 4,965       $ 3,059   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

Cash used in operating activities is significantly influenced by the amount of cash we invest in personnel and infrastructure to support the anticipated growth of our business. Our operating assets and liabilities consist primarily of receivables from clients and unbilled professional services, accounts payable and accrued expenses and deferred revenues. The volume of professional services rendered and the related timing of collections on those bookings, as well as payments of our accounts payable and accrued payroll and related benefits affect these account balances.

Our cash provided in operating activities for the first six months of 2014 primarily reflects our net loss of $15.0 million, offset by non-cash expenses that included a $11.2 million charge for the 1,803,574 shares of common stock issued to DevFactory, $3.6 million of depreciation and amortization, $0.5 million of non-cash interest expense, and $0.4 million of non-cash stock compensation expense. Working capital sources of cash included a $3.0 million increase in deferred revenue, a $0.7 million increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities and a $0.4 million increase in accounts payable. These sources of cash were offset by a $3.0 million increase in accounts receivable and a $1.6 million increase in prepaids and other assets.

Our cash used in operating activities for fiscal 2013 primarily reflects our net loss of $9.2 million, offset by non-cash expenses that included $5.6 million of depreciation and amortization, $1.6 million of non-cash interest expense, and $0.5 million of non-cash stock compensation expense. Working capital sources of cash included $2.9 million in collections on accounts receivable and $2.2 million of increases in accrued expenses and other liabilities. These sources of cash were offset by $1.6 million from an increase in prepaids and other, $1.1 million from a decrease in accounts payable, and $1.0 million resulting from a decrease in deferred revenue.

Our cash provided by operating activities for fiscal 2012 primarily reflects our net loss of $2.5 million, offset by $2.8 million of depreciation and amortization. Working capital sources of cash included $5.9 million in deferred revenue and $0.9 million from an increase in accounts payable. These sources of cash were partially offset by a use of $3.5 million from an increase in accounts receivable, $0.8 million from an increase in prepaids and other, and $0.4 million from a decrease in accrued expenses and other liabilities.

 

-72-


Table of Contents

A substantial source of cash is provided as a result of booking for subscriptions in advance, which is recorded as deferred revenue, and is included on our consolidated balance sheet as a liability. Deferred revenue consists of the unearned portion of booked fees for our software subscriptions and support, which is amortized into revenue in accordance with our revenue recognition policy. We assess our liquidity, in part, through an analysis of new subscriptions booked, expected cash receipts on new and existing subscriptions, and our ongoing operating expense requirements.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

Our primary financing activities have consisted of capital raised to fund our operations as well as proceeds from debt obligations entered into to finance our operations. For the six months ended June 30, 2014, we used $2.8 million of cash for repayment of debt. For fiscal 2013, cash provided by financing activities consisted primarily of $19.7 million in proceeds from the issuance of preferred stock and $28.0 million in proceeds from debt, offset by $17.5 million for repayment of debt. For fiscal 2012, cash provided by financing activities consisted primarily of $11.3 million in proceeds from the issuance of preferred stock and $17.0 million in proceeds from debt, offset by $3.6 million for repayment of debt.

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

Our primary investing activities have consisted of acquisitions of complementary technologies, products and businesses. As our business grows, we expect our primary investing activities to continue to further expand our family of software applications and infrastructure and support additional personnel. For the six months ended June 30, 2014, we used $0.3 million for the purchases of property and equipment. For fiscal 2013 and 2012, cash used in investing activities consisted of $28.6 million and $33.3 million, respectively, for business combinations, net of cash acquired and $0.3 million and $3 million, respectively, of additional consideration paid to sellers of acquired businesses. In addition, for fiscal 2013 and 2012, we used $0.3 million and $0.3 million, respectively, for the purchases of property and equipment.

We believe that our cash and cash equivalents remaining after this offering and the amount available pursuant to our loan and security agreements will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for at least the next 12 months. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our growth rate, the timing and extent of spending to support research and development efforts, the expansion of sales and marketing activities, the introduction of new and enhanced applications and professional service offerings and acquisitions of complementary technologies, products and businesses. In the event that additional financing is required from outside sources, we may be unable to raise the funds on acceptable terms, if at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital when desired, our business, operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Loan and Security Agreements

U.S. Loan Agreement

On March 5, 2012, we entered into a loan and security agreement with Comerica Bank, as amended, the U.S. Loan Agreement. The U.S. Loan Agreement provides to us and certain of our subsidiaries, as co-borrowers, a secured accounts receivable revolving loan facility of up to $5.0 million and a secured term loan facility of up to $19.5 million, for a total loan facility of up to $24.5 million. As of December 31, 2012, we had $7.6 million outstanding as term loans under the U.S. loan agreement. As of December 31, 2013, we had $2.1 million outstanding as revolving loans and $19.1 million as term loans under the U.S. Loan Agreement. As of June 30, 2014, we had $3.6 million outstanding as revolving loans and $17.9 million as term loans under the U.S. Loan Agreement. Loans drawn under the U.S. Loan Agreement may be used for working capital, to finance acquisitions and for general corporate purposes.

Revolving loans and term loans bear interest at a floating rate equal to Comerica Bank’s prime rate plus 1.75%. Interest on the revolving loans and the term loans is due and payable monthly. Revolving loans may be borrowed, repaid and reborrowed until April 11, 2015, when all outstanding revolving loan amounts must be

 

-73-


Table of Contents

repaid. Term loan advances may be requested until April 11, 2014. From November 1, 2013 to March 1, 2014, an amount equal to 5% of the principal outstanding on all term loan advances on October 2, 2013 is payable in monthly installments during such period. Between April 1, 2014 and March 1, 2015 an amount equal to 15% of the principal outstanding on all term loan advances on April 11, 2014 is payable in monthly installments during such period. From April 1, 2015 to March 1, 2016 an amount equal to 25% of the principal outstanding on all term loan advances on April 11, 2014 is payable in monthly installments during such period. From April 1, 2016 to March 1, 2017, an amount equal to 25% of the principal outstanding on all term loan advances on April 11, 2014 is payable in monthly installments on the first day of each month during such period. From April 1, 2017 to March 1, 2018, an amount equal to 30% of principal outstanding on all term loan advances on April 11, 2014 is payable in monthly installments during such period. All outstanding principal and interest under the term loan facility must be repaid on April 11, 2018. The revolving loan facility and the term loan facility may be prepaid prior to their respective termination dates without penalty or premium. Starting June 1, 2015, we and the other borrowers may be required to begin prepaying certain term loan advances with a percentage of our excess cash flow, if any.

Our obligations and the obligations of the other borrowers under the loan facility are secured by a security interest in substantially all of our assets and the other borrowers’ assets, including intellectual property. Our other and future subsidiaries may also be required to become co-borrowers or guarantors under the loan facility and grant a security interest in their assets in connection therewith.

The U.S. Loan Agreement contains customary affirmative covenants and customary negative covenants limiting our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to, among other things, dispose of assets, undergo a change in control, merge or consolidate, make acquisitions, incur debt, incur liens, pay dividends, repurchase stock and make investments, in each case subject to certain exceptions. We and the other borrowers must also comply with a minimum cash financial covenant, minimum fixed charge ratio financial covenant, maximum indebtedness to adjusted EBITDA financial covenant, and minimum EBITDA financial covenant.

The U.S. Loan Agreement also contains customary events of default including, among others, payment defaults, breaches of covenants defaults, material adverse change defaults, bankruptcy and insolvency event defaults, cross defaults with certain material indebtedness, judgment defaults, and breaches of representations and warranties defaults. Upon an event of default, Comerica Bank may declare all or a portion of the outstanding obligations payable to be immediately due and payable and exercise other rights and remedies provided for under the loan facility and any related guaranty, including a requirement that any guarantor pay all of the outstanding obligations under its guaranty and a right by Comerica Bank to exercise remedies under any security agreement related to such guaranty. During the existence of an event of default, interest on the obligations could be increased by 5.0%.

Canadian Loan Agreement

On February 10, 2012, Tenrox Inc., a Canadian corporation and our wholly-owned subsidiary or, the Canadian Subsidiary, entered into a loan and security agreement with Comerica Bank, as amended, the Canadian Loan Agreement. The Canadian Loan Agreement provides a secured accounts receivable revolving loan facility of up to $3.0 million and a secured term loan facility of up to $2.5 million, for a total loan facility of up to $5.5 million. As of December 31, 2012, the Canadian Subsidiary had $5.4 million outstanding as term loans under the Canadian Loan Agreement. As of December 31, 2013, the Canadian Subsidiary had $1.0 million outstanding as revolving loans and $1.7 million outstanding as term loans under the Canadian Loan Agreement. As of June 30, 2014, the Canadian Subsidiary had a zero balance on their revolving loans and $1.0 million outstanding as term loans under the Canadian Loan Agreement. Loans drawn under the Canadian Loan Agreement may be used for working capital and for general corporate purposes.

Revolving loans and term loans bear interest at a floating rate equal to Comerica Bank’s prime rate plus 1.75%. Interest on the revolving loans and the term loans is due and payable monthly. Revolving loans may be borrowed, repaid and reborrowed until April 11, 2015, when all outstanding revolving loan amounts must be

 

-74-


Table of Contents

repaid. Principal on the term loan advance is payable in 24 equal monthly installments beginning on May 1, 2013 and continuing each month until paid in full. All outstanding principal and interest under the term loan facility must be repaid on April 11, 2015. The revolving loan facility and the term loan facility may be prepaid prior to their respective termination dates without penalty or premium.

The Canadian Subsidiary’s obligations under the loan facility are secured by a security interest in substantially all of its assets, including its intellectual property. Additionally, we and certain of our domestic subsidiaries provided guarantees of the loan facility secured by substantially all of our and such subsidiaries’ assets, including intellectual property. Furthermore, our other and future subsidiaries may be required to become co-borrowers or guarantors under the loan facility and grant a security interest in their assets in connection therewith.

The Canadian Loan Agreement and the security agreements contain customary affirmative covenants and customary negative covenants limiting our ability, the Canadian Subsidiary’s ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to, among other things, dispose of assets, undergo a change in control, merge or consolidate, make acquisitions, incur debt, incur liens, pay dividends, repurchase stock and make investments, in each case subject to certain exceptions. The Canadian Subsidiary must also comply with a minimum cash financial covenant, minimum fixed charge ratio financial covenant, maximum indebtedness to adjusted EBITDA financial covenant and minimum EBITDA financial covenant.

The Canadian Loan Agreement and the security agreements also contain customary events of default including, among others, payment defaults, breaches of covenants defaults, material adverse change defaults, bankruptcy and insolvency event defaults, cross defaults with certain material indebtedness, judgment defaults, and breaches of representations and warranties defaults. Upon an event of default, Comerica Bank may declare all or a portion of the Canadian Subsidiary’s outstanding obligations payable to be immediately due and payable and exercise other rights and remedies provided for under the loan facility, including a requirement that any guarantor pay all of the outstanding obligations under its guaranty and a right by Comerica Bank to exercise remedies under any security agreement related to such guaranty. During the existence of an event of default, interest on the obligations could be increased by 5.0%.

Contractual Payment Obligations

The following summarizes our contractual commitments and obligations as of December 31, 2013:

 

     Payment Due by Period  
     Total      Less than
1 Year
     1–3
Years
     3–5
Years
     More than
5 Years
 
     (in thousands)  

Operating lease obligations

   $ 3,046       $ 1,095       $ 1,612       $ 339       $   

Capital lease obligations

     1,134         446         547         141           

Loan and security agreements

     28,868         5,529         16,246         7,093           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 33,048       $ 7,070       $ 18,405       $ 7,573       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In addition, we have an outstanding purchase commitment in 2014 for software development services pursuant to a technology services agreement in the amount of $2.1 million. For years after 2014, the purchase commitment amount for software development services will be equal to the prior year purchase commitment increased (decreased) by the percentage change in total revenue for the prior year as compared to the preceding year. For example, if 2014 total revenues increase by 10% as compared to 2013 total revenues, then the 2015 purchase commitment would increase by approximately $213,175 from the 2014 purchase commitment amount to $2,344,925. A similar 10% increase in 2015 total revenues as compared to 2014 total revenues would increase the 2016 purchase commitment amount from the 2015 purchase commitment amount of $2,344,925 by approximately $234,493 to $2,579,418. The purchase commitment for 2015 and later years have not been included in the above table as such amounts cannot be reasonably estimated.

 

-75-


Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

During fiscal 2012 and 2013 and the first fiscal quarter of 2014, we did not have any relationships with unconsolidated organizations or financial partnerships, such as structured finance or special-purpose entities, that would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We have operations both within the United States and internationally, and we are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. These risks primarily include interest rate, foreign exchange and inflation risks, as well as risks relating to changes in the general economic conditions in the countries where we conduct business. The statement of operations impact is mitigated by having an offsetting liability in deferred revenue to partially or completely offset against the outstanding receivable if an account should become uncollectible. Our cash balances are kept in customary operating accounts, a portion of which are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and uninsured money market accounts. The majority of our cash balances in money market accounts are with Comerica Bank, our lender under our loan and security agreements. To date, we have not used derivative instruments to mitigate the impact of our market risk exposures. We also have not used, nor do we intend to use, derivatives for trading or speculative purposes.

Interest Rate Risk

Our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates primarily relates to our cash equivalents and any variable rate indebtedness.

The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve principal while maximizing yields without significantly increasing risk. This objective is accomplished currently by making diversified investments, consisting only of money market mutual funds and certificates of deposit.

Any draws under our loan and security agreements bear interest at a variable rate tied to the prime rate. As of December 31, 2013, we had a principal balance of $21.2 million under our U.S. Loan Agreement and $2.7 million under our Canadian Loan Agreement. As of June 30, 2014, we had a principal balance of $21.5 million under our U.S. Loan Agreement and $1.0 million under our Canadian Loan Agreement.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

Our results of operations and cash flows are subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. In addition, we incur a portion of our operating expenses in foreign currencies, including Canadian dollars, British pounds and Euros, and in the future as we expand into other foreign countries, we expect to incur operating expenses in other foreign currencies. In addition, our customers are generally invoiced in the currency of the country in which they are located. We are exposed to foreign exchange rate fluctuations as the financial results of our international operations are translated from the local functional currency into U.S. dollars upon consolidation. A decline in the U.S. dollar relative to foreign functional currencies would increase our non-U.S. revenue and improve our operating results. Conversely, if the U.S. dollar strengthens relative to foreign functional currencies, our revenue and operating results would be adversely affected. The effect of a hypothetical 10% change in foreign currency exchange rates applicable to our business would have resulted in a change in revenue of $1.5 million in fiscal 2013. To date, we have not engaged in any hedging strategies. As our international operations grow, we will continue to reassess our approach to manage our risk relating to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.

Inflation

We do not believe that inflation had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations in the last three fiscal years. If our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures,

 

-76-


Table of Contents

we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. The preparation of consolidated financial statements also requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs and expenses and related disclosures. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ significantly from the estimates made by our management. To the extent that there are differences between our estimates and actual results, our future financial statement presentation, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will be affected. We believe that the accounting policies discussed below are critical to understanding our historical and future performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving management’s judgments and estimates.

The following critical accounting policies reflect significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements:

 

    revenue recognition and deferred revenue;

 

    stock-based compensation;

 

    income taxes; and

 

    business combinations and the recoverability of goodwill and long-lived assets.

Revenue Recognition

We derive revenue from product revenue, consisting of subscription, support, perpetual licenses and professional services revenues. We recognize revenue when all of the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery of the product or services has occurred, no obligations with regard to implementation considered essential to the functionality remain, the fee is fixed or determinable and collectability is probable.

Subscription and Support Revenue

We derive subscription revenue by providing our software-as-a-service solution to customers in which the customer does not have the right to take possession of the software, but can use the software for the contracted term. We account for these arrangements as service contracts. Subscription and support revenue are recognized ratably over the term of the contractual arrangement, typically one to three years. Amounts that have been invoiced and that are due are recorded in deferred revenue or revenue, depending on when the criteria for revenue recognition are met.

We may provide hosting services to customers who purchased a perpetual license. Such hosting services are recognized ratably over the applicable term of the arrangement. These hosting arrangements are typically for a period of one to three years.

Software maintenance agreements provide technical support and the right to unspecified upgrades on an if-and-when-available basis. Revenue from maintenance agreements is recognized ratably over the life of the related agreement, which is typically one year.

Perpetual License Revenue

We also record revenue from the sales of proprietary software products under perpetual licenses. For license agreements in which customer acceptance is a condition to earning the license fees, revenue is not recognized until acceptance occurs. Our products do not require significant customization. Revenue on arrangements with customers who are not the ultimate users (primarily resellers) is not recognized until the product is delivered to

 

-77-


Table of Contents

the end user. Perpetual licenses are sold along with software maintenance and, sometimes, hosting agreements. When vendor specific objective evidence, or VSOE, of fair value exists for the software maintenance and hosting agreement, the perpetual license is recognized under the residual method whereby the fair value of the undelivered software maintenance and hosting agreement is deferred and the remaining contract value is recognized immediately for the delivered perpetual license. When VSOE of fair value does not exist for either the software maintenance or hosting agreement, the entire contract value is recognized ratably over the underlying software maintenance and/or hosting period.

Professional Services Revenue

Professional services provided with perpetual licenses consist of implementation fees, data extraction, configuration, and training. Our implementation and configuration services do not involve significant customization of the software and are not considered essential to the functionality. Revenues from professional services are recognized as such services are provided when VSOE of fair value exists for such services and all undelivered elements such as software maintenance and/or hosting agreements. VSOE of fair value for services is based upon the price charged when these services are sold separately, and is typically an hourly rate. When VSOE of fair value does not exist for software maintenance and/or hosting agreements, revenues from professional services are recognized ratably over the underlying software maintenance and/or hosting period.

Professional services, when sold with the subscription arrangements, are accounted for separately when these services have value to the customer on a standalone basis and there is objective and reliable evidence of fair value for each deliverable. When accounted for separately, revenues are recognized as the services are rendered for time and material contracts. For those arrangements where the elements do not qualify as a separate unit of accounting, we recognize professional services ratably over the contractual life of the related application subscription arrangement.

Multiple-Element Arrangements

We enter into arrangements with multiple-elements that generally include subscriptions and implementation and other professional services.

For multiple-element arrangements, arrangement consideration is allocated to deliverables based on their relative selling price. In order to treat deliverables in a multiple-element arrangement as separate units of accounting, the elements must have standalone value upon delivery. If the elements have standalone value upon delivery, each element must be accounted for separately. Our subscription services have standalone value as such services are often sold separately. In determining whether implementation and other professional services have standalone value apart from the subscription services, we consider various factors including the availability of the services from other vendors. We have concluded that the implementation services included in multiple-element arrangements have standalone value. As a result, when implementation and other professional services are sold in a multiple-element arrangement, the arrangement consideration is allocated to the identified separate units based on a relative selling price hierarchy. The selling price for a deliverable is based on its VSOE of selling price, if available, third-party evidence of selling price, or TPE, if VSOE is not available or best estimate of selling price, or BESP, if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. We have not established VSOE for our subscription services due to lack of pricing consistency, the introduction of new services and other factors. We have determined that TPE is not a practical alternative due to differences in its service offerings compared to other parties and the availability of relevant third-party pricing information. Accordingly, we use BESP to determine the relative selling price.

We determined BESP by considering its overall pricing objectives and market conditions. Significant pricing practices taken into consideration include our discounting practices, the size and volume of our transactions, customer characteristics, price lists, go-to-market strategy, historical standalone sales and agreement prices. As our go-to-market strategies evolve, we may modify our pricing practices in the future, which could result in changes in relative selling prices, and include both VSOE and BESP.

 

-78-


Table of Contents

Deferred Revenue

Deferred revenue represents either customer advance payments or billings for which the aforementioned revenue recognition criteria have not yet been met.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based awards are measured at fair value at each grant date. We recognize stock-based compensation expenses ratably over the requisite service period of the option award.

Determination of the Fair Value of Stock-Based Compensation Grants

During the periods presented, we had multiple third-party valuations of our common stock performed in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, utilizing estimates and judgments provided by management. The determination of the fair value of stock-based compensation arrangements is affected by a number of variables, including estimates of the fair value of our common stock, expected stock price volatility, risk-free interest rate and the expected life of the award. We value stock options using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options that are fully transferable and have no vesting restrictions. Black-Scholes and other option valuation models require the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected stock price volatility. If we made different assumptions, our stock-based compensation expenses, net loss, and net loss per common share could be significantly different.

The following summarizes the assumptions used for estimating the fair value of stock options granted during the periods indicated:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
             2012                     2013             2014  
                 (unaudited)  

Weighted-average grant date fair value per share

   $ 0.79      $ 0.91      $ 3.35   

Expected volatility

     72.5     53.3     55.2

Risk-free interest rate

     0.9     1.6     1.6

Expected life (in years)

     6.29        6.29        6.29   

Dividend yield

     —          —          —     

We have assumed no dividend yield because we do not expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future, which is consistent with our past practice. The risk-free interest rate assumption is based on observed interest rates for U.S. Treasury securities with maturities consistent with the expected life of our stock options. The expected life represents the period of time the stock options are expected to be outstanding and is based on the simplified method. Under the simplified method, the expected life of an option is presumed to be the midpoint between the vesting date and the end of the agreement term. We used the simplified method due to the lack of sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to otherwise estimate the expected life of the stock options. Expected volatility is based on historical volatilities for publicly traded stock of comparable companies over the estimated expected life of the stock options. The list of comparable companies we used to determine expected volatility was consistent with those used to determine the corresponding fair value of our common stock at each grant date.

We based our estimate of pre-vesting forfeitures, or forfeiture rate, on historical forfeiture rates. We apply the estimated forfeiture rate to the total estimated fair value of the awards, as derived from the Black-Scholes model, to compute the stock-based compensation expenses, net of pre-vesting forfeitures, to be recognized in our consolidated statements of operations.

 

-79-


Table of Contents

Determination of the Fair Value of Common Stock on Grant Dates

Prior to this offering, we have been a private company with no active public market for our common stock. Our board of directors periodically determined for financial reporting purposes the estimated per share fair value of our common stock at various dates using independent third-party valuations.

In conducting the valuations, our board of directors considered all objective and subjective factors that they believed to be relevant for each valuation conducted, including management’s estimate of our business condition, prospects and operating performance at each valuation date. Within the valuations performed by our management, a range of factors, assumptions and methodologies were used. Significant factors considered were:

 

    independent third-party valuations performed contemporaneously or shortly before the grant date, as applicable;

 

    the fact that we are a privately held technology company and our common stock is illiquid;

 

    the nature and history of our business;

 

    our discounted future cash flows, based on our projections of future operating results at the time;

 

    valuations of comparable public companies;

 

    the potential impact on common stock of preferential liquidation and redemption rights of our redeemable convertible preferred stock under different valuation scenarios;

 

    current and forecasted economic conditions, both generally and specific to our industry;

 

    the estimated likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for shares of our common stock such as an initial public offering, or IPO, or a sale of our company, given prevailing market conditions, or remaining a private company; and

 

    the state of the initial public offering market for similarly situated privately held technology companies.

There are significant judgments and estimates inherent in these contemporaneous valuations. These judgments and estimates include assumptions regarding our future operating performance, the timing of an IPO or other liquidity event and the determinations of the appropriate valuation methods. If we made different assumptions, our stock-based compensation expenses, net loss and net loss per common share could be significantly different.

Common Stock Valuation Methodology

We utilize the Probability Weighted Expected Return Method, or PWERM, approach to allocate our equity value to our common shares. The PWERM approach employs various market, income or cost approach calculations depending on the likelihood of an initial public offering, sale or merger. For each of the various scenarios, an equity value is estimated and the rights and preferences of each class and series of stock are considered to allocate the equity value to common shares. The value of our common stock is then multiplied by a discount factor reflecting the calculated discount rate and timing of the event. Lastly, the value of our common stock is multiplied by an estimated probability for each scenario. The probability and timing of each scenario are determined by our board of directors based on discussions with management. We began using PWERM during the quarter ended December 31, 2013 and assessed the probability to each of the initial public offering, sale or merger or stay private scenario at each valuation date.

Prior to the quarter ended December 31, 2013, we used the option-pricing method to allocate our equity value to our common shares. Pursuant to the AICPA Guidelines, the option-pricing method values the common stock by creating a series of call options with exercise prices based on the liquidation preference of the preferred stock. The common stock is modeled as a call option that gives its owner the right but not the obligation to buy the enterprise value at a predetermined exercise price. In the model, the exercise price is based on a comparison

 

-80-


Table of Contents

with the enterprise value rather than, as in the case of a “regular” call option, a comparison with a per-share stock price. Thus, the common stock is considered to be a call option with a claim in the enterprise at an exercise price equal to the remaining value immediately after the preferred stock is liquidated. The option-pricing method has commonly used the Black-Scholes model to price the call option. The option-pricing method, as applied under the Black-Scholes model, is appropriate to use when the range of possible future outcomes is so difficult to predict that forecasts would be highly speculative. That is, the use of the method under Black-Scholes is generally appropriate in situations in which the enterprise has many choices and options available, and the enterprises value depends on how well it follows an uncharted path through the various possible opportunities and challenges.

The following table summarizes by grant date the number of shares of our common stock subject to issuance under stock options granted from January 1, 2012 through the date of this prospectus, as well as the associated per share exercise price and the final estimated fair value per share of our common stock at the date of grant:

 

Grant Dates

   Number of Shares
Underlying
Options Granted
     Exercise Price
per Share
     Estimated
Fair Value
per Share
     Aggregate
Grant Date
Fair Value
of Options
     Total
Exercise
Cost
 

October 10, 2012

     173,844       $ 1.22       $ 1.22       $ 137,916       $ 212,090   

October 25, 2013

     191,045         1.77         1.77         174,930         338,150   

March 31, 2014

     262,196         6.23         6.23         857,725         1,633,481   

April 12, 2014

     819         6.23         6.23         2,750         5,102   

September 2, 2014

     123,785         8.73         8.73         573,800         1,080,643   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 
            $ 1,747,121       $ 3,269,466   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Our board of directors grants options from time to time. We obtain independent valuation reports to assist our board of directors in determining the exercise price for our stock options. Our board of directors reviews and considers the most current valuation report when determining the exercise price for our stock options. As a result of a lag between the date of grant and the date of a valuation report, our board of directors also considers any intervening changes that may cause an increase or decrease in the per share valuation of our common stock when determining the fair value of our common stock on the date of grant. A discussion of the determination of the fair value of our common stock on our option grant dates from January 1, 2012 through the date of this prospectus is provided below.

On October 10, 2012, the board of directors granted options to purchase 173,844 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $1.22 per share. In estimating the fair value of the common stock to set the exercise price of such options, the board of directors reviewed and considered the aforementioned independent valuation report for the common stock as of February 29, 2012. The report reflected a fair value for the common stock of $1.22 per share. On the date of grant, our board considered this valuation together with a variety of other factors and determined there had not been any intervening changes that would cause an increase or decrease in the fair value of our common stock compared to the fair value reflected in such report.

On October 25, 2013, the board of directors granted options to purchase 191,045 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $1.77 per share. In estimating the fair value of the common stock to set the exercise price of such options, the board of directors reviewed and considered an independent valuation report for the common stock as of May 31, 2013. The report reflected a fair value for the common stock of $1.77 per share. On the date of grant, our board considered this valuation together with a variety of other factors and determined there had not been any intervening changes that would cause an increase or decrease in the fair value of our common stock compared to the fair value reflected in such report.

On March 31, 2014, the board of directors granted options to purchase 262,196 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $6.23 per share. In estimating the fair value of the common stock to set the exercise price of such options, the board of directors reviewed and considered an independent valuation report for the

 

-81-


Table of Contents

common stock as of December 31, 2013. The report reflected a fair value for the common stock of $6.23 per share. On the date of grant, our board considered this valuation together with a variety of other factors and determined there had not been any intervening changes that would cause an increase or decrease in the fair value of our common stock compared to the fair value reflected in such report.

On April 12, 2014, the board of directors granted an option to purchase 819 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $6.23 per share. In estimating the fair value of the common stock to set the exercise price of such options, the board of directors reviewed and considered an independent valuation report for the common stock as of December 31, 2013. The report reflected a fair value for the common stock of $6.23 per share. On the date of grant, our board considered this valuation together with a variety of other factors and determined there had not been any intervening changes that would cause an increase or decrease in the fair value of our common stock compared to the fair value reflected in such report.

On September 2, 2014, the board of directors granted options to purchase 123,785 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $8.73 per share. In estimating the fair value of the common stock to set the exercise price of such options, the board of directors reviewed and considered an independent valuation report for the common stock as of June 30, 2014. The report reflected a fair value of the common stock of $8.73 per share. On the date of grant, our board considered this valuation together with a variety of other factors and determined there had not been any intervening changes that would cause an increase or decrease in the fair value of our common stock compared to the fair value reflected in such report.

Increase in Value of Common Stock from September 2014 to October 2014

The increase in valuation from our determination of the fair value of our common stock on September 2, 2014 of $8.73 and $13.00, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, is primarily the result of the following factors:

 

    The estimated preliminary IPO price range represents a future price for shares of common stock that, if issued in the IPO, will be immediately freely tradable in a public market, whereas the estimated fair value of the common stock as of the September 2, 2014 grant date represents a contemporaneous estimate of the fair value of shares that were then illiquid, might never become liquid and, even if an IPO were successfully completed, would remain illiquid at least until the expiration of the 180-day lockup period following the IPO. This illiquidity accounts for a substantial difference between the estimated fair value of the common stock as of the September 2, 2014 grant date and the estimated preliminary IPO price range.

 

    The estimated preliminary IPO price range is based on a single outcome that is not probability weighted – a successful IPO in the near-term – and does not take into account the probability of alternative outcomes that could yield lower valuations, such as an acquisition at differing valuations or that the Company may continue as a private, stand-alone entity.

 

    The holders of the Company’s preferred stock currently enjoy substantial economic rights and preferences over the holders of its common stock, including (i) liquidation payments in preference to the holders of common stock and (ii) the right to receive dividends prior to any dividends declared or paid on any shares of the common stock.

 

    The successful completion of an IPO would strengthen the Company’s balance sheet, provide access to public debt and equity markets and provide enhanced operational flexibility.

 

    The performance of the financial markets in general, and the performance of publicly-traded software-as-a-service companies in particular, have been strong recently. Major market indices are at or near their all-time highs and several technology companies successfully completed initial public offerings since September 2, 2014. Strong markets, and a favorable IPO market, contributed to an increase in the value of the Company’s common stock during the relevant period.

 

-82-


Table of Contents
    The Company’s consideration of various objective and subjective factors in the previous fair value determination that are applicable to valuations based on private company valuation methodologies, and which were not taken into account in the analysis performed by the lead underwriters in considering the estimated preliminary price range for the Company’s initial public offering.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method. We record deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, as well as for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. We measure deferred tax assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which we expect to recover or settle those temporary differences. We recognize the effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities in the results of operations in the period that includes the enactment date. We assess the likelihood that deferred tax assets will be realized, and we recognize a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. This assessment requires judgment as to the likelihood and amounts of future taxable income by tax jurisdiction. To date, we have provided a valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets as we believe the objective and verifiable evidence of our historical pretax net losses outweighs any positive evidence of our forecasted future results. Although we believe that our tax estimates are reasonable, the ultimate tax determination involves significant judgment. We will continue to monitor the positive and negative evidence and will adjust the valuation allowance as sufficient objective positive evidence becomes available. At December 31, 2013, our valuation allowance was $5.5 million.

We account for uncertain tax positions by recognizing the financial statement effects of a tax position only when, based upon technical merits, it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination. We recognize potential accrued interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax positions within our global operations in income tax expense.

Business Combinations and the Recoverability of Goodwill and Long-lived Intangible Assets

A significant component of our growth strategy has been to acquire and integrate businesses that complement our existing operations. We account for business combinations using the purchase method of accounting and allocate the purchase price of each acquired business to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their estimated fair value at the purchase date. The difference between the purchase price and the fair value of the net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill.

In determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination, we use recognized valuation methods, including the income approach, market approach and cost approach, and apply present value modeling. Our significant estimates in the income, market or cost approach include identifying business factors such as size, growth, profitability, risk and return on investment and assessing comparable total revenue and operating income multiples in estimating the fair value. We also make certain assumptions specific to the present value modeling valuation techniques which include risk-adjusted discount rates, future commission rates, rates of increase in operating expenses, weighted-average cost of capital, long-term growth rate assumptions and the future effective income tax rates.

Most of the businesses we have acquired did not have a significant amount of tangible assets. As a result, our acquisitions have resulted in the majority of the purchase price being allocated to identifiable intangible assets and goodwill. The long-lived intangible assets we have identified in each acquisition include customer relationships, trade name, and technology-based intangible assets. All of our long-lived intangible assets have a definite life that ranges from three to ten years, which we have determined reflects our best estimate of the pattern in which the economic benefit of the related intangible asset will be utilized. As of December 31, 2013, we had $34.7 million in intangible assets (net of accumulated amortization) and $33.6 million of goodwill.

 

-83-


Table of Contents

The valuations of our acquired businesses have been performed by valuation specialists under our management’s supervision. We believe that the estimated fair value assigned to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed are based on reasonable assumptions and estimates that marketplace participants would use. However, such assumptions are inherently uncertain and actual results could differ from those estimates. Future changes in our assumptions or the interrelationship of those assumptions may negatively impact future valuations. In future measurements of fair value, adverse changes in discounted cash flow assumptions could result in an impairment of goodwill or intangible assets that would require a non-cash charge to the consolidated statements of operations and may have a material effect on our financial condition and operating results.

We perform our annual impairment testing of goodwill as of October 1 of each year, and whenever events or circumstances indicate that impairment may have occurred. Events or circumstances that could trigger an impairment review include, but are not limited to, a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate, an adverse action or assessment by a regulator, unanticipated competition, a loss of key personnel, significant changes in our use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business, significant negative industry or economic trends, or significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future results of operations. For purposes of performing the required impairment test, we derive enterprise fair value utilizing the income approach, whereby current and future estimated discounted cash flows are utilized to calculate an operating value of our company on a controlling interest basis. We then compare the derived fair value with the balance of goodwill. We have determined that we have one reporting unit, and we have made assumptions about total revenue, expenses, and growth rates, based on our forecasts, business plans, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows and marketplace data. The fair value of our single reporting unit exceeded its carrying value, including goodwill, as of the impairment test date of October 1, 2013. As a result, we passed Step 1 of the goodwill impairment analysis and no further evaluation was required. The assumptions used in our evaluation of goodwill as of the valuation date of October 1, 2013 are consistent with the assumptions used in our evaluation of our common stock, as described elsewhere in this prospectus.

Due to the excess of the fair value of our single reporting unit over its carrying value, a 10% decrease to the estimated fair value of the reporting unit would not have had an impact on the conclusion of our goodwill impairment testing for the reporting unit. The income approach, and specifically the discounted cash flow method, requires the use of projections and estimates of revenue, gross profit, expenses, growth rates, income tax rates, cost of capital and other inputs. If our actual results fall significantly below our projections or if our view of future operations were to adversely change, this could negatively impact our key assumptions and possibly result in indicators of or actual impairment of goodwill.

Long-lived assets, including intangible assets, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. When such events occur, we compare the carrying amounts of the assets to their undiscounted expected future cash flows. If this comparison indicates that there is impairment, the amount of the impairment is calculated as the difference between the carrying value and fair value. In fiscal 2013, we determined that we would not use the PowerSteering trade name for the name of the consolidated company as originally intended and, accordingly, we changed the useful life of such trade name from indefinite to definite. As a result, we also determined that an impairment of such trade name had occurred in the amount of $1.1 million.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued FASB ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) , which supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in ASC 605, Revenue Recognition . The core principle of ASU 2014-09 is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The guidance provides a five-step process to achieve that core principle. ASU 2014-09 requires disclosures enabling users of financial statements to understand the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. Additionally, qualitative

 

-84-


Table of Contents

and quantitative disclosures are required about contracts with customers, significant judgments and changes in judgments, and assets recognized from the costs to obtain or fulfill a contract. ASU 2014-09 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that reporting period, using one of two retrospective application methods. Early application is not permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the provisions of ASC 606.

 

-85-


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Company Overview

Upland is a leading provider of cloud-based enterprise work management software. We define enterprise work management software as software applications that enable organizations to plan, manage and execute projects and work. Our software applications help organizations better optimize the allocation and utilization of their people, time and money. We provide a family of cloud-based enterprise work management software applications for the information technology, marketing, finance, professional services and process excellence functions within organizations. Our software applications address a broad range of enterprise work management needs, from strategic planning to task execution.

The continued growth of an information-based economy driven by technological innovation and globalization is causing a fundamental shift in the way work is done. These changes have given rise to a large and growing group of knowledge workers who operate in dynamic work environments as part of geographically dispersed and virtual teams. McKinsey estimates that, as of May 2013, there were more than 200 million knowledge workers globally. We believe that manual processes and legacy on-premise enterprise systems are insufficient to address the needs of the modern work environment. In order for knowledge workers to be successful, they need to interact with intuitive enterprise work systems in a collaborative way, including real-time access at any time, from anywhere and on any device. Today, legacy processes and systems are being disrupted and replaced by cloud-based enterprise work management software that improves visibility, collaboration and productivity.

In response to these changes, we are helping transform how work gets done by providing organizations and their knowledge workers with software applications that better align resources with business objectives and increase visibility, governance, collaboration and responsiveness to changes in the business environment. This results in increased work capacity, higher productivity and better execution. Our applications are easy-to-use, highly scalable and offer real-time collaboration for knowledge workers distributed on a local or global scale. Our applications address enterprise work challenges in the following categories:

 

    Program and Portfolio Management : Enables customers to gain high-level visibility across their organizations and improve top-down governance and management of programs, initiatives, investments and projects.

 

    Project Management and Collaboration : Enables customers to improve collaboration and the execution of both projects and unstructured work.

 

    Workflow Automation and Enterprise Content Management: Enables customers to automate document-based workflows and control access and distribution of their content to boost productivity, encourage collaboration, improve compliance and enhance and influence customer engagement.

 

    Professional Services Automation : Enables customers to more effectively manage their knowledge workers to better track work, expenses and client billing while improving scheduling, utilization and alignment of human capital.

 

    Financial Management . Enables customers to have visibility into the cost, quality and value of internal services delivered within their organizations, which helps improve alignment during planning and budgeting processes, and better assess and validate proposed investments and initiatives of a particular line of business.

We sell our software applications primarily through a direct sales organization comprised of inside sales and field sales personnel. In addition to our direct sales organization, we have an indirect sales organization, which sells to distributors and value-added resellers. We employ a land-and-expand go-to-market strategy. After we demonstrate the value of an initial application to an organization, our sales and account management teams work to expand the adoption of that initial application across the organization, as well as cross-sell additional

 

-86-


Table of Contents

applications to address other enterprise work management needs of the organization. Our customer success organization supports our direct sales efforts by managing the post-sale customer lifecycle.

Our subscription agreements are typically sold either on a per-seat basis or on a minimum contracted volume basis with overage fees billed in arrears, depending on the application being sold. We service customers ranging from large global corporations and government agencies to small- and medium-sized businesses. As of December 31, 2013, we had more than 1,200 customers with over 200,000 users, excluding users under volume-based contracts, across a broad range of industries, including financial services, retail, technology, manufacturing, education, consumer goods, media, telecommunications, government, food and beverage, healthcare and life sciences.

We have achieved significant growth and scale in a relatively short period of time. Through a series of acquisitions, we have established a diverse family of software applications under the Upland brand, each of which addresses a specific enterprise work management need. Our revenue has grown from $22.8 million in fiscal 2012 to $41.2 million in fiscal 2013 and from $18.7 million in the first six months of 2013 to $31.8 million in the first six months of 2014, representing an 80% and 70% period-over-period growth rate, respectively. See Note 16 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information regarding our revenue as it relates to domestic and foreign operations. We recorded Adjusted EBITDA of $0.7 million, $2.7 million and $2.6 million in fiscal 2012 and 2013 and the first six months of 2014, respectively, and a net loss of $2.5 million, $9.2 million and $15.0 million in fiscal 2012 and 2013 and the first six months of 2014, respectively. See “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” for the definition of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP measure.

Industry Background

A Rapidly Changing Business Environment

The continued growth of an information-based economy driven by technological innovation and globalization is causing a fundamental change in the business environment and the way work is done. To be successful, organizations must be able to quickly adapt to changes in this complex and rapidly evolving environment and optimize the utilization of their people, time and money. These changes have given rise to a large and growing group of knowledge workers who operate in dynamic work settings as part of geographically dispersed and virtual teams. To be successful, these knowledge workers must quickly synthesize, analyze and act on large amounts of information and collaborate effectively at any time, from anywhere and on any device.

Legacy Processes and Systems are Insufficient

Many organizations continue to utilize manual processes and traditional tools, such as paper-based techniques, spreadsheets and email, as well as legacy on-premise enterprise systems, to manage knowledge work. The limitations of these processes and systems include siloed and disparate information, limited visibility and transparency, poor collaboration among teams, lost productivity and misalignment of work efforts and overall business objectives. In addition, legacy on-premise enterprise systems can be expensive and time intensive to implement, inflexible and difficult to use, and costly to upgrade and maintain. Today, legacy processes and systems are being disrupted and replaced by cloud-based enterprise work management software that improves visibility, collaboration and productivity.

The Need for Cloud-Based Enterprise Work Management Software

Enterprise work management software is an emerging category of software applications that enable organizations to effectively plan, manage and execute projects and work in order to maximize work capacity, productivity and profitability. Recently, cloud computing and SaaS have begun to transform enterprise work management with rapid speed-to-value, low total cost of ownership and reduced financial risk. As a result of these benefits, the annual growth rate of the SaaS market is expected to be significantly greater than the

 

-87-


Table of Contents

worldwide application software market. IDC estimates that the worldwide SaaS applications market will grow at a compound annual growth rate of 19%, from $18 billion in 2012 to $42 billion in 2017, while the worldwide application software market will grow at a compound annual growth rate of 6%, from $168 billion to $225 billion in 2017. We believe the ability of cloud-based software to deliver a flexible, scalable, cost-efficient, easy-to-use and collaborative platform to knowledge workers distributed on a local or global scale will significantly accelerate the adoption of cloud-based enterprise work management software applications.

Cloud-based enterprise work management software applications can increase work capacity, productivity and profitability by reducing manual processes and isolated silos of information, and by enhancing collaboration across organizations. While cloud-based enterprise work management software applications may be adopted on an individual basis, we believe they deliver the greatest value when multiple applications are deployed, as an end-to-end management process for prioritizing, allocating, managing and monitoring resources and work throughout the enterprise. We provide a diverse offering of software applications that address a broad range of enterprise work management needs.

We currently participate in various areas of enterprise work management, including the markets that IDC identifies as worldwide project and portfolio management, worldwide business process management software, worldwide financial performance and strategy management applications, worldwide collaborative applications and worldwide content management software. In aggregate, IDC estimates these markets will exceed $27 billion globally in 2014. Within these markets our family of cloud-based software applications address enterprise work functions in program and portfolio management, project management and collaboration, workflow automation and enterprise content management, professional services automation and financial management. While these markets today are largely served by legacy on-premise enterprise systems, we believe there will continue to be increased market adoption of cloud-based enterprise work management software applications.

The Upland Approach

Our software applications are designed for the way people work today. Unlike legacy solutions, our applications have been developed with the unique requirements of today’s knowledge worker in mind. We enable knowledge workers to interact, collaborate and make business decisions using real-time information from a wide variety of sources, at any time, from anywhere and on any device.

Our award-winning family of cloud-based software applications deliver the functionality required to effectively plan, manage and execute projects and work. Our innovative applications allow our customers to more effectively manage the rapid pace of change and complexity in today’s work environment. Our applications are highly scalable, flexible and secure and provide our customers with a modern and intuitive user experience. Organizations currently use our applications in the following functional areas:

 

    Information Technology . Information technology departments use our applications to manage a variety of information technology activities and resources, such as projects and application portfolios. Our applications help information technology departments ensure they are delivering against the objectives of the business by helping to select and prioritize the right investments, gain greater control of resource demand and allocation, and track and report benefit realization. Our applications enable executives to gain better insight into information technology spending to help prevent cost overruns and understand the nature of consumption. By enabling information technology teams to make more informed decisions with real-time visibility across the complete information technology portfolio, our applications empower information technology departments to shift from a cost center to a more strategic enterprise function.

 

   

Marketing . Marketing teams employ our applications to enhance their overall marketing effectiveness. We offer applications that help customers execute lead generation programs, build their online brand presence, collaborate on the creation and publication of content, and gain increased control over marketing workflows, activities and budgets. Our applications empower marketing organizations to

 

-88-


Table of Contents
 

more effectively manage the influx of projects, information, processes and systems necessary to meet today’s modern marketing requirements.

 

    Finance . Finance departments use our applications as a cost allocation tool to assess and validate proposed investments and initiatives of a particular line of business, as well as increase the visibility and governance of capital expenditures and cost-cutting projects and deepen the understanding of actual resource utilization and costs. Our applications help improve collaboration between finance departments and particular lines of business, in addition to streamlining compliance and accounting workflows.

 

    Professional Services . Professional services organizations, such as consulting or software development firms, employ our applications to streamline service delivery and optimize utilization of billable resources. In addition, service-oriented departments within organizations, such as customer service and support teams, utilize our applications to more effectively budget, plan and track provision of services and improve capacity planning and forecasting.

 

    Process Excellence . Process excellence, Lean Six Sigma and similar functional groups within organizations use our applications to facilitate critical process improvement efforts. Our applications help provide high-level visibility and tracking of process excellence programs, automate processes and streamline workflows while improving process governance. Process improvement and similar business transformation initiatives continue to be a key driver of corporate performance, especially among large global corporations.

We believe our applications benefit customers in the following ways:

 

    Do the right work . Our applications enable our customers to more effectively align programs, initiatives, investments and projects with overall business objectives, helping ensure the right work is done at the right time. This alignment drives increased productivity and optimizes the allocation and utilization of people, time and money within organizations.

 

    Do the work right . Our applications help customers to more effectively manage projects and tasks by enabling real-time visibility, collaboration, structured workflows and access to the right content and information. This provides teams of distributed workers with clarity into priorities and expectations as well as the tools to execute effectively, resulting in increased productivity, transparency, accountability, and the ability to respond rapidly to change.

 

    Single source of truth . Our applications collect real-time data regarding the planning, management and execution of projects and work processes across teams and business units from disparate sources and integrate such data into a single repository, which we call a “single source of truth.” This enables a more complete view of teams, projects and resources than the siloed information repositories legacy processes and systems typically provide.

 

    Responsiveness to change . Our applications provide analytics and reporting capabilities that transform disparate data in real-time into actionable intelligence, enabling users to make better informed business decisions. Our applications enable organizations to conduct dynamic and sophisticated “what-if” and scenario analyses that can improve their ability to respond effectively to changing business conditions.

 

    Easy to implement and use . Customers can easily access our cloud-based applications with an Internet browser. Our applications do not require large up-front software expenditures or significant ongoing infrastructure or information technology support. In addition, we provide a common user interface with a modern look and feel that ensures a consistent user experience across our applications.

 

    Flexible, scalable and secure . Our applications are highly configurable, which provides us with flexibility to meet the unique business requirements of individual customers. Our applications are also scalable and are able to support large deployments while maintaining required performance levels. We provide tools to help our customers manage the critical elements of application security, including authentication, authorization and regulatory compliance.

 

-89-


Table of Contents

Our Competitive Strengths

The following competitive strengths are keys to our success:

 

    Large, attractive customer base . Our customer base is highly diverse and spans a broad array of industries, including financial services, retail, technology, manufacturing, education, consumer goods, media, telecommunications, government, food and beverage, healthcare and life sciences. We service customers of varying size, ranging from large global corporations and government agencies to small- and medium-sized businesses. We have a highly referenceable customer base that we leverage to help us acquire new customers. As of December 31, 2013, we had over 1,200 customers, with no customer accounting for more than 2% of our revenue.

 

    Diversified family of software applications . We offer a family of software applications that addresses a broad range of enterprise work management needs, from strategic planning to task execution. We believe this benefits our customers as compared to many of our cloud-based competitors who offer only a single point solution for a more limited and discrete work management need. Our applications address the information technology, marketing, finance, professional services and process excellence functions within organizations.

 

    Recurring revenue model with high visibility . We believe we have a highly attractive operating model due to the recurring nature of our subscription revenue, which results in greater visibility and predictability of future revenue and enhances our ability to effectively manage our business. In addition, the cloud-based nature of our model accommodates significant additional business volume with limited incremental costs, providing us with opportunities to improve our operating margins.

 

    Proven M&A capability . We have a proven ability to successfully identify, acquire and integrate complementary businesses to grow our company, as evidenced by the six acquisitions we have completed since the beginning of 2012. We have a dedicated and experienced corporate development team that continually monitors hundreds of companies in order to maintain a robust pipeline of potential acquisition candidates. We believe that our acquisition experience and strategy gives us a competitive advantage in identifying additional opportunities to expand our family of software applications to better serve our customers.

 

    Experienced, proven management team . Our management team has significant operating experience and previously occupied key leadership roles at both private and public companies. In addition, our management’s extensive knowledge of the industry and experience in building businesses organically and through strategic acquisitions has enabled us to quickly establish a leading position within the enterprise work management software market.

 

    Cloud-based platform . We deliver our software applications and functionality primarily through the cloud, with no hardware or software installation required by our customers. This delivery model allows us to provide reliable, cost-effective applications to our customers, add subscribers with minimal incremental expense and deploy new functionality and upgrades quickly and efficiently. We believe our cloud-based delivery model provides us with a competitive advantage over legacy processes and on-premise systems.

 

    Commitment to customer success . We have a dedicated customer success organization whose mission is to drive adoption, value realization, retention and loyalty across our customer base. Our focus on enabling our customers’ success is a key reason our annual net dollar retention rate was 90% in fiscal 2013. Our commitment to customer success has enabled us to expand our footprint within organizations and facilitate the ongoing adoption of our enterprise work management software applications.

 

-90-


Table of Contents

Our Strategy for Growth

Our objective is to be the world’s leading provider of enterprise work management software. The key elements of our strategy for growth are as follows:

 

    Add new customers . We are expanding our direct sales and marketing capabilities in order to further grow our customer base. We also intend to expand our indirect sales channels through alliances with strategic partners that can leverage our applications with complementary services and technologies they provide. In addition, we continue to expand the range of integrations between our software and third-party applications and platforms, which we believe make our applications more attractive to a broader audience of potential customers.
    Increase sales to existing customers . We believe there is a significant opportunity to expand the adoption of our applications within existing customers, particularly within divisions or departments that have not previously used our applications. We also intend to cross-sell additional applications to our existing customers, as very few of our customers currently use more than one of our applications. In addition, we intend to add new applications to our family of applications that will address additional functions within the enterprise work management spectrum. We believe these initiatives will significantly increase the value of our platform to our customers, further strengthen our competitive position and drive increased adoption of multiple applications by our customers.

 

    Acquire complementary software businesses . We intend to pursue acquisitions of complementary technologies, products and businesses to enhance the features and functionality of our applications, expand our customer base and provide access to new markets and increased benefits of scale. Our dedicated and experienced corporate development team continually monitors hundreds of companies in order to maintain a robust pipeline of potential acquisition candidates, many of which are smaller scale or address only limited enterprise work management challenges, which often operate outside the scope of some of our larger competitors. We believe that our acquisition experience and strategy gives us a competitive advantage in identifying additional opportunities to expand our family of cloud-based applications to better serve our customers. We will prioritize acquisitions within the enterprise functions we currently serve, including information technology, marketing, finance, professional services and process excellence, as well as pursue acquisitions that serve other enterprise functions.

 

    Expand globally . We believe there is a significant opportunity to grow sales of our applications globally. In fiscal 2013 and the first six months of 2014, approximately 24% and 19%, respectively, of our revenue was derived from sales outside the United States. We intend to expand our business in Europe and evaluate future opportunities in Asia through the hiring of additional sales personnel, selective acquisitions and entering into strategic partnerships.

 

    Improve and enhance applications . We will continue to invest in research and development and work closely with our customers to identify and improve new applications, features and functionalities that address customer requirements across the enterprise work management spectrum. We also intend to continue to expand the breadth of our applications with additional analytics, third-party integrations and social and mobile capabilities to meet the evolving needs of today’s knowledge workers. In addition, we will continue to implement our consistent user interface, with its modern look and feel and single sign-on capability, across all of our applications.

Our Products

We provide a family of cloud-based enterprise work management software applications under the Upland brand. Our applications are easy-to-deploy, highly configurable, scalable, flexible and secure. We provide applications for the information technology, marketing, finance, professional services and process excellence functions within organizations, as described below. These applications are delivered through a cloud infrastructure, with a consistent, modern, and intuitive user interface across all of our applications. We refer to this as the “Upland Experience.” Our cloud infrastructure has been designed to give us the ability to provide for

 

-91-


Table of Contents

single sign-on capability, responsive capabilities, analytics, and a shared application programming interface for integrating our family of software applications with each other and third-party applications.

Program and Portfolio Management . Our program and portfolio management application is used by our customers to gain high-level visibility across their organizations and improve their top-down governance of programs, initiatives, investments and projects without necessitating the detailed task and resource tracking required by legacy project management systems. Our customers use these capabilities to:

 

    gather, develop and assess ideas and proposed investments;

 

    prioritize and select projects and investments according to business value and strategic fit;

 

    more effectively allocate resources in alignment with business objectives;

 

    respond quickly to change with real-time visibility into status and the ability to evaluate the impact of potential changes; and

 

    gauge performance against strategic objectives, execution-level indicators and financial metrics.

Our program and portfolio management application currently is used within the information technology, finance and process excellence functions of organizations.

Project Management and Collaboration . Our project management and collaboration application is used by our customers to improve collaboration and the execution of projects, unstructured work and unscheduled tasks. Our customers use these capabilities to:

 

    plan and schedule projects and work in order to improve resource utilization;

 

    gain real-time visibility into work status, issues and risks;

 

    track costs associated with projects and work;

 

    increase the quality and speed of execution with customizable templates and workflows; and

 

    empower collaboration by providing shared online workspaces in which team members can collaborate in a social manner.

Our project management and collaboration application currently is used within the information technology, marketing and professional services functions of organizations.

Workflow Automation and Enterprise Content Management . Our workflow automation and enterprise content management applications are used by our customers to automate document-based workflows by capturing, storing and routing content, assigning work tasks and creating audit trails for operations such as healthcare records, loan processing, human resource processes and accounts receivable and payable processing. Additionally, our workflow automation and enterprise content management applications are used by enterprise marketers and media companies to create, maintain and deliver websites that enhance and influence customer engagement. These applications empower non-technical staff to create, manage, publish, analyze and refine content and social media assets without information technology intervention. Our customers use these capabilities to:

 

    empower collaboration by providing a way for employees to access, share and update content from anywhere;

 

    streamline workflows by creating custom rules to process and route content for approval;

 

    automatically capture, index, classify and organize enterprise content in a secure, central repository with document retention policies to meet business and compliance requirements;

 

    apply and enforce document retention policies to meet business and compliance requirements;

 

-92-


Table of Contents
    streamline the process for creating and managing website content;

 

    integrate user-generated content, such as polls, surveys, blogs, ratings and comments, into their websites; and

 

    deliver more relevant, personalized content to website visitors based on the tracking of individual visitor behavior.

Our workflow automation and enterprise content management applications are currently used within the information technology, finance, marketing and process excellence functions of organizations.

Professional Services Automation . Our professional services automation applications are used by customers to more effectively manage their project and service-based knowledge workers to better manage employee-related expenses and client billing while improving scheduling, utilization and alignment of human capital. Our customers use these capabilities to:

 

    create resource capacity plans;

 

    align available skills, expertise and capacity with project requirements;

 

    more efficiently plan and schedule projects;

 

    track resource and expense allocation for specific projects, activity types or budget categories;

 

    analyze workforce performance;

 

    streamline timesheet review, approval and reporting processes;

 

    manage time, travel and entertainment expenses; and

 

    streamline project cost reporting, billing and revenue recognition processes.

Our professional services automation applications currently are used within the information technology, marketing, finance, and professional services functions of organizations.

Financial Management . Our financial management application is used by our customers to gain visibility into the cost, quality and value of services the information technology and finance functions deliver to organizations. This increased transparency helps our customers improve alignment during planning and budgeting processes, and validate proposed investments and initiatives of a particular line of business. Our customers use these capabilities to:

 

    quantify and understand the total cost of ownership of information technology applications and services;

 

    establish product and unit-costing metrics for benchmarking and/or chargeback;

 

    provide information technology and finance departments with the ability to chargeback business units for applications and services, including cloud services, based on metered consumption;

 

    provide business managers with insights into their consumption of information technology services to better utilize information technology services with business goals and objectives;

 

    leverage utilization and capacity metrics for “what-if” analysis and modeling;

 

    analyze fixed versus variable information technology-related costs to identify opportunities for savings; and

 

    support demand-based budgeting and forecasting processes.

Our financial management application currently is used within the information technology and finance functions of organizations.

 

-93-


Table of Contents

Customers

As of December 31, 2013, we had more than 1,200 customers with over 200,000 users, excluding users under volume-based contracts. Our customers operate in a wide variety of industries, including financial services, retail, technology, manufacturing, education, consumer goods, media, and telecommunications, government, food and beverage, healthcare and life sciences, chemicals and travel and hospitality. No customer represented more than 3% of our revenue as of June 30, 2014. Our customers include:

 

Air Products and Chemicals, Inc.   

Datacom Investments Pty Ltd

  

Memorial Sloan Kettering

Allstream Inc.   

Eaton Corporation

  

Cancer Center

Autodesk Inc.   

Gray Television Group, Inc.

  

NYSE Group, Inc.

HJ Baker & Bro, Inc.   

Havi Global Solutions, LLC

  

PC Connection, Inc.

Bazaarvoice Inc.   

JDA Inc.

  

ProQuest LLC

Broadridge Financial Solutions, Inc.   

Johnson Controls, Inc.

  

Riverbed Technology, Inc.

CEVA Logistics Head Office BV   

Lloyd’s Register Group Limited

  

RSA Security LLC

Coca-Cola Hellenic

  

Mariah Media, Network LLC

  

Save the Children UK

Columbus McKinnon Corporation   

McGraw Hill Financial, Inc.

   Swiss Reinsurance Company Ltd.

Sales and Marketing

Sales

We sell our software applications primarily through a direct sales organization comprised of inside sales and field sales personnel. We employ a land-and-expand go-to-market strategy. After we demonstrate the value of an initial application to an organization, our sales and account management teams work to expand the adoption of that initial application across the organization, as well as cross-sell additional applications to address other enterprise work management needs of the organization. Our direct sales team is organized by geography, customer size, application type and functional area within an organization. All of our direct sales personnel sell our applications and professional services across multiple industries.

Marketing

Our marketing activities are designed to build awareness of the Upland brand and the individual product brands, generate thought leadership and create demand, resulting in leads and opportunities for our sales organizations. Our marketing programs target decision makers and influencers participating in a buying cycle, including the chief information officer, the chief marketing officer, the chief financial officer, the director of process excellence and other key technology and business managers. Our principal marketing programs include:

 

    use of our website to provide information about us and our software applications, as well as educational opportunities for potential customers;

 

    field marketing events for customers and prospective customers;

 

    participation in, and sponsorship of, executive events, trade shows and industry events;

 

    our user conferences;

 

    integrated digital marketing campaigns, including email, online advertising, blogs and webinars;

 

    public relations, analyst relations and social media initiatives; and

 

    sales representatives who respond to incoming leads to convert them into new sales opportunities.

 

-94-


Table of Contents

Customer Success

Our customer success organization is structured to manage all aspects of our post-sale customer lifecycle. This organization consists of dedicated teams with a mission to drive adoption of our applications, value realization, retention and loyalty across our customer base. Our customer success organization has four core functional areas with strategic focus on customer relationship management:

 

    Customer Care . Our customer care team assists customers throughout their lifecycle with the Upland family of applications by making service offerings available to all customers as part of their standard customer agreements, including webinars, user group meetings and conferences. In particular, we hold a user conference featuring a variety of keynote and customer speakers, panelists and presentations. Conference attendees also gain insight into our recent application enhancements and participate in interactive sessions that give them the opportunity to express opinions on new features and functionality.

 

    Professional Services . Our professional services team is responsible for coordinating all activities relating to the implementation, transition and on-boarding of new customers and assisting new customers with the addition of new applications to their accounts. Typical professional services engagements vary in length from a few weeks to several months depending on the size and scope of the engagement and are in addition to services provided under our standard customer agreement and are fee-based. In addition, our project managers and consultants work closely with our customers to provide services that help customers maximize the utility of our applications. Our continuing education services, known as Upland University, provide our clients with access to product tutorials and information on new applications and platform features, as well as offer tailored training programs to meet specific client needs.

 

    Account Management . We assign each customer a regionally aligned account team with a relationship manager who functions as the customer’s single point of contact and advocate within Upland. Our account management teams are trained on all of our applications and work closely with the relationship manager to ensure that our customers receive high-quality consultative service.

 

    Customer Support . We offer support from all of our office locations, as well as our offshore Center of Excellence in Egypt and India, to help our customers maximize the return on their investment in our applications. We provide 24/7 customer support around the world through our online customer support portal. In addition, our customer support team manages and administers the Upland customer community forum and knowledge base repository.

Our customer success organization manages programs to reinforce the ongoing business value of our applications and promote the Upland “customer for life” program. These service offerings include:

 

    Health Checks and Program Reviews : Engages core users and business buyer sponsors to deliver a detailed scorecard and recommendation report.

 

    Advisory and Retained Services : Provides access to a specific customer success contact with priority scheduling and periodic checkpoints.

 

    System Deployment and Adoption Analysis : Analyzes system configuration and usage patterns, resulting in best practice recommendations on improving user adoption and compliance.

 

    Consumption Review and Recommendations : Delivers best practice recommendations for implementation strategy and a roadmap proposal for aligning the system with customers’ evolving process maturity to increase application usage.

 

    Success Services Program : Provides three service-level options tailored to maximize customers’ value relative to their specific needs.

 

-95-


Table of Contents

Technology and Operations

Our cloud-based family of applications utilizes a multi-tenant architecture and our customers access our applications through a consistent user interface using a secure Internet connection through a standard web browser. We rely on generally available off-the-shelf software licensed from third parties. Our applications are easy to deploy, highly configurable, scalable, flexible and secure and provide our customers with a modern and intuitive user experience.

Our cloud-based infrastructure is designed to achieve better than 99.9% uptime, excluding planned downtime. We achieved 99.9% uptime for the twelve months ended June 30, 2014. We use storage area network hardware at our data center locations that have been designed for high performance and data-loss prevention. We believe these systems have the capability and scalability to enable us to meet our anticipated growth for the foreseeable future.

We employ a modular application architecture to balance customer workloads across multiple servers and to provide a flexible method for scaling customers without impacting other parts of the server environment. This architecture is designed to allow us to provide the high levels of uptime required by our customers. We employ capacity planning techniques to ensure we have required capacity for our forecasted growth.

We offer high levels of security by segregating each customer’s data from the data of other customers and by limiting access to our platform to only those individuals authorized by our customers. We maintain a formal and comprehensive security program designed to ensure the security and integrity of customer data, protect against security threats or data breaches, and prevent unauthorized access to the data of our customers. We strictly regulate and limit all access to on-demand servers and networks at our production and remote backup facilities. Periodic security audits are conducted by an external third-party and include firewall penetration testing and vulnerability scans. In addition, sensitive customer data is encrypted. Encrypted backup files are transmitted over secure connections to a redundant server storage device in a secondary data center. Our data center facilities employ advanced measures to ensure physical integrity, including redundant power and cooling systems, and advanced fire and flood prevention.

All users are authenticated, authorized and validated before they can access our system. Users must have a valid user ID and associated password to log onto our user interface. Our configurable security model allows different groups of users to have different levels of access to our applications. Security groups and policies are delivered or can be created based on a customer’s unique access requirements.

We currently serve our customers from seven secure, third-party, American National Standards Institute Tier 3 data center facilities, located in San Diego, California; Los Angeles, California; Phoenix, Arizona; St. Louis, Missouri; Chicago, Illinois; Dulles, Virginia; and Montreal, Quebec. Our data centers are designed to host computer systems with fully redundant subsystems and compartmentalized security zones. While we procure and operate all infrastructure equipment delivering our applications, third parties operate the data centers that we use. These facilities provide 24/7 security, biometric access controls, systems security, redundant power and environmental controls. Our contracts with these third party data center providers are typically for a term of three years. While we believe that these data centers have sufficient capacity to meet our anticipated growth for the foreseeable future, we have instituted a new initiative to consolidate our data centers for higher efficiency.

We voluntarily obtain third-party security examinations relating to security and data privacy in accordance with the Statement on Standards for Attestation Engagements (SSAE) No. 16, Reporting on Controls at a Service Organization. Our SSAE examination is conducted every year by an independent third-party auditor and addresses, among other areas, our physical and environmental safeguards for production data centers, data availability and integrity procedures, change management procedures and logical security procedures.

 

-96-


Table of Contents

Research and Development

Our ability to compete depends in large part on our continuous commitment to research and development, our ability to rapidly introduce new features and functionality and our ability to improve proven applications for established markets in which we have competitive advantages. We work closely with our customers to continuously enhance the performance, functionality, usability, reliability and flexibility of our applications.

Our research and development organization is responsible for the design enhancements, development, testing and certification of our applications. In addition, we utilize contractors and offshore resources for our automated testing, managed upgrades, software development and other technology services. Our research and development expenses were $5.3 million in fiscal 2012, $10.3 million in fiscal 2013 and $18.4 million in the first six months of 2014.

Competition

The overall market for enterprise work management software is rapidly evolving and subject to changing technology, shifting customer needs and frequent introductions of new applications. The intensity and nature of our competition varies significantly across our range of enterprise work management applications. We believe there are a limited number of direct competitors that provide a comprehensive cloud-based enterprise work management software offering. However, we face competition both from point solution providers, including legacy on-premise enterprise systems, and other cloud-based work management software vendors that may address one or more of the functional elements of our applications, but are not designed to address a broad range of enterprise work management needs. In addition, we face competition from manual processes and traditional tools, such as paper-based techniques, spreadsheets and email.

Our primary competitors for each of our enterprise work management applications currently include:

 

    Program and Portfolio Management : Clarity (a division of Computer Associates), Changepoint, Instantis and Planview;

 

    Project Management and Collaboration : Microsoft Project, AtTask and Clarizen;

 

    Workflow Automation and Enterprise Content Management: Hyland Software, Laserfiche, OpenText, Perceptive Software (a division of Lexmark), Adobe and Sitecore;

 

    Professional Services Automation: Deltek, Infor, OpenAir (a product of NetSuite) and Replicon; and

 

    Financial Management : Apptio, Hewlett Packard’s Information Technology Financial Management Solution and VMware’s Information Technology Business Management Suite.

We believe the principal competitive factors in our market include the following:

 

    breadth and depth of application functionality;

 

    ease of deployment and use of applications;

 

    total cost of ownership;

 

    levels of customer support satisfaction;

 

    brand awareness and reputation;

 

    capability for configurability, integration, scalability and reliability of applications;

 

    ability to innovate and respond to customer needs rapidly; and

 

    level of integration among applications and with other enterprise systems.

We believe that we compete favorably on the basis of these factors. Our ability to remain competitive will largely depend on the strength of our applications, the effectiveness of our sales and marketing efforts, the quality of our customer success organization and our ability to acquire complementary technologies, products and businesses to enhance the features and functionality of our applications.

 

-97-


Table of Contents

Intellectual Property and Proprietary Rights

We primarily rely on a combination of copyright, trade secret, trademark and other rights in the United States and other jurisdictions, as well as confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions, to protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights. We filed applications to register some of our trademarks, including UPLAND, “DO THE RIGHT WORK. DO THE WORK RIGHT” and our Upland Software logo, in the United States and certain other jurisdictions. In addition, as of June 30, 2014, we owned four issued U.S. patents and had four pending applications for U.S. patents.

Though we rely in part on our registered intellectual property, we believe that the most important factor in protecting our technology, and the competitive advantage we believe it provides, is the skill and know-how embodied in the functionality and frequent enhancements we make to our applications. Accordingly, in order to help prevent misuse and misappropriation of our technology, we include confidentiality and other protective provisions in our customer agreements and in our other agreements with employees, contractors, customers and other third parties, which limit access to, use of and disclosure of our proprietary information and technology.

Employees

As of June 30, 2014, we had 296 employees, including 61 in sales and marketing, 103 in customer success and 80 in product development. None of our employees are covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We have never experienced a strike or similar work stoppage, and we consider our relations with our employees to be good.

Properties

Our principal offices are located in Austin, Texas where we occupy approximately 6,255 square feet of space under a sublease that expires in May 2017. We occupy additional leased facilities of approximately 8,930 square feet in Cambridge, Massachusetts; approximately 16,987 square feet in Montreal, Quebec; approximately 22,950 square feet in Lincoln, Nebraska; approximately 9,645 square feet in Carlsbad, California; and approximately 10,112 square feet in San Francisco, California. We also occupy additional leased facilities of less than 5,000 square feet each in Iselin, New Jersey and London, England. We believe that our facilities are adequate for our current needs and that suitable additional or substitute space will be available as needed to accommodate planned expansion of our operations.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may become involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business. We are not presently a party to any legal proceedings that we believe would, individually or taken together, have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition or cash flows.

 

-98-


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth the name, age and position of each of our executive officers and directors as of September 30, 2014.

 

Name

  

Age

  

Position

Executive Officers

     

John T. McDonald

   51    Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board

Michael D. Hill

   45    Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary

Ludwig Melik

   44    President

Timothy W. Mattox

   48    Chief Operating Officer

R. Brian Henley

   50    Executive Vice President of Corporate Development and M&A

Joseph Larscheid

   39    Executive Vice President of Strategy

Mounir Hilal

   37    Senior Vice President of Customer Success and Global Services

Sean Nathaniel

   37    Senior Vice President of Technology

Brian Wilson

   37    Senior Vice President of Sales

Maysoon Al-Hasso

   44    Senior Vice President of Marketing

Angie McDermott

   54    Senior Vice President of Human Resources

Robert V. Housley

   42    General Counsel and Secretary

Non-Employee Directors

     

John D. Thornton

   49    Director

Steven Sarracino

  

38

   Director

Stephen E. Courter

  

59

  

Director

Rodney C. Favaron

  

50

  

Director

Executive Officers

John T. (Jack) McDonald has served as our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of our board of directors since our founding in July 2010. Prior to founding Upland in 2010, Mr. McDonald was Chief Executive Officer of Perficient, Inc. (NASDAQ: PRFT), an information technology consulting firm, from 1999 to 2009, and chairman from 2001 to 2010. Mr. McDonald started his career as an attorney with Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP in New York, focusing on mergers and acquisitions and corporate finance, from 1987 to 1993. Mr. McDonald currently serves as chairman of the Greater Austin Chamber of Commerce and is a member of the board of directors of a number of privately held companies and non-profit organizations. Mr. McDonald received a B.A. in Economics from Fordham University and a J.D. from Fordham Law School.

We believe that Mr. McDonald is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his experience as our Chief Executive Officer and his background in the technology industry, including serving as chairman of a public technology company.

Michael D. Hill has served as our Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary since our founding in July 2010. Prior to joining Upland, Mr. Hill served as Chief Financial Officer of Perficient, Inc. (NASDAQ: PRFT), from February 2004 to August 2006 and then as its Vice President, Strategic Finance from August 2006 to May 2007. Mr. Hill worked as a consulting Chief Financial Officer for Whitecap Capital I, LLC, a private equity investment fund, from November 2008 to December 2011 and served as a consultant to multiple small businesses from June 2007 to October 2008. Previously, Mr. Hill served in executive management roles for several technology start-up companies and spent more than seven years with Ernst & Young LLP in the Assurance and Advisory Business Services practice in Austin, Texas. Mr. Hill received a B.B.A. in Accounting from The University of Texas at Austin and is a licensed certified public accountant in the State of Texas.

 

-99-


Table of Contents

Ludwig Melik has acted as our President since September 2012. Mr. Melik joined Upland through our acquisition of Tenrox in February 2012. He first served as Vice President of Sales from February 2012 to September 2012 and has served as President since September 2012. Prior to our acquisition of Tenrox, Mr. Melik served as Vice President of Sales and a partner of Tenrox from August 1997 to February 2012. Mr. Melik holds a Bachelor of Commerce degree from Concordia University.

Timothy W. Mattox has served as our Chief Operating Officer since July 2014. Prior to joining Upland, Mr. Mattox held various executive positions at Dell, which he joined in 1998. During his time at Dell, Mr. Mattox was responsible for worldwide enterprise product management from January 2009 to January 2013. In addition, while at Dell, Mr. Mattox led Dell’s corporate strategy group, reporting to the Chief Executive Officer, from January 2007 to January 2009. Prior to Dell, Mr. Mattox was a manager at Bain & Company. Mr. Mattox holds a B.S. and M.S. in electrical engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and an M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School of Business. Mr. Mattox currently sits on the board of the National Center for Arts and Technology, an innovative educational non-profit organization.

R. Brian Henley has served as our Executive Vice President of Corporate Development and M&A since January 2013. Prior to joining Upland, Mr. Henley was a Partner, Analyst and Portfolio Manager for Rogge Capital Management, an international hedge fund that invests in high-growth companies across Asia and Europe, from February 2007 to June 2012. Mr. Henley started his career at International Business Machines Corporation in 1986, holding various roles in sales and corporate development over a seven-year period. Subsequently, Mr. Henley was a technology entrepreneur, building two Internet-based businesses that were acquired by public companies. Mr. Henley holds a B.S. in Industrial Engineering from the University of Arkansas and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.

Joseph Larscheid has served as our Executive Vice President of Strategy since November 2012. Mr. Larscheid joined Upland through our acquisition of EPM Live, where he served as founder and Chief Executive Officer from 1999 to November 2012. Mr. Larscheid attended Grossmont College and San Diego State University.

Mounir Hilal has served as our Senior Vice President of Customer Success and Global Services since February 2012. Prior to joining Upland, Mr. Hilal served as Vice President of Client Services of Tenrox from December 2008 to April 2012, where he oversaw the global professional services organization. Mr. Hilal holds a B.S. in Software Engineering from McGill University and an M.B.A. from Queen’s University. Mr. Hilal is also a certified Project Management Professional.

Sean Nathaniel has served as our Senior Vice President of Technology since May 2013. Mr. Nathaniel joined Upland through our acquisition of FileBound, where Mr. Nathaniel served as Chief Information Officer from February 2007 to May 2013. Prior to that, Mr. Nathaniel served in various positions, most recently as Director of Technology for GiftCertificates.com, an e-commerce company, from February 2000 to February 2007. Mr. Nathaniel holds a B.A. in Business Administration from Northwestern College and an M.B.A. from the University of Nebraska.

Brian Wilson has served as our Senior Vice President of Sales since May 2013. Before joining Upland, Mr. Wilson was Vice President of Sales at Innotas, a software company providing cloud solutions for project portfolio management, application portfolio management and capacity and demand planning from December 2011 to May 2013. Mr. Wilson also served as a Regional Sales Manager at Innotas from August 2009 to December 2011. From January 2009 to July 2009, Mr. Wilson worked as an independent consultant in the technology industry. Prior to that, Mr. Wilson held various sales and management positions at Seagate Technology PLC and Fujitsu Consumer Products of America, Inc., including leadership roles spanning Distribution Sales, Fortune 100 OEM engagements and Field Sales. Mr. Wilson holds a B.A. in Communication with a minor in Managerial Economics from the University of California, Davis.

 

-100-


Table of Contents

Maysoon Al-Hasso has served as our Senior Vice President of Marketing since June 2014. Prior to joining Upland she worked as an independent consultant between 2010 to 2014 with Austin-based software companies and non-profits including uStudio Inc., Adlucent LLC and The Miracle Foundation. Ms. Al-Hasso has held marketing leadership roles at software companies, including North America Marketing for OutSystems from 2009 to 2010, Vice President of Marketing at Apptix, Inc. from 2007 to 2008, and Vice President of Marketing at CA Technologies, Inc. (NASDAQ: CA) from 2000 to 2005. She holds a B.Sc. in Management Sciences from the University of Manchester, England.

Angie McDermott has served as our Senior Vice President of Human Resources since June 2014. Prior to joining Upland, Ms. McDermott was Vice President, Human Resources for Calxeda from May 2013 to December 2013. Previously, Ms. McDermott worked at Convio, Inc. as its Vice President of Human Resources from February 2006 to April 2013. Prior to Convio, Inc., Ms. McDermott served in various human resources roles within Dell, McDermott Consulting, and Procter and Gamble. She holds a B.S. in Psychology and a B.S. and Ph.D. in Industrial/Organizational Psychology from the University of Houston.

Robert V. Housley has served as our General Counsel and Secretary since February 2014. Prior to joining Upland, Mr. Housley practiced law at Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, since January 2000 and at Testa Hurwitz & Thibeault, L.L.P. from October 1998 to January 2000. Mr. Housley represented enterprises and investors in the areas of corporate and securities law, finance, mergers and acquisitions and corporate governance. Mr. Housley holds a B.S. in Economics from the University of Texas at Austin and a J.D. from Southern Methodist University Dedman School of Law.

Our executive officers are appointed by and serve at the discretion of our board of directors. There are no family relationships between our non-employee directors and executive officers.

Non-Employee Directors

John D. Thornton has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2010. Mr. Thornton is a general partner of Austin Ventures, a venture capital firm, which he joined in 1991. Mr. Thornton has previously served on the board of directors of a number of public companies. Mr. Thornton holds a B.A. from Trinity University and an M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School of Business. We believe that Mr. Thornton is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors as a result of his experience as a director of publicly traded technology companies and his background in the venture capital industry.

Steven Sarracino has served as a member of our board of directors since December 2013. Mr. Sarracino is a partner of Activant Capital, which he founded in 2012. From 2010 to 2012, Mr. Sarracino provided consulting and advisory services to private equity and venture capital firms, with a focus on investing in software and technology companies. Prior to that, Mr. Sarracino was a Vice President at Serent Capital, a growth buyout firm, from 2008 to 2010. Previously, Mr. Sarracino was a Vice President in the technology investing office at American Capital, Ltd. in Palo Alto from 2006 to 2008. Mr. Sarracino holds a B.B.A. from Southern Methodist University and an M.B.A. from The Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania. We believe that Mr. Sarracino possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his background in the venture capital industry.

Stephen E. Courter has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2014. Mr. Courter is on the faculty of the McCombs School of Business, University of Texas at Austin, which he joined in August 2007, teaching courses in the Masters in Business Administration program and leads study abroad programs in Thailand, Vietnam, India and Indonesia. Prior to joining the University of Texas at Austin, Mr. Courter served as Chief Executive Officer and board member of Broadwing Communications from 2006 to 2007. Previously, Mr. Courter served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Neon Communications from 2000 to 2006 and Chief Executive Officer of Enertel, a Dutch telecommunications company based in Rotterdam from 1998 to 2000. Mr. Courter currently serves on the board of directors of Cadiz Inc. (NASDAQ: CDZI), which he joined in

 

-101-


Table of Contents

2008, and iMobi Corp., which he joined in 2007. Mr. Courter holds a B.S. in Finance from The Pennsylvania State University and an M.B.A. from The George Washington University. Mr. Courter holds the rank of Major in the U.S. Army Reserves.

We believe Mr. Courter is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors as a result of his experience in executive-level management positions at technology companies and the knowledge he gained from service on the boards of public and private companies.

Rodney C. Favaron has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2014. Mr. Favaron is President and Chief Executive Officer of Spredfast, Inc., which he joined in February 2011. Prior to Spredfast, Mr. Favaron served as the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Lombardi Software from June 2002 to January 2010. Prior to that, Mr. Favaron served as Chief Executive Officer of Mediaprise, Inc. from October 2000 to March 2002, Senior Vice President of Sales and Marketing at pcOrder.com from April 1998 to May 2000, and as the General Manager at Mentor Graphics Corporation from 1994 to 1998. Mr. Favaron holds a B.S. in Industrial Engineering from Louisiana State University, and an M.B.A. from the University of Dallas Graduate School of Management.

We believe that Mr. Favaron’s extensive experience in executive-level management positions at technology companies, including those in the software industry, qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Structure of the Board of Directors

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. Our board of directors currently consists of five members. Pursuant to an Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, or the Voting Agreement, among us and certain holders of our common and preferred stock, Messrs. McDonald, Thornton, Sarracino, Courter and Favaron were appointed to our board of directors by certain of our stockholders. Mr. Thornton was designated by Austin Ventures IX, L.P. or its affiliates, Mr. McDonald was designated by our founders and Mr. Sarracino was designated by Messrs. McDonald and Thornton. Messrs. Courter and Favaron were designated by Messrs. McDonald, Thornton and Sarracino. The Voting Agreement will terminate upon the closing of this offering, and there will be no further contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors. Our directors hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal.

Upon completion of this offering, the number of directors will be fixed by our board of directors, subject to the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will be adopted prior to the closing of this offering. Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will consist of five directors, four of whom will qualify as “independent” under the applicable NASDAQ Global Market listing standards.

In accordance with the term of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws that will be adopted prior to the closing of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes, the members of each of which will serve for staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

    the class I directors will be Messrs. Courter and Favaron, and their terms will expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders held after the closing of this offering;

 

    the class II directors will be Messrs. Thornton and Sarracino, and their terms will expire at the second annual meeting of stockholders held after the closing of this offering; and

 

    the class III director will be Mr. McDonald, and his term will expire at the third annual meeting of stockholders held after the closing of this offering.

 

-102-


Table of Contents

We expect that any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. This classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in our control or management.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each of which will be adopted prior to the closing of this offering, provide that our directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of our then-outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote generally at an election of directors. Our directors will be elected by a plurality of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote on the election of directors.

Director Independence

Upon the completion of this offering, we expect that our common stock will be listed on the NASDAQ Global Market. Under the rules of the NASDAQ Global Market, independent directors must comprise a majority of our board of directors within a specified period of time following the completion of this offering. Under the listing rules of the NASDAQ Global Market, a director will only qualify as an ‘‘independent director’’ if that company’s board of directors affirmatively determines that such director does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.

In addition, following the effectiveness of this registration statement, the members of our audit committee must satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 promulgated under Section 10A(m) of the Exchange Act, or Rule 10A-3. In order to be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, no member of the audit committee may, other than in his capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors or any other Board committee: (1) accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee from the company or any of its subsidiaries; or (2) be an affiliated person of the company or any of its subsidiaries.

Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will undertake a review of the independence of each director and consider whether any director has a material relationship with us that could compromise his ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his responsibilities.

Lead Independent Director

In connection with this offering, we have adopted corporate governance guidelines, to be effective immediately following this offering, that provide that one of our independent directors should serve as a lead independent director at any time when our Chief Executive Officer serves as the Chairman of our board of directors, or if the Chairman is not otherwise independent. Because Mr. McDonald is our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, our board of directors has appointed Mr. Thornton to serve as lead independent director to preside over periodic meetings of our independent directors, serve as a liaison between our Chairman and the independent directors and perform additional duties as our board of directors may otherwise determine or delegate from time to time.

Committees of the Board of Directors

We expect that, immediately following this offering, the standing committees of our board of directors will consist of an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Each committee will operate, upon the closing of this offering, under a charter that has been approved by our board of directors. The composition and primary responsibilities of each committee are described below. The composition of each committee will be effective upon the closing of this offering. Members will serve on these committees until their resignation, their otherwise ceasing to be a director or until otherwise determined by our board of directors. In addition, our board of directors may establish other committees to facilitate the management of our business from time to time.

 

-103-


Table of Contents

Audit Committee

Immediately following this offering, our Audit Committee will consist of Messrs. Courter, Sarracino and Favaron, with Mr. Courter serving as chairman. Our board of directors has determined that each of Messrs. Courter, Sarracino and Favaron meets the independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act and the NASDAQ Global Market listing standards. Our board of directors has also determined that Mr. Courter qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of SEC regulations.

The primary purpose of the Audit Committee is to discharge the responsibilities of our board of directors with respect to our accounting, financial and other reporting and internal control practices and to oversee our independent registered public accounting firm. Specific responsibilities of our Audit Committee include:

 

    evaluating the performance of our independent registered public accounting firm and determining whether to retain or terminate its services;

 

    determining and pre-approving the engagement of our independent registered public accounting firm to perform audit services and any permissible non-audit services;

 

    reviewing and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm the results of the annual audit and the independent registered public accounting firm’s assessment of our annual and quarterly financial statements and reports;

 

    reviewing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm significant issues that arise regarding accounting principles and financial statement presentation;

 

    conferring with management and our independent registered public accounting firm regarding the scope, adequacy and effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting;

 

    establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of any complaints we receive regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters; and

 

    overseeing compliance with the requirements of the SEC and the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act.

Compensation Committee

Immediately following this offering, our Compensation Committee will consist of Messrs. Sarracino, Courter and Thornton, with Mr. Sarracino serving as chairman. Our board of directors has determined that each of Messrs. Sarracino, Courter and Thornton is “independent” within the meaning of applicable NASDAQ Global Market listing standards, is a “non-employee director” as defined in Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and is an “outside director” as that term is defined in Section 162(m) of the Code. The primary purpose of our Compensation Committee is to discharge the responsibilities of our board of directors to oversee our compensation policies, plans and programs and to review and determine the compensation to be paid to our executive officers, directors and other senior management, as appropriate. Specific responsibilities of our Compensation Committee include:

 

    determining the compensation and other terms of employment of our executive officers and reviewing and approving corporate performance goals and objectives relevant to such compensation;

 

    evaluating and approving the compensation plans and programs advisable for us and evaluating and approving the modification or termination of existing plans and programs;

 

    reviewing and approving the terms of any employment agreements, severance arrangements, change-of-control protections and any other compensatory arrangements for our executive officers and other senior management, as appropriate; and

 

    reviewing and recommending to our board of directors the compensation of our directors.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Immediately following this offering, our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will consist of Messrs. Sarracino and Favaron, with Mr. Sarracino serving as chairman. Our board of directors has

 

-104-


Table of Contents

determined that each of Messrs. Sarracino and Favaron is independent within the meaning of applicable NASDAQ Global Market listing standards. The specific responsibilities of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee include:

 

    reviewing proposed changes to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and making recommendations to the board;

 

    overseeing compliance by the board with applicable laws and regulations;

 

    identifying, reviewing, evaluating and recommending for selection candidates for membership to our board of directors;

 

    reviewing, evaluating and considering the recommendation for nomination of incumbent members of our board of directors for reelection to our board of directors and monitoring the size of our board of directors;

 

    considering the recommendation for nomination of candidates for election to our board of directors and proposals submitted by our stockholders; and

 

    reviewing the performance of our board of directors, recommending areas of improvement to our board of directors and assessing the independence of members of our board of directors.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of our Compensation Committee is currently, or has ever been at any time since our formation, an executive officer or employee of our company. None of our executive officers currently serves, nor in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or Compensation Committee.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Our board of directors has adopted a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer and controller, or persons performing similar functions. We intend to post the code of business conduct and ethics, any amendments that may be adopted from time to time and any waivers of the requirements of the code of business conduct and ethics on the “Investor Relations” page of our website, www.uplandsoftware.com. The information on our website is not part of this prospectus.

Director Compensation

Cash Compensation

No cash compensation was paid to our directors for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 for their service as directors. We reimburse and expect to continue to reimburse our directors for their reasonable expenses incurred in attending meetings of our board of directors.

Equity Incentive Compensation

No equity incentive compensation was paid to our directors for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 for their service as directors. We have not issued stock options or other equity awards to any of our directors in consideration for service on our board of directors.

Future Director Compensation

Effective upon the completion of the offering, our non-employee directors will be entitled to receive a $25,000 retainer fee. In addition, the audit committee chairperson will receive an annual fee of $15,000 and members of the audit committee will receive an annual fee of $10,000; the compensation committee chairperson

 

-105-


Table of Contents

will receive an annual fee of $10,000 and members of the compensation committee will receive an annual fee of $5,000; the nominating and corporate governance committee chairperson will receive an annual fee of $5,000 and the members of the nominating and corporate governance committee will receive an annual fee of $2,500; and our lead independent director will receive an annual fee of $15,000. Our non-employee directors will become eligible to receive these annual fees upon the completion of the offering.

At the time of the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, each non-employee director will receive a restricted stock grant entitling the director to receive that number of shares of our common stock equal to $125,000 divided by the initial public offering price per share. These grants will vest on the first anniversary of the date of grant, provided that the non-employee director continues to serve as a director through such vesting date. As described in the section “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans,” our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan will provide for nonstatutory stock options to be granted to non-employee directors.

 

-106-


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table For Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2013

The following table sets forth information regarding the compensation awarded to, earned by, or paid to our principal executive officer, the two most highly compensated executive officers other than our principal executive officer and up to two additional individuals whose disclosure would have been provided but for the fact that the individual was not serving as an executive officer of our company at the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013. These officers are referred to as our “named executive officers” throughout this prospectus.

 

Name and Principal Position

   Year      Salary      Bonus     Option
Awards (1)
     All Other
Compensation (2)
     Total  

John T. McDonald

     2013       $ 240,000       $ 114,496 (3)             $ 1,309       $ 355,805   

Chief Executive Officer and

Chairman

                

R. Brian Henley

     2013       $ 120,000       $ 261,250 (4)     $ 45,000       $ 1,155       $ 427,405   

Executive Vice President of

Corporate Development and M&A

                

Ludwig Melik

     2013       $ 199,060       $ 86,556 (4)     $ 18,750       $ 5,436       $ 309,802 (5)  

President

                

 

(1)   The amounts in this column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of option awards granted to the named executive officer in the applicable fiscal year computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. Assumptions used in calculating these amounts are described in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

(2)   The amounts reported in this column represent short-term disability, long-term disability, and life insurance premiums we paid for the benefit of the named executive officers.

 

(3)   The amount reflects a bonus payment made in 2014 for services performed in 2013.

 

(4)   Includes a bonus payment made in 2013 and a bonus payment made in 2014 for services performed in 2013.

 

(5)   All elements of compensation other than option awards are paid in Canadian dollars and amounts are presented in the table above as converted to U.S. dollars using a blended conversion rate for 2013 of 0.97.

Executive Employment and Other Arrangements

We entered into offer letter agreements with each of our named executive officers in connection with their employment. The offer letter agreements have no specific term of employment and the relationships created thereby constitute at-will employment. A summary of our current employment arrangements with our named executive officers is set forth below.

John T. McDonald. Mr. McDonald is party to an employment agreement with us dated May 9, 2014. This employment agreement has no specific term and constitutes at-will employment. Mr. McDonald’s current base salary is $240,000. Mr. McDonald is also eligible to receive benefits that are substantially similar to those of our other employees. His employment agreement sets forth his target bonus, which is set at 100% of Mr. McDonald’s then current base salary. Payment of any bonus to Mr. McDonald is subject to approval by our board of directors. In addition, on September 2, 2014, we granted Mr. McDonald 171,040 shares of restricted common stock, pursuant to a restricted stock agreement, which provides for a repurchase right by the Company that will lapse over time. Pursuant to this agreement, in the event Mr. McDonald is terminated for any reason (other than for cause (as such term is defined in his employment agreement)) or resigns of his own volition for good reason (as such term is defined in his employment agreement), (i) we will be obligated to pay him any earned but unpaid compensation, any earned but unpaid bonus, any accrued but unpaid vacation pay and any expense reimbursement, (ii) we will be obligated to pay him 100% of his then current monthly base salary for 12 months,

 

-107-


Table of Contents

(iii) we will be obligated to pay him 12 months of monthly premiums for his then current health benefits in a single lump sum. Each of the severance benefits described above is contingent on Mr. McDonald executing a mutual release of claims and continuing to protect our confidential and proprietary information.

Mr. McDonald’s outstanding common stock is subject to a repurchase right by the Company that lapses over time. In the event Mr. McDonald is terminated without “cause” or terminates with “good reason” (as such terms are defined in his restricted stock agreements), he is entitled to receive 12 months’ accelerated vesting of shares subject to the repurchase rights of the Company. In the event Mr. McDonald is terminated without “cause” or terminates with “good reason” after a “change-of-control” transaction (as such terms are defined in his restricted stock agreements), he is entitled to receive accelerated vesting of all outstanding shares subject to the repurchase rights of the Company.

R. Brian Henley. Mr. Henley’s current annual base salary is $125,000. As described further below under “—Employee Benefit Plans—Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Option Plan,” upon a specified corporate transaction where the acquiring entity does not assume or substitute for Mr. Henley’s outstanding stock awards or options, the vesting of his outstanding and unvested stock options fully accelerates subject to Mr. Henley’s continuous employment through the closing of the applicable transaction.

Mr. Henley is also eligible to receive benefits that are substantially similar to those of our other employees. His employment agreement sets forth his target bonus based upon our acquisitions, which is set at 1.33% of the annualized run rate revenue of the acquired business (as defined in his employment agreement). In addition, on September 2, 2014, we granted Mr. Henley 40,990 shares of restricted common stock, pursuant to a restricted stock agreement, which provides for a repurchase right by the Company that will lapse over time. Pursuant to his employment agreement, in the event Mr. Henley is terminated for any reason (other than for cause (as such term is defined in his employment agreement)) or resigns of his own volition for good reason (as such term is defined in his employment agreement), (i) we will be obligated to pay him any earned but unpaid compensation, any earned but unpaid bonus, any accrued but unpaid vacation pay and any expense reimbursement, (ii) we will be obligated to pay him 100% of his then current monthly base salary for a period determined by multiplying four weeks by the number of years of service to the Company, up to a maximum of 52 weeks, (iii) all outstanding shares of restricted stock and the underlying shares of all outstanding options issued to Mr. Henley shall vest an additional 12 months and (iv) we will be obligated to pay him premiums for his then current health benefits in a single lump sum for a period determined by multiplying four weeks by the number of years of service to the Company, up to a maximum of 52 weeks. Each of the severance benefits described above is contingent on Mr. Henley executing a mutual release of claims and continuing to protect our confidential and proprietary information.

Ludwig Melik. Mr. Melik is a party to an employment agreement with us dated February 10, 2012. Mr. Melik’s current annual base salary is $199,060. Pursuant to his employment agreement, if Mr. Melik is terminated without “serious reason” (as defined in the agreement), he is entitled to receive payments in lieu of notice equal to his base salary and incentive compensation during the six month period following his termination. In addition, Mr. Melik is entitled to receive his then current health benefits during such six month period. These severance benefits are contigent on Mr. Melik executing a release of claims and agreeing not to make any negative or disparaging comments regarding the Company. As described further below under “—Employee Benefit Plans—Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Option Plan,” upon a specified corporate transaction where the acquiring entity does not assume or substitute for Mr. Melik’s outstanding stock options, the vesting of his outstanding and unvested stock options fully accelerate subject to Mr. Melik’s continuous employment through the closing of the applicable transaction.

 

-108-


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards At Fiscal Year-End

The following table provides information about outstanding equity awards held by each of our named executive officers at December 31, 2013.

 

     Option Awards     Stock Awards  
     Number of Shares Underlying
Unexercised Options
     Option
Exercise

Price
     Option
Expiration

Date
    Number
of
Unvested
Shares of

Stock
    Market
Value of
Unvested
Shares of

Stock
 

Name

   Exercisable      Unexercisable            

John T. McDonald

                   $                166,391 (2)     $ 1,035,115   

R. Brian Henley

             49,188         1.77         10/25/2023 (1)                

Ludwig Melik

     4,778         15,700         1.22         10/10/2022 (1)                
             20,495         1.77         10/25/2023 (1)                

 

(1)   These options have a 10-year term. 10% of the shares subject to the option vest on the one year anniversary of the vesting commencement date, 20% of the shares subject to the option vest in 12 equal monthly installments beginning on the one year anniversary of the vesting commencement date, 30% of the shares subject to the option vest in 12 equal monthly installments beginning on the second year anniversary of the vesting commencement date, and 40% of the shares subject to the option vest in 12 equal monthly installments beginning on the third year anniversary of the vesting commencement date, in each case subject to the recipient’s continued employment through such vesting dates.

 

(2)   These shares are subject to a repurchase option in favor of the Company. On July 23, 2011, the repurchase option lapsed with respect to 25% of the total number of shares issued, with the repurchase option lapsing on the remaining shares in 36 equal monthly installments thereafter, subject to the recipient’s continued employment through such dates. In the event that such executive ceases to be a service provider to the Company prior to the date on which the repurchase option fully lapses, the Company shall have 90 days to exercise its option to repurchase any unvested shares at the price per share paid by the executive.

Employee Benefit Plans

We believe that our ability to grant equity-based awards is a valuable and necessary compensation tool that aligns the long-term financial interests of our employees, consultants and directors with the financial interests of our stockholders. In addition, we believe that our ability to grant options and other equity-based awards helps us to attract, retain and motivate employees, consultants and directors, and encourages them to devote their best efforts to our business and financial success. The material terms of our equity incentive plans and certain of our other employee benefit plans are described below.

2014 Equity Incentive Plan

Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors intends to adopt, and we expect our stockholders to approve, our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2014 Plan. Subject to stockholder approval, the 2014 Plan will be effective one business day prior to the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Our 2014 Plan will provide for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to our employees and any parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance units and performance shares to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants.

Authorized Shares . The shares to be reserved for issuance under our 2014 Plan will include (i) the shares reserved but unissued under our Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Option Plan, or the 2010 Plan (246,000 shares as of June 30, 2014), and (ii) shares returned to our 2010 Plan as the result of expiration or termination of

 

-109-


Table of Contents

awards. The number of shares available for issuance under the 2014 Plan will also include an annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in 2014, equal to the least of:

 

    4% of the outstanding shares of common stock as of the last day of our immediately preceding fiscal year; or

 

    such other amount as our board of directors may determine.

Plan Administration . Our board of directors or one or more committees appointed by our board of directors, will administer the 2014 Plan. We anticipate that the compensation committee of our board of directors will administer our 2014 Plan. In the case of awards intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the committee will consist of two or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code. In addition, if we determine it is desirable to qualify transactions under the 2014 Plan as exempt under Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act, or Rule 16b-3, such transactions will be structured to satisfy the requirements for exemption under Rule 16b-3. Subject to the provisions of our 2014 Plan, the administrator will have the power to administer the plan, including but not limited to, the power to interpret the terms of the 2014 Plan and awards granted thereunder, to create, amend and revoke rules relating to the 2014 Plan, including creating sub-plans, and to determine the terms of the awards, including the exercise price, the number of shares subject to each such award, the exercisability of the awards, and the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise. The administrator will also have the authority to amend existing awards to reduce or increase their exercise price, to allow participants the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator, and to institute an exchange program by which outstanding awards may be surrendered in exchange for awards of the same type, which may have a higher or lower exercise price or different terms, awards of a different type and/or cash.

Stock Options . Stock options may be granted under the 2014 Plan. The exercise price of options granted under our 2014 Plan must at least be equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed 10 years, except that with respect to any participant who owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock, the term must not exceed five years and the exercise price must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares or other property acceptable to the administrator, as well as other types of consideration permitted by applicable law. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time stated in his or her option agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for 12 months. In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for three months following the termination of service. However, in no event may an option be exercised after the expiration of its term. Subject to the provisions of our 2014 Plan, the administrator determines the other terms of options.

Stock Appreciation Rights . Stock appreciation rights may be granted under our 2014 Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. Stock appreciation rights may not have a term exceeding 10 years. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her stock appreciation right for the period of time stated in his or her stock appreciation right agreement. However, in no event may a stock appreciation right be exercised after the expiration of its term. Subject to the provisions of our 2014 Plan, the administrator determines the other terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights become exercisable and whether to pay any increased appreciation in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the per share exercise price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant.

Restricted Stock . Restricted stock may be granted under our 2014 Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator.

 

-110-


Table of Contents

The administrator will determine the number of shares of restricted stock granted to any employee, director or consultant and, subject to the provisions of our 2014 Plan, will determine the terms and conditions of such awards. The administrator may impose whatever conditions to vesting it determines to be appropriate. For example, the administrator may set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals or continued service to us; provided, however, that the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally will have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to vesting, unless the administrator provides otherwise. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture.

Restricted Stock Units . Restricted stock units may be granted under our 2014 Plan. Restricted stock units are bookkeeping entries representing an amount equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock. Subject to the provisions of our 2014 Plan, the administrator will determine the terms and conditions of restricted stock units, including the vesting criteria, which may include accomplishing specified performance criteria or continued service to us, and the form and timing of payment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

Performance Units and Performance Shares . Performance units and performance shares may be granted under our 2014 Plan. Performance units and performance shares are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if performance goals established by the administrator are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. The administrator will establish organizational or individual performance goals or other vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and the value of performance units and performance shares to be paid out to participants. After the grant of a performance unit or performance share, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance criteria or other vesting provisions for such performance unit or performance share. Performance units shall have an initial dollar value established by the administrator prior to the grant date. Performance shares shall have an initial value equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned performance units or performance shares in the form of cash, in shares or in some combination thereof.

Outside Directors . Our 2014 Plan will provide that all non-employee directors will be eligible to receive all types of awards, except for incentive stock options, under the 2014 Plan. Each person who first becomes a non-employee director following the completion of this offering will be automatically granted an initial award in the form of a nonstatutory stock option to purchase that number of shares determined by dividing (A) $125,000 by (B) value of an option on one share, determined using the Black-Scholes or other valuation method selected by the administrator, with the number of shares rounded up to the nearest whole share, on or about the date such person becomes a non-employee director. The initial award will vest as to one-twelfth of the shares subject to the initial award on the monthly anniversary of the vesting commencement date, provided that the participant continues to serve as a director through such dates. Each non-employee director will be automatically granted an annual award in the form of a nonstatutory stock option to purchase that number of shares determined by dividing (A) $50,000 by (B) value of an option on one share, determined using the Black-Scholes or other valuation method selected by the administrator, with the number of shares rounded up to the nearest whole share, on a date shortly following the annual meeting of our stockholders beginning in 2015 if, as of such date, the non-employee director will have served on our board of directors for at least the preceding six months. The annual award will vest as to one-twelfth of the shares subject to the annual award on the monthly anniversary of the vesting commencement date, provided the participant continues as a director through such dates. The term of these automatic option grants to non-employee directors will be 10 years or such earlier expiration date specified in the applicable award agreement.

Non-Transferability of Awards . Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2014 Plan generally will not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an award may exercise an award during his or her lifetime.

 

-111-


Table of Contents

Certain Adjustments . In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2014 Plan, the administrator will adjust the number and class of shares that may be delivered under the 2014 Plan and the number, class and price of shares covered by each outstanding award, and the numerical share limits set forth in the 2014 Plan. In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, the administrator will notify participants as soon as practicable, and all awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.

Merger or Change in Control . Our 2014 Plan will provide that in the event of a “merger” or “change in control,” as defined under the 2014 Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, except that if a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not assume or substitute an equivalent award for any outstanding award, then such award will fully vest, all restrictions on such award will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to such award will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels, and such award will become fully exercisable, if applicable, for a specified period prior to the transaction. The award will then terminate upon the expiration of the specified period of time. If the service of an outside director is terminated on or following a change in control, other than pursuant to a voluntary resignation, his or her options, restricted stock units and stock appreciation rights, if any, will vest fully and become immediately exercisable, all restrictions on his or her restricted stock will lapse, and all performance goals or other vesting requirements for his or her performance shares and units will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels, and all other terms and conditions met.

Amendment, Termination . The administrator will have the authority to amend, suspend or terminate the 2014 Plan, provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant. Our 2014 Plan will automatically terminate in 2024, unless we terminate it sooner.

Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Option Plan

Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, our 2010 Plan, in July 2010. Our 2010 Plan was most recently amended by our board of directors in December 2013 and approved by our stockholders in December 2013. Our 2010 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options to our employees and to the employees of any parent or subsidiary corporation, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options and restricted stock awards to our employees, directors and consultants and to the employees and consultants of any parent or subsidiary corporation. Following the completion of this offering, no additional awards will be granted under the 2010 Plan. However, the 2010 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding stock options and restricted stock previously granted under the 2010 Plan.

Authorized Shares. As of June 30, 2014, there are 947,367 shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2010 Plan. As of June 30, 2014, 113,085 shares of our common stock have been issued at a purchase price of $1.22 per share, 150 shares of our common stock have been issued at a purchase price of $1.77 per share, and options to purchase 588,132 shares of our common stock were outstanding at a weighted-average exercise price of $3.49 per share.

Administration. Our board of directors, or a committee thereof appointed by our board of directors, administers our 2010 Plan and the awards granted under it. Subject to the provisions of our 2010 Plan, the administrator has the power to determine the terms of awards, including the recipients, the exercise price, the number of shares subject to each award, the fair market value of a share of our common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, and any vesting acceleration. The administrator also has the authority, subject to the terms of the 2010 Plan, to prescribe rules and to construe and interpret the 2010 Plan and awards granted thereunder, to institute an exchange program by which outstanding awards may be surrendered in exchange for awards that may have different exercise prices and terms, and to amend existing awards.

Options. The maximum permitted term of options granted under the 2010 Plan is 10 years. However, the maximum permitted term of options granted to 10% shareholders under the 2010 Plan is five years. The standard

 

-112-


Table of Contents

vesting schedule of the options under the 2010 Plan provides that 10% of the shares subject to the option vest on the one year anniversary of the vesting commencement date, 20% of the shares subject to the option vest in 12 equal monthly installments beginning on the one-year anniversary of the vesting commencement date, 30% of the shares subject to the option vest in 12 equal monthly installments beginning on the second-year anniversary of the vesting commencement date, and 40% of the shares subject to the option vest in 12 equal monthly installments beginning on the third-year anniversary of the vesting commencement date, in each case subject to the recipient’s continued employment through such vesting dates. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time stated in his or her award agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for 12 months. In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for three months following the termination of service. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term. Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2010 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of options, and only the recipient of an option may exercise an option during his or her lifetime.

Restricted Stock . Restricted stock was granted under our 2010 Plan. Restricted stock awards were grants of shares of our common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. The administrator determined the number of shares of restricted stock granted to any employee, director or consultant and, subject to the provisions of our 2010 Plan, determined the terms and conditions of such awards. The administrator may have imposed whatever conditions to vesting it determined to be appropriate (for example, the administrator may have set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals or continued service to us); provided, however, that the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. The standard vesting schedule imposed by the administrator for the restricted stock awards under the 2010 Plan provides that 25% of the shares of restricted stock shall be released from the repurchase option on the one year anniversary of the vesting commencement date, and the remaining 75% of the shares of restricted stock shall be released from the repurchase option in 36 equal monthly installments thereafter on the corresponding day of each month, in each case subject to the recipient’s continued employment through such vesting dates. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to vesting, unless the administrator provided otherwise. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture.

Certain Adjustments. In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2010 Plan, the administrator will make proportionate adjustments to the exercise price or the number or type of shares covered by each option.

Change in Control. Our 2010 Plan provides that, in the event of a “merger” or “change in control” (as defined under the 2010 Plan), each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, except that, if a successor corporation does not assume or substitute for any outstanding award, then such award will fully vest and such award will become fully exercisable, if applicable, for a specified period prior to the transaction. The award will then terminate upon the expiration of the specified period of time.

Our board of directors has the authority to amend the 2010 Plan, provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant.

401(k) Plan

We maintain a tax-qualified retirement plan that provides eligible employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax advantaged basis. All participants’ interests in their deferrals are 100% vested when contributed. In fiscal 2013, we made no matching contributions into the 401(k) plan. Pre-tax contributions are allocated to each participant’s individual account and are then invested in selected investment alternatives according to the participant’s directions. The 401(k) plan is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, contributions to the 401(k) plan and earnings on those contributions are not taxable to the employees until distributed from the 401(k) plan, and all contributions are deductible by us when made.

 

-113-


Table of Contents

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which we will adopt prior to the closing of this offering, contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

    any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

    any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

    unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

    any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Our amended and restated bylaws, to be effective upon the completion of this offering, provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our amended and restated bylaws, to be effective upon the completion of this offering, also provide that we are obligated to advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity, regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under the provisions of Delaware law. We have entered into, and expect to continue to enter into, agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers and other employees as determined by our board of directors. With specified exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including, among other things, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as members of our board of directors and officers and potentially in other roles with our company. We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which we will adopt prior to the closing of this offering, may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

 

-114-


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The following is a description of transactions since January 1, 2011 to which we have been a party, in which the amount involved in the transaction exceeds $120,000, and in which any of our directors, executive officers, beneficial owners of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any immediate family member of or person sharing the household with any of these individuals, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation, termination and change of control arrangements that are described under the section titled “Executive Compensation” in this prospectus or that were approved by our Compensation Committee. We believe the terms obtained or consideration that we paid or received, as applicable, in connection with the transactions described below were comparable to terms available or the amounts that would be paid or received, as applicable, in arm’s-length transactions. All share numbers included below give effect to the 6.099-for-one reverse stock split of our capital stock on October 24, 2014.

Sales of Securities

Series A Preferred Stock

In October 2010 and in subsequent closings in November 2010, we issued 115,997 shares of our Series A preferred stock at a purchase price of $6.10 per share. In a subsequent closing in September 2011, we issued 1,779,343 shares of our Series A preferred stock at a purchase price of $6.10 per share upon the conversion of convertible promissory notes with an aggregate principal amount and accrued interest of $10,852,249. In addition, in December 2011 and in subsequent closings in January 2012 and February 2012, we issued an aggregate of 925,841 shares of Series A preferred stock at a purchase price of $6.10 per share. The aggregate consideration we received in connection with the issuance of shares of our Series A preferred stock was $17,206,508. Upon the consummation of this offering, each share of preferred stock will convert into one share of our common stock. The following table sets forth the names of our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our capital stock who participated in the Series A preferred stock financing.

 

Name of Stockholder

   Shares of
Series A
Preferred
Stock
     Aggregate
Purchase
Price
 

Entities affiliated with Austin Ventures (1)

     1,246,370       $ 7,601,628   

John T. McDonald

     373,911         2,280,488   

ESW Capital LLC

     328,199         2,001,690   

 

(1)   Includes 747,822 shares of Series A preferred stock issued to Austin Ventures X, L.P. and 498,548 shares of Series A preferred stock issued to Austin Ventures IX, L.P.

Series B Preferred Stock

In January 2012 and in subsequent closings in February 2012, we issued an aggregate of 1,701,909 shares of our Series B preferred stock at a purchase price of $6.10 per share for aggregate consideration of $10,380,000. Upon the consummation of this offering, each share of preferred stock will convert into one share of our common stock. The following table sets forth the names of our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our capital stock who participated in the Series B preferred stock financing.

 

Name of Stockholder

   Shares of
Series B
Preferred
Stock
     Aggregate
Purchase
Price
 

Entities affiliated with Austin Ventures (1)

     638,810       $ 3,896,105   

Entities affiliated with John T. McDonald (2)

     175,161         1,068,311   

ESW Capital LLC

     245,941         1,500,000   

 

(1)   Includes 383,286 shares of Series B preferred stock issued to Austin Ventures X, L.P. and 255,524 shares of Series B preferred stock issued to Austin Ventures IX, L.P.

 

-115-


Table of Contents
(2)   Includes 163,961 shares of Series B preferred stock issued to MLPF&S as Cust. FBO John T. McDonald IRRA and 11,200 shares of Series B preferred stock issued to John T. McDonald.

Promissory Notes

In February 2012, we issued a promissory note in the aggregate principal amount of $1,500,000 to John T. McDonald. This promissory note had a maturity date in August 2012 and accrued interest at a rate of 6% per annum. All unpaid principal and interest were paid in August 2012.

In November 2012, we issued a promissory note in the aggregate principal amount of $1,500,000 to John T. McDonald. This promissory note had a maturity date in May 2013 and accrued interest at 6% per annum. We prepaid $1,200,000 of this note in December 2012, then borrowed $1,000,000 in January 2013 and paid the note and all accrued interest in full and cancelled it in April 2013.

In addition, in November 2012, we issued a subordinated promissory note in the aggregate principal amount of $600,000 to Joseph Larscheid in connection with our acquisition of EPM Live. This promissory note matures in November 2014. No interest accrues on this promissory note.

Convertible Debt Financing

In September 2013 and in subsequent closings in November and December 2013, we issued an aggregate principal amount of $4,887,099 in convertible promissory notes. These promissory notes accrued interest at a rate of 5% per annum. All of the convertible promissory notes issued in such financing were converted into shares of Series C preferred stock in December 2013 in connection with the Series C preferred stock financing described below. The aggregate principal amount of the convertible promissory notes and aggregate accrued interest of $47,542 converted into shares of Series C preferred stock at a 20% discount to the purchase price paid for the Series C preferred stock by other investors in the Series C preferred stock financing. The following table sets forth the names of our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our capital stock who participated in the convertible debt financing.

 

Name

   Principal
Amount
 

Entities affiliated with Activant Holdings (1)

   $ 1,000,000   

Entities affiliated with Austin Ventures (2)

     1,750,000   

Entities affiliated with John T. McDonald (3)

     365,000   

ESW Capital LLC

     507,740   

 

(1) Includes a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $1,000,000 issued to Activant Investment II, LLC.

 

(2)   Includes a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $1,050,000 issued to Austin Ventures X, L.P. and a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $700,000 issued to Austin Ventures IX, L.P.

 

(3)   Includes a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $365,000 issued to MLPF&S as Cust. FBO John T. McDonald IRRA.

Series C Preferred Stock

In December 2013, we issued an aggregate of 1,356,189 shares of our Series C preferred stock at a purchase price of $10.98 per share. In addition, convertible promissory notes with an aggregate principal amount of $4,887,099 and accrued interest of $47,542 converted into 561,859 shares of our Series C preferred stock at a price of $8.78 per share. The aggregate purchase price we received in connection with the financing was $19,823,207. Upon the consummation of this offering, each share of preferred stock will convert into one share

 

-116-


Table of Contents

of our common stock. The following table sets forth the names of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock who participated in the Series C preferred stock financing.

 

Name of Stockholder

   Shares of
Series C
Preferred
Stock
     Aggregate
Purchase
Price
 

Entities affiliated with Activant Holdings (1)

     729,854       $ 7,759,997   

Entities affiliated with Austin Ventures (2)

     201,250       $ 1,767,499   

Entities affiliated with John T. McDonald (3)

     79,777       $ 783,648   

ESW Capital LLC (4)

     195,024       $ 2,012,817   

 

(1)   Includes 337,031 and 277,823 shares of Series C preferred stock issued in exchange for cash to Activant Holdings I, LP and Activant Holdings II, LP, respectively, and 115,000 shares of Series C preferred stock to Activant Investment II, LLC in connection with the conversion of a convertible promissory note.

 

(2)   Includes 120,750 and 80,500 shares of Series C preferred stock issued to Austin Ventures X, L.P. and Austin Ventures IX, L.P., respectively, in connection with the conversion of convertible promissory notes.

 

(3)   Includes 37,802 shares of Series C preferred stock issued in exchange for cash and 41,975 shares of Series C preferred stock issued in connection with the conversion of a convertible promissory note, in each case to MLPF&S as Cust. FBO John T. McDonald IRRA.

 

(4)   Includes 136,634 shares of Series C preferred stock issued in exchange for cash and 58,390 shares of Series C preferred stock issued in connection with the conversion of a convertible promissory note.

Stockholder Agreements

In December 2013, in connection with our Series C preferred stock financing, we entered into an Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, or the Rights Agreement, an Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, or the ROFR Agreement, and an Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, or the Voting Agreement, with certain holders of our preferred stock and certain holders of our common stock to collectively provide for, among other things, voting rights and obligations, information rights, rights of first refusal and registration rights. The following directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our capital stock and their affiliates are parties to these agreements:

 

    Entities affiliated with Austin Ventures;

 

    Entities affiliated with Activant Holdings;

 

    John T. McDonald and affiliated entities; and

 

    ESW Capital LLC.

The ROFR Agreement, the Voting Agreement and portions of the Rights Agreement will terminate upon the closing of this offering. See “Management—Structure of the Board of Directors” for information regarding the provisions related to the election of our directors that will terminate in connection with this offering. The registration rights granted to the holders of our outstanding preferred stock, including certain of our directors, executive officers, beneficial owners of more than 5% of our capital stock and immediate family members of these individuals under the terms of the Rights Agreement will continue following the closing of this offering. As of June 30, 2014, the holders of 6,834,476 shares of our common stock that are issuable upon the conversion of our preferred stock are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of these shares following the closing of this offering. For a more detailed description of these registration rights, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

 

-117-


Table of Contents

Technology Services Agreement

We receive outsourced software development, automated testing and technology services from DevFactory FZ-LLC, or DevFactory, under an Amended & Restated Technology Services Agreement dated as of January 1, 2014. DevFactory is an affiliate of ESW Capital LLC, which holds more than 5% of our capital stock. We paid approximately $2.1 million and $1.0 million to DevFactory for such services pursuant to the terms of the contract in 2013 and 2012, respectively. In January 2014, in connection with the Amended & Restated Technology Services Agreement, we issued 1,803,574 shares of common stock to DevFactory at a purchase price of $0.0001 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $1,100 and recorded a one-time non-cash accounting charge of $11.2 million. We have an outstanding purchase commitment for additional software development services from DevFactory in 2014 in the amount of $2.1 million. For years after 2014, the purchase commitment amount for software development services will be equal to the prior year purchase commitment increased (decreased) by the percentage change in total revenue for the prior year as compared to the preceding year. For example, if 2014 total revenues increase by 10% as compared to 2013 total revenues, then the 2015 purchase commitment would increase by approximately $213,175 from the 2014 purchase commitment amount to $2,344,925. A similar 10% increase in 2015 total revenues as compared to 2014 total revenues would increase the 2016 purchase commitment amount from the 2015 purchase commitment amount of $2,344,925 by approximately $234,493 to $2,579,418.

Participation in this Offering

Certain of our existing stockholders, including John T. McDonald, our Chief Executive Officer and chairman of our board of directors, entities associated with Austin Ventures, each of which is an affiliate of a member of our board of directors, and ESW Capital, LLC or its affiliates, have indicated an interest in purchasing shares of common stock with an aggregate purchase price of up to $5.0 million, or up to 10% of the proposed offering size based on an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the underwriters may determine to sell more, less or no shares in this offering to such stockholders, or such stockholders may determine to purchase more, less or no shares in this offering. The underwriters will receive the same discount from shares of our common stock purchased by such stockholders as they will from other shares of our common stock sold to the public in this offering. Any shares purchased by these potential investors will be subject to the lock-up restrictions described in “Underwriting.”

Other

For a description of other relationships we have with our directors and executive officers, see sections titled “Management” and “Executive Compensation” in this prospectus.

Equity Awards

We granted the following equity awards to certain executive officers since January 1, 2011:

 

    In October 2012, we issued and sold to Michael D. Hill 113,085 shares of our common stock subject to vesting restrictions at a purchase price of $1.22. In September 2014, we amended the restricted stock and option agreements with Mr. Hill to provide for accelerated vesting in the event of Mr. Hill’s termination upon a change of control of our company.

 

    In March 2014, we granted Ludwig Melik an option to purchase 24,594 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $6.23 per share. In September 2014, we amended the option agreements with Mr. Melik to provide for accelerated vesting in the event of Mr. Melik’s termination upon a change of control of our company.

 

   

In March 2014, we granted Robert V. Housley an option to purchase 32,792 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $6.23 per share. In September 2014, we amended the option agreement

 

-118-


Table of Contents
 

with Mr. Housley to provide for accelerated vesting in the event of Mr. Housley’s termination upon a change of control of our company.

 

    In September 2014, we granted Maysoon Al-Hasso an option to purchase 20,495 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $8.73 per share.

 

    In September 2014, we granted Angie McDermott an option to purchase 20,495 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $8.73 per share.

 

    In September 2014, we granted Timothy W. Mattox an option to purchase 65,584 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $8.73 per share.

 

    In September 2014, we granted to John T. McDonald 171,040 shares of our common stock subject to vesting restrictions at a price of $8.73.

 

    In September 2014, we granted to R. Brian Henley 40,990 shares of our common stock subject to vesting restrictions at a price of $8.73. In September 2014, we amended the option agreements with Mr. Henley to provide for accelerated vesting in the event of Mr. Henley’s termination upon a change of control of our company.

 

    In September 2014, we granted to Timothy W. Mattox 81,980 shares of our common stock subject to vesting restrictions at a price of $8.73.

In addition, upon the effectiveness of this registration statement, each non-employee director will receive a restricted stock grant entitling the director to receive that number of shares of our common stock equal to $125,000, or $0.5 million in aggregate, divided by the initial public offering price per share.

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

In connection with this offering, our board of directors will adopt a written related party transaction policy setting forth the policies and procedures for the review and approval of related party transactions. The policy will cover transactions between us and related persons in which the aggregate amount involved exceeds or may be expected to exceed $120,000 and in which a related person has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. For purposes of this policy, a related person will be defined as a director, executive officer, nominee for director, or a greater than 5% beneficial owner of our common stock, in each case since the beginning of the most recently completed fiscal year, and any immediate family member of or person sharing a household with any of these individuals. All related party transactions must be presented to the Audit Committee for review, consideration and approval. In approving or rejecting any such proposed transaction, the Audit Committee is to consider the material facts of the transaction, including whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related party’s interest in the transaction.

All related party transactions described in this section were not subject to the approval and review procedures set forth in the policy.

 

-119-


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of September 30, 2014 by:

 

    each person, or group of affiliated persons, who is known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock, on an as-converted basis;

 

    each of our named executive officers;

 

    each of our directors; and

 

    all of our executive officers and directors as a group.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to those securities. In addition, the rules include shares of common stock issuable pursuant to the exercise of stock options that are either immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2014. These shares are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding the applicable options for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person, but they are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons or entities identified in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community property laws.

Certain of our existing stockholders, including John T. McDonald, our Chief Executive Officer and chairman of our board of directors, entities associated with Austin Ventures, each of which is an affiliate of a member of our board of directors, and ESW Capital, LLC or its affiliates, have indicated an interest in purchasing shares of common stock with an aggregate purchase price of up to $5.0 million, or up to 10% of the proposed offering size based on an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the underwriters may determine to sell more, less or no shares in this offering to such stockholders, or such stockholders may determine to purchase more, less or no shares in this offering. The underwriters will receive the same discount from shares of our common stock purchased by such stockholders as they will from other shares of our common stock sold to the public in this offering. Any shares purchased by these potential investors will be subject to the lock-up restrictions described in “Underwriting.”

The percentage of shares beneficially owned before the offering shown in the table is based upon 10,783,692 shares of common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2014, after giving effect to a 6.099-for-one reverse stock split of our capital stock that occurred on October 24, 2014 and the conversion of all of our outstanding preferred stock into 6,834,476 shares of common stock, which will occur upon the closing of this offering. The information relating to numbers and percentages of shares beneficially owned after the offering assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

-120-


Table of Contents

Except as otherwise noted below, the address for persons listed in the table is c/o Upland Software, Inc., 401 Congress Avenue, Suite 1850, Austin, Texas 78701.

 

     Shares
Beneficially
Owned
     Percentage of Shares
Beneficially Owned
 

Name of Beneficial Owner

      Before
Offering
    After
Offering
 

5% Stockholders:

       

Entities affiliates with Austin Ventures (1) (8)

     2,086,430         19.3     14.3

Entities affiliated with Activant Holdings (2)

     729,854         6.8     5.0

Entities affiliated with ESW Capital LLC (3) (8)

     2,572,738         23.9     17.6

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

       

John T. McDonald (4) (8)

     1,940,854         18.0     13.3

R. Brian Henley (5)

     54,106         *        *

Ludwig Melik (6)

     14,167         *        *

John D. Thornton (1) (8) (9)

     2,086,430         19.3     14.3

Steven Sarracino (2) (9)

     729,854         6.8     5.0

Rodney C. Favaron (9)

     —           *        *   

Stephen E. Courter (9)

     —           *        *   

All executive officers and directors as a group (16 persons) (7) (8) (9)

     5,175,711         48.0     35.4

 

* Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1% of the outstanding common stock.

 

(1)   Includes 834,572 shares held by Austin Ventures IX, L.P., or AV IX, and 1,251,858 shares held by Austin Ventures X, L.P., or AV X. AV Partners IX, L.P., or AVP IX LP, the general partner of AV IX, and AV Partners IX, LLC, or AVP IX LLC, the general partner AVP IX LP, may be deemed to share voting and dispositive powers over the shares held by AV IX. AV Partners X, L.P., or AVP X LP, the general partner of AV X, and AV Partners X, LLC, or AVP X LLC, the general partner of AVP X LP, may be deemed to share voting and dispositive powers over shares held by AV X. Joseph C. Aragona, Kenneth P. DeAngelis, John D. Thornton, Christopher A. Pacitti and Philip S. Siegel are members of or are associated with AVP IX LLC and AVP X LLC and may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by AV IX and AV X. Such persons and entities disclaim beneficial ownership of shares held by AV IX and AV X, except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. Mr. Thornton is a member of our board of directors. The address of each of AV IX and AV X is 300 West 6th Street, Suite 2300, Austin, Texas 78701.

 

(2)   Includes 337,031 shares held by Activant Holdings I, LP, 277,823 shares held by Activant Holdings II, LP, and 115,000 shares held by Activant Investment II, LLC. The general partner of Activant Holdings I, L.P. is Activant Capital Group, LLC. The general partner of Activant Holdings II, LP is Activant Capital Group, LLC. The manager of Activant Capital Group, LLC is Steven Sarracino. The address for Activant Investment II, LLC, Activant Holdings I, LP and Activant Holdings II, LP is 115 E. Putnam Ave., 3 rd  Floor, Greenwich, Connecticut 06830.

 

(3)   Includes 769,164 shares held by ESW Capital LLC and 1,803,574 shares held by DevFactory FZ-LLC. ESW Capital LLC may be deemed to indirectly beneficially own the shares held by DevFactory FZ-LLC. DevFactory FZ-LLC has proposed to transfer all such shares held by it to Acorn Performance Group, Inc., an affiliate of both DevFactory FZ-LLC and ESW Capital LLC, effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part. The address for ESW Capital LLC is 401 Congress Ave., Suite 2650, Austin, TX 78701. The address for DevFactory FZ-LLC is 705-706 Al Thuraya Tower No. 1, Seventh Floor, Dubai Media City, P.O. Box 502091, Dubai, 43659 United Arab Emirates.

 

(4)   Includes 243,738 shares held by MLPF&S as Cust. FBO John McDonald IRRA. John T. McDonald may be deemed to indirectly beneficially own the shares held by MLPF&S as Cust. FBO John McDonald IRRA. The address for MLPF&S as Cust. FBO John McDonald IRRA is Merrill Lynch Private Banking & Investment Group, 2 World Financial Center, 35 th Floor, New York, New York 10281.

 

-121-


Table of Contents
(5)   Includes 13,116 shares issuable upon the exercise of options by Mr. Henley that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2014.

 

(6)   Includes 14,167 shares issuable upon the exercise of options by Mr. Melik that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2014.

 

(7)   Includes 72,510 shares in aggregate issuable upon the exercise of options that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2014.

 

(8)   Certain of our existing stockholders, including John T. McDonald, our Chief Executive Officer and chairman of our board of directors, entities associated with Austin Ventures, each of which is an affiliate of a member of our board of directors, and ESW Capital, LLC or its affiliates, have indicated an interest in purchasing shares of common stock with an aggregate purchase price of up to $5.0 million in this offering, or up to 10% of the proposed offering size based on an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the underwriters may determine to sell more, less or no shares in this offering to such stockholders, or such stockholders may determine to purchase more, less or no shares in this offering. Assuming an initial public offering price of $13.00, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover page of this prospectus, if such stockholders were to purchase the entire $5.0 million of our common stock, they would purchase an aggregate of 384,615 shares of our common stock in this offering. Assuming the purchase of all of these shares by such stockholders and no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares, the percentage of common stock beneficially owned or controlled by our executive officers, principal stockholders and their affiliates would increase by 2.6%. If such stockholders were to purchase all of these shares and assuming the issuance of an aggregate of 38,460 shares of restricted common stock to our non-employee directors in connection with grants made as of the effectiveness of this registration statement, assuming an initial offering price of $13.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover page of this prospectus, and assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares, our executive officers, principal stockholders and their affiliates will beneficially own or control, in the aggregate, approximately 55.7% our outstanding shares of common stock upon completion of this offering.

 

(9) Does not include the number of shares of our common stock to which such non-employee director will be entitled upon the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, pursuant to a restricted stock grant entitling each such director to receive number of shares of our common stock equal to $125,000, or $0.5 million in aggregate, divided by the initial public offering price per share.

 

-122-


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

The following descriptions of our capital stock and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are summaries of such documents. Copies of these documents have been filed with the SEC as exhibits to our registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part. The descriptions of our common stock and preferred stock reflect changes to our capital structure that we expect to occur prior to the closing of this offering.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, to be effective prior to the closing of this offering, will authorize us to issue up to 50,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share.

Common Stock

As of June 30, 2014, we had 10,489,519 shares of common stock outstanding that were held of record by approximately 53 stockholders after giving effect to a 6.099-for-one reverse stock split of our capital stock that occurred on October 24, 2014 and the conversion of our preferred stock into 6,834,476 shares of common stock. After giving effect to a 6.099-for-one reverse stock split of our capital stock that occurred on October 24, 2014, and assuming the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the conversion of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 6,834,476 shares of common stock prior to the closing of this offering, there will be 14,335,673 shares of our common stock outstanding immediately following the closing of this offering.

The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding preferred stock, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably any dividends that may be declared from time to time by the board of directors out of funds legally available for that purpose. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities, subject to prior distribution rights of preferred stock then outstanding. The common stock has no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common stock are subject to and may be adversely affected by the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

Preferred Stock

Under the terms of our certificate of incorporation that will become effective prior to the closing of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority, without action by our stockholders, to designate and issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series. The board of directors may also designate the rights, preferences and privileges of each series of preferred stock, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of the common stock. It is not possible to state the actual effect of the issuance of any shares of preferred stock upon the rights of holders of the common stock until the board of directors determines the specific rights of the holders of the preferred stock. However, these effects might include:

 

    restricting dividends on the common stock;

 

    diluting the voting power of the common stock;

 

    impairing the liquidation rights of the common stock; and

 

    delaying or preventing a change in control of our company without further action by our stockholders.

We have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

 

-123-


Table of Contents

Options and Warrants

As of June 30, 2014, we had outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of 588,132 shares of common stock at a weighted-average exercise price of $3.49 per share.

In connection with this offering, our outstanding warrants to purchase shares of Series A and Series B preferred stock will be converted into warrants to purchase common stock and will remain outstanding. Following this offering, we will have outstanding warrants to purchase:

 

    2,459 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.77 per share, which warrant expires on November 6, 2015;

 

    19,675 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $6.10 per share, which warrant expires on February 10, 2019;

 

    19,675 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $6.10 per share, which warrant expires on March 5, 2019; and

 

    37,164 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $6.10 per share, which warrant expires on April 11, 2020.

Registration Rights

Pursuant to the terms of the Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, or the Rights Agreement, between us and certain of our stockholders, including certain of our directors, officers and holders of 5% or more of our outstanding capital stock, who we refer to as “holders of registrable securities,” such holders of registrable securities are entitled to certain registration rights. The stockholders who are party to the Rights Agreement will hold an aggregate of approximately 6,834,476 shares, or approximately 47.7% of our common stock, outstanding upon completion of this offering. The registration rights described below will terminate upon the earlier of (i) three years following the closing of this offering and (ii) such date, on or after the closing of this offering, on which all registrable securities held by a particular stockholder may be immediately sold under Rule 144 during any 90-day period.

Demand Registration Rights . Holders of at least a majority of outstanding registrable securities may, on not more than two occasions, request that we register all or a portion of their shares of capital stock. Such request for registration must cover that number of shares with an aggregate offering price to the public of at least $25 million. We will not be required to effect a demand registration during the period beginning on the date of the filing of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and ending on the date 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement. Depending on certain conditions, we may defer a demand registration for up to 90 days.

Piggyback Registration Rights . In connection with this offering, the holders of registrable securities were entitled to notice of this offering and to include their registrable securities in this offering. In the event that we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act, either for our account or for the account of our other security holders, the holders of registrable securities will be entitled to certain “piggyback” registration rights allowing the holder to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to a registration statement on Form S-4 or Form S-8, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right, subject to limitations that the underwriters may impose on the number of shares included in the registration, to include their shares in the registration.

Form S-3 Registration Rights. Any holder of registrable securities with demand registration rights may make a request that we register their shares on Form S-3 if we are qualified to file a registration statement on Form S-3 and if the aggregate price to the public is equal to or would exceed $1 million. We would not be required to effect more than two registrations on Form S-3 within any 12-month period.

 

-124-


Table of Contents

Registration Expenses . With specified exceptions, we are required to pay all expenses of registration (including fees and disbursements of one special counsel for holders of registrable securities), excluding underwriters’ discounts, commissions and stock transfer taxes.

Anti-takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, each to be effective prior to the consummation of this offering, contain certain provisions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us. These provisions and certain provisions of Delaware law, which are summarized below, are expected to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate more favorable terms with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us.

Undesignated Preferred Stock

As discussed above, our board of directors has the ability to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change control of us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of our company.

Limits on Ability of Stockholders to Act by Written Consent or Call a Special Meeting

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each to be effective prior to the consummation of this offering, provide that our stockholders may not act by written consent, which may lengthen the amount of time required to take stockholder actions. As a result, a holder controlling a majority of our capital stock would not be able to amend our amended and restated bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of our stockholders called in accordance with our amended and restated bylaws.

In addition, our amended and restated bylaws, to be effective prior to the consummation of this offering, provide that special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by the chairperson of the board, our board of directors, the chief executive officer or, in the absence of a chief executive officer, our president. Stockholders may not call special meetings, which may delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or for holders controlling a majority of our capital stock to take any action, including the removal of directors.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals

Our amended and restated bylaws, to be effective prior to the consummation of this offering, establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of our board of directors. These provisions may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed. These provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

Board Classification

Effective upon the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes, one class of which is elected each year by our stockholders. The directors in each class will serve for a three-year term. For more information on the classified board, see “Management—Structure of the Board of Directors.” Our classified board may tend to discourage a third-party from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us, because it generally makes it more difficult for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors.

 

-125-


Table of Contents

Election and Removal of Directors

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each to be effective prior to the consummation of this offering, contain provisions that establish specific procedures for appointing and removing members of the board of directors. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, vacancies and newly created directorships on the board of directors may be filled only by a majority of the directors then serving on the board if such directors constitute a majority of the whole board of directors. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, directors may be removed by the stockholders only for cause.

No Cumulative Voting

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each to be effective prior to the consummation of this offering, do not permit cumulative voting in the election of directors. Cumulative voting allows a stockholder to vote a portion or all of its shares for one or more candidates for seats on the board of directors. Without cumulative voting, a minority stockholder may not be able to affect the election of as many seats on our board of directors as the stockholder would be able to affect if cumulative voting were permitted. The absence of cumulative voting makes it more difficult for a minority stockholder to affect the election of a seat on our board of directors to influence our board’s decision regarding a takeover.

Amendment of Charter and Bylaw Provisions

The amendment of the above provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, to be effective prior to the consummation of this offering, requires approval by holders of at least two-thirds of our outstanding capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

Delaware Anti-takeover Statute

We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regulating corporate takeovers. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging, under certain circumstances, in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder unless:

 

    prior to the date of the transaction, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

    upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, calculated as provided under Section 203; or

 

    at or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own 15% or more of a corporation’s outstanding voting stock. We expect the existence of this provision to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions our board of directors does not approve in advance. We also anticipate that Section 203 may discourage attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.

 

-126-


Table of Contents

The provisions of Delaware law and the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each to be effective prior to the consummation of this offering, could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers, and, as a consequence, they might also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions might also have the effect of preventing changes in our management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Our transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Computershare Trust Company, N.A. The transfer agent’s address is 250 Royall Street, Canton, MA 02021, and its telephone number is (800) 884-4225.

Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the trading symbol “UPLD.”

 

-127-


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, no public market has existed for our common stock. Market sales of shares of our common stock after this offering and from time to time, and the availability of shares for future sale, may reduce the market price of our common stock. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect prevailing market prices for our common stock and could impair our future ability to obtain capital, especially through an offering of equity securities. As described below, only a limited number of shares of our common stock will be available for sale in the public market for a period of several months after closing of this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale described below. Nevertheless, sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock and impair our ability to raise equity capital.

Upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of 14,335,673 shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of outstanding options or warrants as of June 30, 2014. All of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restrictions or further registration under the Securities Act, unless held by our affiliates, as that term is defined under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or subject to lock-up agreements as discussed below. The remaining shares of common stock outstanding upon the closing of this offering are restricted securities as defined in Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the U.S. public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration, including by reason of Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. These remaining shares will generally become available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

    approximately 10,461,247 shares will be eligible for sale in the public market upon expiration of lock-up agreements 181 days after the date of this prospectus, subject in certain circumstances to the volume, manner of sale and other limitations of Rule 144 and Rule 701; and

 

    approximately 10,489,519 shares will be eligible for sale from time to time thereafter upon expiration of their respective one-year holding periods.

In addition, of the 588,132 shares of common stock that were subject to stock options outstanding as of June 30, 2014, options to purchase approximately 105,511 shares were vested as of June 30, 2014. In addition, 2,459 shares of common stock were issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of June 30, 2014. Shares issued upon the exercise of such warrants and vested options will be eligible for sale 181 days after the date of this prospectus.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, our directors, executive officers and the holders of approximately 95.7% of our outstanding capital stock immediately prior to this offering have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which these persons or entities, with limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, may not, without the prior written consent of the representatives (i) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file or cause to be filed with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. This lock-up provision applies to common stock or other securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock owned now or acquired later by the person or entity executing the agreement or for which the person or entity executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition. See “Underwriting.”

 

-128-


Table of Contents

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is not one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock to be sold for at least six months, would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares of our common stock, provided current public information about us is available. In addition, under Rule 144, a person who is not one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares of our common stock to be sold for at least one year, would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares immediately upon the closing of this offering without regard to whether current public information about us is available. Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, our affiliates who have beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months are entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

    1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately 143,357 shares, based upon shares outstanding as of June 30, 2014, upon closing of this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares; and

 

    the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales of restricted shares under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to requirements regarding the manner of sale, notice and the availability of current public information about us. Rule 144 also provides that affiliates relying on Rule 144 to sell shares of our common stock that are not restricted shares must nonetheless comply with the same restrictions applicable to restricted shares, other than the holding period requirement.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 under the Securities Act, as currently in effect, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who acquired common stock from us in connection with a written compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement in compliance with Rule 701 before the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part (to the extent such common stock is not subject to a lock-up agreement) are entitled to rely on Rule 701 to resell such shares beginning 90 days after we become subject to the public company reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with the holding period requirements contained in Rule 144. Accordingly, subject to any applicable lock-up agreements, beginning 90 days after we become subject to the public company reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, under Rule 701 persons who are not our “affiliates,” as defined in Rule 144, may resell those shares without complying with the minimum holding period or public information requirements of Rule 144, and persons who are our “affiliates” may resell those shares without compliance with Rule 144’s minimum holding period requirements (subject to the terms of the lock-up agreement referred to below, if applicable).

Registration Rights

Upon the closing of this offering, the holders of 6,910,990 shares of our common stock, including the common stock issuable upon conversion of our preferred stock and the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase our preferred stock, will have the right to require us to register their shares for resale under the Securities Act, beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus. These registration rights are described in more detail under the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

Registration of these shares for resale under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of such registration. Any sales of securities by these stockholders could adversely affect the trading price of our common stock.

 

-129-


Table of Contents

Form S-8 Registration Statements

Following the closing of this offering, we intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register the shares of common stock issued or reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans, including any equity incentive plans adopted in connection with this offering. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statements will be available for sale in the open market, subject to vesting restrictions with us and the lock-up restrictions described above.

 

-130-


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income and estate tax considerations relating to the ownership and disposition of our common stock acquired in this offering by a “non-U.S. holder” (as defined below), but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. For purposes of this discussion, the term “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a partnership or:

 

    an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

    a corporation, or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or of any political subdivision of the United States or otherwise treated as such for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

    an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

    a trust, (i) if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons (within the meaning of the Code (as defined below)) have authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) the trust has a valid election in effect to be treated as a U.S. person under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations.

An individual may be deemed to be a resident alien for U.S. federal income tax purposes in any calendar year if the individual was present in the United States for at least 31 days in that calendar year and for an aggregate of at least 183 days during the three-year period ending with the current calendar year (and no relevant exception applies). For purposes of this calculation, all of the days present in the current year, one-third of the days present in the immediately preceding year and one-sixth of the days present in the second preceding year are counted.

This discussion is based on current provisions of the Code existing and proposed U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, current administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as in effect as of the date of this prospectus and all of which are subject to change or to differing interpretation, possibly with retroactive effect. Any change could alter the tax consequences to non-U.S. holders described in this prospectus. We have not sought any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court will agree with such statements and conclusions.

We assume in this discussion that each non-U.S. holder holds shares of our common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to a particular non-U.S. holder in light of that non-U.S. holder’s individual circumstances, the potential application of the tax on net investment income, any aspects of state, local or non-U.S. taxes, or U.S. federal taxes other than income taxes (except to the limited extent set forth below). This discussion also does not consider any tax rules applicable in light of a non-U.S. holder’s specific facts or circumstances and does not address the special tax rules applicable to particular non-U.S. holders, such as:

 

    insurance companies;

 

    tax-exempt organizations;

 

    banks or other financial institutions;

 

    brokers or dealers in securities or currencies;

 

    traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;

 

    government agencies or instrumentalities;

 

-131-


Table of Contents
    grantor trusts or other entities or arrangements treated as flow-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

    pension plans;

 

    controlled foreign corporations;

 

    passive foreign investment companies;

 

    corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

    persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

 

    persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;

 

    persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than 5% of our capital stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below);

 

    owners that hold our common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction, synthetic security or other integrated investment; and

 

    U.S. expatriates and certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States.

In addition, this discussion does not address the tax treatment of partnerships or other entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes or persons who hold their common stock through partnerships or other such entities or arrangements. A partner in a partnership or other such entity that will hold our common stock should consult his, her or its own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock through a partnership or other such entity, as applicable.

Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. income and other tax considerations of acquiring, holding and disposing of our common stock.

Dividends

If we pay distributions on our common stock, those distributions generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a tax-free return of the non-U.S. holder’s investment, up to such holder’s tax basis in the common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain, subject to the tax treatment described below under the heading “—Gain on Disposition of Common Stock.”

Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence. A non-U.S. holder of our common stock who claims the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence generally will be required to timely provide us with a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable (or an applicable successor form), and satisfy applicable certification and other requirements. Non-U.S. holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty. A non-U.S. holder that is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax under an income tax treaty may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld from the IRS by timely filing an appropriate claim with the IRS. If the non-U.S. holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the non-U.S. holder’s behalf, the non-U.S. holder will be required to timely provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries.

Dividends that are treated as effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by a non-U.S. holder within the United States, and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, that are attributable to a permanent

 

-132-


Table of Contents

establishment or a fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder within the United States, are generally exempt from the 30% withholding tax if the non-U.S. holder satisfies applicable certification requirements. To obtain this exemption, a non-U.S. holder must timely provide us with a properly executed original IRS Form W-8ECI (or an applicable successor form) properly certifying such exemption. However, such effectively connected income, or if an income tax treaty applies, such income that is attributable to a permanent establishment, net of specified deductions and credits, is taxed at the same graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons (as defined in the Code). In addition, any effectively connected income or income that is attributable to a permanent establishment that is received by a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence.

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

Subject to the discussion below regarding FATCA, a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on gain recognized on a disposition of our common stock unless:

 

    the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States (and the non-U.S. holder timely complies with applicable certification and other requirements to claim treaty benefits); in these cases, the non-U.S. holder will be taxed on a net income basis at graduated rates and in the manner applicable to U.S. persons, and, if the non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation, an additional branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, or a lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty, may also apply;

 

    the non-U.S. holder is an individual present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met, in which case the non-U.S. holder will be subject to a 30% tax (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on the net gain derived from the disposition; or

 

    we are or have been, at any time during the five-year period preceding such disposition (or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period, if shorter) a “U.S. real property holding corporation,” unless our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market and the non-U.S. holder held no more than five percent of our outstanding common stock, directly, indirectly or constructively, during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition or the period that the non-U.S. holder held our common stock. Generally, a corporation is a “U.S. real property holding corporation” if the fair market value of its “U.S. real property interests” equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests plus its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. We believe that we are not currently, and we do not anticipate becoming, a “U.S. real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax

We must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the gross amount of the distributions on our common stock paid to such holder and the tax withheld, if any, with respect to such distributions. Non-U.S. holders may have to comply with specific certification procedures to establish that the holder is not a U.S. person (as defined in the Code) in order to avoid backup withholding at the applicable rate, currently 28%, with respect to dividends on our common stock. Generally, a holder will comply with such procedures if it provides a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable (or an applicable successor form), or otherwise meets documentary evidence requirements for establishing that it is not a U.S. person (within the meaning of the Code), or otherwise establishes an exemption.

Information reporting and backup withholding generally will apply to the proceeds of a disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. person effected by or through the U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or foreign, unless the holder certifies its status as a non-U.S. holder and satisfies certain other requirements, or otherwise

 

-133-


Table of Contents

establishes an exemption. Generally, information reporting and backup withholding will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds to a non-U.S. holder where the transaction is effected outside the United States through a non-U.S. office of a broker. However, for information reporting purposes, dispositions effected through a non-U.S. office of a broker with substantial U.S. ownership or operations generally will be treated in a manner similar to dispositions effected through a U.S. office of a broker. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them.

Copies of information returns may be made available to the tax authorities of the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is incorporated under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a non-U.S. holder can generally be refunded or credited against the non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that an appropriate claim is timely filed with the IRS.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act

Sections 1471-1474 of the Code, U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder and official IRS guidance, or FATCA, will impose a 30% withholding tax on any “withholdable payment” (as defined under FATCA) to (i) a “foreign financial institution” (as defined under FATCA), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which would include certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners) or (ii) a foreign entity that is not a financial institution, unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying the “substantial U.S. owners” (as defined under FATCA) of the entity, which generally includes any U.S. person who directly or indirectly owns more than 10% of the entity. The withholding tax described above will not apply if the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from the rules and properly certifies its exempt status to a withholding agent. Under certain limited circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes.

“Withholdable payments” will include dividends on our common stock and the entire gross proceeds from the sale of our common stock. The withholding tax will apply regardless of whether the payment would otherwise be exempt from either U.S. nonresident or backup withholding tax, including under the other exemptions described above. This withholding will apply to dividends on our common stock made on or after July 1, 2014 and to the payment of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our common stock made on or after January 1, 2017. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify the requirements described in this paragraph. Prospective investors are encouraged to consult with their tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock.

Federal Estate Tax

Common stock owned or treated as owned by an individual who is a non-U.S. holder (as specially defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of death will be included in the individual’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes and, therefore, may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax, unless an applicable estate tax or other treaty provides otherwise.

Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the particular U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of purchasing, holding and disposing of our common stock, including the consequences of any proposed changes in applicable laws.

 

-134-


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

The underwriters named below, for which William Blair & Company, L.L.C. and Raymond James & Associates, Inc. are acting as representatives, have severally agreed, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement by and among the underwriters and us, to purchase from us, the respective number of shares of common stock set forth opposite each underwriter’s name in the table below.

 

Underwriter

   Number
of Shares
 

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

  

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

  

Canaccord Genuity Inc.

  

Needham & Company, LLC

  
  

 

 

 

Total

     3,846,154   
  

 

 

 

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are obligated to purchase all the shares of common stock in the offering if any are purchased, other than those shares covered by the option to purchase additional shares described below. The underwriting agreement also provides that if any underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the offering may be terminated.

We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to 576,923 additional shares from us at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions for the sole purpose of covering sales of shares in excess of the shares sold in the initial public offering.

Certain of our existing stockholders, including John T. McDonald, our Chief Executive Officer and chairman of our board of directors, entities associated with Austin Ventures, each of which is an affiliate of a member of our board of directors, and ESW Capital, LLC or its affiliates, have indicated an interest in purchasing shares of common stock with an aggregate purchase price of up to $5.0 million, or up to 10% of the proposed offering size based on an assumed initial public offering price of $ 13.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the underwriters may determine to sell more, less or no shares in this offering to such stockholders, or such stockholders may determine to purchase more, less or no shares in this offering. The underwriters will receive the same discount from shares of our common stock purchased by such stockholders as they will from other shares of our common stock sold to the public in this offering. Any shares purchased by these potential investors will be subject to the lock-up restrictions described below.

The underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock initially at the public offering price on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a selling concession of $         per share. After the initial public offering, the representatives may change the public offering price and the concession.

The following table summarizes the public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions and proceeds, before expenses, to us. This information assumes both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

     Per Share      Total  
     Without
Option
     With
Option
     Without
Option
     With
Option
 

Initial public offering price

   $         $         $         $     

Underwriting discounts and commissions

   $                    $                    $                    $                

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $         $         $         $     

 

-135-


Table of Contents

The expenses of the offering that are payable by us are estimated to be $3.3 million (excluding underwriting discounts and commissions). We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for Blue Sky fees and related expenses of the underwriters’ legal counsel, not to exceed $5,000 in the aggregate.

The representatives have informed us that they do not expect sales to accounts over which the underwriters have discretionary authority to exceed 5% of the shares of common stock being offered. The underwriters will not confirm sales to any accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority without first receiving a written consent from those accounts.

We have agreed that we will not (i) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the representatives for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

The restrictions described in the preceding paragraph do not apply to:

 

    the shares of our common stock sold to the underwriters pursuant to the underwriting agreement;

 

    the issuance of options, restricted stock units, restricted stock or other equity awards to acquire shares of our common stock granted pursuant to our equity incentive plans described in this prospectus, as such may be amended;

 

    the issuance of shares of our common stock upon the exercise of any such options, warrants or other equity awards to acquire shares of our common stock or in connection with the vesting of restricted stock units or the conversion of a security;

 

    the filing by us of registration statements on Form S-8 with respect to our benefit plans that are described in this prospectus;

 

    the issuance of shares of our common stock in an amount up to 10% of the outstanding shares of our common stock as of the date of this prospectus in connection with a merger, acquisition, strategic commercial arrangement or other similar transaction;

 

    transfers to us of shares of our common stock or any security convertible into our common stock in connection with (i) the termination of services of an employee or other service provider pursuant to agreements that provide us with an option to repurchase such shares; or (ii) agreements that provide us with a right of first refusal with respect to the transfers of such shares; and

 

    transfers of shares of our common stock or any security convertible into our common stock to us in connection with the exercise of options or warrants, including on a “cashless” basis, or for the purpose of satisfying any tax or other governmental withholding obligation solely in connection with a transaction exempt from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act,

provided that with respect to any such transfer described above, the holders of shares of our common stock, option or warrants referenced in the second, third and fifth bullets above agree to execute a lock-up agreement described below.

Our directors, executive officers and the holders of approximately 95.7% of our outstanding capital stock immediately prior to this offering have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to

 

-136-


Table of Contents

the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, with limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, may not, without the prior written consent of the representatives:

 

    offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file or cause to be filed with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing; or

 

    enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock or such other securities;

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. This lock-up provision applies to common stock or other securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock owned now or acquired later by the person or entity executing the agreement or for which the person or entity executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition.

The restrictions described in the preceding paragraph do not apply to:

 

    bona fide gifts;

 

    transfers (i) to an immediate family member, (ii) by will, other testamentary document or intestate succession, (iii) to any trust or partnership for the direct or indirect benefit of such person or entity, (iv) to a trustor or beneficiary of a trust or (v) not involving a change in beneficial ownership;

 

    a distribution to limited partners or stockholders of such person or entity;

 

    transfers to such person’s or entity’s, affiliates, including current partners, members, managers, stockholders or other principals (or to the estates of any such person), or to any investment fund or other entity controlled or managed by such person or entity;

 

    transfers to us in connection with (i) the termination of service of an employee or other service provider pursuant to agreements that provide us with an option to repurchase such shares or (ii) agreements that provide us with a right of first refusal with respect to transfers of such shares; or

 

    transfers to us in connection with the exercise of options or warrants, including on a “cashless” basis, or for the purpose of satisfying any tax or other governmental withholding obligation solely in connection with a transaction exempt from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act;

provided that with respect to any such transfer described above, the recipient agrees to be subject to the restrictions set forth in the immediately preceding paragraph, such transfer does not involve a disposition of value, such transfers are not required to be reported with the SEC on Form 4 in accordance with Section 16 of the Exchange Act and such person or entity does not voluntarily effect any public filing during the 180-day period regarding such transfers. In addition, the restrictions in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply to the exercise of options or warrants outstanding before the beginning of the 180-day period or granted under any stock incentive plan or stock purchase plan or the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of common stock; provided that such plan does not provide for transfers during the 180-day period and no public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act regarding the establishment of such plan will be required or voluntarily made by such person or entity.

The representatives, in their sole discretion, may release the common stock or other securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time; provided that in the event that the underwriters release or waive any lock-up, they will provide us with notice at least three business days prior to the effective date and we will issue a press release

 

-137-


Table of Contents

at least two business days prior to the effective date. When determining whether or not to release common stock and other securities from lock-up agreements, the representatives will consider, among other factors, the holder’s reasons for requesting the release, the number of shares of common stock and other securities for which the release is being requested and market conditions at the time. In addition, in the event that any holder of our common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for common stock are granted an early release from the lock-up restrictions having a fair market value in excess of $1.0 million in the aggregate (whether in one or multiple releases), then each officer, director and record or beneficial owner of more than 1% of the outstanding shares of our capital stock (aggregating ownership of affiliates) outstanding as of April 7, 2014 will be granted an equivalent early release from its obligations under the lock-up agreement on a pro-rata basis. Such pro-rata release shall not be triggered by any release to a person or entity to participate as a selling stockholder in a follow-on public offering of securities in the event the person or entity released is required to sign a new lock-up agreement in connection with such offering.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in that respect.

We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “UPLD.”

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory, lending and investment banking services for us and our affiliates, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

The initial public offering price for the common stock was determined by negotiations between the underwriters and us and may not be indicative of the market price following this offering. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price for the common stock, in addition to prevailing market conditions, were our historical and projected business, results of operations, liquidity and financial condition, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the various other matters referenced in this prospectus in relation to the market valuation of other comparable companies.

To facilitate this offering, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short position is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under their option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters can close out a covered short position by exercising their option to purchase additional shares or by purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under their option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of their option to purchase additional shares, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase

 

-138-


Table of Contents

in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of common stock in the open market to stabilize the price of the common stock. The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. Penalty bids permit the underwriters to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the underwriters repurchase shares originally sold by that syndicate member in order to cover short positions or make stabilizing purchases. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more of the underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering and one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering may distribute prospectuses electronically. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

The common stock is being offered for sale in those jurisdictions in the United States and elsewhere where it is lawful to make such offers.

Each of the underwriters has represented and agreed that it has not offered, sold or delivered and will not offer, sell or deliver any of the shares of common stock directly or indirectly, or distribute this prospectus or any other offering material relating to the shares of common stock, in or from any jurisdiction except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable laws and regulations thereof and that will not impose any obligations on us except as set forth in the underwriting agreement.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each, a “Relevant Member State”), no offer of shares may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:

 

  A. to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

  B. to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives; or

 

  C. in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of shares shall require us or the representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

Each person in a Relevant Member State who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive. In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

 

-139-


Table of Contents

We, the representatives and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representation, acknowledgment and agreement.

This prospectus has been prepared on the basis that any offer of shares in any Relevant Member State will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Prospectus Directive from the requirement to publish a prospectus for offers of shares. Accordingly any person making or intending to make an offer in that Relevant Member State of shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated in this prospectus may only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for us or any of the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive in relation to such offer. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do we or the underwriters authorize, the making of any offer of shares in circumstances in which an obligation arises for us or the underwriters to publish a prospectus for such offer.

For the purpose of the above provisions, the expression “an offer to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the shares, as the same may be varied in the Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in the Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member States) and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

In addition, in the United Kingdom, this prospectus is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “Order”) and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This prospectus must not be acted on or relied on in the United Kingdom by persons who are not relevant persons. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity to which this prospectus relates is only available to, and will be engaged in with, relevant persons.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This prospectus has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or this offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to this offering, us or the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this prospectus will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

 

-140-


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, Austin, Texas. As of the date of this prospectus, WS Investment Company, LLC (2010A), an entity that includes current and former partners and associates of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, beneficially owns 37,702 shares of our preferred stock, which will be converted into 37,702 shares of our common stock prior to the closing of this offering. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Winston & Strawn LLP, Chicago, Illinois.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Upland Software, Inc. at December 31, 2013 and 2012, and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2013, appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated financial statements of ComSci, LLC for the ten-month period ended October 31, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012 appearing in this registration statement have been audited by Holtzman Partners, LLP, independent auditors, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated financial statements of LMR Solutions, LLC for the period from January 1, 2012 to November 13, 2012 appearing in this registration statement have been audited by Holtzman Partners, LLP, independent auditors, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The combined financial statements of Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc. for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 appearing in this registration statement have been audited by Blackman & Associates, P.C., independent auditors, as set forth in their report appearing elsewhere herein, and upon authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing. The combined financial statements of Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc. for the period January 1, 2013 to May 16, 2013 appearing in this registration statement have been audited by Holtzman Partners, LLP, independent auditors, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all of the information in the registration statement and its exhibits. For further information about us and the common stock offered by this prospectus, we refer you to the registration statement and its exhibits. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or any other document referred to are not necessarily complete, and in each instance, we refer you to the copy of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each of these statements is qualified in all respects by this reference.

You can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, over the Internet at the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy any document we file with the SEC at its public reference facilities at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain copies of these documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference facilities.

 

-141-


Table of Contents

Upon the closing of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the public reference room and website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.uplandsoftware.com, at which you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not a part of this prospectus. Investors should not rely on any such information in deciding whether to purchase our common stock. We have included our website address in this prospectus solely as an inactive textual reference.

 

-142-


Table of Contents

Index to Financial Statements

 

Upland Software, Inc.

  

As of and for the Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 and as of June 30, 2014 and for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2014 and 2013

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

     F-6   

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit

     F-7   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-8   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-9   

LMR Solutions, LLC (dba EPM Live)

  

As of and for the Period Ended November 13, 2012

  

Report of Independent Auditors

     F-41   

Balance Sheet

     F-42   

Statement of Operations

     F-43   

Statement of Changes in Members’ Equity (Deficit)

     F-44   

Statement of Cash Flows

     F-45   

Notes to Financial Statements

     F-46   

FileBound Solutions, Inc. and Marex Group, Inc.

  

As of and for the Period January 1, 2013 to May 16, 2013

  

Independent Accountant’s Review Report

     F-53   

Combined Balance Sheet

     F-54   

Combined Statement of Operations

     F-55   

Combined Statement of Stockholders’ Equity

     F-56   

Combined Statement of Cash Flows

     F-57   

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

     F-58   

As of and for the Year Ended December 31, 2012

  

Independent Auditor’s Report

     F-64   

Combined Balance Sheet

     F-65   

Combined Statement of Income

     F-67   

Combined Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

     F-68   

Combined Statement of Cash Flows

     F-69   

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

     F-70   

As of and for the Year Ended December 31, 2011

  

Report of Independent Auditors

     F-77   

Combined Balance Sheet

     F-78   

Combined Statement of Income

     F-80   

Combined Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

     F-81   

Combined Statement of Cash Flows

     F-82   

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

     F-83   

ComSci, LLC

  

As of and for the Periods Ended October 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012

  

Report of Independent Auditors

     F-90   

Balance Sheets

     F-91   

Statements of Operations

     F-92   

Statements of Changes in Members’ Equity

     F-93   

Statements of Cash Flows

     F-94   

Notes to Financial Statements

     F-95   

Upland Software, Inc.

  

For the Year Ended December 31, 2013

  

Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations (Unaudited)

     F-100   

Notes to Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations (Unaudited)

     F-102   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Upland Software, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Upland Software, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Upland Software, Inc. at December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Austin, Texas

May 12, 2014, except as to Note 18, which is as of October 24, 2014

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     December 31,
2012
     December 31,
2013
     June 30,
2014
     Pro Forma
Stockholders’
Equity at
June 30, 2014
 
                   (unaudited)      (unaudited)  

Assets

           

Current assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 3,892       $ 4,703       $ 3,059      

Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $321 and $454 for 2012 and 2013, respectively

     9,489         11,026         14,179      

Prepaid and other

     901         2,562         2,399      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total current assets

     14,282         18,291         19,637      

Canadian tax credits receivable

     4,395         3,583         3,172      

Property and equipment, net

     1,407         3,942         3,365      

Intangible assets, net

     26,388         34,747         32,210      

Goodwill

     21,093         33,630         33,580      

Other assets

     243         654         2,362      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total assets

   $ 67,808       $ 94,847       $ 94,326      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

           

Current liabilities:

           

Accounts payable

   $ 1,843       $ 1,280       $ 2,140      

Accrued expenses and other

     3,297         5,379         7,551      

Deferred revenue

     15,688         16,620         18,439      

Due to seller

     600         1,033         1,033      

Current maturities of notes payable

     3,800         5,245         12,238      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total current liabilities

     25,228         29,557         41,401      

Commitments and contingencies (Note 7)

           

Canadian tax credit liability to sellers

     2,780         2,595         2,047      

Notes payable, less current maturities

     10,920         23,438         15,146      

Deferred revenue

     814         416         1,621      

Noncurrent deferred tax liability, net

     4,292         3,084         2,738      

Other long-term liabilities

     461         1,101         1,384      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total liabilities

     44,495         60,191         64,337      

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 9,300,342 shares authorized:

           

Series A: 2,990,703 shares designated; 2,821,181 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2013 and June 30, 2014 (unaudited); no shares issued and outstanding pro forma as of June 30, 2014 (unaudited); aggregate liquidation preference of $17.2 million at December 31, 2013

  

 

17,082

  

  

 

17,118

  

  

 

17,138

  

  

$

—  

  

Series B: 1,767,912 shares designated; 1,701,909 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2013 and June 30, 2014 (unaudited); no shares issued and outstanding pro forma as of June 30, 2014 (unaudited); aggregate liquidation preference of $10.4 million at December 31, 2013

  

 

10,358

  

  

 

10,367

  

  

 

10,369

  

  

 

—  

  

 

F-3


Table of Contents
     December 31,
2012
    December 31,
2013
    June 30,
2014
    Pro Forma
Stockholders’
Equity at
June 30,
2014
 
                 (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Series B-1: 983,767 shares designated; 131,168, 237,740 and 237,740 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2013 and June 30, 2014 (unaudited), respectively; no shares issued and outstanding pro forma as of June 30, 2014 (unaudited); aggregate liquidation preference of $1.5 million at December 31, 2013

     52        1,076        1,276        —     

Series B-2: 1,639,613 shares designated; 155,598 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2014 (unaudited); no shares issued and outstanding pro forma as of June 30, 2014 (unaudited); aggregate liquidation preference of $0.9 million at December 31, 2013

     —          949        949        —     

Series C: 1,918,347 shares designated; 1,918,048 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2014 (unaudited); no shares issued and outstanding pro forma as of June 30, 2014 (unaudited); aggregate liquidation preference of $21.1 million at December 31, 2013

     —          21,028        21,784        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

     27,492        50,538        51,516        —     

Stockholders’ deficit:

        

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 13,989,998 shares authorized: 1,695,720, 1,851,319 and 3,655,043 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2013 and June 30, 2014 (unaudited), respectively; 10,489,519 shares issued and outstanding pro forma as of June 30, 2014 (unaudited)

     —          —          —          1   

Additional paid-in capital

     —          —          9,276        60,791   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (104     (773     (697     (697

Accumulated deficit

     (4,075     (15,109     (30,106     (30,106
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (4,179     (15,882     (21,527   $ 29,989   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 67,808      $ 94,847      $ 94,326     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

See accompanying notes.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2012     2013     2013     2014  
                 (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Revenue:

      

Subscription and support

   $ 18,281      $ 30,887      $ 14,182      $ 23,542   

Perpetual license

     641        2,003        488        1,097   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total product revenue

     18,922        32,890        14,670        24,639   

Professional services

     3,841        8,303        3,997        7,185   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     22,763        41,193        18,667        31,824   

Cost of revenue:

      

Subscription and support

     4,189        7,787       
3,271
  
    6,604   

Professional services

     3,121        5,680        2,855        4,737   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     7,310        13,467        6,126        11,341   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     15,453        27,726        12,541        20,483   

Operating expenses:

      

Sales and marketing

     6,331        10,625        4,403        7,151   

Research and development

     5,308        10,340        4,406        18,393   

Refundable Canadian tax credits

     (728     (583     (296     (274

General and administrative

     4,574        6,832        2,920        5,676   

Depreciation and amortization

     1,812        3,670        2,247        2,121   

Acquisition-related expenses

     1,933        1,461        528        521   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     19,230        32,345        14,208        33,588   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     (3,777     (4,619     (1,667     (13,105

Other expense:

      

Interest expense, net

     (528     (2,797     (547     (834

Other income (expense), net

     (65     (431     73        (368
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense

     (593     (3,228     (474     (1,202
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (4,370     (7,847     (2,141     (14,307

Provision for income taxes

     72        (708     (133     (690
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

     (4,298     (8,555     (2,274     (14,997

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax of $50 and $342, in 2012 and 2013, respectively

     1,791        (642     (316     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (2,507   $ (9,197   $ (2,590   $ (14,997
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Preferred stock dividends and accretion

     (44     (98     (22     (875
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common shareholders

   $ (2,551   $ (9,295   $ (2,612   $ (15,872
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share:

      

Loss from continuing operations per common share, basic and diluted

   $ (5.78   $ (7.23   $ (2.16   $ (4.92

Income (loss) from discontinued operations per common share, basic and diluted

   $ 2.39      $ (0.54   $ (0.30   $ —     

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted

   $ (3.39   $ (7.77   $ (2.46   $ (4.92

Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

     751,416        1,196,668        1,061,906        3,225,077   

Pro forma net loss per common share (unaudited), basic and diluted

     $ (1.55     $ (1.49

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding (unaudited), basic and diluted

       5,998,613          10,059,553   

See accompanying notes.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

(in thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
         2012             2013         2013     2014  
                 (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Net loss

   $ (2,507   $ (9,197   $ (2,590   $ (14,997

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     (78     (669     (528     76   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

   $ (2,585   $ (9,866   $ (3,118   $ (14,921
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit

(in thousands, except share amounts)

 

    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount          

Balance at January 1, 2012

    1,582,635      $ —        $ —        $ (26   $ (1,564   $ (1,590

Accretion of preferred stock

    —          —          (40     —          (4     (44

Issuance of restricted stock

    113,085        —          —          —          —          —     

Stock-based compensation

    —          —          40        —          —          40   

Foreign currency translation adjustment

    —          —          —          (78     —          (78

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          (2,507     (2,507
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

    1,695,720        —          —          (104     (4,075     (4,179

Issuance of common stock in business combination

    155,599        —          275        —          —          275   

Accretion of preferred stock

    —          —          (47     —          —          (47

Preferred stock dividends

    —          —          (51     —          —          (51

Stock-based compensation

    —          —          98        —          —          98   

Distribution associated with spin-off

    —          —          (275     —          (1,837     (2,112

Foreign currency translation adjustment

    —          —          —          (669     —          (669

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          (9,197     (9,197
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

    1,851,319        —          —          (773    
(15,109

    (15,882

Issuance of common stock (unaudited)

    1,803,574        —          9,984        —          —          9,984   

Exercise of stock options (unaudited)

    150        —          —          —          —          —     

Accretion of preferred stock (unaudited)

    —          —          (40     —          —          (40

Preferred stock dividends (unaudited)

    —          —          (835     —          —          (835

Stock-based compensation (unaudited)

    —          —          167        —          —          167   

Foreign currency translation adjustment (unaudited)

    —          —          —          76        —          76   

Net loss (unaudited)

    —          —          —          —          (14,997     (14,997
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2014 (unaudited)

    3,655,043      $ —        $ 9,276      $ (697   $ (30,106   $ (21,527
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
    2012     2013     2013     2014  
                (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Operating activities

       

Net loss

  $ (2,507   $ (9,197   $ (2,590   $ (14,997

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:

       

Depreciation and amortization

    2,817        5,595        3,142        3,605   

Change in fair value of liabilities to sellers of businesses

    (771     —          —          —     

Deferred income taxes

    (85     (104     (495     286   

Non-cash interest and other expense

    —          1,585        106        462   

Non-cash stock compensation expense

    92        498        249        367   

Stock-based compensation—related party vendor

        —          11,220   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of purchase business combinations:

       

Accounts receivable

    (3,547     2,941        4,440        (3,036

Prepaids and other

    (773     (1,617     (670     (1,646

Accounts payable

    875        (1,113     (770     375   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

    (403     2,176        21        676   

Deferred revenue

    5,906        (1,003     (3,219     2,985   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    1,604        (239     214        297   

Investing activities

       

Purchase of property and equipment

    (274     (263     (58     (324

Purchase business combinations, net of cash acquired of $3,333 and $286 for 2012 and 2013, respectively

    (33,038     (28,175     (10,344     —     

Cash included in distribution of spin-off

    —          (127     —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

    (33,312     (28,565     (10,402     (324

Financing activities

       

Payments on capital leases

    (486     (351     (189     (231

Proceeds from notes payable

    17,000        28,036        25,838        1,500   

Payments on notes payable

    (3,646     (17,516     (14,225     (2,795

Issuance of Series A redeemable preferred stock, net of issuance costs

    1,029        —          —          —     

Issuance of Series B redeemable preferred stock, net of issuance costs

    10,358        —          —          (97

Issuance of Series C redeemable preferred stock, net of issuance costs

    —          19,716        —          —     

Additional consideration paid to sellers of businesses

    —          (321     —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    24,255        29,564        11,424        (1,623

Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash

    —          51        (163     6   

Change in cash and cash equivalents

    (7,453     811        1,073        (1,644

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

    11,345        3,892        3,892        4,703   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

  $ 3,892      $ 4,703      $ 4,965      $ 3,059   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information

       

Cash paid for interest

  $ 446      $ 1,221      $ 407      $ 701   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash paid for taxes

  $ 152      $ 287      $ 2      $ 33   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noncash investing and financing activities

       

Notes payable issued to sellers in business combination

  $ 1,328      $ 3,500      $ 3,500      $ —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Organization

Upland Software, Inc. (the Company) was formed on July 7, 2010, as Silverback Acquisition Corporation in the state of Delaware for the purpose of acquiring, optimizing, and building industry-leading software businesses that provide mission-critical software to enterprise customers. The Company acquired its first business on September 13, 2011. On September 19, 2011, the Company changed its name to Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc. On November 13, 2013, the Company changed its name to Upland Software, Inc.

The Company’s headquarters are located in Austin, Texas.

2. Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Accounting

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or GAAP. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

The accompanying interim consolidated balance sheet at June 30, 2014, the consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss and cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014, and the consolidated statement of stockholders’ deficit for the six months ended June 30, 2014 are unaudited. These unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. In the opinion of management of the Company, the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and include all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation. The results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2014 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2014 or for any other period.

Unaudited Pro Forma Presentation

The Company has confidentially submitted a Registration Statement on Form S-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, for the proposed initial public offering, or IPO, of shares of its common stock. If the Company’s IPO is consummated, all outstanding shares of the Company’s preferred stock will convert into 6,834,476 shares of common stock.

The unaudited pro forma stockholders’ equity as of June 30, 2014 was prepared assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into 6,834,476 shares of common stock as of June 30, 2014. The unaudited pro forma net loss per common share and unaudited pro forma weighted-average shares outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 were computed assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock, on an as-if-converted basis, at the later of January 1, 2013 or the date of issuance of the preferred stock.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

amounts of revenues and expenses. Significant items subject to such estimates include allowance for doubtful accounts, stock-based compensation, warrant liabilities, acquired intangible assets, the useful lives of intangible assets and property and equipment, and income taxes. In accordance with GAAP, management bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that management believes are reasonable under the circumstances. Management regularly evaluates its estimates and assumptions using historical experience and other factors; however, actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash deposits and liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less when purchased. Cash equivalents are stated at cost, which approximates market value, because of the short maturity of these instruments.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The Company extends credit to the majority of its customers. Issuance of credit is based on ongoing credit evaluations by the Company of customers’ financial condition and generally requires no collateral. Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. Invoices generally require payment within 30 days from the invoice date. The Company generally does not charge interest on past due payments, although the Company’s contracts with its customers usually allow it to do so.

The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts to reserve for potential uncollectible receivables. The allowance is based upon the creditworthiness of the Company’s customers, the customers’ historical payment experience, the age of the receivables, and current market conditions. Provisions for potentially uncollectible accounts are recorded in sales and marketing expenses. The Company writes off accounts receivable balances to the allowance for doubtful accounts when it becomes likely that they will not be collected.

The following table presents the changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2012             2013      

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 10      $ 321   

Provision

     300        725   

Acquisitions

     143        295   

Writeoffs, net of recoveries

     (132     (887
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 321      $ 454   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to credit risk consist of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents are placed with high-quality financial institutions, which, at times, may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in these accounts, and the Company does not believe it is exposed to any significant credit risk related to cash and cash equivalents. The Company provides credit, in the normal course of business, to a number of its customers. The Company performs periodic credit evaluations of its customers and generally does not require collateral. No individual customer represented more than 10% of total revenues in 2012, 2013 or the six months ended June 30, 2014 (unaudited), or more than 10% of accounts receivable as of December 31, 2012 or 2013 or June 30, 2014 (unaudited).

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation of property and equipment is computed using the straight-line method over each asset’s useful life. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the lease term of the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Upon retirement or disposal, the cost of each asset and the related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is credited or charged to income. Repairs, maintenance, and minor replacements are expensed as incurred.

The estimated useful lives of property and equipment are as follows:

 

Computer hardware and equipment   3 – 5 years
Purchased software and licenses   3 – 5 years
Furniture and fixtures   7 years
Leasehold improvements   Lesser of estimated useful life or lease term

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill arises from business combinations and is measured as the excess of the cost of the business acquired over the sum of the acquisition-date fair value of tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired, less any liabilities assumed.

Goodwill is evaluated for impairment annually or more frequently when an event occurs or circumstances change that indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. The events and circumstances considered by the Company include the business climate, legal factors, operating performance indicators and competition.

The Company evaluates the recoverability of goodwill using a two-step impairment process tested at the reporting unit level. The Company has one reporting unit for goodwill impairment purposes. In the first step, the fair value of the reporting unit is compared to the book value, including goodwill. In the case that the fair value is less than the book value, a second step is performed that compares the implied fair value of goodwill to the book value of goodwill. The fair value for the implied goodwill is determined based on the difference between the fair value of the reporting unit and the net fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities, excluding goodwill. If the implied fair value of the goodwill is less than the book value, the difference is recognized as an impairment charge in the consolidated statement of operations. No goodwill impairment charges were recorded during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 (unaudited).

Identifiable intangible assets consist of customer relationships, marketing-related intangible assets and developed technology. Intangible assets with definite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives on a straight-line basis. The straight-line method of amortization represents the Company’s best estimate of the distribution of the economic value of the identifiable intangible assets.

Intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of intangible assets may not be recoverable. Conditions that would necessitate an impairment assessment include a significant decline in the observable market value of an asset, a significant change in the extent or manner in which an asset is used or any other significant adverse change that would indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or group of assets may not be recoverable. The Company evaluates the recoverability of intangible assets by comparing their carrying amounts to the future net undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the intangible assets. If such intangible assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of the intangible assets exceeds the fair value of the assets.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

The Company determines fair value based on discounted cash flows using a discount rate commensurate with the risk inherent in the Company’s current business model for the specific intangible asset being valued. The Company determined there was an impairment of the PowerSteering trade name of $1.1 million during 2013.

Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate their carrying value may not be recoverable. When such events or circumstances arise, an estimate of future undiscounted cash flows produced by the asset, or the appropriate grouping of assets, is compared to the asset’s carrying value to determine whether impairment exists. If the asset is determined to be impaired, the impairment loss is measured based on the excess of its carrying value over its fair value. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying value or net realizable value. No indicators of impairment were identified during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 (unaudited).

Software Development Costs

Software development costs are expensed as incurred until the point the Company establishes technological feasibility. Technological feasibility is established upon the completion of a working model. Costs incurred by the Company between establishment of technological feasibility and the point at which the product is ready for general release or capitalized, subject to their recoverability, are amortized over the economic life of the related product. Because the Company believes its current process for developing its software products essentially results in the completion of a working product concurrent with the establishment of technological feasibility, no software development costs have been capitalized to date.

Canadian Tax Credits

Canadian tax credits related to current expenses are accounted for as a reduction of the research and development costs. Such credits relate to the Company’s operations in Canada are not dependent upon taxable income. Credits are accrued in the year in which the research and development costs or the capital expenditures are incurred, provided the Company is reasonably certain that the credits will be received. The government credit must be examined and approved by the tax authorities, and it is possible that the amounts granted will differ from the amounts recorded.

Deferred Financing Costs

The Company capitalizes underwriting, legal and other direct costs incurred related to the issuance of debt, which are recorded as deferred charges and amortized to interest expense over the term of the related debt using the effective-interest-rate method. Upon the extinguishment of the related debt, any unamortized, capitalized deferred financing costs are recorded to interest expense. In 2013, the Company wrote off approximately $164,000 of deferred financing costs in connection with the refinancing of its debt facility.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company accounts for financial instruments in accordance with the authoritative guidance on fair value measurements and disclosures for financial assets and liabilities. This guidance defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in accordance with GAAP, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The guidance also establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

These tiers include Level 1, defined as observable inputs, such as quoted prices in active markets; Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable; and Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore, requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions.

The Company’s financial instruments consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, and accounts payable, long –term debt and warrant liabilities. The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, and accounts payable approximate fair value, primarily due to short maturities. The carrying values of the Company’s debt instruments approximated their fair value based on rates currently available to the Company. The carrying values of warrant liabilities marked to the market at each reporting period.

Revenue Recognition

The Company derives revenue from product revenue, consisting of subscription, support and perpetual licenses, and professional services revenues. The Company recognizes revenue when all of the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery of the product or services has occurred, no Company obligations with regard to implementation considered essential to the functionality remain, the fee is fixed or determinable and collectability is probable.

Subscription and Support Revenue

The Company derives subscription revenues by providing its software-as-a-service solution to customers in which the customer does not have the right to take possession of the software, but can use the software for the contracted term. The Company accounts for these arrangements as service contracts. Subscription and support revenues are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the contractual arrangement, typically one to three years. Amounts that have been invoiced and that are due are recorded in deferred revenue or revenue, depending on when the criteria for revenue recognition are met.

The Company may provide hosting services to customers who purchased a perpetual license. Such hosting services are recognized ratably over the applicable term of the arrangement. These hosting arrangements are typically for a period of one to three years.

Software maintenance agreements provide technical support and the right to unspecified upgrades on an if-and-when-available basis. Revenue from maintenance agreements is recognized ratably over the life of the related agreement, which is typically one year.

Perpetual License Revenue

The Company also records revenue from the sales of proprietary software products under perpetual licenses. For license agreements in which customer acceptance is a condition to earning the license fees, revenue is not recognized until acceptance occurs. The Company’s products do not require significant customization. Revenue on arrangements with customers who are not the ultimate users (primarily resellers) is not recognized until the product is delivered to the end user. Perpetual licenses are sold along with software maintenance and, sometimes, hosting agreements. When vendor specific objective evidence (VSOE) of fair value exists for the software maintenance and hosting agreement, the perpetual license is recognized under the residual method whereby the fair value of the undelivered software maintenance and hosting agreement is deferred and the remaining contract value is recognized immediately for the delivered perpetual license. When VSOE of fair value does not exist for the either the software maintenance or hosting agreement, the entire contract value is recognized ratably over the underlying software maintenance and/or hosting period.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

Professional Services Revenue

Professional services provided with perpetual licenses consist of implementation fees, data extraction, configuration, and training. The Company’s implementation and configuration services do not involve significant customization of the software and are not considered essential to the functionality. Revenues from professional services are recognized as such services are provided when VSOE of fair value exists for such services and all undelivered elements such as software maintenance and/or hosting agreements. VSOE of fair value for services is based upon the price charged when these services are sold separately, and is typically an hourly rate. When VSOE of fair value does not exist for software maintenance and/or hosting agreements, revenues from professional services are recognized ratably over the underlying software maintenance and/or hosting period.

Professional services, when sold with the subscription arrangements, are accounted for separately when these services have value to the customer on a standalone basis and there is objective and reliable evidence of fair value for each deliverable. When accounted for separately, revenues are recognized as the services are rendered for time and material contracts. For those arrangements where the elements do not qualify as a separate unit of accounting, the Company recognizes professional services ratably over the contractual life of the related application subscription arrangement.

Multiple Element Arrangements

The Company enters into arrangements with multiple-element that generally include subscriptions and implementation and other professional services.

For multiple-element arrangements, arrangement consideration is allocated to deliverables based on their relative selling price. In order to treat deliverables in a multiple-element arrangement as separate units of accounting, the elements must have standalone value upon delivery. If the elements have standalone value upon delivery, each element must be accounted for separately. The Company’s subscription services have standalone value as such services are often sold separately. In determining whether implementation and other professional services have standalone value apart from the subscription services, the Company considers various factors including the availability of the services from other vendors. The Company has concluded that the implementation services included in multiple-element arrangements have standalone value. As a result, when implementation and other professional services are sold in a multiple-element arrangement, the arrangement consideration is allocated to the identified separate units based on a relative selling price hierarchy. The selling price for a element is based on its VSOE of selling price, if available, third-party evidence of selling price, or TPE, if VSOE is not available or best estimate of selling price, or BESP, if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. The Company has not established VSOE for its subscription services due to lack of pricing consistency, the introduction of new services and other factors. The Company has determined that TPE is not a practical alternative due to differences in its service offerings compared to other parties and the availability of relevant third-party pricing information. Accordingly, the Company uses BESP to determine the relative selling price.

The Company determined BESP by considering its overall pricing objectives and market conditions. Significant pricing practices taken into consideration include the Company’s discounting practices, the size and volume of its transactions, customer characteristics, price lists, go-to-market strategy, historical standalone sales and agreement prices. As the Company’s go-to-market strategies evolve, it may modify its pricing practices in the future, which could result in changes in relative selling prices, and include both VSOE and BESP.

Deferred Revenue

Deferred revenue represents either customer advance payments or billings for which the aforementioned revenue recognition criteria have not yet been met.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue primarily consists of salaries and related expenses (e.g., bonuses, employee benefits, and payroll taxes) for personnel directly involved in the delivery of services and products directly to customers. Cost of revenue also includes the amortization of acquired technology.

Redeemable Preferred Stock Warrant Liability

Warrants to purchase the Company’s redeemable preferred stock are classified as liabilities in the accompanying balance sheet and are recorded at fair value. The warrants are marked to market each reporting period, with the change in fair value recorded as a gain (loss) in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed in the period incurred. Advertising costs were not significant for the year ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 (unaudited). Advertising costs are recorded in sales and marketing expense in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 (unaudited).

Income Taxes

The Company uses the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities will be recognized in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is established against the deferred tax assets to reduce their carrying value to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

The Company accounts for uncertainty of income taxes based on a “more-likely-than-not” threshold for the recognition and derecognition of tax positions, which includes the accounting for interest and penalties.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock options awarded to employees and directors are measured at fair value at each grant date. The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with authoritative accounting principles that require all share-based compensation to employees, including grants of employee stock options, be recognized in the financial statements based on their estimated fair value. Compensation expense is determined under the fair value method using the Black-Scholes option- pricing model and recognized ratably over the period the awards vest.

The Black-Scholes option-pricing model used to compute share-based compensation expense requires extensive use of accounting judgment and financial estimates. Items requiring estimation include the expected term option holders will retain their vested stock options before exercising them, the estimated volatility of the Company’s common stock price over the expected term of each stock option and the number of stock options that will be forfeited prior to the completion of their vesting requirements. Application of alternative assumptions could result in significantly different share-based compensation amounts being recorded in the financial statements.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

The following table summarizes the weighted-average grant-date fair value of options and restricted stock and the assumptions used to develop their fair values:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months
Ended
June 30,

2014
 
     2012     2013    
                 (unaudited)  

Weighted-average grant-date fair value of options

   $ 0.79      $ 0.91      $ 3.35   

Expected volatility

     72.5     53.3     55.2

Risk-free interest rate

     0.9     1.6     1.6

Expected life in years

     6.29        6.29        6.29   

Dividend yield

     —          —       

The Company estimates the fair value of options granted using the Black–Scholes option pricing model. As there was no public market for its common stock, the Company estimates the volatility of its common stock based on the volatility of publicly traded shares of comparable companies’ common stock. The Company’s decision to use the volatility of comparable stock was based upon the Company’s assessment that this information is more representative of future stock price trends than the Company’s historical volatility. The Company estimates the expected term using the simplified method, which calculates the expected term as the midpoint between the vesting date and contractual termination date of each award. The dividend yield assumption is based on historical and expected future dividend payouts. The risk–free interest rate is based on observed market interest rates appropriate for the term of each option.

Comprehensive Loss

The Company utilizes the guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 220, Comprehensive Income , for the reporting and display of comprehensive loss and its components in the consolidated financial statements. Comprehensive loss comprises net loss and cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments. The difference between the Company’s net loss and comprehensive loss for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 (unaudited) was due to foreign currency translation adjustments.

Foreign Currency Transactions

Certain transactions are denominated in a currency other than the Company’s functional currency, and the Company generates certain assets and liabilities that are fixed in terms of the amount of foreign currency that will be received or paid. At each balance sheet date, the Company adjusts the assets and liabilities to reflect the current exchange rate, resulting in a translation gain or loss. Transaction gains and losses are also realized upon a settlement of a foreign currency transaction in determining net loss for the period in which the transaction is settled. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses were not material for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 (unaudited).

Basic and Diluted Net Loss per Common Share

The Company uses the two-class method to compute net loss per common share because the Company has issued securities, other than common stock, that contractually entitle the holders to participate in dividends and earnings of the Company. The two-class method requires earnings for the period to be allocated between common stock and participating securities based upon their respective rights to receive distributed and undistributed earnings. Holders of the Company’s Series A, B, B-1, B-2 and C redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled, on a pari passu basis, to receive dividends when, as, and if declared by the Board of Directors, prior and in preference

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

to any declaration or payment of any dividend on the common stock until such time as the total dividends paid on each share of Series A, B, B-1, B-2 and C redeemable convertible preferred stock are equal to the original issue price of the shares. As a result, all series of the Company’s preferred stock are considered participating securities.

Under the two-class method, for periods with net income, basic net income per common share is computed by dividing the net income attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Net income attributable to common stockholders is computed by subtracting from net income the portion of the current year earnings that the participating securities would have been entitled to receive pursuant to their dividend rights had all of the year’s earnings been distributed. No such adjustment to earnings is made during periods with a net loss, as the holders of the participating securities have no obligation to fund losses. Diluted net loss per common share is computed under the two-class method by using the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding, plus, for periods with net income attributable to common stockholders, the potential dilutive effects of stock options and warrants. In addition, the Company analyzes the potential dilutive effect of the outstanding participating securities under the if-converted method when calculating diluted earnings per share, in which it is assumed that the outstanding participating securities convert into common stock at the beginning of the period. The Company reports the more dilutive of the approaches as its diluted net income per share during the period. Due to net losses for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 (unaudited), basic and diluted net loss per share were the same, as the effect of all potentially dilutive securities would have been anti-dilutive.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued FASB ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) , which supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in ASC 605, Revenue Recognition . The core principle of ASU 2014-09 is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The guidance provides a five-step process to achieve that core principle. ASU 2014-09 requires disclosures enabling users of financial statements to understand the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. Additionally, qualitative and quantitative disclosures are required about contracts with customers, significant judgments and changes in judgments, and assets recognized from the costs to obtain or fulfill a contract. ASU 2014-09 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that reporting period, using one of two retrospective application methods. Early application is not permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the provisions of ASC 606.

3. Acquisitions

2011 Acquisition

On September 13, 2011, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding capital of Visionael Corporation (Visionael) for total purchase consideration of $4,873,000. The Company agreed to pay additional consideration of up to $2,400,000 to the selling shareholders of Visionael based on the successful execution of signed contracts within a 12-month period from the date of acquisition of certain prospective customers identified at closing. The acquisition-date fair value of the contingent payment was measured based on the probability-adjusted present value of the consideration expected to be transferred, which amounted to $873,000. In 2012, approximately $100,000 of additional consideration was paid and the Company recorded income of $771,000 for the decrease in the contingent purchase consideration liability. This reduction in the contingent purchase consideration liability effectively reduces the total purchase consideration down to $4,102,000. In November 2013, Visionael was spun out of the Company (see Note 13). No remaining obligation for additional consideration remains as of December 31, 2013.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2012 Acquisitions

On February 3, 2012, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding capital of PowerSteering Software, Inc. (PowerSteering) for total purchase consideration of $13,000,000. PowerSteering provides cloud-based program and portfolio management software products that enable customers to gain high-level visibility across their organizations and improve top-down governance and management of programs, initiatives, investments, and projects. Revenues recorded since the acquisition date for the year ended December 31, 2012 were approximately $8,946,000.

On February 10, 2012, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding capital of Tenrox, Inc. (Tenrox) for total purchase consideration of $15,328,000, plus the value realized from the utilization of research and development credits and plus/minus any resulting changes to income taxes owed for periods prior to the acquisition. The Company recorded a liability of approximately $3,900,000 at the date of acquisition, for the estimated additional tax-related payments to the seller, of which approximately $1,500,000 was paid during 2012. Tenrox provides cloud-based project workforce management software products that enable organizations to more effectively manage their knowledge workers to better track work, expenses and client billing while improving scheduling, utilization, and alignment of human capital. Revenues recorded since the acquisition date for the year ended December 31, 2012 were approximately $13,300,000.

On November 13, 2012, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding units of LMR Solutions LLC, dba EPM Live (EPM Live) for total purchase consideration of $7,732,000, which includes a cash payment of $5,775,000 at closing, $600,000 paid in cash in November 2013, notes payable to the seller of $1,328,000 (at present value), and 131,168 shares of the Company’s Series B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock with a fair value of $800,000. The shares of the Company’s B-1 preferred stock are restricted, and vesting is contingent upon continued employment. The Company is accounting for such shares as compensation as vesting occurs. EPM Live provides cloud-based project management and collaboration software products that enable customers to improve collaboration and the execution of both projects and unstructured work. Revenues recorded since the acquisition date for the year ended December 31, 2012 were approximately $727,000.

2013 Acquisitions

On May 16, 2013, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding capital of FileBound Solutions, Inc. and Marex Group, Inc. (together FileBound) for total purchase consideration of $14,650,000, which includes cash at closing of $182,000, notes payable to the seller of $3,500,000 (at present rate) and 106,572 shares of the Company’s series B-1 preferred stock with a fair value of $624,000. FileBound provides cloud-based enterprise content management software products that enable customers to automate document-based workflows and control access and distribution of their content to boost productivity, encourage collaboration and improve compliance. Revenues recorded since the acquisition date for the year ended December 31, 2013 were approximately $4,959,000.

On November 7, 2013, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding interest of ComSci, LLC. (ComSci) for total purchase consideration of $7,568,000, which includes cash at closing of $104,000, 155,599 shares of the Company’s common stock, 155,598 shares of the company’s B-2 preferred stock with a fair value of $949,000, and $750,000 to be paid in November 2014. ComSci provides cloud-based financial management software products that enable organizations to have visibility into the cost, quality, and value of internal services delivered within their organizations. Revenues recorded since the acquisition date for the year ended December 31, 2013 were approximately $937,000.

On December 23, 2013, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding capital of Clickability, Inc. (Clickability) for total purchase consideration of $12,281,000. Clickability provides cloud-based enterprise

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

content management software products that are used by enterprise marketers and media companies to create, maintain and deliver web sites that shape visitor experiences and empower nontechnical staff to create, manage, publish, analyze and refine content and social media assets without IT intervention. For accounting purposes, the acquisition of Clickability was recorded on December 31, 2013 and, accordingly, the operations of Clickability had no impact on the Company’s statement of operations. The operations of Clickability from December 23, 2013 to December 31, 2013 were not material.

The Company recorded the purchase of the 2012 and 2013 acquisitions described above using the acquisition method of accounting and, accordingly, recognized the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their fair values as of the date of the acquisition. The results of operations of the 2012 and 2013 acquisitions are included in the Company’s consolidated results of operations beginning with the date of the acquisition.

The following condensed table presents the acquisition-date fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed for the 2012 and 2013 acquisitions (in thousands):

 

     PowerSteering      Tenrox      EPM Live      FileBound      ComSci      Clickability  

Cash

   $ 1,424       $ 1,521       $ 388       $ 182       $ 104       $ —     

Accounts receivable

     2,160         2,385         1,369         1,940         951         1,773   

Other current assets

     187         312         19         153         47         297   

Canadian tax credit receivable

     —           4,561         —           —           —           —     

Property and equipment

     203         575         242         927         61         1,519   

Customer relationships

     7,200         7,400         2,680         3,600         2,000         4,400   

Trade name

     1,210         190         460         320         180         250   

Technology

     2,200         2,680         1,770         2,040         810         2,500   

Goodwill

     5,671         10,612         2,419         7,188         3,851         3,401   

Other assets

     —           —           24         21         8         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

     20,255         30,236         9,371         16,371         8,012         14,140   

Accounts payable

     542         243         115         113         260         154   

Accrued expense and other

     2,310         2,694         684         266         106         100   

Deferred tax liabilities

     —           3,207         —           —           —           —     

Deferred revenue

     4,403         4,870         840         1,342         78         1,605   

Canadian tax credit liability to seller

     —           3,894         —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

     7,255         14,908         1,639         1,721         444         1,859   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total consideration

   $ 13,000       $ 15,328       $ 7,732       $ 14,650       $ 7,568       $ 12,281   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Tangible assets were valued at their respective carrying amounts, which approximates their estimated fair value. The valuation of identifiable intangible assets reflects management’s estimates based on, among other factors, use of established valuation methods. Customer relationships were valued using an income approach, which estimates fair value based on the earnings and cash flow capacity of the subject asset. The value of the marketing-related intangibles was determined using a relief-from-royalty method, which estimates fair value based on the value the owner of the asset receives from not having to pay a royalty to use the asset. Developed technology was valued using a cost-to-recreate approach.

Goodwill for PowerSteering, EPM Live, FileBound and ComSci is deductible for tax purposes.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

Pro forma Results (Unaudited)

The following unaudited pro forma supplemental information presents an aggregated summary of the Company’s results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, assuming the completion of the 2012 acquisitions of PowerSteering, Tenrox, and EPM Live and the completion of the 2013 acquisitions of FileBound and ComSci, had occurred on January 1, 2012.

The unaudited pro forma supplemental information presented below is based on estimates and assumptions that we believe are reasonable. The unaudited pro forma supplemental information that we have prepared is not necessarily indicative of the results of income in future periods or the results that actually would have been realized had the acquired businesses been combined with our operations during the specified periods.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2012             2013      
     (in thousands)  

Revenues

   $ 45,947      $ 49,224   

Operating income (loss)

   $ (1,769   $ (5,403

4. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, Net

Changes in the Company’s goodwill balance for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 are summarized in the table below (in thousands):

 

Balance at January 1, 2012

   $ 2,245   

Acquired in business combinations

     18,702   

Finalization of 2012 business combination

     112   

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     34   
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

     21,093   

Acquired in business combinations

     14,440   

Goodwill allocated to Visionael spin-out

     (1,201

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     (702
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

     33,630   

Finalization of 2013 business combination (unaudited)

     (82

Foreign currency translation adjustment (unaudited)

     32   
  

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2014 (unaudited)

   $ 33,580   
  

 

 

 

Intangible assets, net, include the estimated acquisition-date fair values of customer relationships, marketing-related assets, and developed technology that the Company recorded as part of its business acquisitions in 2012 and 2013. The following is a summary of the Company’s intangible assets, net (in thousands):

 

     Estimated Useful
Life (Years)
   Gross
Carrying Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net Carrying
Amount
 

December 31, 2012

           

Customer relationships

   10    $ 19,460       $ 1,632       $ 17,828   

Trade name

   3–10      886         100         786   

Trade name

   Indefinite      1,210         —           1,210   

Developed technology

   7      7,354         790         6,564   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total intangible assets

      $ 28,910       $ 2,522       $ 26,388   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

     Estimated Useful
Life (Years)
   Gross
Carrying Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net Carrying
Amount
 

December 31, 2013

           

Customer relationships

   10    $ 26,799       $ 3,244       $ 23,555   

Trade name

   3      2,598         1,422         1,176   

Developed technology

   4-7      11,825         1,809         10,016   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total intangible assets

      $ 41,222       $ 6,475       $ 34,747   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Estimated Useful
Life (Years)
   Gross
Carrying Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net Carrying
Amount
 

June 30, 2014 (unaudited)

           

Customer relationships

   10    $ 26,821       $ 4,591       $ 22,230   

Trade name

   3      2,598         1,728         870   

Developed technology

   4-7      11,834         2,724         9,110   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total intangible assets

      $ 41,253       $ 9,043       $ 32,210   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s weighted-average amortization period, in total and by major finite-lived intangible asset class, by acquisition during the year ended December 31 (in years):

 

     2012      2013  

Customer relationships

     10         10   

Trade name

     5         3   

Developed technology

     7         6.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total weighted-average amortization period

     9         8.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company periodically reviews the estimated useful lives of its identifiable intangible assets, taking into consideration any events or circumstances that might result in either a diminished fair value or revised useful life. In 2013, management changed its intention to use the PowerSteering trade name on a Company-wide basis and, accordingly, changed the useful life of such trade name from indefinite to a definite life of three years. As a result, the Company recorded an amortization charge of $1,060,000 in 2013 related to the PowerSteering trade name. Management has determined there have been no other indicators of impairment or change in the useful life during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 (unaudited). Total amortization expense was $2,428,000, $4,805,000 and $2,545,000 during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 (unaudited), respectively.

Estimated annual amortization expense for the next five years and thereafter is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Amortization
Expense
 

Year ending December 31:

  

2014

   $ 5,117   

2015

     4,895   

2016

     4,678   

2017

     4,471   

2018 and thereafter

     15,586   
  

 

 

 
   $ 34,747   
  

 

 

 

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

5. Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment at December 31 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     2012     2013  

Equipment (including equipment under capital lease of $90 and $1,640 for 2012 and 2013, respectively)

   $ 1,812      $ 3,498   

Furniture and fixtures

     —          607   

Leasehold improvements

     —          2,297   

Accumulated depreciation

     (405     (2,460
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 1,407      $ 3,942   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortization of assets recorded under capital leases is included with depreciation expense. Depreciation and amortization expense on property and equipment was $390,000 and $791,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively. The Company recorded no impairment of property and equipment and recorded no gains or losses on the disposal of property and equipment during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013.

6. Long-Term Debt

Long-term debt consisted of the following at December 31 (in thousands):

 

     2012     2013  

Senior secured notes (less discount of $123 at December 31, 2013)

   $ 13,054      $ 20,678   

Revolving credit facility

     —          3,067   

Seller notes due 2014 (less discount of $134 and $62 at December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively)

     1,366        1,438   

Seller notes due 2015

     —          3,000   

Seller notes due 2016

     —          500   

Related party note due 2014

     300        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     14,720        28,683   

Less current maturities

     (3,800     (5,245
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

   $ 10,920      $ 23,438   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loan and Security Agreements

U.S. Loan Agreement

On March 5, 2012, the Company entered into a loan and security agreement with Comerica Bank (as amended, the U.S. Loan Agreement). The U.S. Loan Agreement provides the Company and certain of its subsidiaries, as co-borrowers, a secured accounts receivable revolving loan facility of up to $5.0 million and a secured term loan facility of up to $19.5 million, for a total loan facility of up to $24.5 million. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had $7.6 million outstanding as term loans under the U.S. Loan Agreement. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had $2.1 million outstanding as revolving loans and $19.1 million as term loans under the U.S. Loan Agreement. As of June 30, 2014, the Company had $3.6 million (unaudited) outstanding as revolving loans and $17.9 million (unaudited) as term loans under the U.S. Loan Agreement.

Revolving loans and term loans bear interest at a floating rate equal to Comerica Bank’s prime rate plus 1.75% (5% at December 31, 2012 and 2013). Interest on the revolving loans and the term loans is due and payable monthly. Revolving loans may be borrowed, repaid and reborrowed until April 11, 2015, when all outstanding

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

revolving loan amounts must be repaid. Term loan advances may be requested until April 11, 2014. From November 1, 2013 to March 1, 2014, an amount equal to 5% of the principal outstanding on all term loan advances on October 2, 2013 is payable in monthly installments during such period. Between April 1, 2014 and March 1, 2015 an amount equal to 15% of the principal outstanding on all term loan advances on April 11, 2014 is payable in monthly installments during such period. From April 1, 2015 to March 1, 2016 an amount equal to 25% of the principal outstanding on all term loan advances on April 11, 2014 is payable in monthly installments during such period. From April 1, 2016 to March 1, 2017, an amount equal to 25% of the principal outstanding on all term loan advances on April 11, 2014 is payable in monthly installments on the first day of each month during such period. From April 1, 2017 to March 1, 2018, an amount equal to 30% of principal outstanding on all term loan advances on April 11, 2014 is payable in monthly installments during such period. All outstanding principal and interest under the term loan facility must be repaid on April 11, 2018. The revolving loan facility and the term loan facility may be prepaid prior to their respective termination dates without penalty or premium. Starting June 1, 2015, the Company and the other borrowers may be required to begin prepaying certain term loan advances with a percentage of our excess cash flow, if any.

The Company’s obligations and the obligations of the other borrowers under the loan facility are secured by a security interest on substantially all of the Company’s assets and the other borrowers’ assets, including intellectual property. The Company’s other and future subsidiaries may also be required to become co-borrowers or guarantors under the loan facility and grant a security interest on their assets in connection therewith.

The U.S. Loan Agreement contains customary affirmative covenants and customary negative covenants limiting the Company’s ability and the ability of the Company’s subsidiaries to, among other things, dispose of assets, undergo a change in control, merge or consolidate, make acquisitions, incur debt, incur liens, pay dividends, repurchase stock and make investments, in each case subject to certain exceptions. The Company and the other borrowers must also comply with a minimum cash financial covenant, minimum fixed charge ratio financial covenant, maximum indebtedness to adjusted EBITDA financial covenant, and minimum EBITDA financial covenant. The Company was in compliance with all financial covenants as of December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2014 (unaudited).

The U.S. Loan Agreement also contains customary events of default including, among others, payment defaults, breaches of covenants defaults, material adverse change defaults, bankruptcy and insolvency event defaults, cross defaults with certain material indebtedness, judgment defaults, and breaches of representations and warranties defaults. Upon an event of default, Comerica Bank may declare all or a portion of the outstanding obligations payable to be immediately due and payable and exercise other rights and remedies provided for under the loan facility and any related guaranty, including a requirement that any guarantor pay all of the outstanding obligations under its guaranty and a right by Comerica Bank to exercise remedies under any security agreement related to such guaranty. During the existence of an event of default, interest on the obligations could be increased by 5.0%.

In connection with the entry into the U.S. Loan Agreement in March 2012, the Company granted a warrant to purchase 19,675 shares of the Company’s Series B preferred stock at $1.00 per share. The warrant is exercisable for 10 years. The fair value of the warrant was not significant as of the date of issuance or as of December 31, 2012. In connection with the amendment of U.S. Loan Agreement in December 2012, the Company granted a warrant to purchase 6,558 shares of the Company’s Series B preferred stock at $1.00 per share. The warrant is exercisable for 10 years. The fair value of the warrant was not significant as of the date of issuance or as of December 31, 2012. In connection with the amendment of the U.S. Loan Agreement in April 2013, the Company granted a warrant to purchase 37,164 shares of the Company’s Series B preferred stock at $1.00 per share which replaced the aforementioned warrant to purchase 6,558 shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock. The

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

warrant is exercisable for 10 years. The fair value of the warrant at the time of issuance was determined to be $158,000. The Company recorded a debt discount in the amount of $158,000 which is being accreted as interest expense over the term of the underlying note using the interest method.

Canadian Loan Agreement

On February 10, 2012, Tenrox Inc., a Canadian corporation and the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary (the Canadian Subsidiary), entered into a loan and security agreement with Comerica Bank (as amended, the Canadian Loan Agreement). The Canadian Loan Agreement provides a secured accounts receivable revolving loan facility of up to $3.0 million and a secured term loan facility of up to $2.5 million, for a total loan facility of up to $5.5 million. As of December 31, 2012, the Canadian Subsidiary had $5.4 million outstanding as term loans under the Canadian Loan Agreement. As of December 31, 2013, the Canadian Subsidiary had $1.0 million outstanding as revolving loans and $1.7 million as term loans under the Canadian Loan Agreement. As of June 30, 2014, the Company had no outstanding revolving loans (unaudited) and $1.0 million (unaudited) as term loans the Canadian Loan Agreement.

Revolving loans and term loans bear interest at a floating rate equal to Comerica Bank’s prime rate plus 1.75%. Interest on the revolving loans and the term loans is due and payable monthly. Revolving loans may be borrowed, repaid and reborrowed until April 11, 2015, when all outstanding revolving loan amounts must be repaid. Principal on the term loan advance is payable in 24 equal monthly installments beginning on May 1, 2013 and continuing each month until paid in full. All outstanding principal and interest under the term loan facility must be repaid on April 11, 2015. The revolving loan facility and the term loan facility may be prepaid prior to their respective termination dates without penalty or premium.

The Canadian Subsidiary’s obligations under the loan facility are secured by a security interest on substantially all of its assets, including its intellectual property. Additionally, we and certain of our domestic subsidiaries provided guarantees of the loan facility secured by substantially all of our and such subsidiaries’ assets, including intellectual property. Furthermore, our other and future subsidiaries may be required to become co-borrowers or guarantors under the loan facility and grant a security interest on its assets in connection therewith.

The Canadian Loan Agreement and the security agreements contain customary affirmative covenants and customary negative covenants limiting our ability, the Canadian Subsidiary’s ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to, among other things, dispose of assets, undergo a change in control, merge or consolidate, make acquisitions, incur debt, incur liens, pay dividends, repurchase stock and make investments, in each case subject to certain exceptions. The Canadian Subsidiary must also comply with a minimum cash financial covenant, minimum fixed charge ratio financial covenant, maximum indebtedness to adjusted EBITDA financial covenant and minimum EBITDA financial covenant. The Company was in compliance with all financial covenants as of December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2014 (unaudited).

The Canadian Loan Agreement and the security agreements also contain customary events of default including, among others, payment defaults, breaches of covenants defaults, material adverse change defaults, bankruptcy and insolvency event defaults, cross defaults with certain material indebtedness, judgment defaults, and breaches of representations and warranties defaults. Upon an event of default, Comerica Bank may declare all or a portion of the Canadian Subsidiary’s outstanding obligations payable to be immediately due and payable and exercise other rights and remedies provided for under the loan facility, including a requirement that any guarantor pay all of the outstanding obligations under their respective guaranty and a right by Comerica Bank to exercise remedies under any security agreement related to such guaranty. During the existence of an event of default, interest on the obligations could be increased by 5.0%.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

In connection with the entry into the Canadian Loan Agreement in February 2012, the Company granted Comerica Bank a warrant to purchase 19,675 shares of the Company’s Series A preferred stock at $6.10 per share. The warrant is exercisable for 10 years. The fair value of the warrant was not significant as of the date of issuance.

Seller Notes

In November 2012, the Company issued seller notes payable in connection with the acquisition of EPM Live. The notes have an aggregate principal amount of $1,500,000 with no stated interest rate. The notes were recorded at their estimated fair value of $1,400,000 at the acquisition date, and imputed interest will be accreted to noncash interest expense to the maturity date using a 5% interest rate. The notes are due in November 2014.

In May 2013, the Company issued seller notes payable in connection with the acquisition of FileBound. The notes have an aggregate principal amount of $3.5 million with 5% stated interest. $3.0 million of the notes are due in May 2015 and $500,000 million of the notes are due in May 2016.

Related Party Notes Payable

In February 2012, the Company issued a promissory note to a related party for an aggregate principal amount of $1,500,000. The unpaid principal amount of this note bears interest at a rate of 6.0% per year. All unpaid principal and interest become due and were paid in August 2012.

In November 2012, the Company issued a promissory note to the related party for an aggregate principal amount of $1,500,000. The unpaid principal amount of this note bears interest at a rate of 6.0% per year. All unpaid principal and interest became due on May 9, 2013. The Company repaid $1,200,000 of this note in December 2012, then borrowed $1,000,000 in January 2013 and paid the note in full in April 2013. At December 31, 2012, the outstanding borrowing under this agreement was $300,000.

Debt Maturities

The Company believes the carrying value of its long-term debt at December 31, 2013 approximates its fair value based on the variable interest rate feature or based upon interest rates currently available to the Company.

Future debt maturities of long-term debt are as follows (in thousands):

 

Year ending December 31:

  

2014

   $ 5,529   

2015

     10,871   

2016

     5,375   

2017

     5,606   

2018

     1,487   

Thereafter

     —     
  

 

 

 
   $ 28,868   
  

 

 

 

Debt Issuance Costs

The Company incurred aggregate debt issuance costs of $283,000 in 2012 and $136,000 in 2013 in connection with its U.S. Loan Agreement and Canadian Loan Agreement. These costs are being amortized to noncash interest expense over the terms of the related indebtedness using the effective-interest method. Noncash interest expense, including the write-off of the unamortized balance of previously existing deferred financing costs of

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

$164,000 in 2013, related to these costs was $86,000 and $236,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

The estimated amortization of these debt issuance costs through the maturity of the related borrowings is as follows (in thousands):

 

Year ending December 31:

  

2014

   $ 54   

2015

     28   

2016

     11   

2017

     5   
  

 

 

 
   $ 98   
  

 

 

 

Convertible Promissory Notes

In October 2013, the Company issued $4.9 million of promissory notes to investors bearing interest at 5% per annum with a maturity date of October 2014. Such promissory notes are automatically converted into shares of preferred stock upon the occurrence of a qualified financing. The conversion price for the shares of preferred stock is 80% of the price paid by other investors in the qualified financing. Such conversion price represents a beneficial conversion feature in the amount of $1.2 million which was recorded as interest expense. In December 2013, all of the promissory notes were converted into shares of Series C preferred stock.

7. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

The Company leases office space under operating leases that expire between 2014 and 2016.

Future minimum lease payments under operating and capital lease obligations are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Capital
Leases
    Operating
Leases
 

2014

   $ 446      $ 1,095   

2015

     332        976   

2016

     215        636   

2017

     121        289   

2018

     20        50   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

     1,134      $ 3,046   
    

 

 

 

Less amount representing interest

     (135  
  

 

 

   

Present value of capital lease obligations

     999     

Less current portion of capital lease obligations

     (398  
  

 

 

   

Long-term capital lease obligations

   $ 601     
  

 

 

   

In addition, the Company has an outstanding purchase commitment for software development services pursuant to a technology services agreement in the amount of $2.1 million in 2014. For years after 2014, the purchase commitment amount for software development services will be equal to the prior year purchase commitment increased (decreased) by the percentage change in total revenue for the prior year as compared to the preceding year. For example, if 2014 total revenues increase by 10% as compared to 2013 total revenues, then the 2015 purchase commitment would increase by approximately $213,175 from the 2014 purchase commitment amount

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

to $2,344,925. A similar 10% increase in 2015 total revenues as compared to 2014 total revenues would increase the 2016 purchase commitment amount from the 2015 purchase commitment amount of $2,344,925 by approximately $234,493 to $2,579,418.

Total rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 was approximately $382,000 and $832,000, respectively. The current and long-term portion of capital lease obligations are recorded in the accrued expenses and other and other long-term liabilities line items on the balance sheet, respectively.

The Company has a letter of credit for an office lease with a bank in the amount of $150,000.

Litigation

In the normal course of business, the Company may become involved in various lawsuits and legal proceedings. While the ultimate results of these matters cannot be predicted with certainty, management does not expect them to have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position or results of operations of the Company.

8. Income Taxes

The Company’s loss from continuing operations before income taxes for the years ended December 31 was as follows (in thousands):

 

     2012     2013  

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes:

    

United States

   $ (3,971   $ (9,267

Foreign

     (399     1,420   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ (4,370   $ (7,847
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The components of the provision (benefit) for income taxes attributable to continuing operations for the year ended December 31 are as follows (in thousands):

 

     2012     2013  

Current

    

Federal

   $ —        $ —     

State

     6        18   

Foreign

     57        1,136   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Current

     63        1,154   

Deferred

    

Federal

     58        (417

State

     8        (67

Foreign

     (201     38   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Deferred

     (135     (446
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ (72   $ 708   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2013, the Company had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $45 million and research and development credit carryforwards of approximately $0.8 million. The net operating loss and credit carryforwards will expire beginning in 2018, if not utilized. Utilization of the net operating losses and tax credits will be subject to substantial annual limitation due to the “change of ownership” provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. The annual limitation will result in the expiration of $16.2 million of net operating losses and $0.8 million of credit carryforwards before utilization.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred taxes as of December 31 are as follows (in thousands):

 

     2012     2013  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Current deferred tax assets:

    

Accrued expenses and allowances

   $ 342      $ 448   

Deferred revenue

     495        164   

Other

     68        39   

Valuation allowance for current deferred tax assets

     (408     (641
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net current deferred tax assets

     497        10   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noncurrent deferred tax assets:

    

Intangible assets

     —          —     

Stock compensation

     —          136   

Net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards

     5,933        9,138   

Other

     5        102   

Valuation allowance for noncurrent deferred tax assets

     (2,443     (4,872
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net noncurrent deferred tax assets

   $ 3,495      $ 4,504   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Current deferred tax liabilities:

    

Prepaid expenses

   $ (7   $ (10
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current deferred tax liabilities

     (7     (10
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noncurrent deferred tax liabilities:

    

Stock compensation

     (43     —     

Capital expenses

     (33     (529

Intangible assets

     (7,579     (7,059

Goodwill

     (132     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noncurrent deferred tax liabilities

   $ (7,787   $ (7,588
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net current deferred tax asset

   $ 490      $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net noncurrent deferred tax liability

   $ (4,292   $ (3,084
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred taxes

   $ (3,802   $ (3,084
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Due to the uncertainty surrounding the timing of realizing the benefits of its domestic favorable tax attributes in future tax returns, the Company has placed a valuation allowance against its domestic net deferred tax asset, exclusive of goodwill. During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, the valuation allowance increased by approximately $811,000 and $4,048,000, respectively, due primarily to operations and acquisitions, and decreased by approximately $0 and $1,386,000, respectively, due to the distribution of Visionael.

Undistributed earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are considered permanently reinvested and, accordingly, no provision for U.S. federal or state income taxes has been provided thereon. The Company had no undistributed earnings from its foreign subsidiaries at December 31, 2012 and 2013.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

The Company’s provision for income taxes differs from the expected tax (expense) benefit amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate of 34% to income before taxes due to the following for the year ended December 31:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
       2012         2013    

Federal statutory rate

     34.0     34.0

State taxes, net of federal benefit

     26.5        4.3   

Tax credits

     5.0        (5.3

Effect of foreign operations

     (0.8     2.0   

Permanent items and other

     7.5        (13.7

Tax carryforwards not benefited

     (70.7     (30.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     1.5     (9.0 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Under ASC 740–10, Income Taxes – Overall , the Company periodically reviews the uncertainties and judgments related to the application of complex income tax regulations to determine income tax liabilities in several jurisdictions. The Company uses a “more-likely-than-not” criterion for recognizing an asset for unrecognized income tax benefits or a liability for uncertain tax positions. The Company has determined it has the following unrecognized assets or liabilities related to uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2013. The Company does not anticipate any significant changes in such uncertainties and judgments during the next 12 months. To the extent the Company is required to recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax liabilities, this amount will be recorded as an accrued liability.

 

Balance at January 1, 2012

   $  —     

Additional based on tax positions related to the current year

     —     

Additions for tax positions of prior years

     70   

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

     —     

Settlements

     —     
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

     70   

Additional based on tax positions related to the current year

     —     

Additions for tax positions of prior years

     (7

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

     —     

Settlements

     —     
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

   $ 63   
  

 

 

 

Due to the existence of the valuation allowance, future changes in the unrecognized tax benefits will not materially impact the Company’s effective tax rate. The Company’s assessment of its unrecognized tax benefits is subject to change as a function of the Company’s financial statement audit.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had no accrued interest or penalties related to uncertain tax positions.

The Company and its subsidiaries file tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and in several state and foreign jurisdictions. The Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal income tax examinations for years ended before December 31, 2010, and is no longer subject to state and local or foreign income tax examinations by tax authorities for years ended before December 31, 2009. The Company is not currently under audit for federal, state, or any foreign jurisdictions.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

9. Stockholders’ Deficit

Common Stock

In July and October 2010, the Company issued 1,582,635 shares of restricted stock to three stockholders of the Company at $0.0001 per share for aggregate proceeds of $965. In October 2012, the Company issued 113,085 shares of restricted stock to an employee of the Company at $1.22 per share for aggregate proceeds of $137,942. These shares are subject to a repurchase option. If the holder’s status as an employee or service provider to the Company terminates, then the Company shall have the option to repurchase any shares that have not yet been released from the repurchase option at a price per share equal to the original purchase price. Based on the contractual vesting schedules, 626,460 and 240,280 shares remain unvested as of December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

In November 2013, the Company issued 155,599 shares of common stock valued at $275,000 in connection with the acquisition of ComSci.

Stock Options

During 2010, the Company adopted the Upland Software, Inc. 2010 Stock Plan (the Plan). The Plan provides, in part, that incentive and nonstatutory stock options, as defined by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock and restricted stock may be granted to employees, directors, and consultants.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company has 947,367 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the Plan. Accordingly, the Company has reserved 357,991 shares of common stock to permit exercise of options outstanding in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

Under the Plan, stock options will be issued at an exercise price equal to at least 100% of the fair market value of the Company’s common stock at the option grant date as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors or appointed administrator. The maximum term of these options is ten years, measured from the date of grant. Options under the Plan generally vest over four years. Under certain conditions, vesting is accelerated upon a change in control (as defined in the Plan).

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

A summary of the changes in common stock options is as follows:

 

    Number of
Options
Outstanding
    Weighted–
Average
Exercise
Price
    Weighted–
Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
(In Years)
    Weighted-
Average Fair
Value

per Share
 

Outstanding at January 1, 2012

    37,383      $ 0.30        9.25      $ 0.18   

Options granted

    173,844      $ 1.22        $ 0.79   

Options forfeited

    (23,605   $ 1.22        $ 0.79   
 

 

 

       

Outstanding at December 31, 2012

    187,622      $ 1.04        9.65      $ 0.67   

Options granted

    191,045      $ 1.77        $ 0.91   

Options forfeited

    (20,676   $ 1.28        $ 0.79   
 

 

 

       

Outstanding at December 31, 2013

    357,991      $ 1.40        9.16      $ 0.79   

Options granted (unaudited)

    263,015      $ 6.22        $ 3.35   

Options forfeited (unaudited)

   
(32,724

  $
2.87
  
    $ 1.59   

Options exercised (unaudited)

   
(150

  $ 1.77        $ 0.91   
 

 

 

       

Outstanding at June 30, 2014 (unaudited)

    588,132      $ 3.49        9.11      $ 1.89   
 

 

 

       

Options vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2013

    59,106      $ 0.79        8.04     
 

 

 

       

Options vested and exercisable at December 31, 2013

    56,675      $ 0.79        8.04     
 

 

 

       

Options vested and expected to vest at June 30, 2014 (unaudited)

    108,992      $ 1.40        8.16     
 

 

 

       

Options vested and exercisable at June 30, 2014 (unaudited)

    105,511      $ 1.40        8.16     
 

 

 

       

The aggregate intrinsic value of options vested during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, was approximately $3,000 and $206,000, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2013, was approximately $34,000 and $1,726,000, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of options vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2013, was approximately $321,000. The aggregate intrinsic value for options exercisable at December 31, 2013 was $308,000. The total fair value of employee options vested during the years ended December 31, 2012, and 2013 was approximately $3,000 and $34,000, respectively. Unvested shares as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013 have a weighted-average grant date fair value of $0.67 per share and $0.79 per share, respectively.

Total stock–based compensation was approximately $92,000 and $498,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively. As of December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2014, $299,000 and $823,000 (unaudited) of unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options is expected to be recognized over a weighted–average period of 2.47 and 2.57 years, respectively.

10. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

In 2011, the Company issued 2,652,110 shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock for aggregate proceeds of $16.0 million, net of issuance costs of $199,000.

In January 2012, the Company issued 169,054 shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock for aggregate proceeds of $1.0 million, net of issuance costs of $23,784.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

In January 2012, the Company issued 1,701,909 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock for aggregate proceeds of $10.4 million, net of issuance costs of $22,000.

In November 2012, the Company issued 131,168 shares of Series B–1 redeemable convertible preferred stock valued at $800,000 in connection with the acquisition of EPM Live. Such shares are subject to forfeiture obligations based upon continued employment over a 24-month period. The Company is accounting for such shares as compensation as the shares vest. At December 31, 2013, 131,168 shares remain subject to forfeiture and $348,000 of stock compensation remains unamortized and is expected to be recognized over the next year.

In May 2013, the Company issued 106,572 shares of B–1 redeemable convertible preferred stock valued at $624,000 in connection with the acquisition of FileBound.

In November 2013, the Company issued 155,598 shares of Series B–2 redeemable convertible preferred stock valued at $949,000 in connection with the acquisition of ComSci.

In December 2013, the Company issued 1,918,048 shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock for aggregate proceeds of $19,700,000, net of issuance costs of $82,000. The proceeds from the issuance of Series C preferred stock included the conversion of $4,900,000 of convertible promissory bridge notes and accrued interest payable.

Significant terms of the Series A, B, B–1, B–2 and C redeemable convertible preferred stock (Preferred Stock) are as follows:

Voting

Each holder of Preferred Stock, except for holders of Series B–2 redeemable convertible preferred stock, shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder could be converted. The holders of Preferred Stock and the holders of common stock shall vote together and not as separate classes. Except as otherwise specifically required by applicable law, the holders of Series B–2 redeemable convertible preferred stock shall have no right to vote on any matters to be voted on by the stockholders of the Company.

Dividends

Dividends on shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock shall begin to accrue on a daily basis at a rate of 8% per annum, shall be cumulative, and shall compound on an annual basis. Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock dividends shall be due and payable upon the earliest of (i) any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company; (ii) the redemption of the Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock; or (iii) the payment of any dividends with respect to common stock or Series A, B, B–1 redeemable convertible Preferred Stock. Cumulative dividends on shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock shall cease to accrue and all accrued and unpaid cumulative dividends shall be canceled and any rights to such dividends shall terminate at the time such share of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock is converted to common stock.

The holders of outstanding shares of Series A, B, B–1, and B–2 redeemable convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to receive dividends, when, as, and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets legally available at the annual rate of $0.49 per share payable in preference and priority to any declaration or payment of any distribution on common stock. No dividends shall be made with respect to the common stock unless dividends on the Preferred Stock have been declared and paid or set aside for payment to the preferred stockholders. The right to receive dividends on shares of Series A, B, B–1 and B–2 redeemable convertible

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

preferred stock shall not be cumulative, and no right to dividends shall accrue to holders of Series A, B, B–1 and B–2 redeemable convertible preferred stock by reason of the fact that dividends on said shares are not declared or paid. Payment of any dividends to the holders of Series A, B, B–1, and B–2 redeemable convertible preferred stock shall be on a pro rata basis.

Liquidation Preference

Upon any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company and its subsidiaries, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Company to the holders of Series A, B, B–1 and B–2 redeemable convertible preferred stock and holders of common stock by reason of their ownership of such stock, an amount per share for each share of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock held by them equal to the sum of (i) $10.98 per share and (ii) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock, or such lesser amount as may be approved by the holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock. If, upon the liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, the assets of the Company legally available for distribution to the holders of the Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full amounts, then the entire assets of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock in proportion to the full amounts they would otherwise be entitled to receive.

Upon any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company and its subsidiaries, whether voluntary or involuntary, and after payment in full of the amounts to which holders of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to receive, the holders of Series A, B, B–1 and B–2 redeemable convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Company to the holders of the common stock by reason of their ownership of such stock, an amount per share for each share of Series A, B, B–1 and B–2 redeemable convertible preferred stock held by them equal to the sum of (i) $6.10 per share and (ii) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of preferred stock, or such lesser amount as may be approved by the holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of Series A, B, B–1 and B–2 redeemable convertible preferred stock. If, upon the liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, the assets of the Company legally available for distribution to the holders of the Series A, B, B–1 and B–2 redeemable convertible preferred stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full amounts, then the entire assets of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of Series A, B, B–1 and B–2 redeemable convertible preferred stock in proportion to the full amounts they would otherwise be entitled to receive.

Redemption

At any time after December 20, 2018, and at the election of the holders of at least two–thirds of the then–outstanding shares of Series A, B, and C redeemable convertible preferred stock, the Company shall redeem, out of funds legally available, all (but not less than all) outstanding shares of Series A, B, B–2 and C redeemable convertible preferred stock that have not been converted into common stock, in three equal annual installments. The Company shall redeem the shares of Series A, B and B–2 redeemable convertible preferred stock by paying in cash $6.10 per share, plus an amount equal to all declared and unpaid dividends, whether or not earned. The Company shall redeem the shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock by paying in cash $10.98 per share, plus all accrued but unpaid cumulative dividends and any other declared but unpaid dividends thereon.

If the funds legally available for redemption of the Series A, B, B–2 and C redeemable convertible preferred stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full respective redemption prices, the

 

F-33


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

Company shall first redeem all share of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock and shall then use the remaining proceeds to effect such redemption pro rata among the holders of the Series A, B and B–2 redeemable convertible preferred stock so that each holder of Series A, B and B–2 redeemable convertible preferred stock shall receive a redemption payment equal to a fraction of the aggregate amount available for redemption.

At any time after December 20, 2019 and at the election of a least a majority of the then–outstanding shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock, the Company shall redeem in three equal annual installments all outstanding shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock.

The Series B–1 redeemable convertible preferred stock is not entitled to any redemption rights. However, because a majority of the Company’s outstanding stock is in the control of the convertible preferred stockholders who also control the Company’s Board of Directors, a hostile takeover or other sale could occur outside the Company’s control and thereby trigger a “deemed liquidation” and payment of liquidation preferences. Accordingly, the Company has classified convertible preferred stock outside of stockholders’ deficit for all periods presented.

The Company adjusts the carrying value of the convertible preferred stock to the liquidation preferences of such shares at each reporting period-end. The change in the carrying value of the convertible preferred stock is recorded as a charge to additional paid–in capital, if any, and then to accumulated deficit.

The Company has evaluated each of its series of convertible preferred stock and determined that each series should be considered an “equity host” and not a “debt host” as defined by ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging . This evaluation is necessary in order to determine if any embedded features require bifurcation and, therefore, separate accounting as a derivative liability. The Company’s analysis followed the “whole instrument approach,” which compares an individual feature against the entire convertible preferred stock instrument that includes that feature. The Company’s analysis was based on a consideration of the convertible preferred stock’s economic characteristics and risks and, more specifically, evaluated all the stated and implied substantive features, including (i) whether the convertible preferred stock included redemption features, (ii) how and when any redemption features could be exercised, (iii) whether the holders of convertible preferred stock, were entitled to dividends, (iv) the voting rights of the convertible preferred stock and (v) the existence and nature of any conversion rights. As a result of the Company’s conclusion that the convertible preferred stock represents an equity host, the conversion feature of all series of convertible preferred stock is considered to be clearly and closely related to the associated convertible preferred stock host instrument. Accordingly, the conversion feature of all series of convertible preferred stock is not considered an embedded derivative that requires bifurcation.

The Company accounts for potentially beneficial conversion features under ASC 740–20, Debt with Conversion and Other Options . At the time of each of the issuances of convertible preferred stock, the Company’s common stock into which each series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock is convertible had an estimated fair value less than the effective conversion prices of the convertible preferred stock. Therefore, there was no intrinsic value on the respective commitment dates.

Conversion

Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder, at any time after the date of issuance of such share, into that number of fully paid, nonassessable shares of common stock determined by dividing the original issue price for the relevant series (Series A redeemable convertible – $6.10, Series B redeemable convertible – $6.10, Series B–1 redeemable convertible – $6.10, Series B–2 redeemable convertible – $6.10, and Series C redeemable convertible – $10.98) by the conversion price for such series (Series A redeemable convertible – $6.10, Series B redeemable convertible – $6.10, Series B–1 redeemable convertible – $6.10, Series B–2 redeemable convertible – $6.10, and Series C redeemable convertible – $10.98).

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

Each share of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into fully paid, nonassessable shares of common stock at the then–effective conversion rate for such share (i) immediately prior to the closing of a firm commitment, underwritten IPO pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, covering the offer and sale of the Company’s common stock, provided that the offering price per share is not less than $14.82 if such event occurs on or before June 20, 2015, or $21.96 if such event occurs after June 20, 2015, and the aggregate gross proceeds to the Company exceed $25,000,000; (ii) with respect to Series A, B, B–1 and B–2 redeemable convertible preferred stock, upon the receipt by the Company of a written request for such conversion of holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding Series A, B, B–1, and B–2 redeemable convertible preferred stock entitled to vote; or (iii) with respect to Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock, upon receipt by the Company of a written request for such conversion from the holders of at least 50% of the Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock then outstanding, or, if later, the effective date for conversion specified in such requests.

11. Preferred Stock Warrants

The Company had 19,675 Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants and 19,675 Series B preferred stock warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2012 with an exercise price of $6.10 per share. The Company had 19,675 Series A preferred stock warrants and 56,839 Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2014 (unaudited) with an exercise price of $6.10 per share. All of these warrants were issued in connection with the loan agreements described in Note 6.

The fair value of warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock was determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The following table summarizes the inputs and assumptions used to develop their fair values:

 

     Series A Preferred Stock Warrant  
     December 31,     June 30,  
     2012     2013     2014  
                 (unaudited)  

Stock Price

   $ 1.22      $ 10.67      $ 15.25   

Exercise price

   $ 6.10      $ 6.10      $ 6.10   

Expected volatility

     72.52     53.30     54.07

Risk-free interest rate

     1.36     1.75     1.62

Expected life in years

     7.00        5.12        4.62   

Dividend yield

     —          —          —     

 

     Series B Preferred Stock Warrant  
     December 31,     June 30,  
     2012     2013     2014  
                 (unaudited)  

Stock Price

   $ 1.22      $ 10.67      $ 15.25   

Exercise price

   $ 6.10      $ 6.10      $ 6.10   

Expected volatility

     72.52     53.30     54.07%   

Risk-free interest rate

     0.95     1.75     1.62% - 1.88

Expected life in years

     6.12        5.18-6.28        4.68 - 5.79   

Dividend yield

     —          —          —     

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

12. Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is defined as the exit price, or the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants as of the measurement date. GAAP sets forth a three–tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. The three tiers are Level 1, defined as observable inputs, such as quoted market prices in active markets; Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable; and Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore, requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions. At December 31, 2012, assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis were not significant.

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are summarized below (in thousands):

 

     Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2013  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets:

   $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —     

Liabilities:

           

Warrant liabilities

   $ —         $ —         $ 525       $ 525   

 

     Fair Value Measurements at June 30, 2014  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
     (unaudited)      (unaudited)      (unaudited)      (unaudited)  

Assets:

   $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —     

Liabilities:

           

Warrant liabilities

   $ —         $ —         $ 831       $ 831   

The following table presents additional information about fixed maturity securities measured at fair value on a recurring basis and for which we have utilized significant unobservable (Level 3) inputs to determine fair value:

 

Beginning balance at January 1, 2012

   $  —     

Issuance of preferred stock warrants

     —     

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrants

     —     
  

 

 

 

Ending balance at December 31, 2012

     —     

Issuance of preferred stock warrants

     158   

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrants

     367   
  

 

 

 

Ending balance at December 31, 2013

     525   

Issuance of preferred stock warrants (unaudited)

     —     

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrants (unaudited)

     306   
  

 

 

 

Ending balance at June 30, 2014 (unaudited)

   $ 831   
  

 

 

 

The fair value of warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock was determined using Black-Scholes option pricing model. The valuation of the warrant liability is discussed in Note 11 Preferred Stock Warrants.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

13. Net Loss per Common Share

The following table sets for the computations of loss per share (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):

 

     Year Ended December 31,    

Six Months Ended

June 30,

 
     2012     2013     2013     2014  
                 (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Numerators:

        

Loss from continuing operations attributable to common stockholders

   $ (4,298   $ (8,555   $ (2,274   $ (14,997

Income (loss) from discontinued operations attributable to common stockholders

     1, 791        (642     (316     —     

Preferred stock dividends and accretion

     (44     (98     (22     (875

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (2,551   $ (9,295   $ (2,612   $ (15,872

Denominator:

        

Weighted–average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

     751,416        1,196,668        1,061,906        3,255,077   

Loss from continuing operations per share, basic and diluted

   $ (5.78   $ (7.23   $ (2.16   $ (4.92

Loss from discontinued operations per share, basic and diluted

   $ 2.39      $ (0.54   $ (0.30   $ —     

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted

   $ (3.39   $ (7.77   $ (2.46   $ (4.92

Due to the net losses for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014, basic and diluted loss per share were the same, as the effect of all potentially dilutive securities would have been anti–dilutive. The following table sets forth the anti–dilutive common share equivalents:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2012      2013      2013      2014  
                   (unaudited)      (unaudited)  

Redeemable Convertible preferred stock:

           

Series A preferred stock

     2,821,181         2,821,181         2,821,181         2,821,181   

Series B preferred stock

     1,701,909         1,701,909         1,701,909         1,701,909   

Series B–1 preferred stock

     131,168         237,740         131,168         237,740   

Series B–2 preferred stock

     —           155,598         —           155,598   

Series C preferred stock

     —           1,918,048         —           1,918,048   

Stock options

     187,622         357,991         187,622         588,132   

Restricted stock

     626,460         240,280         508,736         76,734   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total anti–dilutive common share equivalents

     5,468,340         7,423,747         5,350,616         7,499,342   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-37


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

Pro Forma Net Loss per Common Share (Unaudited)

The numerator and the denominator used in computing the unaudited pro forma net loss per common share for the year ended December 31, 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 (unaudited) have been adjusted to assume the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into common stock at the later of January 1, 2013 or the date of issuance of the preferred stock. Pro forma net loss per common share does not give effect to potentially dilutive securities where the impact would be anti–dilutive (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2013
    Six Months
Ended June 30,
2014
 
           (unaudited)  

Numerator:

    

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (9,295   $ (15,872

Add: Preferred stock dividends and accretion

     98        875   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders

     (9,197     (14,997

Denominator:

    

Historical denominator for basic and diluted net loss per common share – weighted–average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

     1,196,668        3,225,077   

Plus: assumed conversion of preferred stock to common stock

     4,801,945        6,834,476   

Denominator for pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share

     5,998,613        10,059,553   

Pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted

   $ (1.55   $ (1.49

14. Employee Benefit Plans

The Company has established two voluntary defined contribution retirement plans qualifying under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The Company made no contributions to the 401(k) plans for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013.

15. Discontinued Operations

On November 6, 2013, the Company distributed all of the shares of its Visionael subsidiary to the Company’s stockholders in a spin–off. The subsidiary was not a discontinued operation or classified as held for sale as of December 31, 2012. However, since all shares of the subsidiary were distributed in 2013, the Company’s consolidated statements of operations have been presented to show the discontinued operations of the subsidiary separately from continuing operations for all periods presented. Since the transaction was between entities under common control, the distribution of the shares of the subsidiary did not result in a gain or loss on distribution as it was recorded at historical carrying values.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

The following table sets forth the assets and liabilities of the discontinued operations which are included in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2012 (in thousands):

 

     December 31,
2012
 

Assets:

  

Cash

   $ 270   

Accounts receivable, net

     1,000   

Fixed assets, net

     5   

Intangible assets, net

     2,648   

Goodwill

     2,357   

Other assets

     5   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

     6,285   

Liabilities:

  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     215   

Other current liabilities

     14   

Deferred revenue, current

     1,313   

Deferred tax liability

     5   

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

     429   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     1,976   
  

 

 

 

Net assets

   $ 4,309   
  

 

 

 

16. Domestic and Foreign Operations

Revenue by revenue is based on the ship-to address of the customer, which is intended to approximate where the customer’s users are located. The ship to country is generally the same as the billing country. The Company has operations in the U.S., Canada and Europe. Information about these operations is presented below (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2012              2013      

Revenues:

     

U.S.

   $ 16,999       $ 31,166   

Canada

   $ 2,920       $ 3,509   

Other International

   $ 2,844       $ 6,518   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Revenues

   $ 22,763       $ 41,193   

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2012              2013      

Identifiable long–lived assets:

     

U.S.

   $ 637       $ 3,310   

Canada

   $ 770       $ 632   

Other International

   $ 0       $ 0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total identifiable long–lived assets

   $ 1,407       $ 3,942   

 

F-39


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

17. Related Party Transactions

In 2012 and 2013, the Company borrowed and repaid monies from and to an investor in the Company pursuant to promissory notes (see Note 6). In 2012 and 2013, the Company purchased software development services pursuant to a technology services agreement with a company controlled by a non-management investor in the Company in the amount of $1,000,000 and $2,100,000, respectively. In January 2014, the Company issued 1,803,574 shares of common stock to this company in connection with the amendment of such technology services agreement and took a noncash charge of $11,200,000 recorded in research and development expenses. The Company has an outstanding purchase commitment for additional software development services from this company in 2014 in the amount of $2,100,000. For years after 2014, the purchase commitment amount for software development services will be equal to the prior year purchase commitment increased (decreased) by the percentage change in total revenue for the prior year as compared to the preceding year. For example, if 2014 total revenues increase by 10% as compared to 2013 total revenues, then the 2015 purchase commitment would increase by approximately $213,175 from the 2014 purchase commitment amount to $2,344,925. A similar 10% increase in 2015 total revenues as compared to 2014 total revenues would increase the 2016 purchase commitment amount from the 2015 purchase commitment amount of $2,344,925 by approximately $234,493 to $2,579,418.

When the Company receives requested services as detailed by statements of work pursuant to the software development agreement, it determines whether such software development costs should be capitalized as either internally-used software or software to be sold or otherwise marketed. If such costs are not capitalizable, the Company expenses such costs as the services are received. If the Company anticipates that it will not utilize the full amount of the annual minimum fee, the estimated unused portion of the annual minimum fee is expensed at that time.

18. Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through the date the consolidated financial statements were available for issuance.

On October 9, 2014, the Board approved, and, on October 24, 2014 the Company effected, a 6.099-for-1 reverse stock split of its common and preferred stock. All share and per share information for all periods presented has been adjusted to reflect the effect of such reverse stock split.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Auditors

To the Members of

LMR Solutions, LLC (dba EPM Live)

We have audited the accompanying financial statements of LMR Solutions, LLC (dba EPM Live), which comprise the balance sheet as of November 13, 2012, and the related statements of operations, changes in members’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for the period from January 1, 2012 to November 13, 2012, and the related notes to the financial statements.

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditor’s Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of LMR Solutions, LLC (dba EPM Live) as of November 13, 2012, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from January 1, 2012 to November 13, 2012 in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Holtzman Partners, LLP

May 7, 2014

 

F-41


Table of Contents

LMR Solutions, LLC (dba EPM Live)

Balance Sheet

 

     November 13,
2012
 

Assets

  

Current assets:

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 387,604   

Accounts receivable, net allowance of $97,976

     1,365,126   

Prepaid expenses and other

     53,231   
  

 

 

 

Total current assets

     1,805,961   

Property and equipment, net

     407,706   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 2,213,667   
  

 

 

 

Liabilities and members’ equity (deficit)

  

Current liabilities:

  

Accounts payable

   $ 171,935   

Accrued liabilities

     479,238   

Line of credit

     524,502   

Current portion of notes payable

     126,240   

Current portion of capital lease obligations

     72,203   

Deferred revenue

     161,503   
  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     1,535,621   

Notes payable, net of current portion

     346,096   

Capital lease obligations, net of current portion

     99,279   

Deferred revenue, non-current

     2,483,306   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     4,464,302   

Members’ equity (deficit):

     (2,250,635
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities and members’ equity (deficit)

   $ 2,213,667   
  

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

LMR Solutions, LLC (dba EPM Live)

Statement of Operations

 

     For the period
from January 1,
2012 to
November 13,
2012
 

Revenues

   $ 5,459,727   

Cost of revenues

     (2,023,347
  

 

 

 

Gross profit

     3,436,380   

Operating expenses:

  

Sales and marketing

     1,921,284   

Research and development

     1,063,644   

General and administrative

     1,677,670   
  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     4,662,598   

Loss from operations

     (1,226,218

Other income (expense):

  

Interest expense

     (45,024
  

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

     (45,024
  

 

 

 

Net loss before taxes

     (1,271,242

Income taxes

     (15,674
  

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (1,286,916
  

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

LMR Solutions, LLC (dba EPM Live)

Statement of Changes in Members’ Equity (Deficit)

 

     Members’
Equity
(Deficit)
 

Balance at December 31, 2011 (unaudited)

   $ (882,734

Distributions to members

     (80,985

Net loss

     (1,286,916
  

 

 

 

Balance at November 13, 2012

   $ (2,250,635
  

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

LMR Solutions, LLC (dba EPM Live)

Statement of Cash Flows

 

     For the period
from January 1,
2012 to
November 13,
2012
 

Operating activities

  

Net loss

   $ (1,286,916

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

  

Depreciation expense

     151,969   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

  

Accounts receivable

     137,747   

Prepaid expenses and other

     568   

Accounts payable

     123,320   

Accrued expenses and other

     4,725   

Deferred revenue

     844,253   
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (24,334

Investing activities

  

Purchases of property and equipment

     (35,091
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (35,091

Financing activities

  

Borrowings on line of credit

     342,000   

Principal payments on notes payable

     (187,978

Principal payments on capital lease obligations

     (19,655

Distributions to shareholders

     (80,985
  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     53,382   

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

     (6,043

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     393,647   
  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 387,604   
  

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

  

Cash paid for interest

   $ 36,586   
  

 

 

 

Cash paid for income taxes

   $ 15,674   
  

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing activities:

  

Equipment purchased under capital lease

   $ 137,927   
  

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

LMR Solutions, LLC (dba EPM Live)

Notes to Financial Statements

For the period from January 1, 2012 to November 13, 2012

1. Business Description and Organization

LMR Solutions, LLC (dba EPM Live) (the “Company”) was formed to provide online solutions, consulting services and Enterprise SharePoint Project Management applications to organizations in the e-commerce industry. The Company produces online applications, which include a fully integrated build-to-order work management platform that allows organizations to extend project portfolio management to all areas of their business leveraging pre-built, proven best practice applications. Applications include Project Portfolio Management, Application Lifecycle Management, New Product Development, IT Management, and Service Management. The Company also offers products such as business strategy workshops, requirements support, installation support, configuration support, development support, training, customer support, online support and consulting services.

LMR Solutions, LLC (dba EPM Live) was formed and began operations as a Limited Liability Company under the State of Delaware statutes on May 19, 2004. Under the terms of the LLC Operating Agreement, the term of the Company expires on May 19, 2024. The Company’s principal office is in Carlsbad, California.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Accounting

The financial statements of the Company have been prepared on the accrual basis of accounting in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Use of Estimates

The presentation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.

On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates its estimates, including those related to revenue recognition, the provision for doubtful accounts, sales returns and allowances, the useful lives of property and equipment, accrued liabilities, and contingencies, among others. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could differ from the estimates made by management with respect to these items and other items that require management’s estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments acquired with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents are stated at cost, which approximates market value, because of the short maturity of these instruments.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are recorded at net realizable value. The Company continually assesses the collectability of outstanding customer invoices; and if deemed necessary, maintains an allowance for estimated losses resulting

 

F-46


Table of Contents

LMR Solutions, LLC (dba EPM Live)

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

from the noncollection of customer receivables. In estimating this allowance, the Company considers factors such as: historical collection experience, a customer’s current credit-worthiness, customer concentrations, age of the receivable balance, both individually and in the aggregate, and general economic conditions that may affect a customer’s ability to pay. Actual customer collections could differ from the Company’s estimates. As of November 13, 2012, the allowance for doubtful accounts totaled $97,976.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of cash and cash equivalents and trade receivables. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents are placed with high-credit-quality financial institutions and issuers, and at times may exceed federally insured limits or be held in foreign jurisdictions. The Company has not experienced any loss relating to cash and cash equivalents in these accounts. The Company performs periodic credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and generally does not require collateral.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) authoritative guidance on fair value defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The guidance establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. These tiers include: Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets; Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable; and Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions.

The Company’s financial instruments consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued liabilities, line of credit, notes payable, and deferred revenue. The fair values of these financial instruments approximate their carrying amount due to the short maturity of the financial instruments.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Leasehold improvements and capitalized lease obligations are amortized using the straight-line method over the lesser of the estimated useful lives of the related assets or the term of the related leases and included in depreciation expense. When depreciable assets are sold or retired, the related cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts. Any gain or loss is included in other income (expense) in the Company’s statements of operations in the period incurred. Major additions and betterments are capitalized. Maintenance and repairs which do not materially improve or extend the lives of the respective assets are charged to operating expense as incurred.

Long-Lived Assets

The Company periodically reviews the carrying amounts of its long-lived assets, to determine whether current events or circumstances, as defined in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 360, Property, Plant and Equipment , warrant adjustment to such carrying accounts. In reviewing the carrying amounts of long-lived assets, the Company considers, among other factors, the future cash inflows expected to result from the use of the

 

F-47


Table of Contents

LMR Solutions, LLC (dba EPM Live)

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

asset and its eventual disposition less the future cash outflows expected to be necessary to obtain those inflows. Upon a determination that the carrying value of assets will not be recovered from the undiscounted cash flow estimated to be generated by those assets, the carrying value of such assets would be considered impaired and reduced by a charge to operations in the amount of the impairment.

Deferred Revenue

Deferred revenue consists primarily of cash received in advance of revenue recognized on the related product or service and is recognized as the revenue recognition criteria are met. Deferred revenue that will be recognized during the succeeding twelve-month period is recorded as current deferred revenue and the remaining portion is recorded as noncurrent.

Revenue Recognition

The Company derives its revenues from the following sources: (1) subscription revenues, which comprise subscription fees from customers accessing its online service, (2) license revenue, (3) post-contract customer support, and (4) professional services. Post-contract customer support consists primarily of maintenance services. Professional services consist primarily of software configuration and training.

Revenue is recognized when the following criteria are met:

 

    There is persuasive evidence of an arrangement;

 

    The service has been provided to the customer;

 

    The collection of the fees is reasonably assured; and

 

    The amount of fees to be paid by the customer is fixed or determinable.

Subscription revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables are divided into separate units of accounting if each deliverable has stand-alone value to the customer and there is objective and reliable evidence of the fair value of each deliverable. Subscription arrangements not meeting these criteria are combined into a single unit of accounting. The Company has determined that its subscription arrangements represent a single unit of accounting and the entire arrangement fee is recognized ratably over the term of the agreement.

For sales of proprietary software products under perpetual licenses, the Company allocates revenue to each element of the contract based on the relative fair value of each of the elements based upon VSOE (vendor specific objective evidence) of fair value. The Company uses the residual method to recognize revenue when VSOE of the fair value exists for all the undelivered elements in the arrangement. VSOE for elements is based on normal pricing for those elements when sold separately. Under the residual method, the fair value of the undelivered elements is deferred and the remaining portion of the arrangement fee is recognized as revenue. For arrangements containing multiple elements when VSOE does not exist, all revenue is deferred until such time as delivery of the element or elements for which VSOE has not been determined has occurred. If the only undelivered element is maintenance and VSOE has not been established for maintenance, all revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the maintenance agreement.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

LMR Solutions, LLC (dba EPM Live)

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

Cost of Revenues

Cost of revenues primarily consists of salaries and related expenses for the Company’s online and support organizations, expenses related to running the Company’s help desk, training services, and salaries and related expenses for professional services provided to customers.

Research and Development

Research and development costs are expensed to operations as incurred. FASB authoritative guidance on accounting for the costs of computer software developed or obtained for internal use requires capitalization of certain costs incurred during the software application development stage and amortizes them over the software’s estimated useful life. Based on the Company’s product development process, costs incurred during the software application development stage where recoverability was reasonably assured have been insignificant. Through November 13, 2012 all software development costs have been expensed as incurred.

Advertising

Advertising costs are charged to operations as incurred. Advertising costs for the period from January 1, 2012 to November 13, 2012 were $7,205 and are included in sales and marketing on the statement of operations.

Income Taxes

As a limited liability corporation, the Company is not directly liable for federal income taxes. Federal taxable income is allocated to members in accordance with their respective percentage ownership, and is included on their respective federal income tax returns. The Company is subject to income tax in the state of California. The Company’s tax returns remain subject to examination by taxing authorities for the years including and subsequent to November 13, 2012.

The Company accounts for uncertainty of income taxes based on a “more-likely-than-not” threshold for the recognition and de-recognition of tax positions, which includes the accounting for interest and penalties relating to tax positions. The Company does not have any unrecognized tax benefits resulting from its tax positions at November 13, 2012.

3. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consist of the following:

 

     November 13,
2012
 

Leasehold improvements

   $ 25,322   

Furniture and fixtures

     23,168   

Computer software

     302,748   

Computer hardware

     514,697   
  

 

 

 
     865,935   

Less: accumulated depreciation

     (458,229
  

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 407,706   
  

 

 

 

 

 

F-49


Table of Contents

LMR Solutions, LLC (dba EPM Live)

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

 

3. Property and Equipment (continued)

 

Property and equipment are depreciated over estimated useful lives ranging from three to seven years. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life of the related asset. Depreciation expense relating to the Company’s property and equipment was $151,969 for the period from January 1, 2012 to November 13, 2012, respectively.

4. Notes Payable

On November 3, 2010, the Company entered into a Promissory Note with a financial institution with a principal amount of $250,000. The note is payable in 59 monthly installments of principal and interest in the amount of $4,684.09 beginning December 3, 2010, and continuing on the same calendar day monthly thereafter, and one final payment of outstanding principal, together with all accrued interest and any other unpaid amounts due under this Note, shall be paid on November 3, 2015. The principal amount outstanding under the agreement accrues interest at a per annum rate equal to 4.64%. Borrowings under the note are collateralized by all business asset, inventory, equipment, accounts, general intangibles, chattel paper, documents, instruments, and letter of credit rights. The principal and interest of this promissory note was $156,920 as of November 13, 2012.

On September 12, 2011, the Company entered into a Commercial Security Agreement with a financial institution with a principal amount of $400,000. The note is payable in sixty equal monthly installments of principal and interest. The principal amount outstanding under the agreement accrues interest at a per annum rate equal to 5.06%, which was fixed as of the effective date of the agreement. Borrowings under the note are collateralized by all inventory, chattel paper, accounts, equipment and general intangibles. The principal and interest of this Commercial Security Agreement was $315,416 as of November 13, 2012.

As of November 13, 2012, scheduled maturities of debt are as follows:

 

Period

   Debt  

November 14, 2012 to December 31, 2012

   $ 10,104   

2013

     125,537   

2014

     132,744   

2015

     135,266   

2016 and thereafter

     68,685   
  

 

 

 

Total debt maturities

   $ 472,336   
  

 

 

 

5. Line of credit

On September 14, 2012, the Company entered into a loan agreement with a financial institution for a line of credit with availability of $600,000. The Company can borrow, repay, and re-borrow all or any part of the commitment at any time before the maturity date, so long as the combined total unpaid principal amount outstanding under the note and the face amount of any outstanding letters of credit does not exceed the commitment at any time. The principal amount outstanding under the line of credit is subject to change from time to time based on changes in an index which is the LIBOR Rate (“the Index”). The interest rate to be applied to the unpaid principal balance of this note will be at the rate of 3.192% over the Index. The interest is payable monthly beginning November 1, 2012 and all outstanding plus all accrued unpaid interest is due in one payment on October 1, 2013. The line of credit is collateralized by the assets of the Company, excluding any intellectual

 

F-50


Table of Contents

LMR Solutions, LLC (dba EPM Live)

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

 

property. The line of credit is subject to certain financial covenants. As of November 13, 2012, the Company had an outstanding balance of $524,502 on the line of credit.

6. Commitments and Contingencies

Commitments

The Company leases an office facility under a non-cancellable operating lease and certain equipment under non-cancellable capital leases. For the office facility, the Company recognizes expense on a straight-line basis.

Rent expense under the operating lease included in the results of operations was $189,338 for the period from January 1, 2012 to November 13, 2012, respectively. The lease term ended on November 30, 2012.

The gross amount of computer hardware under capital leases reported in the balance sheet is $195,554, and the accumulated amortization is $19,008 as of November 13, 2012, respectively. Amortization of assets under capital lease is included in depreciation expense.

Future minimum payments required under capital and operating leases, by year and in aggregate, that have initial or remaining non-cancellable lease terms in excess of one year as of November 13, 2012, are as follows:

 

Period/Year ending December 31,

   Capital
Leases
    Operating
Leases
 

2012

   $ 18,470      $ 14,468   

2013

     73,272        174,044   

2014

     68,013        179,265   

2015

     32,239        184,643   

2016 and thereafter

     —          419,614   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total future minimum lease payments

   $ 191,994      $ 972,034   
    

 

 

 

Imputed interest

     (20,512  
  

 

 

   

Present value of minimum capital lease obligations

     171,482     

Current portion

     (72,203  
  

 

 

   

Long-term capital lease obligations

   $ 99,279     
  

 

 

   

7. Member’s Equity

No capital contributions were made by the members of the Company at the inception of the Company. The members have no further obligation to contribute additional amounts of capital to the Company. In addition, members are not entitled to interest or other compensation for or on account of their capital contributions to the Company.

Each member’s capital account is increased by the Company’s net profits or net losses and is allocated on an annual basis in portion to each member’s relative capital interest in the Company.

The members shall determine and distribute available funds annually or at more frequent intervals as they see fit. Distributions in liquidation of the Company or in liquidation of a member’s interest shall be made in accordance with the positive capital account balances pursuant to Treasury Regulation 1.704.1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(2). To the extent a member shall have a negative capital account balance, there shall be a qualified income offset, as set forth in

 

F-51


Table of Contents

LMR Solutions, LLC (dba EPM Live)

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

 

Treasury Regulation 1.704.1(b)(2)(ii)(d). No member has any right to any return of capital or other distribution except as expressly provided in the Company’s Operating Agreement.

8. Employee Benefit Plan

The Company sponsors a defined contribution plan in accordance with Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “401(k) Plan”). The 401(k) Plan is available to all regular employees of the Company. The Company may make matching contributions based upon elective deferrals made by participants as well as non-elective contributions allocated to all employees eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan based upon eligible earnings. No contributions were made by the Company to the 401(k) plan for the period ended November 13, 2012.

9. Subsequent Events

Management has evaluated subsequent events up to May 7, 2014, the date the financial statements were available to be issued, for events that meet the requirements for disclosure under ASC Topic 855, Subsequent Events .

On November 13, 2012, all membership interests of the Company were acquired by Upland Software, Inc.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

Independent Accountant’s Review Report

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.:

We have reviewed the accompanying combined balance sheet of Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc. (the “Company”) as of May 16, 2013, and the related combined statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the period January 1, 2013 to May 16, 2013. A review includes primarily applying analytical procedures to management’s financial data and making inquiries of company management. A review is substantially less in scope than an audit, the objective of which is the expression of an opinion regarding the financial statements as a whole. Accordingly, we do not express such an opinion.

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the combined financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and for designing, implementing, and maintaining internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of the combined financial statements.

Our responsibility is to conduct the review in accordance with Statements on Standards for Accounting and Review Services issued by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. Those standards require us to perform procedures to obtain limited assurance that there are no material modifications that should be made to the combined financial statements. We believe that the results of our procedures provide a reasonable basis for our report.

Based on our review, we are not aware of any material modifications that should be made to the accompanying combined financial statements in order for them to be in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

LOGO

August 19, 2014

 

 

LOGO

 

F-53


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Combined Balance Sheet

(unaudited)

 

     May 16, 2013  

Assets

  

Current assets:

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 195,188   

Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $289,818

     2,197,337   

Prepaid expenses and other

     70,016   

Receivable from shareholders

     10,000   
  

 

 

 

Total current assets

     2,472,541   

Property and equipment, net

     966,840   

Other assets

     15,920   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 3,455,301   
  

 

 

 

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  

Current liabilities:

  

Accounts payable

   $ 229,388   

Accrued expenses and other

     250,940   

Deferred revenue

     1,873,644   
  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     2,353,972   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     2,353,972   

Stockholders’ equity

  

Common stock – par value $0.01 per share, 45,000 shares authorized; 19,800 shares issued and outstanding

     198   

Additional paid in capital

     19,702   

Retained earnings

     1,081,429   
  

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     1,101,329   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 3,455,301   
  

 

 

 

See independent accountant’s report and accompanying notes.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Combined Statement of Operations

(unaudited)

 

     Period January 1, 2013
to May 16, 2013
 

Revenue:

  

Subscription and support

   $ 2,288,390   

Perpetual license

     1,328,760   

Professional services

     158,288   
  

 

 

 

Total revenue

     3,775,438   

Cost of revenue:

  

Subscription and support

     615,168   

Professional services

     124,842   
  

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     740,010   

Gross Profit

     3,035,428   

Operating expenses:

  

Sales and marketing

     1,168,800   

Research and development

     553,028   

General and administrative

     1,396,560   

Depreciation expense

     82,608   

Acquisition-related costs

     743,496   
  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     3,944,492   

Loss from operations

     (909,064

Other income (expense):

  

Other expense

     (39,209
  

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

     (39,209
  

 

 

 

Net loss

     (948,273
  

 

 

 

See independent accountant’s report and accompanying notes.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Combined Statement of Stockholders’ Equity

(unaudited)

 

     Marex Group, Inc.      FileBound Solutions, Inc.      Additional            Total  
     Common Stock      Common Stock     

Paid-in

     Retained     Stockholders’  
     Shares      Par Value      Shares      Par Value      Capital      Earnings     Equity  

Balance at January 1, 2013

     9,900       $ 99         9,900       $ 99       $ 19,702       $ 2,772,992      $ 2,792,892   

Dividends

     —           —           —           —           —           (743,290     (743,290

Net loss

     —           —           —           —           —           (948,273     (948,273
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at May 16, 2013

     9,900       $ 99         9,000       $ 99       $ 19,702       $ 1,081,429      $ 1,101,329   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

See independent accountant’s report and accompanying notes.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Combined Statement of Cash Flows

(unaudited)

 

     Period
January 1, 2013 to
May 16, 2013
 

Operating activities

  

Net loss

   $ (948,273

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

  

Depreciation expense

     82,608   

Loss on asset disposals

     35,917   

Forgiveness of related party note receivable

     256,678   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

  

Accounts receivable

     190,381   

Prepaid expenses and other

     206,748   

Accounts payable

     (17,596

Accrued expenses and other

     99,576   

Deferred revenue

     72,964   
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (20,997

Investing activities

  

Purchase of property and equipment

     (94,745
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (94,745

Financing activities:

  

Dividends paid to stockholders

     (743,290
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (743,290

Net change in cash

     (859,032

Cash at beginning of year

     1,054,220   
  

 

 

 

Cash at end of year

   $ 195,188   
  

 

 

 

See independent accountant’s report and accompanying notes.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

(unaudited)

For the period January 1, 2013 to May 16, 2013

1. Organization and Description of Business

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc., collectively called “the Company”, are both privately held corporations which are primarily engaged in the business of developing and marketing content management solutions under the brand name FileBound. These solutions allow organizations to manage, store, and retrace information assets. Marex Group, Inc. was formed on July 18, 2001 as a Nebraska Corporation. FileBound Solutions, Inc. was formed on October 18, 2010 as a Florida Corporation.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Accounting and Combination

The financial statements of Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc. are combined because each company has common ownership and control and the nature of transactions between the entities is such that combined financial statements are more meaningful to stockholders. All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated. The combined financial statements were prepared on the accrual basis of accounting in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results can differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of less than three months at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. The Company maintains its cash in interest bearing and non-interest bearing cash accounts.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are recorded at net realizable value. The Company assesses the collectability of outstanding receivables and maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts as necessary. In estimating the allowance, the Company considers factors such as historical collection experience, customer credit-worthiness and the age of the receivable balance. Actual customer collections could differ from the Company’s estimates.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents are placed with high-credit-quality financial institutions, which at times may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in these accounts and the Company does not believe it is exposed to any significant credit risk related to cash and cash equivalents. The Company performs periodic credit evaluations of its customers and generally does not require collateral. The Company’s credit extension and collection policies include analyzing

 

F-58


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (continued)

(unaudited)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

the financial condition of potential customers as it deems necessary, monitoring payments, and aggressively pursuing delinquent accounts.

Customers representing 10% or more of the Company’s total accounts receivable as of May 16, 2013 are as follows:

 

Customer A

     13

Customer B

     11

One customer represented 11% of the Company’s total revenue for the period January 1, 2013 to May 16, 2013.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company accounts for financial instruments in accordance with the authoritative guidance on fair value measurements and disclosures for financial assets and liabilities. This guidance defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and expands disclosures about fair value measurements.

The guidance also establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. These tiers include: Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets; Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable; and Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions.

The Company’s financial instruments consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, accounts and notes receivable, and notes payable. The carrying value of these financial instruments approximates market value, primarily due to short maturities. Cash equivalents, measured at fair value on a recurring basis, are categorized as Level 1 based on quoted prices in active markets.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation. Capital expenditures less than $1,000 are expensed as incurred. Depreciation of property and equipment is computed using the straight-line method over each asset’s useful life which ranges from three to seven years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the life of the lease or the estimated useful life of the assets. Upon retirement or disposal, the cost of each asset and the related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is credited or charged to income. Repairs, maintenance, and minor replacements are expensed as incurred.

Long-lived Assets

Long-lived assets, which consist primarily of property and equipment, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate their carrying value may not be recoverable. When such events or circumstances arise, an estimate of future undiscounted cash flows produced by the asset, or the appropriate grouping of assets, is compared to the asset’s carrying value to determine if impairment exists. If the asset is determined to be impaired, the impairment loss is measured based on the excess of its carrying value over its fair value. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of carrying value or net realizable value. No indicators of impairment were identified during the period January 1, 2013 to May 16, 2013.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (continued)

(unaudited)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

Revenue Recognition

The Company derives its revenues from the following sources: (1) subscription revenues, which comprise subscription fees from customers accessing its online service, (2) license revenue, (3) post-contract customer support, and (4) professional services. Post-contract customer support consists primarily of maintenance services. Professional services consist primarily of software configuration and training.

Revenue is recognized when the following criteria are met:

 

    There is persuasive evidence of an arrangement;

 

    The service has been provided to the customer;

 

    The collection of the fees is reasonably assured; and

 

    The amount of fees to be paid by the customer is fixed or determinable.

Subscription revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables are divided into separate units of accounting if each deliverable has stand-alone value to the customer and there is objective and reliable evidence of the fair value of each deliverable. Subscription arrangements not meeting these criteria are combined into a single unit of accounting. The Company has determined that its subscription arrangements represent a single unit of accounting and the entire arrangement fee is recognized ratably over the term of the agreement.

For sales of proprietary software products under perpetual licenses, the Company allocates revenue to each element of the contract based on VSOE (vendor specific objective evidence) of fair value. The Company uses the residual method to recognize revenue when VSOE of the fair value exists for all the undelivered elements in the arrangement. VSOE for elements is based on normal pricing for those elements when sold separately. Under the residual method, the fair value of the undelivered elements is deferred and the remaining portion of the arrangement fee is recognized as revenue. For arrangements containing multiple elements when VSOE does not exist, all revenue is deferred until such time as delivery of the element or elements for which VSOE has not been determined has occurred. If the only undelivered element is maintenance and VSOE has not been established for maintenance, all revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the maintenance agreement.

Deferred Revenue

Deferred revenue consists primarily of cash received in advance of revenue recognized on the related product or service and is recognized as the revenue recognition criteria are met. Deferred revenue that will be recognized during the succeeding twelve-month period is recorded as current.

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales consists primarily of compensation and benefits, including bonuses, for personnel directly involved in the delivery of revenue.

Advertising Costs

Adverting costs are expensed in the period incurred and were not significant for the period January 1, 2013 to May 16, 2013. Advertising costs are included in sales and marketing expenses in the accompanying combined statement of operations.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (continued)

(unaudited)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

Research and Development and Software Development Costs

The Company expenses research and development costs as incurred. The Company begins to capitalize software development costs when a product’s technological feasibility is established. Capitalization ceases when a product is available for general release to customers. To date, the period between reaching technological feasibility and the general release of the products has been short and software development costs which would have qualified for capitalization during those periods have been insignificant. The Company’s software development costs are included in research and development expense in the accompanying combined statement of operations.

Income Taxes

The Company has elected to be an S corporation under the Internal Revenue Code. In lieu of corporation income taxes, the shareholders of an S corporation are taxed on their proportionate share of the Company’s taxable income. Therefore, no provision or liability for income taxes has been included in these financial statements.

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and various state jurisdictions. The Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, or state and local, income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2008.

The Company accounts for uncertainty of income taxes based on a “more-likely-than-not” threshold for the recognition and de-recognition of tax positions, which includes the accounting for interest and penalties relating to tax positions. The Company does not currently have any material tax positions they consider uncertain.

Subsequent Events

Subsequent events have been evaluated through August 19, 2014 which represents the date the combined financial statements were available to be issued.

3. Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment consist of the following at May 16, 2013:

 

Equipment

   $ 311,588   

Furniture and fixtures

     144,928   

Computers

     992,495   

Software

     47,576   

Leasehold improvements

     608,025   
  

 

 

 
     2,104,612   

Less: Accumulated depreciation

     (1,137,772
  

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 966,840   
  

 

 

 

Depreciation expense on property and equipment was $82,608 for the period January 1, 2013 to May 16, 2013. The Company recorded no impairment of property and equipment during the period January 1, 2013 to May 16, 2013.

 

F-61


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (continued)

(unaudited)

 

4. Line of Credit

In May 2012, the Company entered into a line of credit with a financial institution for up to $700,000 which bore interest at the prime rate (3.75% at May 16, 2013) plus 0.5% per annum with a lower limit of 4.5% per annum. The line of credit is collateralized by business assets and personally guaranteed by two shareholders of the Company. The line of credit expired on May 1, 2013. No amounts were outstanding on the line of credit as of May 16, 2013.

5. Stock Subscription Agreements

On January 26, 2010, the Company entered into two stock subscription agreements with employees of the Company. Each employee purchased 300 shares of stock in return for a promissory note of $126,427. Interest accrued on the promissory notes at a rate of 2.45% per annum and were payable in full at maturity in February 2014. On May 16, 2013, the notes receivable from shareholders were forgiven by the Company.

6. Common Stock

The Company is authorized to issue up to 20,000 shares of Marex Group, Inc. common stock with a par value of $0.01 per share, and 25,000 shares of FileBound Solutions, Inc. common stock with a par value of $0.01 per share, of which 15,000 authorized shares of Marex Group, Inc. common stock and 15,000 authorized shares of FileBound Solutions, Inc. common stock are designated as voting common stock, and the remainder is designated as non-voting common stock. Each issued and outstanding share of voting common stock is entitled to one vote. At May 16, 2013, the Company had combined 19,800 shares of voting common stock issued and outstanding.

7. Commitments and Contingencies

The Company leases office space and certain equipment under multiple non-cancellable operating leases which expire between 2013 and 2018. The office space lease contains predetermined fixed rental payment escalations. The Company recognizes expense on a straight-line basis and records the difference between the recognized rental expense and amounts paid under the lease as deferred rent.

Future minimum payments under the Company’s operating leases are as follows at May 16, 2013:

 

2013

   $ 160,695   

2014

     236,503   

2015

     241,635   

2016

     248,798   

2017

     256,849   
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 1,144,480   
  

 

 

 

Rent expense for the period of January 1, 2013 to May 16, 2013 was approximately $137,000. Deferred rent was not significant at May 16, 2013.

 

F-62


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (continued)

(unaudited)

7. Commitments and Contingencies (continued)

 

Litigation

In the normal course of business, the Company may become involved in various lawsuits and legal proceedings. While the ultimate results of these matters cannot be predicted with certainty, management does not expect them to have material adverse effect on the financial position or results of operations of the Company.

8. Defined Contribution Plan

The Company has a defined contribution retirement plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. Employer contributions to the Plan totaled $112,764 for the period January 1, 2013 to May 16, 2013.

9. Related Party Transactions

The Company’s largest office lease was entered into with a related party through common ownership. In February 2013, this office property was sold to a third-party. Rent payments made while the lease was under common ownership were not significant.

10. Subsequent Events

On May 17, 2013, all outstanding shares of the Company were acquired by Upland Software, Inc. “Upland Software” (formerly Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc.). Upland Software acquires, optimizes, and builds software businesses that provide mission-critical software to enterprise customers.

 

F-63


Table of Contents

LOGO

Independent Auditors’ Report

To the Board of Directors

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Lincoln, Nebraska

We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheet of Marex Group, Inc. (a Nebraska corporation) and FileBound Solutions, Inc. (a Florida corporation) as of December 31, 2012, and the related combined statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the year then ended.

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditor’s Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence that we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc. as of December 31, 2012, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

LOGO

Omaha, Nebraska

March 28, 2013

 

F-64


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Combined Balance Sheet

December 31, 2012

 

     2012  

Assets

  

Current Assets:

  

Cash

   $ 1,054,221   

Accounts receivable – net of allowance of $184,030

     2,348,664   

Short-term note receivable from customer

     61,852   

Prepaid expenses

     189,415   

Escrow – customer contract

     15,920   
  

 

 

 

Total current assets

     3,670,072   

Property and Equipment – at cost:

  

Leasehold improvements

     586,538   

Equipment

     1,423,329   

Vehicles

     116,386   
  

 

 

 
     2,126,253   

Less accumulated depreciation

     (1,135,633
  

 

 

 

Property and equipment – net

     990,620   

Other Assets:

  

Due from shareholders

     281,439   
  

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 4,942,131   
  

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-65


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Combined Balance Sheet (continued)

December 31, 2012

 

     2012  

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

  

Current Liabilities:

  

Accounts payable

   $ 197,196   

Accrued liabilities

     23,482   

Accrued 401k liabilities

     127,080   

Deferred revenue

     1,801,481   
  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     2,149,239   

Commitments

     —     

Shareholders’ Equity:

  

Common stock – Marex Group, Inc., par value $1 per share, 10,000 shares authorized;
9,900 shares issued and outstanding

     9,900   

Common stock – FileBound Solutions, Inc. – par value $0.01 per share, 25,000 shares authorized; 9,900 shares issued and outstanding

     99   

Additional paid in capital

     9,901   

Retained earnings

     2,772,992   
  

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     2,792,892   
  

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

   $ 4,942,131   
  

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-66


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Combined Statement of Income

Year Ended December 31, 2012

 

     2012  

Revenue

   $ 9,884,792   

Operating Expenses:

  

Advertising

     34,192   

Automobile expense

     32,274   

Bad debt expense

     139,205   

Bank charges

     19,083   

Client relations

     15,183   

Computer expense

     9,647   

Contract labor

     584,921   

Contributions

     1,770   

Data Center Services

     503,816   

Depreciation

     171,479   

Dues and subscriptions

     38,727   

Employee benefits

     159,486   

Insurance

     17,129   

Interest

     7,402   

Licensing

     101,366   

Life insurance

     9,660   

Meals and entertainment

     46,834   

Meetings and conferences

     73,235   

Office expense

     36,735   

Officers’ compensation

     966,042   

Outside services

     199,899   

Partner conference

     211,396   

Payroll taxes

     213,772   

Postage

     23,195   

Professional fees

     576,901   

Rents

     330,233   

Repairs and maintenance

     15,286   

Retirement plan contributions

     202,110   

Salaries

     2,439,869   

Supplies

     67,655   

Taxes

     41,937   

Telephone

     120,167   

Travel

     359,429   

Utilities

     28,572   
  

 

 

 

Total Operating Expenses

     7,798,607   

Operating Income

     2,086,185   

Other Income/(Expenses)

  

Interest Income

     31,205   

Other expense

     (158,008
  

 

 

 

Net Income

   $ 1,959,382   
  

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-67


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Combined Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

Year Ended December 31, 2012

 

     Common
Stock
     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
     Retained
Earnings
    Total  

Balance, December 31, 2011

          

As previously reported

   $ 9,999       $ 9,901       $ 2,057,254      $ 2,077,154   

Prior period adjustment

     —           —           (303,196     (303,196
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011 As restated

     9,999         9,901         1,754,058        1,773,958   

Distributions

     —           —           (940,448     (940,448

Net Income

     —           —           1,959,382        1,959,382   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2012

   $ 9,999       $ 9,901       $ 2,772,992      $ 2,792,892   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-68


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Combined Statement of Cash Flows

Year Ended December 31, 2012

 

     2012  

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

  

Net Income

   $ 1,959,382   

Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income to Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities:

  

Non-cash Transactions:

  

Depreciation

     171,479   

Accrued interest on promissory notes

     (6,194

Prior period adjustment

     (303,196

(Increase) Decrease in Operating Assets:

  

Accounts receivable

     (264,408

Employee advance

     5,000   

Prepaid expenses

     (108,140

Short-term notes receivable from customers

     (61,852

Increase (Decrease) in Operating Liabilities:

  

Accounts payable

     132,320   

Deferred revenue

     937,925   

Accrued expenses

     27,702   
  

 

 

 

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

     2,490,018   

Cash Flows From Investing Activities:

  

Purchase equipment, signs and leasehold improvements

     (397,419
  

 

 

 

Net Cash (Used) by Investing Activities

     (397,419

Cash Flows From Financing Activities:

  

Repayment of debt on stock

     (71,404

Distributions

     (940,448

Payment on Line of Credit

     (473,000

Repayment of long-term debt

     (32,014
  

 

 

 

Net Cash (Used by) Financing Activities

     (1,516,866
  

 

 

 

Net Increase in Cash

     575,733   

Cash, December 31, 2011

     478,488   
  

 

 

 

Cash, December 31, 2012

   $ 1,054,221   
  

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest and income taxes:

  

Interest

   $ 7,042   
  

 

 

 

State income taxes

   $ 2,700   
  

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-69


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

Year Ended December 31, 2012

1. Summary of significant accounting policies:

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc. are both privately held corporations which are primarily engaged in the business of developing and marketing content management solutions under the brand name FileBound. These solutions allow organizations to manage, store and retrieve all their information assets.

A. Basis of accounting:

The Company prepares its financial statements on the accrual basis under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America.

B. Revenue Recognition:

Revenue from licensing of software is recognized upon shipment provided that persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, payment terms are fixed and determinable, and collection of the related receivable is considered probable. Revenues from consulting, training, and other services are generally recognized as the services are performed.

When software licenses are bundled with related services, revenues are allocated to each element of the arrangement based on the relative fair values of the elements. The determination of fair value is based on information that is specific to the Company, commonly referred to as vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”). Fair values for the Company’s products and services are based on prices charged when each element is sold separately. If an element has not been sold separately and VSOE of fair value is unavailable, fair value is determined by the Company’s management. If evidence of fair value for individual elements of the arrangement does not exist and if management cannot determine fair value, all revenue from the arrangement is deferred until such time that evidence of fair value exists or until all elements of the arrangement are delivered. If fair value does not exist for one or more of the delivered elements, revenue is recognized under the residual method of accounting. Under this method, the fair value of the undelivered elements is deferred and the remaining portion of the fee is recognized as revenue. Revenue is not deferred for undelivered elements that are deemed to be insignificant.

Generally, the arrangements for software licenses and/or the right to use multiple copies provide for nonrefundable fees. Revenues are recognized upon delivery of the first copy, provided all significant obligations have been met, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, fees are fixed and determinable, and collection is probable.

The Company provides an allowance for sales returns based upon estimated and known returns. Product returns are recorded as a reduction of net revenues and as a reduction of the accounts receivable balance.

C. Allowance for doubtful accounts:

Trade accounts receivable are stated net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. Management charges allowance for doubtful accounts when they are considered uncollectible. The Company evaluated accounts receivable and did provide an allowance of $184,030 as of December 31, 2012.

 

F-70


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (continued)

Year Ended December 31, 2012

 

D. Property and equipment:

Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation is provided on a straight line method over the estimated useful life of the assets.

 

Leasehold improvements

   15 to 39 years

Equipment

   3 to 7 years

Vehicles

   5 years

Depreciation expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $171,479.

E. Use of estimates:

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect certain reported amounts and disclosures. Accordingly, actual results could differ from those estimates.

F. Cash and cash equivalents:

For purposes of the statement of cash flows, the Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments with maturity at acquisition of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

G. Subsequent Events :

Management has evaluated subsequent events through March 28, 2012, the date which the financial statements were available for issue. Please see Note 15 for subsequent event.

2. Income Taxes:

The Company has elected to be an S corporation under the Internal Revenue Code. In lieu of corporation income taxes, the shareholders of an S corporation are taxed on their proportionate share of the Company’s taxable income. Therefore, no provision or liability for income taxes has been included in these financial statements.

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and various state jurisdictions. The Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, or state and local, income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2008.

The Company follows the provisions of uncertain tax positions as addressed in FASB Accounting Standards Codification 740-10-65-1. The Company recognized no increase in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits. The Company has no tax position at December 31, 2012 for which the ultimate deductibility is highly certain but for which there is uncertainty about the timing of such deductibility. The Company recognizes interest accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits in interest expense and penalties in operating expenses. No such interest or penalties were recognized during the year presented. The Company had no accruals for interest and penalties at December 31, 2012.

3. Deferred Revenue:

The Company engages in annual maintenance subscription agreements and warranty services with its clients. The payments are considered deferred revenue when received and amortized over the 12 month subscription period for maintenance. Warranty services have a one or three year amortization period.

 

F-71


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (continued)

Year Ended December 31, 2012

 

4. Leasing Arrangements – Related Party:

The Company conducts its operations from a 22,950 square foot facility that is leased under a five-year operating lease. In May 2007, the Company’s facility was purchased by a related party, a partnership owned equally by the controlling shareholders of the Company. The annual lease rate for 2012 was $11 per square foot, or $21,037 monthly. For years 2-3, the annual lease will increase $1 per square foot each year and $0.50 for years 4-5. Rent expense for 2012 was $231,412. See Note 15 for subsequent event related to this lease.

The following is a schedule of future obligations under the above operating lease as of December 31, 2012:

 

Year ending December 31,

   Amount  

2013

   $ 275,400   

2014

     274,875   

2015

     298,350   
  

 

 

 
   $ 848,625   
  

 

 

 

5. Employee Benefits:

For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company paid the entire cost of employee health insurance coverage and one-half of the cost of family coverage. The Company also pays for deductible expenses. For employee only coverage, the deductible is $4,000 and the Company covers costs above $2,000. For family coverage, the deductible is $8,000 and the Company covers costs above $4,000. This expense for premiums and additional expenses was $139,985 for 2012.

6. Profit Sharing Plan:

The Company adopted a Standardized 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan, effective February 10, 2005. At the beginning of this year the plan was amended to a Safe Harbor Plan in which the Company is obligated to contribute 3% of each eligible employee’s compensation. Employees are eligible to participate in the plan after 90 days of employment. Employees can defer a portion of their salary in an amount not to exceed the maximum amount allowable under the Internal Revenue Code. There is no prior service obligation. Total plan expenses for the year ended 2012 was $202,110. The Company also provided a discretionary profit sharing contribution that is established by management at year-end. This discretionary amount is allocated amongst employees based on level of compensation and their employment classification. Included in the retirement plan contributions for the year ended December 31, 2012 is a profit sharing contribution of $97,260.

7. Operating Lease:

The Company has equipment that is leased under a five-year non-cancelable operating lease expiring in 2014. The Company has vehicles that are leased under a three-year and four-year non-cancelable operating lease expiring in 2013 and 2015. The Company leases office space in Colorado and Florida. The lease in Florida is a month to month lease. The Colorado lease is a thirty-eight month lease expiring in 2014.

 

F-72


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (continued)

Year Ended December 31, 2012

 

Future minimum rental payments due under the leases are as follows:

 

Year Ending December 31,

   Equipment      Vehicles      Office      Total  

2013

   $ 5,137       $ 19,971       $ 19,259       $ 44,367   

2014

     1,712         9,378         1,610         12,700   

2015

     —           7,815         —           7,815   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 6,849       $ 37,164       $ 20,869       $ 64,882   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

8. Line of credit:

The Company has a line of credit for $700,000 as of December 31, 2012. The note is collateralized by business assets and personally guaranteed by the majority shareholders. The line of credit bears interest at .5%, over the national prime rate, but not below 4.5%. The prime rate was 3.25% at December 31, 2012. Total borrowings under this line of credit at December 31, 2012 was $0.

9. Concentration of Credit Risk:

The Company maintains its primary cash balances in one financial institution. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) insures balances up to $250,000 for each account. At times the cash balance of the Company’s accounts may exceed this limit.

10. Stock Transactions:

On January 26, 2010, the Company entered into two stock subscription agreements with employees of the Company. Each employee purchased 300 shares of stock in return for a promissory note of $126,427 each. Interest shall accrue on the promissory notes at a rate of 2.45% per year with no payment due. If the notes are not paid in full by February 26, 2014, principal and accrued interest to date will be paid in 120 equal consecutive monthly installments.

11. Contingencies

The Company is involved in various claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, or liquidity. Included in the financial statements are claims paid in relation to these obligations of $158,008.

12. Notes Receivable:

All notes receivable are payments due from recurring customers. The balance as of December 31, 2012 was $61,852. The note is non-interest bearing and is paid by the margin received on client billings.

13. Notes Payable:

As of December 31, 2012 the Company does not have any long-term obligations.

 

F-73


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (continued)

Year Ended December 31, 2012

 

14. Compensated Absences:

Employees of the Company are entitled to paid vacation, paid sick days, and personal days off, depending on job classification, length of service, and other factors. It is impracticable to estimate the amount of compensation for future absences, and accordingly, no liability has been recorded in the accompanying financial statements. The company’s policy is to recognize the costs of compensated absences when actually paid to employees.

15. Subsequent Event:

The building lease mentioned in Note 4 has been sold by the shareholders during February 2013. The new five-year lease was executed with a third party, effective March 1, 2013. The annual lease rate for the first twelve months is $9.85 per square foot, or $18,838 monthly. For years 2-5, the annual lease will increase $0.35 per square foot each year.

The following is a schedule of future obligations under the above operating lease as of December 31, 2012:

 

Year ending December 31,

   Amount  

2013

   $ 188,381   

2014

     232,751   

2015

     240,784   

2016

     248,816   

2017

     256,849   
  

 

 

 
   $ 1,167,581   
  

 

 

 

16. Prior period adjustment:

Retained earnings at the beginning of 2012 have been adjusted for a maintenance and licensing revenue recognition policy as stated in Note 1B. A portion of the licensing and implementation revenue has been adjusted for the deferred portion. The change in the deferred accounts created a prior period retained earnings adjustment of $303,196.

 

F-74


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Combining Schedule – Balance Sheet Information

December 31, 2012

 

    Marex
Group, Inc.
    FileBound
Solutions, Inc
    Total     Eliminating
Entries
    Combined
Totals
 

Assets

         

Current Assets:

         

Cash

  $ 257,374      $ 796,847      $ 1,054,221      $ —        $ 1,054,221   

Accounts receivable

    1,419,774        967,943        2,387,717        (39,053     2,348,664   

Short-term note receivable from customer

    71,652        61,852        133,504        (71,652     61,852   

Prepaid expenses

    172,265        27,886        200,151        (10,736     189,415   

Escrow – customer contract

    15,920        —          15,920        —          15,920   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

    1,936,985        1,854,528        3,791,512        (121,440     3,670,072   

Property and Equipment – at cost:

         

Leasehold improvements

    586,538        —          586,538        —          586,538   

Equipment

    1,022,185        362,321        1,384,506        38,823        1,423,329   

Vehicles

    116,386        —          116,386        —          116,386   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    1,725,109        362,321        2,087,430        38,823        2,126,253   

Less accumulated depreciation

    (1,071,636     (63,997     (1,135,633     —          (1,135,633
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment – net

    653,472        298,324        951,797        38,823        990,620   

Other Assets:

         

Due from Shareholders

    281,439        —          281,439        —          281,439   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Assets

  $ 2,871,897      $ 2,152,851      $ 5,024,748      $ (82,617   $ 4,942,131   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

         

Current Liabilities:

         

Accounts payable

  $ 196,338      $ 50,646      $ 246,984      $ (49,788   $ 197,196   

Accrued liabilities

    21,284        2,198        23,482        —          23,482   

Accrued 401k liabilities

    126,480        600        127,080        —          127,080   

Intercompany transfers

    1,151,810        (1,151,810     —          —          —     

Current portion of long-term debt

    —          71,652        71,652        (71,652     0   

Deferred revenue

    578,494        1,222,987        1,801,481        —          1,801,481   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    2,074,406        196,273        2,270,680        (121,440     2,149,239   

Shareholders’ Equity:

         

Common stock – Marex Group, Inc.

    9,900        —          9,900        —          9,900   

Common stock – FileBound Solutions, Inc.

    —          99        99        —          99   

Additional paid in capital

    —          9,901        9,901        —          9,901   

Retained earnings

    787,591        1,946,578        2,734,169        38,823        2,772,992   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

    797,491        1,956,578        2,754,069        38,823        2,792,892   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

  $ 2,871,897      $ 2,152,851      $ 5,024,748      $ (82,617   $ 4,942,131   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts may not foot due to rounding.

See accompanying independent auditors’ report.

 

F-75


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Combining Schedule – Statement of Operations Information

Year Ended December 31, 2012

 

     Marex
Group, Inc.
    FileBound
Solutions, Inc.
     Total     Eliminating
entries
    Combined
Totals
 

Revenue

   $ 5,285,081      $ 4,599,711         9,884,792      $ —          9,884,792   

Operating Expenses:

           

Advertising expense

     34,192        —           34,192        —          34,192   

Automobile expense

     31,807        468         32,274        —          32,274   

Bad Debt

     99,041        40,164         139,205        —          139,205   

Bank charges

     15,475        3,607         19,083        —          19,083   

Client relations

     15,183        —           15,183        —          15,183   

Computer expense

     9,647        —           9,647        —          9,647   

Contract labor

     512,121        72,800         584,921        —          584,921   

Contributions

     1,770        —           1,770        —          1,770   

Data Center Services

     288,094        215,721         503,816        —          503,816   

Depreciation Expense

     133,423        38,055         171,479        —          171,479   

Dues and subscriptions

     38,727        —           38,727        —          38,727   

Employee benefits

     159,486        —           159,486        —          159,486   

Insurance

     17,128        —           17,128        —          17,128   

Interest

     36,302        2,506         38,808        (31,406     7,402   

Licensing

     101,366        —           101,366        —          101,366   

Life Insurance

     9,660           9,660          9,660   

Meals and entertainment

     46,834        —           46,834        —          46,834   

Meetings and conferences

     73,235        —           73,235        —          73,235   

Office expense

     (2,188,464     2,225,198         36,735        —          36,735   

Officer compensation

     966,042           966,042          966,042   

Outside services

     145,034        54,865         199,899        —          199,899   

Partner conference

     211,396        —           211,396        —          211,396   

Payroll taxes

     206,546        7,226         213,772        —          213,772   

Postage

     23,195        —           23,195        —          23,195   

Professional fees

     532,799        44,103         576,901        —          576,901   

Rents

     307,859        22,374         330,233        —          330,233   

Repairs and maintenance

     15,286        —           15,286        —          15,286   

Retirement plan contributions

     199,325        2,785         202,110        —          202,110   

Salaries

     2,347,763        92,106         2,439,869        —          2,439,869   

Supplies

     66,920        736         67,655        —          67,655   

Taxes

     41,737        200         41,937        —          41,937   

Telephone

     120,167        —           120,167        —          120,167   

Travel

     343,938        15,491         359,429        —          359,429   

Utilities

     28,572        —           28,572        —          28,572   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     4,991,608        2,838,405         7,830,014        (31,406     7,798,607   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Income

     293,473        1,761,306         2,054,778        31,406        2,086,185   

Interest Income

     14,725        47,886         62,611        (31,406     31,205   

Other Expenses

     (158,008     —           (158,008     —          (158,008
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income

   $ 150,190      $ 1,809,192       $ 1,959,382        0      $ 1,959,382   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts may not foot due to rounding.

See accompanying independent auditors’ report.

 

F-76


Table of Contents

LOGO

Independent Auditors’ Report

To the Board of Directors

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Lincoln, Nebraska

We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheet of Marex Group, Inc. (a Nebraska corporation) and FileBound Solutions, Inc. (a Florida corporation) as of December 31, 2011, and the related combined statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the year then ended. These combined financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these combined financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the combined financial statements are free of material misstatements. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the combined financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the combined financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc. as of December 31, 2011, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

As described in Note 15 to the financial statements, licensing and implementation revenue has been adjusted to reflect the deferred portion. Our opinion is not modified with respect to that matter.

Our audits were made for the purpose of forming an opinion on the consolidated financial statements taken as a whole. The supplementary information included on pages 13-14 is presented for purposes of additional analysis and is not a required part of the basic consolidated financial statements. Such information has been subjected to the auditing procedures applied in the audit of the basic combined financial statements and, in our opinion, is fairly stated in all material respects in relation to the combined financial statements taken as a whole.

 

LOGO

Omaha, Nebraska

March 28, 2012, except for Note 15, as to which the date is March 28, 2013

 

F-77


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Combined Balance Sheet

December 31, 2011

 

     2011  

Assets

  

Current Assets:

  

Cash

   $ 478,488   

Accounts receivable

     2,080,590   

Prepaid expenses

     81,275   

Employee advances

     5,000   

Escrow – customer contract

     15,920   
  

 

 

 

Total current assets

     2,661,273   

Property and Equipment – at cost:

  

Leasehold improvements

     538,781   

Equipment

     1,101,195   

Vehicles

     88,858   
  

 

 

 
     1,728,834   

Less accumulated depreciation

     (964,154
  

 

 

 

Property and equipment – net

     764,680   

Other Assets:

  

Due from shareholders

     278,911   
  

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 3,704,864   
  

 

 

 

 

F-78


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Combined Balance Sheet (continued)

December 31, 2011

 

 

     2011  

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

  

Current Liabilities:

  

Accounts payable

   $ 64,875   

Accrued liabilities

     2,616   

Accrued 401k liabilities

     120,244   

Line of credit

     473,000   

Current portion of long-term debt

     85,253   

Deferred revenue

     1,166,753   
  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     1,912,741   

Long-term Liabilities:

  

Note payable

     103,418   

Less current portion

     (85,253
  

 

 

 

Total long-term liabilities

     18,165   
  

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

     1,930,906   
  

 

 

 

Shareholders’ Equity:

  

Common stock – Marex Group, Inc., par value $1 per share, 10,000 shares authorized; 9,900 shares issued and outstanding

     9,900   

Common stock – FileBound Solutions, Inc. – par value $0.01 per share, 25,000 shares authorized; 9,900 shares issued and outstanding

     99   

Additional paid in capital

     9,901   

Retained earnings

     1,754,058   
  

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     1,773,958   
  

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

   $ 3,704,864   
  

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-79


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Combined Statement of Income

Year Ended December 31, 2011

 

     2011  

Revenue

   $ 8,095,463   

Operating Expenses:

  

Advertising

     49,135   

Automobile expense

     26,648   

Bank charges

     12,458   

Client relations

     17,318   

Computer expense

     17,112   

Contract labor

     463,532   

Contributions

     2,610   

Data Center Services

     279,206   

Depreciation

     178,643   

Dues and subscriptions

     33,002   

Employee benefits

     142,026   

Insurance

     19,987   

Interest

     11,232   

Licensing

     8,175   

Life insurance

     9,429   

Meals and entertainment

     44,171   

Meetings and conferences

     17,800   

Office expense

     32,621   

Officers’ compensation

     856,423   

Outside services

     446,672   

Partner conference

     168,996   

Payroll taxes

     195,777   

Postage

     5,297   

Professional fees

     358,504   

Rents

     333,817   

Repairs and maintenance

     9,595   

Retirement plan contributions

     185,021   

Salaries

     2,194,846   

Supplies

     48,922   

Taxes

     47,616   

Telephone

     135,030   

Travel

     336,274   

Utilities

     27,104   
  

 

 

 

Total Operating Expenses

     6,714,999   

Operating Income

     1,380,464   

Interest Income

     37,270   
  

 

 

 

Net Income

   $ 1,417,734   
  

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-80


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Combined Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

Year Ended December 31, 2011

 

     Common
Stock
     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
     Retained
Earnings
    Total  

Balance, December 31, 2010
As previously reported

   $ 9,999       $ 9,901       $ 1,475,836      $ 1,495,736   

Prior period adjustment

     —           —           (233,070     (233,070
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2010
As restated

     9,999         9,901         1,242,766        1,262,666   

Distributions

     —           —           (906,442     (906,442

Net Income

     —           —           1,417,734        1,417,734   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011

   $ 9,999       $ 9,901       $ 1,754,058      $ 1,773,958   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-81


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Combined Statement of Cash Flows

Year Ended December 31, 2011

 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

  

Net Income

   $ 1,417,734   

Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income to Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities:

  

Non-cash Transactions:

  

Depreciation and Amortization

     178,643   

Accrued interest on promissory notes

     (6,194

Prior period adjustment

     (233,070

(Increase) Decrease in Operating Assets:

  

Accounts receivable

     (807,128

Prepaid expenses

     (56,249

Short-term notes receivable

     182,193   

Increase (Decrease) in Operating Liabilities:

  

Accounts payable

     648   

Deferred revenue

     172,574   

Accrued expenses

     (61,603
  

 

 

 

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

     787,548   

Cash Flows From Investing Activities:

  

Purchase equipment, signs and leasehold improvements

     (80,222
  

 

 

 

Net Cash (Used) by Investing Activities

     (80,222

Cash Flows From Financing Activities:

  

Repayment of debt on stock

     (250,000

Distributions

     (670,376

Advance on Line of Credit

     473,000   

Telephone Equipment Loan

     42,000   

Repayment of long-term debt

     (9,986
  

 

 

 

Net Cash (Used by) Financing Activities

     (415,362
  

 

 

 

Net Increase in Cash

     291,964   

Cash, December 31, 2010

     186,524   
  

 

 

 

Cash, December 31, 2011

   $ 478,488   
  

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest and income taxes:

  

Interest

   $ 11,232   
  

 

 

 

State income taxes

   $ 8,202   
  

 

 

 

Non-Cash Items:

  

Decrease in Notes receivable – related party

   $ 236,066   
  

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-82


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

Year Ended December 31, 2011

1. Summary of significant accounting policies

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc. are both privately held corporations which are primarily engaged in the business of developing and marketing content management solutions under the brand name FileBound. These solutions allow organizations to manage, store and retrieve all their information assets.

A. Basis of accounting:

The Company prepares its financial statements on the accrual basis under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America.

B. Revenue Recognition:

Revenue from licensing of software is recognized upon shipment provided that persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, payment terms are fixed and determinable, and collection of the related receivable is considered probable. Revenues from consulting, training, and other services are generally recognized as the services are performed.

When software licenses are bundled with related services, revenues are allocated to each element of the arrangement based on the relative fair values of the elements. The determination of fair value is based on information that is specific to the Company, commonly referred to as vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”). Fair values for the Company’s products and services are based on prices charged when each element is sold separately. If an element has not been sold separately and VSOE of fair value is unavailable, fair value is determined by the Company’s management. If evidence of fair value for individual elements of the arrangement does not exist and if management cannot determine fair value, all revenue from the arrangement is deferred until such time that evidence of fair value exists or until all elements of the arrangement are delivered. If fair value does not exist for one or more of the delivered elements, revenue is recognized under the residual method of accounting. Under this method, the fair value of the undelivered elements is deferred and the remaining portion of the fee is recognized as revenue. Revenue is not deferred for undelivered elements that are deemed to be insignificant.

Generally, the arrangements for software licenses and/or the right to use multiple copies provide for nonrefundable fees. Revenues are recognized upon delivery of the first copy, provided all significant obligations have been met, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, fees are fixed and determinable, and collection is probable.

The Company provides an allowance for sales returns based upon estimated and known returns. Product returns are recorded as a reduction of net revenues and as a reduction of the accounts receivable balance.

C. Allowance for doubtful accounts:

Management charges income for doubtful accounts when they are considered uncollectible. The accounts receivable balance as of December 31, 2011 is thought to be substantially collectible. All accounts receivable are from business transactions spread across the geographic area of the United States and are subject to the normal concentration of credit risk associated with the overall economy and the industry in which the Company operates.

 

F-83


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (continued)

Year Ended December 31, 2011

 

D. Property and equipment:

Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation is provided on a straight line method over the estimated useful life of the assets.

 

Leasehold improvements

     15 to 39 years   

Equipment

     3 to 7 years   

Vehicles

     5 years   

Depreciation expense for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $178,643.

E. Use of estimates:

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect certain reported amounts and disclosures. Accordingly, actual results could differ from those estimates.

F. Cash and cash equivalents:

For purposes of the statement of cash flows, the Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments with maturity at acquisition of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

G. Subsequent Events:

Management has evaluated subsequent events through March 28, 2012, the date which the financial statements were available for issue, except for Note 15, as to which the date is March 28, 2013.

2. Employee Advances:

Cash advances paid to employees are to be repaid from the employees’ future earnings, and are expected to be repaid fully within 12 months following the advances.

3. Notes payable:

 

Union Bank – monthly payments of $1,250.54 including interest at the rate of 4.50% through March 2014; secured by certain equipment of the company.

   $ 32,014   
  

 

 

 

Total

     32,014   

Less current installments of notes payable

     (13,849
  

 

 

 

Notes-payable, excluding current installments

   $ 18,165   
  

 

 

 

See Note 13 for additional notes payable.

 

F-84


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (continued)

Year Ended December 31, 2011

 

4. Income Taxes:

The Company has elected to be an S corporation under the Internal Revenue Code. In lieu of corporation income taxes, the shareholders of an S corporation are taxed on their proportionate share of the Company’s taxable income. Therefore, no provision or liability for income taxes has been included in these financial statements.

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and various state jurisdictions. The Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, or state and local, income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2007.

The Company follows the provisions of uncertain tax positions as addressed in FASB Accounting Standards Codification 740-10-65-1. The Company recognized no increase in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits. The Company has no tax position at December 31, 2011 for which the ultimate deductibility is highly certain but for which there is uncertainty about the timing of such deductibility. The Company recognizes interest accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits in interest expense and penalties in operating expenses. No such interest or penalties were recognized during the year presented. The Company had no accruals for interest and penalties at December 31, 2011.

5. Deferred Revenue:

The Company engages in annual maintenance subscription agreements and warranty services with its clients. The payments are considered deferred revenue when received and amortized over the 12 month subscription period for maintenance. Warranty services have a one- or three-year amortization period.

6. Leasing Arrangements – Related Party:

The Company conducts its operations from a 22,950 square foot facility that is leased under a five-year operating lease expiring in January 2016. In May 2007, the Company’s facility was purchased by a related party, a partnership owned equally by the controlling shareholders of the Company. On January 1, 2011 a new five-year lease was executed. The annual lease rate for 2011 was $10 per square foot, or $19,125 monthly. For years 2-3, the annual lease will increase $1 per square foot each year and $0.50 for years 4-5. Rent expense for 2011 was $231,412.

The following is a schedule of future obligations under the above operating lease as of December 31, 2011:

 

Year ending December 31,

   Amount  

2012

   $ 252,444   

2013

     275,400   

2014

     274,875   

2015

     298,350   
  

 

 

 
   $ 1,101,069   
  

 

 

 

7. Employee Benefits:

For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company paid the entire cost of employee health insurance coverage and one-half of the cost of family coverage. The Company also pays for deductible expenses. For employee only coverage, the deductible is $4,000 and the Company covers costs above $2,000. For family coverage, the deductible is $8,000 and the Company covers costs above $4,000. This expense for premiums and additional expenses was $127,463 for 2011.

 

F-85


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (continued)

Year Ended December 31, 2011

 

8. Profit Sharing Plan:

The Company adopted a Standardized 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan, effective February 10, 2005. At the beginning of this year the plan was amended to a Safe Harbor Plan in which the Company is obligated to contribute 3% of each eligible employee’s compensation. Employees are eligible to participate in the plan after 90 days of employment. Employees can defer a portion of their salary in an amount not to exceed the maximum amount allowable under the Internal Revenue Code. There is no prior service obligation. Total plan expenses for the year ended 2011 was $185,021. The Company also provided a discretionary profit sharing contribution that is established by management at year-end. This discretionary amount is allocated amongst employees based on level of compensation and their employment classification. Included in the plan expenses for the year ended December 31, 2011 is a profit sharing contribution of $89,238.

9. Operating Lease:

The Company has equipment that is leased under a five-year non-cancelable operating lease expiring in 2014. The Company has vehicles that are leased under a three-year and four-year non-cancelable operating lease expiring in 2013 and 2015. The Company leases office space in Colorado and Florida. The lease in Florida is a month to month lease. The Colorado lease is a thirty-eight month lease expiring in 2014.

Future minimum rental payments due under the leases are as follows:

 

Year Ending December 31,

   Equipment      Vehicles      Office      Total  

2012

   $ 5,137       $ 19,971       $ 18,543       $ 43,651   

2013

     5,137         19,971         19,259         44,367   

2014

     1,712         9,378         1,610         12,700   

2015

     —           7,815         —           7,815   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 11,986       $ 57,135       $ 39,412       $ 108,533   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

10. Line of credit:

The Company has a line of credit for $700,000 as of December 31, 2011. The note is collateralized by business assets and personally guaranteed by the majority shareholders. The line of credit bears interest at .5%, over the national prime rate, but not below 4.5%. The prime rate was 3.25% at December 31, 2011. Total borrowings under this line of credit at December 31, 2011, was $473,000.

11. Concentration of Credit Risk:

The Company maintains its primary cash balances in one financial institution. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) insures balances up to $250,000 for each account. At times the cash balance of the Company’s accounts may exceed this limit.

12. Capitalized Software Development Costs:

Software development costs are expensed as incurred until technological feasibility of the product is established. Development costs incurred subsequent to technological feasibility are capitalized and amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated economic life of the product not to exceed three years. Amortization begins when the product is ready for release to customers. Amortization of software development costs for the year ended December 31, 2011 is $144. Net book value of the development costs is $867.

 

F-86


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (continued)

Year Ended December 31, 2011

 

13. Stock Transactions:

On December 30, 2009, one of the shareholders entered into a Stock Repurchase/Separation Agreement with the Company for the repurchase of all of his outstanding shares. Five hundred shares were repurchased on December 30, 2009 as part of a stock redemption agreement for $210,702. Common Stock was reduced by $500 and Retained Earnings was decreased by $210,202. The remaining 500 shares were repurchased on January 25, 2011 as part of a separation agreement for $421,404. Common Stock was reduced by $500 and Retained Earnings was reduced by $420,904. Payments made against the note were $250,000 in 2011. The repayment terms on the note to repurchase the stock are as follows:

 

Year Ending December 31,

   Amount  

2012

     71,404   
  

 

 

 
   $ 71,404   
  

 

 

 

On January 26, 2010, the Company entered into two stock subscription agreements with employees of the Company. Each employee purchased 300 shares of stock in return for a promissory note of $126,427 each. Interest shall accrue on the promissory notes at a rate of 2.45% per year with no payment due. If the notes are not paid in full by February 26, 2014, principal and accrued interest to date will be paid in 120 equal consecutive monthly installments.

14. Contingencies

The Company is involved in various claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, or liquidity.

15. Prior period adjustment:

Retained earnings at the beginning of 2011 have been adjusted for a maintenance and licensing revenue recognition policy as stated in Note 1B. A portion of the licensing and implementation revenue has been adjusted for the deferred portion. The change in the deferred accounts created a prior period retained earnings adjustment of $233,070.

 

F-87


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Combining Schedule – Balance Sheet Information

December 31, 2011

 

    Marex Group, Inc.     FileBound
Solutions, Inc.
    Total     Eliminating
Entries
    Combined
Totals
 

Assets

         

Current Assets:

         

Cash

  $ (30,992   $ 509,480      $ 478,488      $ —        $ 478,488   

Accounts receivable

    1,540,805        557,897        2,098,702        (18,112     2,080,590   

Prepaid expenses

    50,744        30,531        81,275        —          81,275   

Employee advances

    5,000        —          5,000        —          5,000   

Escrow – customer contract

    15,920        —          15,920        —          15,920   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

    1,581,477        1,097,908        2,679,385        (18,112     2,661,273   

Property and Equipment – at cost:

         

Leasehold improvements

    538,781        —          538,781        —          538,781   

Equipment

    930,982        131,390        1,062,372        38,823        1,101,195   

Vehicles

    88,858        —          88,858        —          88,858   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    1,558,621        131,390        1,690,011        38,823        1,728,834   

Less accumulated depreciation

    (938,212     (25,942     (964,154     —          (964,154
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment – net

    620,409        105,448        725,857        38,823        764,680   

Other Assets:

         

Due from Shareholders

    372,417        642,910        1,015,326        (736,415     278,911   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Assets

  $ 2,574,302      $ 1,846,266      $ 4,420,568      $ (715,704   $ 3,704,864   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

         

Current Liabilities:

         

Accounts payable

  $ 64,876      $ 18,111      $ 82,987      $ (18,112   $ 64,875   

Accrued liabilities

    2,317        299        2,616        —          2,616   

Accrued 401k liabilities

    119,542        702        120,244        —          120,244   

Line of credit

    1,115,910        —          1,115,910        (642,910     473,000   

Current portion of long-term debt

    85,253        —          85,253        —          85,253   

Deferred revenue

    318,399        848,354        1,166,753        —          1,166,753   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    1,706,297        867,466        2,573,763        (661,022     1,912,741   

Long-term Liabilities:

         

Note payable

    103,418        93,505        196,923        (93,505     103,418   

Less current portion

    (85,253     —          (85,253     —          (85,253
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term liabilities

    18,165        93,505        111,670        (93,505     18,165   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

    1,724,462        960,971        2,685,433        (754,527     1,930,906   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shareholders’ Equity:

         

Common stock – Marex Group, Inc.

    9,900        —          9,900        —          9,900   

Common stock – FileBound Solutions, Inc.

    —          99        99        —          99   

Additional paid in capital

    —          9,901        9,901        —          9,901   

Retained earnings

    839,940        875,295        1,715,235        38,823        1,754,058   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

    849,840        885,295        1,735,135        38,823        1,773,958   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

  $ 2,574,302      $ 1,846,266      $ 4,420,568      $ (715,704   $ 3,704,864   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts may not foot due to rounding.

See accompanying independent auditors’ report.

 

F-88


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Combining Schedule – Statement of Operations Information

December 31, 2011

 

     Marex
Group, Inc.
    FileBound
Solutions,
Inc.
     Total      Eliminating
entries
    Combined
Totals
 

Revenue

   $ 4,341,925      $ 3,753,538       $ 8,095,463       $ —        $ 8,095,463   

Operating Expenses:

            

Advertising expense

     49,135        —           49,135         —          49,135   

Automobile expense

     26,571        77         26,648         —          26,648   

Bank charges

     9,344        3,114         12,458         —          12,458   

Client relations

     17,318        —           17,318         —          17,318   

Computer expense

     17,112        —           17,112         —          17,112   

Contract labor

     415,698        47,834         463,532         —          463,532   

Contributions

     2,610        —           2,610         —          2,610   

Data Center Services

     240,434        38,772         279,206         —          279,206   

Depreciation Expense

     152,701        25,942         178,643         —          178,643   

Dues and subscriptions

     33,002        —           33,002         —          33,002   

Employee benefits

     142,026        —           142,026         —          142,026   

Insurance

     19,987        —           19,987         —          19,987   

Interest

     16,503        2,864         19,367         (8,135     11,232   

Licensing

     8,175        —           8,175         —          8,175   

Life Insurance

     9,429        —           9,429         —          9,429   

Meals and entertainment

     44,065        106         44,171         —          44,171   

Meetings and conferences

     17,800        —           17,800         —          17,800   

Office expense

     (2,045,026     2,077,647         32,621         —          32,621   

Officer compensation

     856,423        —           856,423         —          856,423   

Outside services

     184,288        262,384         446,672         —          446,672   

Partner conference

     168,996        —           168,996         —          168,996   

Payroll taxes

     193,601        2,176         195,777         —          195,777   

Postage

     5,297        —           5,297         —          5,297   

Professional fees

     347,447        11,057         358,504         —          358,504   

Rents

     317,264        16,553         333,817         —          333,817   

Repairs and maintenance

     9,595        —           9,595         —          9,595   

Retirement plan contributions

     184,320        701         185,021         —          185,021   

Salaries

     2,163,138        31,708         2,194,846         —          2,194,846   

Supplies

     48,922        —           48,922         —          48,922   

Taxes

     46,736        880         47,616         —          47,616   

Telephone

     135,030        —           135,030         —          135,030   

Travel

     334,190        2,084         336,274         —          336,274   

Utilities

     27,104        —           27,104         —          27,104   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     4,199,237        2,523,897         6,723,134         (8,135     6,714,999   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Income

     142,688        1,229,641         1,372,329         8,135        1,380,464   

Interest Income

     (11,942     18,524         6,582         30,688        37,270   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income

   $ 130,746      $ 1,248,165       $ 1,378,911       $ 38,823      $ 1,417,734   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts may not foot due to rounding.

See accompanying independent auditors’ report.

 

F-89


Table of Contents

LOGO

Report of Independent Auditors

To the Members of

ComSci, LLC

We have audited the accompanying financial statements of ComSci, LLC (the “Company”), which comprise the balance sheets as of October 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, and the related statements of operations, changes in members’ equity, and cash flows for the ten-month period ended October 31, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012, and the related notes to the financial statements.

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditor’s Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of ComSci, LLC, as of October 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the ten-month period ended October 31, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012, in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

LOGO

February 28, 2014

 

Holtzman Partners, LLP   1710 West Sixth Street   Austin, Texas 78703   Phone 512.610.7200   fax 512.610.7201   www.holtzmanpartners.com

 

F-90


Table of Contents

ComSci, LLC

Balance Sheets

 

     October 31,
2013
     December 31,
2012
 

Assets

     

Current assets:

     

Cash

   $ 562,020       $ 943,962   

Investments

     —           249,455   

Accounts receivable, net

     950,859         1,086,275   

Prepaid expenses and other

     47,396         78,595   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     1,560,275         2,358,287   

Property and equipment, net

     60,803         95,803   

Other

     7,631         7,631   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,628,709       $ 2,461,721   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities and members’ equity

     

Current liabilities:

     

Accounts payable

   $ 260,447       $ 118,230   

Accrued liabilities

     44,850         24,646   

Current portion of capital lease obligations

     32,131         30,441   

Deferred revenue

     78,016         24,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     415,444         197,317   

Capital lease obligations, less current portion

     28,737         55,657   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     444,181         252,974   

Members’ equity

     1,184,528         2,208,747   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and members’ equity

   $ 1,628,709       $ 2,461,721   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-91


Table of Contents

ComSci, LLC

Statements of Operations

 

     Ten-month
period ended
October 31, 2013
    Year ended
December 31, 2012
 

Revenues

   $ 4,543,526      $ 5,325,557   

Cost of revenues

     1,267,160        1,389,953   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     3,276,366        3,935,604   

Operating expense:

    

Sales and marketing

     1,654,738        1,792,780   

Research and development

     379,253        442,322   

General and administrative

     1,378,870        922,865   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     3,412,861        3,157,967   

Income (loss) from operations

     (136,495     777,637   

Other income (expense):

    

Interest and dividend income

     12,146        18,204   

Unrealized gain (loss) on investments

     —          29,665   

Realized gain (loss) on investments

     (5,662     —     

Interest expense

     (4,089     (6,652
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

     2,395        41,217   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (134,100   $ 818,854   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-92


Table of Contents

ComSci, LLC

Statements of Changes in Members’ Equity

 

     Owner
Investment
     Partner
Distributions
    Retained
Earnings
    Total
Members’
Equity
 

Balance at December 31, 2011

   $ 1,000,000       $ (2,403,232   $ 3,564,781      $ 2,161,549   

Distributions

     —           (771,656     —          (771,656

Net income

     —           —          818,854        818,854   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

   $ 1,000,000       $ (3,174,888   $ 4,383,635      $ 2,208,747   

Distributions

     —           (890,119     —          (890,119

Net loss

     —           —          (134,100     (134,100
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at October 31, 2013

   $ 1,000,000       $ (4,065,007   $ 4,249,535      $ 1,184,528   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-93


Table of Contents

ComSci, LLC

Statements of Cash Flows

 

     Ten-month
period ended
October 31, 2013
    Year ended
December 31, 2012
 

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net income (loss)

   $ (134,100   $ 818,854   

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     35,000        43,519   

Net realized/unrealized gain (loss) on investments

     5,662        (27,392

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable

     135,416        (24,567

Prepaid expenses and other

     31,199        (57,211

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     162,421        24,100   

Deferred revenue

     54,016        6,500   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     289,614        783,803   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Purchase of investments

     (738     (1,919

Redemption of investments

     244,531        140,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by investing activities

     243,793        138,081   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Distributions paid to members

     (890,119     (771,656

Payments on capital leases

     (25,230     (28,531
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (915,349     (800,187
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

     (381,942     121,697   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     943,962        822,265   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period/year

   $ 562,020      $ 943,962   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

    

Cash paid for taxes

   $ 2,996      $ 3,498   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-94


Table of Contents

ComSci, LLC

Notes to Financial Statements

For the ten-month period ended October 31, 2013 and

the year ended December 31, 2012

1. Nature of Operations

ComSci, LLC (the “Company”) was formed as a New Jersey limited liability company on July 29, 2005, and is headquartered in Iselin, New Jersey. The Company provides SaaS-based IT Financial and Business Management software and solutions that enable IT and shared services organizations to more effectively articulate the value of the services delivered to the business. The Company’s solution drives efficiencies, assists in reducing cost and promotes innovation across the enterprise.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Accounting

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on the accrual basis of accounting in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”).

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash deposits and short-term investments with original maturities of three months or less when purchased and are stated at cost.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are recorded at estimated realizable value. The Company continuously assesses the collectability of outstanding customer invoices; and in doing such, the Company maintains an allowance for estimated losses resulting from the noncollection of customer receivables. In estimating this allowance, the Company considers factors such as: historical collection experience, a customer’s current credit-worthiness, customer concentrations, and general economic conditions that may affect a customer’s ability to pay. Actual customer collections could differ from the Company’s estimates. The Company estimated approximately $5,800 in uncollectible customer receivables as of October 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of cash and cash equivalents and trade receivables. The Company’s cash is placed with high-credit-quality financial institutions, which at times may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any loss relating to cash in these accounts. The Company performs periodic credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and generally does not require collateral.

 

F-95


Table of Contents

ComSci, LLC

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

 

Customers representing 10% or more of the Company’s total accounts receivable and revenues are as follows as of and for the ten-month period ended October 31, 2013:

 

     Accounts
Receivable
    Revenues  

Customer A

     20     28

Customer B

     15     12

Property and Equipment

Depreciation of equipment used for corporate operations is computed using the straight-line method over estimated useful lives ranging from three to five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the estimated useful life or the lease term. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred and major renewals and betterments are capitalized.

Income Taxes

The Company has elected to be treated as a limited liability company for Federal and New Jersey tax purposes. Under these provisions, any tax due is included on the members’ individual tax returns and the Company makes no provision for Federal or New Jersey income tax.

Advertising

The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising costs totaled approximately $359,000 and $392,000 for the ten-month period ended October 31, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012, respectively.

Research and Development

Research and development costs are expensed to operations as incurred. Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) authoritative guidance on accounting for the costs of computer software developed or obtained for internal use requires capitalization of certain costs incurred during the software application development stage and amortizes them over the software’s estimated useful life. Based on the Company’s product development process, costs incurred during the software application development stage where recoverability was reasonably assured have been insignificant. Through October 31, 2013 all software development costs have been expensed as incurred.

Long-Lived Assets

The Company periodically reviews the carrying amounts of its long-lived assets to determine whether current events or circumstances warrant adjustment to such carrying amounts. In reviewing the carrying amounts of long-lived assets, the Company considers, among other factors, the future cash inflows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition less the future cash outflows expected to be necessary to obtain those inflows.

Upon a determination that the carrying value of assets will not be recovered from the undiscounted cash flow estimated to be generated by those assets, the carrying value of such assets would be considered impaired and reduced by a charge to operations in the amount of the impairment. No indicators of impairment were identified during the ten-month period ended October 31, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

F-96


Table of Contents

ComSci, LLC

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

 

Investments at Fair Value

Investment sales and purchases are recorded on a trade-date basis, which results in both investment receivables and payables on unsettled investment trades. Dividend income is recorded based upon the ex-dividend date, and interest income is recorded as earned on an accrual basis.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) authoritative guidance on fair value measurements for financial assets and liabilities defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The guidance establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. These tiers include: Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets; Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable; and Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions. See Note 5 for a summary of the inputs used as of October 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, in determining the fair value of the Company’s investments.

The Company’s carrying amounts of its financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and accrued liabilities approximate their respective fair values due to their short maturities.

Investments are classified as short-term based on stated maturities of less than one year from the balance sheet date.

Revenue Recognition

The Company’s revenues are primarily derived from the sale of IT financial governance cost management solutions. The Company sells these services primarily as a hosted monthly or annual service, and in limited circumstances as a term license, and revenue is recognized monthly as the services are delivered based on the contractual fee, provided that no significant Company obligations remain, fees are fixed and determinable, and collection of the related receivable is probable.

For hosting arrangements that contain multiple elements, such as product and/or services, the Company allocates revenue to each element based on a selling price hierarchy. The selling price for a deliverable is based on its vendor specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) if available, third-party evidence (“TPE”) if VSOE is not available, or estimated selling price (“ESP”) if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. The objective of ESP is to determine the price at which the Company would transact a sale if the product or service were sold on a stand-alone basis.

The Company also derives revenue from services sold as discrete, non-recurring events. For these services, the Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the fee is fixed or determinable, the event has occurred and collection is reasonably assured. Revenues from these services approximated $235,000 and $450,000 for the ten-month period ended October 31, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012, respectively.

Deferred Revenue

Deferred revenue consists of billings or payments received in advance of revenue recognition from the Company’s service described above and is recognized as the revenue criteria are met.

 

F-97


Table of Contents

ComSci, LLC

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

 

Cost of Revenues

Cost of revenues primarily consists of labor costs and indirect costs related to contract performance and expenses related to network infrastructure.

Subsequent Events

The Company evaluated events occurring between the end of the most recent fiscal year and February 28, 2014, the date the financial statements were available to be issued.

3. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consists of the following:

 

     October 31,
2013
    December 31,
2012
 

Furniture and Fixtures

   $ 167,898      $ 167,898   

Computer Equipment

     258,154        258,154   

Computer Software

     36,393        36,393   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     462,445        462,445   

Less: accumulated depreciation

     (401,642     (366,642
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 60,803      $ 95,803   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation of property and equipment for the ten-month period ended October 31, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012 was $35,000 and $43,519, respectively.

4. Capital Lease Obligations

The Company leases equipment under capital leases. The arrangements require monthly payments of $3,063, including interest. Future minimum lease payments are as follows:

 

Period/Year Ending December 31,

      

2013

   $ 6,126   

2014

     36,756   

2015

     20,954   

2016

     3,849   
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

     67,685   

Less – Amount representing interest

     (6,817
  

 

 

 

Present value of minimum lease payments

     60,868   
  

 

 

 

5. Investments at Fair Value

At December 31, 2012, the Company’s investments consist of the following:

 

     2012  

Mutual funds

   $ 28,431   

Preferred securities

     221,024   
  

 

 

 

Total investments at fair value

   $ 249,455   
  

 

 

 

 

F-98


Table of Contents

ComSci, LLC

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

 

The following is a summary of the inputs used as of December 31, 2012 in valuing the Company’s investments carried at fair value:

 

     Quoted prices
in active
markets for
identical assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
other
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)
     Total  

Mutual funds

   $ 28,431       $ —         $ —         $ 28,431   

Preferred securities

     221,024         —           —           221,024   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Totals

   $ 249,455       $ —         $ —         $ 249,455   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

6. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

The Company leases an office facility in Iselin, New Jersey under a non-cancelable, operating lease expiring in January 2020. Rent and occupancy expenses under this lease totaled $77,917 and $93,501 for the ten-month period ended October 31, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012, respectively.

Future minimum lease payments required under operating leases as of October 31, 2013 are as follows:

 

2013

   $ 15,261   

2014

     91,569   

2015

     95,258   

2016

     95,594   

2017

     95,594   

Thereafter

     199,154   
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 592,430   
  

 

 

 

Contingencies

Certain contingent liabilities could arise during the ordinary course of providing services to customers. These contingencies are generally the result of contracts that require compliance with certain level-of-effort or performance measurements and the delivery of certain services by a specified deadline. Based on historical experience, the Company believes that the ultimate liability, if any, incurred under these contract provisions will not have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows of the Company. No allowance for contingencies has been recorded at October 31, 2013 or December 31, 2012.

7. Defined Contribution Plan

The Company sponsors a defined contribution plan (the “Plan”) in accordance with Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The Plan is available to all regular employees of the Company. The Company’s contribution to the Plan is discretionary. The Company did not make any contributions to the Plan in 2013 or 2012.

8. Subsequent Events

On November 5, 2013, the Company made distributions to members in the amount of $457,932.

Effective as of November 7, 2013, the Company entered into a definitive purchase agreement, pursuant to which Upland Software, Inc. purchased all membership interests of ComSci, LLC.

 

F-99


Table of Contents

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF

OPERATIONS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Upland Software, Inc., or the Company, made three acquisitions during the year ended December 31, 2013. On May 16, 2013, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding capital of FileBound Solutions, Inc. and Marex Group, Inc. (together, FileBound). On November 7, 2013, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding interests of ComSci, LLC, or ComSci. On December 23, 2013, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding capital of Clickability, Inc. For accounting purpose, the acquisition of Clickability was recorded on December 31, 2013 and, accordingly the operations of Clickability had no impact on the Company’s statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2013. As a result, the acquisition of Clickability is not reflected in the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations set forth below.

For purposes of the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations set forth below, the Company assumed that the acquisitions of FileBound and ComSci occurred on January 1, 2013. As a result, the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations data was derived from:

 

    the audited historical consolidated statement of operations for the Company for the year ended December 31, 2013;

 

    the unaudited historical statement of operations data for FileBound for the period from January 1, 2013 to May 15, 2013; and

 

    the audited historical statement of operations data for ComSci for the period from January 1, 2013 to November 6, 2013.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations data set forth below is presented for illustrative purposes only and does not necessarily indicate the operating results that would have been achieved if the acquisitions of FileBound and ComSci had occurred at the beginning of the period presented, nor is it indicative of future operating results. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations should be read in conjunction with the Company’s historical consolidated financial statement and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

F-100


Table of Contents

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF

OPERATIONS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

    Upland
Historical
2013
    FileBound
Jan-May
2013 (Pre-
Acquisition
Period)
    FileBound
Pro Forma
Adjustments
    ComSci Jan-
Nov 2013
(Pre-Acq
Period)
    ComSci Pro
Forma
Adjustments
    Upland 2013
Pro Forma
As Adjusted
 

Revenue:

           

Subscription and support

  $ 30,887      $ 2,288        (283 ) (a)     $ 4,530        (5 ) (a)     $ 37,418   

Perpetual license

    2,003        1,329        —          —          —          3,331   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total product revenue

    32,890        3,617        (283     4,530        (5     40,749   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Professional services

    8,303        158        —          13        —          8,474   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    41,193        3,775        (283     4,543        (5 )       49,224   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

           

Subscription and support

    7,787        615        128 (b)       1,245        169 (b)       9,943   

Professional services

    5,680        125        —          22        —          5,827   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    13,467        740        128        1,267        169        15,770   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    27,726        3,035        (411     3,276        (174     33,474   

Operating expenses:

           

Sales and marketing

    10,625        1,169        —          1,654        —          13,449   

Research and development

    10,340        553        —          379        —          11,273   

Refundable Canadian tax credits

    (583     —          —          —          —          (583

General and administrative

    6,832        1,397        —          849        —          9,078   

Depreciation and amortization

    3,670        83        174 (b)       35        217 (b)       4,179   

Acquisition-related expenses

    1,461        743        (743 ) (c)       495        (495 ) (c)       1,461   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    32,345        3,698        (569     3,412        (278     38,856   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (4,619     (909     158        (136     104        (5,403

Other income (expense):

           

Interest expense, net

    (2,797     —          (259 ) (d)       8        (237 ) (d)       (3,286

Other expense net

    (431     (39     —          (6     —          (476
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

    3,228        (39     (259     2        (237     (3,761
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

    (7,847     (948     (101     (134 )       (133     (9,164

Provision for income taxes

    (708     —          (45 ) (e)       —          (48 ) (e)       (801
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

    (8,555     (948     (146     (134     (181     (9,965
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from discontinued operations

    (642     —          —          —          —          (642
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (9,197     (948     (146 )       (134     (181     (10,607
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Preferred stock dividends and accretion

    (98     —          —          —          —          (98
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common shareholders

    (9,295     (948     (146     (134     (181     (10,705
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share:

           

Loss from continuing operations per common share, basic and diluted

  $ (1.18     —          —          —          —        $ (1.23

Loss from discontinued operations per common share, basic and diluted

  $ (0.09     —          —          —          —        $ (0.08

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted

  $ (1.27     —          —          —          —        $ (1.31

Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

    1,196,668        —          —          —          132,579 (f)       1,329,246   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per common share (unaudited), basic and diluted

  $ (1.53           $ (1.72

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding (unaudited), basic and diluted

    5,998,613              172,287 (g)       6,170,900   
 

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-101


Table of Contents

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013

 

(a) Represents change in revenue based upon the adjustment of deferred revenue to fair value as of the date of the acquisition.

 

(b) Represents change in amortization based upon preliminary estimates of fair values and useful lives of trade name, technology and customer relationships. The respective values and lives of trade name, technology and customer relationships are as follows:

 

     Intangible Asset    Stated
Value
     Useful
Life
(months)
     Mthly
Amort.
 

Filebound

           
   Trade Name    $ 320,000         36       $ 8,889   
   Technology    $ 2,040,000         72       $ 28,333   
   Customer Relationships    $ 3,600,000         120       $ 30,000   
      $ 5,960,000          $ 67,222   

Comsci

           
   Trade Name    $ 180,000         36       $ 5,000   
   Technology    $ 810,000         48       $ 16,875   
   Customer Relationships    $ 2,000,000         120       $ 16,667   
      $ 2,990,000          $ 38,542   

 

     FileBound      ComSci  

Removing historical amortization from cost of goods sold

   $ 212,500       $ 33,750   

Removing historical amortization from operating expenses

   $ 291,667       $ 43,333   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 504,167       $ 77,083   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma—Full-year amortization expense

             

Pro forma amortization from cost of goods sold

   $ 340,000       $ 202,500   

Pro forma amortization from operating expenses

   $ 466,667       $ 260,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 806,667       $ 462,500   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(c) Amount represents pre-acquisition seller transaction costs.

 

(d) Reflects pro forma interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2013 resulting from the FileBound and ComSci acquisitions:

 

     Cash Paid at Closing      Interest Expense (1)  

FileBound

     14,026,131         259,387   

ComSci

       5,593,675         236,773   
     

 

 

 

Total pro forma interest expense

        496,160  
     

 

 

 

 

  (1) Reflects interest on the cash paid at closing for FileBound and ComSci at the 3.25% LIBOR rate plus 1.75%. Cash paid at closing is assumed to be borrowed under the Company’s U.S. loan and security agreement.

 

(e) Represents the tax effect of the pro forma adjustments, calculated at an effective rate of 36.3%.

 

(f) Represents the effect of 155,599 common shares issued in connection with the ComSci purchase as if they were outstanding for the entire year.

 

(g) Represents the effect of 106,572 Series B-1 preferred shares and 155,598 Series B-2 preferred shares in connection with the FileBound and ComSci purchase, respectively, as if they were outstanding for the entire year.

 

F-102


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

 

3,846,154 Shares

 

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

Prospectus

                    , 2014

 

 

William Blair

Raymond James

Canaccord Genuity

Needham & Company

Until                     ,                     , all dealers that buy, sell or trade the common stock may be required to deliver a prospectus regardless of whether they are participating in this offering. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscription.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other expenses of issuance and distribution.

The following table sets forth all costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, paid or payable by us in connection with the sale of the common stock being registered. All amounts shown are estimates except for the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, registration fee and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA, filing fee.

 

     Amount Paid
or to be Paid
 

SEC registration fee

   $ 7,826   

FINRA filing fee

     11,750   

NASDAQ Global Market listing fee

     125,000   

Blue sky fees and expenses (including related legal fees)

     5,000   

Printing expenses

     250,000   

Legal fees and expenses

     1,500,000   

Accounting fees and expenses

     1,200,000   

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

     15,000   

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

     200,424   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,315,000   
  

 

 

 

 

* To be filed by amendment

 

Item 14. Indemnification of directors and officers.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers in terms sufficiently broad to permit such indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement for expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, to be effective upon the completion of this offering, provides for indemnification of our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, and our amended and restated bylaws, to be effective upon the completion of this offering, provide for indemnification of our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. In addition, we will enter into indemnification agreements with our directors, officers and some employees containing provisions that may be in some respects broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. The indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors and to advance their expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. Reference is also made to Section 9 of the Underwriting Agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 hereto, which provides for indemnification by the underwriters of our officers and directors against certain liabilities.

 

Item 15. Recent sales of unregistered securities.

The following list sets forth information regarding all unregistered securities sold by us from January 1, 2011 to September 30, 2014:

(1) On March 16, 2011, we granted options under our 2010 Plan to purchase 37,383 shares of common stock to an employee, having an exercise price of $0.31 per share for an aggregate exercise price of $11,400. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701

 

II-1


Table of Contents

promulgated under the Securities Act pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

(2) On September 12, 2011, we sold and issued 1,779,343 shares of our Series A preferred stock to 14 investors at $6.10 per share, for a total consideration of $10,852,249. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

(3) On December 9, 2011, we sold and issued 102,207 shares of our Series A preferred stock to six investors at $6.10 per share, for a total consideration of $623,376. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

(4) On December 13, 2011, we sold and issued 32,791 shares of our Series A preferred stock to one investor at $6.10 per share, for a total consideration of $200,000. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

(5) On December 20, 2011, we sold and issued 81,980 shares of our Series A preferred stock to one investor at $6.10 per share, for a total consideration of $500,000. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

(6) On December 21, 2011, we sold and issued 507,853 shares of our Series A preferred stock to three investors at $6.10 per share, for a total consideration of $3,097,403. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

(7) On December 22, 2011, we sold and issued 31,939 shares of our Series A preferred stock to two investors at $6.10 per share, for a total consideration of $194,805. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

(8) On January 6, 2012, we sold and issued 8,517 shares of our Series A preferred stock to one investor at $6.10 per share, for a total consideration of $51,948. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

(9) On January 17, 2012, we sold and issued 32,792 shares of our Series A preferred stock to two investors at $6.10 per share, for a total consideration of $200,000. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

(10) On February 6, 2012, we sold and issued 127,762 shares of our Series A preferred stock to one investor at $6.10 per share, for a total consideration of $779,221. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

(11) On January 25, 2012, we sold and issued 1,489,378 shares of our Series B preferred stock to 17 investors at $6.10 per share, for a total consideration of $9,083,767. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

(12) On February 3, 2012, we sold and issued 187,937 shares of our Series B preferred stock to three investors at $6.10 per share, for a total consideration of $1,146,233. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

(13) On February 9, 2012, we sold and issued 24,594 shares of our Series B preferred stock to two investors at $6.10 per share, for a total consideration of $150,000. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

(14) On February 10, 2012, we sold and issued a promissory note in the principal amount of $1,500,000 to one investor. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

(15) On February 10, 2012, we issued a warrant exercisable for 19,675 shares of Series A preferred stock having an exercise price of $6.10 per share to one investor. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

(16) On March 5, 2012, we issued a warrant exercisable for 19,675 shares of Series B preferred stock having an exercise price of $6.10 per share to one investor. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

(17) On October 10, 2012, we granted options under our 2010 Plan to purchase 173,844 shares of common stock to our employees, directors and consultants, having an exercise price of $1.22 per share for an aggregate exercise price of $212,179. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

(18) On October 10, 2012, we sold and issued 113,085 shares of our common stock pursuant to a restricted stock grant issued under our 2010 Plan, at a purchase price of $1.22 for an aggregate exercise price of $137,942. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

(19) On November 14, 2012, we sold and issued a promissory note in the principal amount of $1,500,000 to one investor. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

(20) On November 14, 2012, we issued 131,168 shares of our Series B-1 preferred stock to two investors. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

(21) On November 14, 2012, we issued subordinated promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $1,500,000 to two investors. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

(22) On December 3, 2012, we issued a warrant exercisable for 6,558 shares of Series B preferred stock having an exercise price of $6.10 per share to one investor. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

(23) On April 11, 2013, we issued a warrant exercisable for 37,164 shares of Series B preferred stock having an exercise price of $6.10 per share to one investor. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

(24) On May 16, 2013, we issued 106,572 shares of our Series B-1 preferred stock to four investors. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

(25) On May 16, 2013, we issued subordinated promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $3,500,000 to four investors. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

(26) On October 9, 2013, we sold and issued convertible promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $4,647,099 to 17 investors. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

(27) On October 25, 2013, we granted options under our 2010 Plan to purchase 191,045 shares of common stock to our employees, directors and consultants, having an exercise price of $1.77 per share for an aggregate exercise price of $338,198. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

(28) On November 6, 2013, we issued a warrant exercisable for 2,459 shares of common stock having an exercise price of $1.77 to one investor. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

(29) On November 7, 2013, we sold and issued a convertible promissory note in the aggregate principal amount of $150,000 to two investors. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

(30) On November 7, 2013, we issued 155,598 shares of our Series B-2 preferred stock to one investor. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

(31) On November 7, 2013, we issued 155,599 shares of our common stock to one investor. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

(32) On December 6, 2013, we sold and issued a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $90,000 to one investor. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

(33) On December 20, 2013, we sold and issued 1,356,189 shares of our Series C preferred stock to 20 investors at $10.98 per share, for a total consideration of $14,888,583. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

(34) On December 20, 2013, we sold and issued 561,859 shares of our Series C preferred stock to 19 investors at $8.78 per share, for a total consideration of $4,934,624. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

(35) On January 27, 2014, we sold and issued 1,803,574 shares of our common stock to one investor at $0.0001 per share, for a total consideration of $1,100. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

(36) On March 31, 2014, we granted options under our 2010 Plan to purchase 262,196 shares of common stock to our employees, directors and consultants, having an exercise price of $6.23 per share for an aggregate exercise price of $1,631,490. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

(37) On April 12, 2014, we granted options under our 2010 Plan to purchase 819 shares of common stock to an employee, having an exercise price of $6.23 per share for an aggregate exercise price of $5,100. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

(38) On June 9, 2014, we sold and issued 150 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2010 Stock Plan, at a purchase price of $1.77 per share for a total consideration of $266. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

(39) On August 4, 2014, we sold and issued 163 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2010 Stock Plan, at a purchase price of $0.29 per share for a total consideration of $290. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

(40) On September 2, 2014, we sold and issued 294,010 shares of common stock pursuant to a restricted stock grant issued under our 2010 Stock Plan, at a purchase price of $8.73 per share for a total consideration of $2,564,237. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

(41) On September 2, 2014, we granted options under our 2010 Stock Plan to purchase 123,785 shares of common stock to our employees, directors and consultants, having an exercise price of $8.73 per share for an aggregate exercise price of $1,079,650. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering. Stock certificates issued in the foregoing transactions bear the appropriate Securities Act legends as to the restricted nature of such securities. Each recipient of the securities in these transactions represented his or her intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to the share certificates issued in each such transaction. In each case, the recipient received adequate information about the registrant or had adequate access, through his or her relationship with the registrant, to information about the registrant.

 

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a) Exhibits

 

Exhibit
No.

  

Description of Exhibit

  1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  2.1*    Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among the Registrant, Steering Wheel Acquisition Corp., PowerSteering Software, Inc. and Michael Pehl, as Stockholder representative, dated February 3, 2012
  2.2*    Stock Purchase Agreement by and among the Registrant, Tenrox Inc., the stockholders named therein and Novacap II, L.P. and Aramazd Israilian, as representatives, dated February 10, 2012
  2.3*    Membership Interest Purchase Agreement by and among the Registrant, LMR Solutions, LLC, Joseph Larscheid and Cheryl Larscheid, dated November 13, 2012

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Exhibit
No.

  

Description of Exhibit

  2.4*    Stock Purchase Agreement by and among the Registrant, Marex Group Inc., FileBound Solutions, Inc., the Selling Stockholders (as defined therein) and Rex Lamb, as representative of the Selling Stockholders, dated May 16, 2013
  2.5*    Membership Interest Purchase Agreement by and among the Registrant, Upland Software, Inc., ComSci, LLC and Robert Svec, dated November 7, 2013
  2.6*    Stock Purchase Agreement by and among the Registrant, Clickability, Inc. and Limelight Networks, Inc. dated December 23, 2013
  3.1*    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, dated January 27, 2014
  3.1.1    Certificate of Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, dated October 24, 2014
  3.2    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be effective immediately prior to the closing of the offering
  3.3*    Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect
  3.4    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective immediately prior to the closing of the offering
  4.1*    Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement among the Registrant and certain stockholders, dated December 20, 2013
  4.2*    Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement among the Registrant and certain stockholders, dated December 20, 2013
  4.3*    Amended and Restated Voting Agreement among the Registrant and certain stockholders, dated December 20, 2013
  4.4*    Restricted Stock Agreement between the Registrant, Joseph Larscheid and Cheryl Larscheid, dated November 14, 2012
  4.5*    Market Standoff Agreement between the Registrant and Robert Svec, dated November 6, 2013
  4.6*    Letter Agreement between the Registrant and Austin Ventures IX, L.P. regarding management rights, dated October 28, 2010
  4.7*    Letter Agreement between the Registrant and Austin Ventures X, L.P. regarding management rights, dated October 28, 2010
  4.8*    Warrant to Purchase Series A Preferred Stock issued to Comerica Bank dated February 10, 2012
  4.9*    Warrant to Purchase Series B Preferred Stock issued to Comerica Bank dated March 5, 2012
  4.10*    Warrant to Purchase Series B Preferred Stock issued to Comerica Bank dated April 11, 2013
  4.11*    Warrant to Purchase Common Stock issued to Entrepreneurs Foundation of Central Texas dated November 6, 2013
  5.1    Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation
10.1+*    Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and officers, as currently in effect
10.2+    Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and officers, to be effective prior to the closing of the offering
10.3+*    Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Plan, as amended
10.3.1+*    Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Plan, as amended September 2, 2014
10.4+*    Form of Stock Option Agreement under Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Plan (Standard)

 

II-6


Table of Contents

Exhibit
No.

  

Description of Exhibit

10.4.1+*    Form of Stock Option Agreement under Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Plan (Former ComSci, LLC Employees)
10.4.2+*    Form of Stock Option Agreement under Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Plan (Executive)
10.4.3+*    Form of Amendment to Stock Option Agreement under Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Plan with Certain Executives
10.5+*    Form of Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement under Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Plan
10.5.1+*    Form of Amendment to Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement under Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Plan
10.6+    Form of 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, to be adopted prior to the closing of the offering
10.7+    Form of Stock Option Award Agreement under 2014 Equity Incentive Plan
10.7.1+    Form of Stock Option Award Agreement under 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (Executive)
10.8+    Form of Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement under 2014 Equity Incentive Plan
10.8.1+    Form of Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement under 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (Executive)
10.9+    Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under 2014 Equity Incentive Plan
10.9.1+    Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (Executive)
10.10+*    Offer of Employment between the Registrant and John T. McDonald, dated July 23, 2010
10.11+*    Offer of Employment between the Registrant and R. Brian Henley, dated January 10, 2013
10.11.1+*    Employment Agreement between the Registrant and R. Brian Henley, dated July 25, 2014.
10.12+*    Employment Agreement between the Registrant and John T. McDonald, dated May 9, 2014
10.13+*    Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Ludwig Melik, dated February 10, 2012
10.13.1+    Amendment to Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Ludwig Melik, dated December 18, 2012
10.14+*    Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and John T. McDonald, dated July 23, 2010
10.15+*    Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and John T. McDonald, dated October 18, 2010
10.16+*    Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and John T. McDonald, dated September 2, 2014
10.16.1+*    Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and R. Brian Henley, dated September 2, 2014
10.17*    Office Lease between the Registrant and TPG-401 Congress LLC, dated February 27, 2014
10.17.1*    First Amendment to Office Lease between Registrant and TPG-401 Congress LLC
10.18*    Lease Agreement between Tenrox Inc. and A.R.E. Quebec, dated November 5, 2012, as amended
10.19*    Sublease Agreement between Marex Properties, LLC and Marex Group Inc., dated May 10, 2013
10.20*    Loan and Security Agreement and Joinder between the Registrant, Visionael Corporation, PowerSteering Software, Inc., LMR Solutions LLC, Marex Group, Inc., FileBound Solutions, Inc., ComSci, LLC, ComSci, Inc. and Comerica Bank, dated March 5, 2012, as amended through December 6, 2013
10.21*    Security Agreement between Tenrox Inc. and Comerica Bank, dated March 5, 2012, as amended
10.22*    Unconditional Guaranty by Tenrox Inc., dated March 5, 2012
10.23*    Affirmation of Guaranty Documents by Tenrox Inc. for the benefit of Comerica Bank, dated December 3, 2012, as amended through May 16, 2013

 

II-7


Table of Contents

Exhibit
No.

  

Description of Exhibit

10.24*    Loan and Security Agreement between Tenrox, Inc., successor to Silverback Two Canada Merger Corporation, and Comerica Bank, dated February 10, 2012, as amended through December 6, 2013
10.25*    Pledge and Security Agreement between the Registrant and Comerica Bank, dated February 10, 2012, as amended through May 16, 2013.
10.26*    Security Agreement between Marex Group, Inc. and Comerica Bank, dated May 16, 2013, as amended through December 6, 2013
10.27*    Security Agreement between LMR Solutions LLC and Comerica Bank, dated December 3, 2012, as amended through December 6, 2013
10.28    Security Agreement between PowerSteering Software Inc. and Comerica Bank, dated February 10, 2012, as amended through March 19, 2014
10.29    Security Agreement between Tenrox Inc. and Comerica Bank, dated February 10, 2012, as amended through December 6, 2013
10.30*    Unconditional Guaranty by Marex Group, Inc., dated May 16, 2013
10.31*    Unconditional Guaranty by LMR Solutions LLC, dated December 3, 2012
10.32*    Unconditional Guaranty by PowerSteering Software Inc., dated February 10, 2012
10.33*    Unconditional Guaranty by Tenrox Inc., dated February 10, 2012
10.34*    Unconditional Guaranty by the Registrant, dated February 10, 2012
10.35*    Amendment to and Affirmation of Guaranty Documents and Waiver by Tenrox Inc. for the benefit of Comerica Bank, dated April 11, 2013
10.36*    Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement among the Registrant and the Investors listed on the Schedule of Investors thereto, dated December 20, 2013
10.37    Amended and Restated Technology Services Agreement between the Registrant and DevFactory FZ-LLC, dated January 1, 2014
10.38*    Letter Agreement between the Registrant and DevFactory FZ-LLC, dated January 1, 2014
10.39*    Stock Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and DevFactory FZ-LLC, dated January 27, 2014
10.40*    Note Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and the Investors listed on Schedule I thereto, dated October 9, 2013, as amended
21.1    List of subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2    Consent of Holtzman Partners, LLP, Independent Public Accounting Firm.
23.3    Consent of Blackman & Associates, P.C.
23.4    Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1*    Power of Attorney (see page II-10 to the original filing of this registration statement on Form S-1).

 

* Previously filed.

 

+ Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

 

(b) Financial statement schedule.

No financial statement schedules are provided because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the financial statements or notes.

 

II-8


Table of Contents
Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona-fide offering thereof.

 

II-9


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Austin, State of Texas, on the 27 th day of October, 2014.

 

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.
By:   /s/    John T. McDonald
 

John T. McDonald

Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/    John T. McDonald        

John T. McDonald

   Director, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman ( Principal Executive Officer )   October 27, 2014

/s/    Michael D. Hill        

Michael D. Hill

   Chief Financial Officer, Assistant Secretary and Treasurer ( Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer )   October 27, 2014

*

John D. Thornton

   Director   October 27, 2014

*

Steven Sarracino

   Director   October 27, 2014

*

Stephen E. Courter

   Director   October 27, 2014

*

Rodney C. Favaron

   Director   October 27, 2014

 

*By:   /s/    John T. McDonald
 

John T. McDonald

Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-10


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit

No.

  

Description of Exhibit

  1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  2.1*    Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among the Registrant, Steering Wheel Acquisition Corp., PowerSteering Software, Inc. and Michael Pehl, as Stockholder representative, dated February 3, 2012
  2.2*    Stock Purchase Agreement by and among the Registrant, Tenrox Inc., the stockholders named therein and Novacap II, L.P. and Aramazd Israilian, as representatives, dated February 10, 2012
  2.3*    Membership Interest Purchase Agreement by and among the Registrant, LMR Solutions, LLC, Joseph Larscheid and Cheryl Larscheid, dated November 13, 2012
  2.4*    Stock Purchase Agreement by and among the Registrant, Marex Group Inc., FileBound Solutions, Inc., the Selling Stockholders (as defined therein) and Rex Lamb, as representative of the Selling Stockholders, dated May 16, 2013
  2.5*    Membership Interest Purchase Agreement by and among the Registrant, Upland Software, Inc., ComSci, LLC and Robert Svec, dated November 7, 2013
  2.6*    Stock Purchase Agreement by and among the Registrant, Clickability, Inc. and Limelight Networks, Inc. dated December 23, 2013
  3.1*    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, dated January 27, 2014
  3.1.1   

Certificate of Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, dated October 24, 2014

  3.2    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be effective immediately prior to the closing of the offering
  3.3*    Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect
  3.4    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective immediately prior to the closing of the offering
  4.1*    Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement among the Registrant and certain stockholders, dated December 20, 2013
  4.2*    Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement among the Registrant and certain stockholders, dated December 20, 2013
  4.3*    Amended and Restated Voting Agreement among the Registrant and certain stockholders, dated December 20, 2013
  4.4*    Restricted Stock Agreement between the Registrant, Joseph Larscheid and Cheryl Larscheid, dated November 14, 2012
  4.5*    Market Standoff Agreement between the Registrant and Robert Svec, dated November 6, 2013
  4.6*    Letter Agreement between the Registrant and Austin Ventures IX, L.P. regarding management rights, dated October 28, 2010
  4.7*    Letter Agreement between the Registrant and Austin Ventures X, L.P. regarding management rights, dated October 28, 2010
  4.8*    Warrant to Purchase Series A Preferred Stock issued to Comerica Bank dated February 10, 2012
  4.9*    Warrant to Purchase Series B Preferred Stock issued to Comerica Bank dated March 5, 2012
  4.10*    Warrant to Purchase Series B Preferred Stock issued to Comerica Bank dated April 11, 2013
  4.11*    Warrant to Purchase Common Stock issued to Entrepreneurs Foundation of Central Texas dated November 6, 2013
  5.1    Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation


Table of Contents

Exhibit

No.

  

Description of Exhibit

10.1+*    Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and officers, as currently in effect
10.2+    Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and officers, to be effective prior to the closing of the offering
10.3+*    Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Plan, as amended
10.3.1+*    Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Plan, as amended September 2, 2014
10.4+*    Form of Stock Option Agreement under Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Plan (Standard)
10.4.1+*    Form of Stock Option Agreement under Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Plan (Former ComSci, LLC Employees)
10.4.2+*    Form of Stock Option Agreement under Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Plan (Executive)
10.4.3+*    Form of Amendment to Stock Option Agreement under Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Plan with Certain Executives
10.5+*    Form of Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement under Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Plan
10.5.1+*    Form of Amendment to Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement under Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Plan
10.6+    Form of 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, to be adopted prior to the closing of the offering
10.7+    Form of Stock Option Award Agreement under 2014 Equity Incentive Plan
10.7.1+    Form of Stock Option Award Agreement under 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (Executive)
10.8+    Form of Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement under 2014 Equity Incentive Plan
10.8.1+    Form of Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement under 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (Executive)
10.9+    Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under 2014 Equity Incentive Plan
10.9.1+    Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (Executive)
10.10+*    Offer of Employment between the Registrant and John T. McDonald, dated July 23, 2010
10.11+*    Offer of Employment between the Registrant and R. Brian Henley, dated January 10, 2013
10.11.1+*    Employment Agreement between the Registrant and R. Brian Henley, dated July 25, 2014
10.12+*    Employment Agreement between the Registrant and John T. McDonald, dated May 9, 2014
10.13+*    Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Ludwig Melik, dated February 10, 2012
10.13.1+    Amendment to Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Ludwig Melik, dated December 18, 2012
10.14+*    Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and John T. McDonald, dated July 23, 2010
10.15+*    Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and John T. McDonald, dated October 18, 2010
10.16+*    Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and John T. McDonald, dated September 2, 2014
10.16.1+*    Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and R. Brian Henley, dated September 2, 2014
10.17*    Office Lease between the Registrant and TPG-401 Congress LLC, dated February 27, 2014
10.17.1*    First Amendment to Office Lease between Registrant and TPG-401 Congress LLC
10.18*    Lease Agreement between Tenrox Inc. and A.R.E. Quebec, dated November 5, 2012, as amended
10.19*    Sublease Agreement between Marex Properties, LLC and Marex Group Inc., dated May 10, 2013
10.20*    Loan and Security Agreement and Joinder between the Registrant, Visionael Corporation, PowerSteering Software, Inc., LMR Solutions LLC, Marex Group, Inc., FileBound Solutions, Inc., ComSci, LLC, ComSci, Inc. and Comerica Bank, dated March 5, 2012, as amended through December 6, 2013
10.21*    Security Agreement between Tenrox Inc. and Comerica Bank, dated March 5, 2012, as amended


Table of Contents

Exhibit

No.

  

Description of Exhibit

10.22*    Unconditional Guaranty by Tenrox Inc., dated March 5, 2012
10.23*    Affirmation of Guaranty Documents by Tenrox Inc. for the benefit of Comerica Bank, dated December 3, 2012, as amended through May 16, 2013
10.24*    Loan and Security Agreement between Tenrox, Inc., successor to Silverback Two Canada Merger Corporation, and Comerica Bank, dated February 10, 2012, as amended through December 6, 2013
10.25*    Pledge and Security Agreement between the Registrant and Comerica Bank, dated February 10, 2012, as amended through May 16, 2013.
10.26*    Security Agreement between Marex Group, Inc. and Comerica Bank, dated May 16, 2013, as amended through December 6, 2013
10.27*    Security Agreement between LMR Solutions LLC and Comerica Bank, dated December 3, 2012, as amended through December 6, 2013
10.28    Security Agreement between PowerSteering Software Inc. and Comerica Bank, dated February 10, 2012, as amended through March 19, 2014
10.29    Security Agreement between Tenrox Inc. and Comerica Bank, dated February 10, 2012, as amended through December 6, 2013
10.30*    Unconditional Guaranty by Marex Group, Inc., dated May 16, 2013
10.31*    Unconditional Guaranty by LMR Solutions LLC, dated December 3, 2012
10.32*    Unconditional Guaranty by PowerSteering Software Inc., dated February 10, 2012
10.33*    Unconditional Guaranty by Tenrox Inc., dated February 10, 2012
10.34*    Unconditional Guaranty by the Registrant, dated February 10, 2012
10.35*    Amendment to and Affirmation of Guaranty Documents and Waiver by Tenrox Inc. for the benefit of Comerica Bank, dated April 11, 2013
10.36*    Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement among the Registrant and the Investors listed on the Schedule of Investors thereto, dated December 20, 2013
10.37    Amended and Restated Technology Services Agreement between the Registrant and DevFactory FZ-LLC, dated January 1, 2014
10.38*    Letter Agreement between the Registrant and DevFactory FZ-LLC, dated January 1, 2014
10.39*    Stock Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and DevFactory FZ-LLC, dated January 27, 2014
10.40*    Note Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and the Investors listed on Schedule I thereto, dated October 9, 2013, as amended
21.1    List of subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2    Consent of Holtzman Partners, LLP, Independent Public Accounting Firm.
23.3    Consent of Blackman & Associates, P.C.
23.4    Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1*    Power of Attorney (see page II-10 to the original filing of this registration statement on Form S-1).

 

* Previously filed.

 

+ Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

Exhibit 1.1

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share

Underwriting Agreement

[•], 2014

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

    As representatives of the several Underwriters

      named in Schedule I hereto,

c/o William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

222 West Adams Street

Chicago, Illinois 60606

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Upland Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), proposes, subject to the terms and conditions stated herein, to issue and sell to the Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the “Underwriters”) for whom William Blair & Company, L.L.C. and Raymond James & Associates, Inc. are acting as representatives (the “Representatives” or “you”) an aggregate of [•] shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company (“Stock”) and, at the election of the Underwriters, up to [•] additional shares of Stock. The aggregate of [•] shares of Stock to be sold by the Company are herein called the “Firm Shares” and the aggregate of [•] additional shares of Stock to be sold by the Company are herein called the “Optional Shares.” The Firm Shares and the Optional Shares that the Underwriters elect to purchase pursuant to Section 2 hereof are herein collectively called the “Shares.”

1. (a) The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each of the Underwriters that:

(i) any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), is hereinafter called a “Section 5(d) Communication”; and any Section 5(d) Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Act is hereinafter called a “Section 5(d) Writing”;

(ii) A registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-198574) (the “Initial Registration Statement”) in respect of the Shares has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”); the Initial Registration Statement, excluding exhibits thereto, and any post-effective amendment thereto, each in the form heretofore delivered to you, and to you for each of the other Underwriters, have been declared effective by the Commission in such form; other than a registration statement, if any, increasing the size of the offering (a “Rule 462(b) Registration Statement”), filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Act, which became effective upon filing, no other document with respect to the Initial Registration Statement has heretofore been filed with the Commission; and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Initial Registration Statement, any post-effective amendment thereto or the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, has been issued and no proceeding for that purpose has been initiated or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened by the Commission (any preliminary prospectus included in the Initial Registration Statement or filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) of the rules and regulations of the Commission under the Act is hereinafter called a “Preliminary Prospectus”; the Initial Registration Statement and the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, including all exhibits thereto and including the information contained in the form of final prospectus filed with the Commission


pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act in accordance with Section 5(a) hereof and deemed by virtue of Rule 430A under the Act to be part of the Initial Registration Statement at the time it was declared effective, each as amended at the time such part of the Initial Registration Statement became effective or such part of the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, became or hereafter becomes effective, are hereinafter collectively called the “Registration Statement”; the most recent Preliminary Prospectus relating to the Shares that was included in the Registration Statement immediately prior to the Applicable Time (as defined in Section 1(a)(iv) hereof) is hereinafter called the “Pricing Prospectus”; such final prospectus, in the form first filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act, is hereinafter called the “Prospectus”; and any “issuer free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 433 under the Act relating to the Shares is hereinafter called an “Issuer Free Writing Prospectus”);

(iii) No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus has been issued by the Commission, and each Preliminary Prospectus, at the time of filing thereof, conformed in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, and did not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided , however , that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by an Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein. For purposes of this Agreement, the only information so furnished shall be the information in the seventh, seventeenth and twentieth paragraphs under the heading “Underwriting” (collectively, the “Underwriter Information”);

(iv) For the purposes of this Agreement, the “Applicable Time” is [•] [a.m.] [p.m.] (New York City time) on the date of this Agreement. The Pricing Prospectus, as supplemented by the information listed in Schedule II(c) hereto, taken together (collectively, the “Pricing Disclosure Package”), as of the Applicable Time, did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus listed on Schedule II(a) hereto does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, and each such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and each Section 5(d) Writing listed on Schedule II(b) hereto, each as supplemented by and taken together with the Pricing Disclosure Package as of the Applicable Time, did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case, when the information contained in such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus is considered together with all information contained in the Pricing Disclosure Package; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to statements or omissions made in an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Section 5(d) Writing in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information;

(v) The Registration Statement, when it became effective, conformed, and the Prospectus and any further amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus will conform, in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and do not and will not, as of the applicable effective date as to each part of the Registration Statement and the applicable effective date of any amendment thereto and as of the applicable filing date as to the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, contain

 

- 2 -


an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information;

(vi) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has sustained since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Disclosure Package any material loss or interference with its business, direct or contingent, including from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Disclosure Package; and, since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Pricing Disclosure Package, there has not been (i) any change in the capital stock or long-term debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, taken as a whole (other than changes pursuant to agreements or employee benefit plans or in connection with the exercise of options or warrants, in each case as described or referred to in the Pricing Disclosure Package) or (ii) any event that would result in a material adverse effect on the properties, business, condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations or prospects, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole (a “Material Adverse Effect”);

(vii) The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title to all real property owned by them and have good title to all other property owned by them, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except such as are described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or where failure to have such good and marketable title would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and any real property and buildings held under lease by the Company and its subsidiaries are held by them under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with such exceptions as are not material and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property and buildings by the Company and its subsidiaries;

(viii) Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, or would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (i) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of any federal, state, local or foreign statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code, policy or rule of common law or any judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any judicial or administrative order, consent, decree or judgment, relating to pollution or protection of human health, the environment (including, without limitation, ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata), including, without limitation, laws and regulations relating to the release or threatened release of chemicals, pollutants, contaminants, wastes, toxic substances, hazardous substances, petroleum or petroleum products, asbestos-containing materials or mold (collectively, “Hazardous Materials”) or to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of Hazardous Materials (collectively, “Environmental Laws”), (ii) the Company and its subsidiaries have all permits, authorizations and approvals required under any applicable Environmental Laws and are each in compliance with their requirements, (iii) there are no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened administrative, regulatory or judicial actions, suits, demands, demand letters, claims, liens, notices of noncompliance or violation, investigation or proceedings relating to any Environmental Law against the Company or any of its subsidiaries, and (iv) to the Company’s knowledge, there are no events or circumstances that would reasonably be expected to form the basis of an order for clean-up or remediation, or an action, suit or proceeding by any private party or governmental agency or body, against or affecting the Company or any of its subsidiaries relating to Hazardous Materials or any Environmental Laws;

 

- 3 -


(ix) The Company (i) has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with corporate power and corporate authority to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package, and (ii) has been duly qualified as a foreign corporation for the transaction of business and is in good standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or conducts any business so as to require such qualification, except in the case of clause (ii), where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and each subsidiary of the Company (x) has been duly incorporated or formed, as the case may be, and is validly existing as a corporation or limited liability company, as applicable, in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation, with the company power and authority to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package, and (y) has been duly qualified as a foreign corporation or limited liability company for the transaction of business and is in good standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or conducts any business so as to require such qualification, except in the case of clause (y), where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(x) The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the captions “Capitalization” and “Description of Capital Stock” and all of the issued shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable and conform to the description of the Stock contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the captions “Capitalization” and “Description of Capital Stock”; and all of the issued shares of capital stock of each subsidiary of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and, except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims;

(xi) The Shares to be issued and sold by the Company to the Underwriters hereunder have been duly authorized and, when issued and delivered against payment therefor as provided herein, will be duly and validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable and will conform to the description of the Stock contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the captions “Capitalization” and “Description of Capital Stock”;

(xii) The issue and sale of the Shares to be sold by the Company and the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated (A) will not conflict with or result in a material breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a material default under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject, (B) will not violate any of the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the Company, or the organizational documents of any subsidiary, or (C) will not violate any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their properties, and (D) will not require any consent, approval,

 

- 4 -


authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any court, governmental agency or body or third party to be obtained by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, except with respect to this clause (D) for (w) such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, registrations or qualifications that have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect, (x) the registration under the Act of the Shares, the approval by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) of the underwriting terms and arrangements, (y) such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, registrations or qualifications as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters and (z) such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, registrations or qualifications, the failure of which to obtain would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse impact on the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

(xiii) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is (A) in violation of its certificate of incorporation, bylaws or other organizational documents or (B) in default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound, except in the case of clause (B), to the extent that such default would not reasonably be expected have a Material Adverse Effect;

(xiv) The statements set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the caption “Description of Capital Stock,” insofar as they purport to constitute a summary of the terms of the Stock and under the caption “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders” insofar as they purport to describe the provisions of the laws referred to therein, are accurate and complete in all material respects;

(xv) Other than as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no legal or governmental proceedings pending to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Company, any officer or director of the Company is a party or of which any property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is the subject which, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any officer or director, would individually or in the aggregate reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and, to the Company’s knowledge, no such proceedings are threatened by governmental authorities or threatened by others;

(xvi) The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof, will not be an “investment company,” as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”);

(xvii) At the time of filing the Initial Registration Statement the Company was not and is not, as of the date hereof, an “ineligible issuer,” as defined under Rule 405 under the Act;

(xviii) (A) Ernst & Young LLP, who has audited certain financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries included in the Registration Statement, is an independent registered public accounting firm as required by the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States); (B) Holtzman Partners, LLP, who has audited certain financial statements of LMR Solutions, LLC and ComSci, LLC included in the Registration Statement is an independent certified public accountant with respect to the Company under Rule 101 of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“AICPA”) Code of Professional Conduct, and its interpretations and rulings; and (C) Blackman & Sloop, CPAs, P.A., who has audited certain financial statements of FileBound Solutions, Inc. included in the Registration Statement, is an independent certified public accountant with respect to the Company under Rule 101 of the AICPA Code of Professional Conduct, and its interpretations and rulings;

 

- 5 -


(xix) The Company maintains a system of internal controls over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) that complies with the requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to the Company, and has been designed by the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, or under their supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”) applicable to the Company, and the Commission’s rules and guidelines applicable thereto. Except as disclosed in the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting is effective and the Company is not aware of any material weaknesses in its internal control over financial reporting;

(xx) Since the date of the latest audited financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries included in the Pricing Disclosure Package, there has been no change in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting;

(xxi) The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act) that comply with the requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to the Company; such disclosure controls and procedures have been designed to ensure that material information relating to the Company and its subsidiaries is made known to the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer by others within those entities; and such disclosure controls and procedures are effective;

(xxii) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company;

(xxiii) From the time of initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement with the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which a Section 5(d) Communication was made) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Act (an “Emerging Growth Company”);

(xxiv) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries and, to the Company’s knowledge, no director, officer, agent, employee or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or its subsidiaries, has violated or is in violation of any provision of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977; or made any unlawful bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment;

(xxv) The Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, own, possess or have the right to use, or can reasonably acquire on commercially reasonable terms, adequate rights to use all material patents, patent rights and inventions; material copyrights; material know how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures); and material trademarks, service marks, trade names and other intellectual property rights necessary for the conduct of the business now operated by them (collectively, “Intellectual Property”). Except as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (A) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has

 

- 6 -


received (or reasonably expects to receive) any notice of any claim of infringement of or conflict with rights of others with respect to any Intellectual Property; (B) there are no valid and enforceable rights to the Intellectual Property that are or would be infringed by the business currently conducted or proposed to be conducted as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package, by the Company and its subsidiaries; (C) all Intellectual Property owned by the Company or its subsidiaries is free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, defects or other restrictions (other than non-exclusive licenses granted in the ordinary course of business); (D) the Company is not aware of any basis for a finding, based on current facts, that any of the Intellectual Property is invalid or unenforceable; (E) the Company and its subsidiaries are not subject to any judgment, order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or any federal, state, local, foreign or other governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, or any arbitrator, nor has it entered into or is it a party to any agreement made in settlement of any pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened litigation, which materially restricts or impairs their use of any Intellectual Property; (F) the Company and its subsidiaries have taken reasonable and customary actions to protect their rights in and prevent the unauthorized dissemination or publication of their confidential information and trade secrets, protect any confidential information provided to them by any other person, and obtain ownership of all works of authorship and inventions made by its employees, consultants and contractors and which relate to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries as currently conducted and as proposed to be conducted as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package, excepts in each such case described in (A)–(F) above, which would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. All founders, key employees and other employees involved in the development of software have signed confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with the Company. The Company is not aware of any technology employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries which has been obtained or is being used by the Company or its subsidiaries in violation of any contractual obligation binding on the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of its directors, executive officers or employees, or otherwise in violation of the rights of any persons;

(A)(xxvi) The financial statements, including the notes thereto, [and the supporting schedules] included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus present fairly in all material respects the financial position at the dates indicated and the cash flows and results of operations for the periods indicated of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries; except as otherwise stated in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved; [and the supporting schedules, if any, included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus present fairly the information required to be stated therein]. The historical financial data set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the caption “Prospectus Summary – Summary Consolidated Financial Data”, “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” present fairly in all material respects the information included therein. The pro forma financial statements of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries and the related notes thereto included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus present fairly the information shown therein, have been prepared in accordance with the Commission’s rules and guidelines with respect to pro forma financial statements and have been properly compiled on the bases described therein, and the assumptions used in the preparation thereof are reasonable and the adjustments used therein are appropriate to give effect to the transactions and circumstances referred to therein. No other financial statements or

 

- 7 -


supporting schedules are required to be included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. Annualized recurring revenue value at year-end and annual net dollar retention rate as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the captions “Prospectus Summary – Summary Consolidated Financial Data,” Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Key Metrics” are derived from the Company’s internal customer tracking systems in the manner set forth therein and present fairly such information. All disclosures contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus regarding “non-GAAP financial measures” (as such term is defined by the rules and regulations of the Commission) comply with Regulation G of the Exchange Act and Item 10 of Regulation S-K of the Act, to the extent applicable. The industry-related and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus is based on or derived from sources that the Company believes to be reliable and accurate in all material respects;

(xxvii) There are no off-balance sheet arrangements (as defined in Regulation S-K Item 303(a)(4)(ii)) that may have a material current or future effect on the Company’s financial condition, changes in financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources;

(xxviii) The Company and each of its subsidiaries have complied, and are presently in compliance, in all respects, with its privacy and security policies, and with all laws and regulations regarding the collection, use, transfer, storage, protection, disposal and/or disclosure of personally identifiable information and/or any other information relating to persons protected by law, except where the failure to comply would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Company and its subsidiaries have taken commercially reasonable steps to protect the information technology systems and data used in connection with the operation of the Company and/or its subsidiaries, except where the failure to comply would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Company and its subsidiaries have established commercially reasonable disaster recovery and security plans, procedures and facilities for the business, including, without limitation, for the information technology systems and data held or used by or for the Company and/or any of its subsidiaries, except where the failure to comply would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no security breach or attack or other compromise of or relating to any such information technology system or data which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(xxix) The Company and each of its subsidiaries are insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are, in the Company’s reasonable judgment, prudent and customary in the businesses in which they are engaged; neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for; and the Company has no reason to believe that it or any of its subsidiaries will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(xxx) The Company has taken all reasonable actions to ensure that, upon the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, it will be in compliance in all material respects with all applicable provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, and all rules and regulations

 

- 8 -


promulgated thereunder (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) that are then in effect and with which the Company is required to comply as of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, and is actively taking steps to ensure that it will be in compliance with other provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act not currently in effect, upon the effectiveness of such provisions, or which will become applicable to the Company at all times after the effectiveness of the Registration Statement;

(xxxi) Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company has not sold, issued or distributed any shares of common stock during the six-month period preceding the date hereof, including any sales pursuant to Rule 144A under, or Regulation D or S of, the Act, other than shares issued pursuant to employee benefit plans, qualified stock option plans or other employee compensation plans or pursuant to outstanding options, rights or warrants;

(xxxii) All United States federal tax returns and state tax returns required to be filed by the Company and its subsidiaries in all jurisdictions in which the Company or its subsidiaries are incorporated or formed or are qualified to do business have been timely and duly filed, or the Company and its subsidiaries have requested extensions thereof, other than those filings being contested in good faith, and except where the failure to file would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Other than as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no tax returns of the Company and its subsidiaries that are currently being audited by state, local or federal taxing authorities or agencies (and with respect to which the Company or its subsidiaries has received notice). All taxes, including withholding taxes, penalties and interest, assessments, fees and other charges due or claimed to be due to such entities (and with respect to which the Company or its subsidiaries have received notice), have been paid, other than those being contested in good faith and for which reserves required by GAAP have been provided or as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(xxxiii) Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no related party transactions that would be required to be disclosed therein by Item 404 of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Act and any such related party transactions described therein are accurately described in all respects.

(xxxiv) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries maintains or contributes to, or otherwise has any current or contingent liability with respect to, an employee benefit plan that is subject to Title IV of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, including the regulations and published interpretations thereunder (“ERISA”), or Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including the regulations and published interpretations thereunder (the “Code”); the Company and its subsidiaries are in compliance in all material respects with the provisions of ERISA and the Code applicable to employee benefit plans maintained or contributed to by the Company and its subsidiaries; no non-exempt prohibited transaction has occurred, within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, for which the Company or any of its subsidiaries would have any material liability;

(xxxv) The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in material compliance with ERISA, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “Employee Benefit Laws”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party with respect to the Employee Benefit Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened;

 

- 9 -


(xxxvi) Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company or its subsidiaries and any person (A) that would give rise to a valid claim against the Company or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or other like payment in connection with this offering; or (B) granting such person the right to require the Company to file a registration statement under the Act with respect to any securities of the Company owned or to be owned by such person or to require the Company to include such securities in the securities registered pursuant to the Registration Statement or in any securities being registered pursuant to any other registration statement filed by the Company under the Act;

(xxxvii) The holders of outstanding shares of the Company’s capital stock are not entitled to preemptive or other rights to subscribe for the Shares that have not been complied with or otherwise effectively waived; none of the outstanding shares of Stock were issued in violation of any preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or other similar rights to subscribe for or purchase securities of the Company; there are no authorized or outstanding options, warrants, preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or other rights to purchase, or equity or debt securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for, any capital stock of the Company or any of its subsidiaries other than those described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and the description of the Company’s stock option, stock bonus and other stock plans or arrangements, and the options or other rights granted thereunder, included in the Pricing Disclosure Package fairly presents the information required to be shown with respect to such plans, arrangements, options and rights;

(xxxviii) None of the Company, its subsidiaries or, to the Company’s knowledge, any of their respective affiliates does business with any court, administrative agency, regulatory body, commission or other governmental authority, board, bureau or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, any subdivision thereof, or with any individual, corporation, firm, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, business association, organization or other entity located in any country that is the subject of the economic sanctions or programs of the United States as administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“OFAC”); and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to its subsidiaries or any joint venture partner or other person or entity, in a manner that violates any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC;

(xxxix) The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial record-keeping and reporting requirements, including those of the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by Title III of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “USA PATRIOT Act”), the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the applicable money laundering statutes of jurisdictions where the Company and the Subsidiaries conduct business, the applicable rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”), and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened;

 

- 10 -


2. Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, (a) the Company agrees to sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company, at a purchase price per share of $[•], the number of Firm Shares (to be adjusted by you so as to eliminate fractional shares) determined by multiplying the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be sold by the Company by a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be purchased by such Underwriter as set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be purchased by all of the Underwriters from the Company hereunder and (b) in the event and to the extent that the Underwriters shall exercise the election to purchase Optional Shares as provided below, the Company agrees to sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company, at the purchase price per share set forth in clause (a) of this Section 2, that portion of the number of Optional Shares as to which such election shall have been exercised (to be adjusted by you so as to eliminate fractional shares) determined by multiplying such number of Optional Shares by a fraction, the numerator of which is the maximum number of Optional Shares which such Underwriter is entitled to purchase as set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto and the denominator of which is the maximum number of Optional Shares that all of the Underwriters are entitled to purchase hereunder.

The Company hereby grants to the Underwriters the right to purchase at their election up to [•] Optional Shares, at the purchase price per share set forth in the paragraph above, for the sole purpose of covering sales of shares in excess of the number of Firm Shares, provided that the purchase price per Optional Share shall be reduced by an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Firm Shares but not payable on the Optional Shares. Any such election to purchase Optional Shares may be exercised only by written notice from you to the Company, given within a period of 30 calendar days after the date of this Agreement and setting forth the aggregate number of Optional Shares to be purchased and the date on which such Optional Shares are to be delivered, as determined by you but in no event earlier than the First Time of Delivery (as defined in Section 4 hereof) or, unless you and the Company otherwise agree in writing, earlier than two or later than five business days after the date of such notice.

3. Upon the authorization by you of the release of the Firm Shares, the several Underwriters propose to offer the Firm Shares for sale upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus.

4. (a) The Shares to be purchased by each Underwriter hereunder, in a form reasonably acceptable to the Representatives, and in such authorized denominations and registered in such names as the Representatives may request upon at least forty-eight hours’ prior notice to the Company shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Company to or as instructed by the Representatives for the account of the several Underwriters, against payment by or on behalf of such Underwriters of the purchase price therefor by wire transfer of Federal (same-day) funds to the account specified by the Company to William Blair & Company, L.L.C. at least forty-eight hours in advance. The time and date of such delivery and payment shall be, with respect to the Firm Shares, 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on [•], 2014 or such other time and date as the Representatives and the Company may agree upon in writing, and, with respect to the Optional

 

- 11 -


Shares, 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on the date specified by the Representatives in the written notice given by the Representatives of the Underwriters’ election to purchase such Optional Shares, or such other time and date as the Representatives and the Company may agree upon in writing. Such time and date for delivery of the Firm Shares is herein called the “First Time of Delivery,” such time and date for delivery of the Optional Shares, if not the First Time of Delivery, is herein called the “Second Time of Delivery,” and each such time and date for delivery is herein called a “Time of Delivery.”

(b) The documents to be delivered at each Time of Delivery by or on behalf of the parties hereto pursuant to Section 8 hereof, including the cross receipt for the Shares and any additional documents reasonably requested by the Underwriters pursuant to Section 8(i) hereof, will be delivered at the offices of Winston & Strawn LLP at 35 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60601 (the “Closing Location”), and the Shares will be delivered to or as instructed by the Representatives, all at such Time of Delivery.

5. The Company agrees with each of the Underwriters:

(a) To prepare the Prospectus in a form approved by you and to file such Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act not later than the Commission’s close of business on the second business day following the execution and delivery of this Agreement, or, if applicable, such earlier time as may be required by Rule 430A(a)(3) under the Act; to make no further amendment or any supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus prior to the last Time of Delivery which shall be disapproved by the Representatives promptly after reasonable notice thereof; to advise the Representatives, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the time when any amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed or becomes effective or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus has been filed and to furnish you with copies thereof; to file promptly all material required to be filed by the Company with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act; to advise you, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or other prospectus in respect of the Shares, of the suspension of the qualification of the Shares for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, of the initiation or, where the Company has knowledge, threatening of any proceeding for any such purpose, or of any request by the Commission for the amending or supplementing of the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for additional information; and, in the event of the issuance of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or other prospectus or suspending any such qualification, to promptly use its reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of such order;

(b) Promptly from time to time to take such action, not otherwise prohibited by applicable law, regulation or rule, as you may reasonably request to qualify the Shares for offering and sale under the securities laws of such jurisdictions as you may request and to comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions for as long as may be necessary to complete the distribution of the Shares, provided that in connection therewith the Company shall not be required to qualify as a foreign corporation or to file a general consent to service of process in any jurisdiction or subject itself to taxation in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise subject to taxation on the date hereof;

(c) Prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the New York Business Day next succeeding the date of this Agreement and from time to time, to furnish the Underwriters with written and electronic copies of the Prospectus in New York City in such quantities as you may reasonably

 

- 12 -


request, and, if the delivery of a prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) is required at any time prior to the expiration of nine months after the time of issue of the Prospectus in connection with the offering or sale of the Shares and if at such time any event shall have occurred as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made when such Prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) is delivered, not misleading, or, if for any other reason it shall be necessary during such same period to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to comply with the Act, to notify you and upon your request to prepare and furnish without charge to each Underwriter and to any dealer in securities as many written and electronic copies as you may from time to time reasonably request of an amended Prospectus or a supplement to the Prospectus which will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance, and in case any Underwriter is required to deliver a prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) in connection with sales of any of the Shares at any time nine months or more after the time of issue of the Prospectus, upon your request but at the expense of such Underwriter, to prepare and deliver to such Underwriter as many written and electronic copies as you may request of an amended or supplemented Prospectus complying with Section 10(a)(3) of the Act;

(d) To make generally available to its securityholders as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than sixteen months after the effective date of the Registration Statement (as defined in Rule 158(c) under the Act), an earnings statement of the Company and its subsidiaries (which need not be audited) complying with Section 11(a) of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158);

(e)(1) During the period beginning from the date hereof and continuing to and ending at the close of trading 180 days after the date hereof (the “Lock-Up Period”), not to (i) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Commission a registration statement under the Act relating to, any securities of the Company that are substantially similar to the Shares, including but not limited to any options or warrants to purchase any shares of Stock or any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, Stock or any such substantially similar securities, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Stock or any such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, without the prior written consent of William Blair & Company, L.L.C. (other than (A) the Shares to be sold to the Underwriters hereunder, (B) the issuance of options, restricted stock units, restricted stock or other equity awards to acquire shares of Stock granted pursuant to the Company’s equity incentive plans that are described in the Prospectus, as such plans may be amended, (C) the issuance of shares of Stock upon the exercise of any such options, warrants or other equity awards to acquire shares of Stock or in connection with the vesting of restricted stock units or the conversion of a security, (D) the filing by the Company of registration statements on Form S-8 with respect to the Company’s benefit plans that are referred to in the Prospectus, (E) the issuance of shares of Stock in an amount up to 10% of the Shares outstanding as of the date hereof in connection with a merger, acquisition, strategic commercial arrangement or other similar transaction, (F) transfers to the Company of shares of Stock or any security convertible into Stock in connection with (i) the termination of services of an employee or

 

- 13 -


other service provider pursuant to agreements that provide the Company with an option to repurchase such shares, or (ii) agreements that provide the Company with a right of first refusal with respect to transfers of such shares, and (G) transfers of shares of Stock to or any security convertible into Common Stock to the Company in connection with the exercise of options or warrants, including on a “cashless” basis, or for the purpose of satisfying any tax or other governmental withholding obligation solely in connection with a transaction exempt from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, but only if the holders of such shares of Stock, options or warrants issued under (B), (C) and (E) above agree to execute a lock-up letter described in Section 8(h) hereof (to the extent such holder has not previously signed a lock-up letter);

(e)(2) If the Representatives, in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions set forth in a lock-up letter described in Section 8(h) hereof for an officer or director of the Company and provides the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Annex I hereto through a major news service or other method of distribution permissible under applicable rules or regulations at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

(f) During a period of three years from the effective date of the Registration Statement, to furnish to the Representatives copies of all reports or other communications (financial or other) furnished to stockholders, and to deliver to the Representatives (i) as soon as reasonably practicable after they are available, copies of any reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or any national securities exchange on which any class of securities of the Company is listed; and (ii) such additional information concerning the business and financial condition of the Company as the Representatives may from time to time reasonably request (such financial statements to be on a consolidated basis to the extent the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries are consolidated in reports furnished to its stockholders generally or to the Commission), provided that, if any such information would, if disclosed, result in a violation of Regulation FD, then such disclosure would be conditioned upon the Representatives agreeing to keep such information confidential and provided, further, that any information or documents available on the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System shall be considered furnished for purposes of this Section 5(f);

(g) To use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement in the manner specified in the Pricing Prospectus under the caption “Use of Proceeds”;

(h) To use its reasonable best efforts to list, subject to notice of issuance, the Shares on the Nasdaq Global Market (the “Exchange”);

(i) If the Company elects to rely upon Rule 462(b), the Company shall file a Rule 462(b) Registration Statement with the Commission in compliance with Rule 462(b) by 10:00 p.m., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement, and the Company shall on or before the time of filing pay to the Commission the filing fee for the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement;

(j) Upon request of any Underwriter, to furnish, or cause to be furnished, to such Underwriter an electronic version of the Company’s trademarks, servicemarks and corporate logo for use on the website, if any, operated by such Underwriter for the purpose of facilitating the on-line offering of the Shares (the “License”); provided, however, that the License shall be used solely for the purpose described above, is granted without any fee and may not be assigned or transferred; and

 

- 14 -


(k) To promptly notify the Representatives if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) completion of the distribution of the Shares within the meaning of the Act and (ii) completion of the Lock-Up Period.

6. (a) The Company represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of the Representatives, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute a “free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 405 under the Act; and each Underwriter represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of the Company and the Representatives, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute a free writing prospectus; any such free writing prospectus the use of which has been consented to by the Company and the Representatives is listed on Schedule II(a) hereto;

(b) The Company represents and agrees that (i) it has not engaged in, or authorized any other person to engage in, any Section 5(d) Communications, other than Section 5(d) Communications with the prior consent of the Representatives with entities that are qualified institutional buyers as defined in Rule 144A under the Act or institutions that are accredited investors as defined in Rule 501(a) under the Act; and (ii) it has not distributed, or authorized any other person to distribute, any Section 5(d) Writings, other than those distributed with the prior consent of the Representatives that are listed on Schedule II(b) hereto;

(c) The Company has complied and will comply with the requirements of Rule 433 under the Act applicable to any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, including timely filing with the Commission or retention where required and legending; and the Company represents that it has satisfied and agrees that it will satisfy the conditions under Rule 433 under the Act to avoid a requirement to file with the Commission any electronic road show;

(d) Each Underwriter represents and agrees that any Section 5(d) Communications undertaken by it were with entities that are qualified institutional buyers as defined in Rule 144A under the Act or institutions that are accredited investors as defined in Rule 501(a) under the Act; and

(e) The Company agrees that if, at any time following issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Section 5(d) Writing, any event occurred or occurs as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Section 5(d) Writing would conflict with the information in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances then prevailing, not misleading, the Company will give prompt notice thereof to the Representatives and, if requested by the Representatives, will prepare and furnish without charge to each Underwriter an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, Section 5(d) Writing or other document which will correct such conflict, statement or omission; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions in an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

7. The Company covenants and agrees with the several Underwriters that the Company will pay or cause to be paid the following: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company’s counsel and accountants in connection with the registration of the Shares under the Act and all other expenses in connection with the preparation, printing, reproduction and filing of the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and the

 

- 15 -


Prospectus and amendments and supplements thereto and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Underwriters and dealers; (ii) the cost of printing or producing any Agreement among Underwriters, this Agreement, the Blue Sky Memorandum, closing documents (including any compilations thereof) and any other documents in connection with the offering, purchase, sale and delivery of the Shares; (iii) all expenses in connection with the qualification of the Shares for offering and sale under state securities laws as provided in Section 5(b) hereof, including the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of one counsel for the Underwriters in connection with such qualification and in connection with the Blue Sky survey, which fees and disbursements for which Company is responsible shall not exceed $5,000 in the aggregate; (iv) all fees and expenses in connection with listing the Shares on the Exchange; (v) the filing fees incident to, and the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of one counsel for the Underwriters in connection with, any required review by FINRA of the terms of the sale of the Shares, which fees and disbursements for which Company is responsible shall not exceed $10,000 in the aggregate; (vi) the cost of preparing stock certificates, if applicable; (vii) the cost and charges of any transfer agent or registrar; and (viii) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations on any “road show” undertaken in connection with the marketing of the Shares, including without limitation, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged in connection with the road show presentations, travel and lodging expenses of the representatives and officers of the Company and any such consultants, and one-half of the cost of aircraft and other transportation chartered in connection with the road show (the remaining cost of such aircraft to be paid by the Underwriters). It is understood, however, that, except as provided in this Section 7, and Sections 9 and 12 hereof, the Underwriters will pay all of their own costs and expenses, including the fees of their counsel, stock transfer taxes on resale of any of the Shares by them, and any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make and any travel and lodging expenses incurred by them in connection with the road show.

8. The obligations of the Underwriters hereunder, as to the Shares to be delivered at each Time of Delivery, shall be subject to the condition that all representations and warranties and other statements of the Company herein are, at and as of such Time of Delivery, true and correct, the condition that the Company shall have performed all of its and their obligations hereunder theretofore to be performed, and the following additional conditions:

(a) The Prospectus shall have been filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act within the applicable time period prescribed for such filing by the rules and regulations under the Act and in accordance with Section 5(a) hereof; all material required to be filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act shall have been filed with the Commission within the applicable time period prescribed for such filing by Rule 433; if the Company has elected to rely upon Rule 462(b) under the Act, the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement shall have become effective by 10:00 p.m., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any part thereof shall have been issued and no proceeding for that purpose shall have been initiated or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened by the Commission; no stop order suspending or preventing the use of the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus shall have been initiated or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened by the Commission; and all requests for additional information on the part of the Commission shall have been complied with to your reasonable satisfaction;

(b) Winston & Strawn LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, shall have furnished to you such written opinion or opinions, dated such Time of Delivery, in form and substance satisfactory to you;

 

- 16 -


(c) Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to you their written opinion, dated such Time of Delivery, in form and substance satisfactory to you;

(d) On the date of the Prospectus at a time prior to the execution of this Agreement, at 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on the effective date of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement filed subsequent to the date of this Agreement and also at each Time of Delivery, each of Ernst & Young LLP, Holtzman Partners, LLP and Blackman & Sloop, CPAs, P.A. shall have furnished to you a letter or letters, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives;

(e) No event or condition of a type described in Section 1(vi) shall have occurred or shall exist, which event is not described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and the effect of which is in the Representatives’ judgment so material and adverse as to make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Shares being delivered at such Time of Delivery on the terms and in the manner contemplated in this Agreement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus;

(f) On or after the Applicable Time there shall not have occurred any of the following: (i) a suspension or material limitation in trading in securities generally on the Exchange; (ii) a suspension or material limitation in trading in the Company’s securities on the Exchange; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities declared by either Federal or New York authorities or a material disruption in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States; (iv) the outbreak or escalation of hostilities involving the United States or the declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war or (v) the occurrence of any other calamity or crisis or any change in financial, political or economic conditions in the United States or elsewhere, if the effect of any such event specified in clause (iv) or (v) in the Representatives’ judgment makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Shares being delivered at such Time of Delivery on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus;

(g) The Shares to be sold at such Time of Delivery shall have been duly listed, subject to notice of issuance, on the Exchange;

(h) The Company shall have obtained and delivered to the Underwriters executed copies of a lock-up letter from certain stockholders, officers and directors of the Company, substantially to the effect set forth in Annex II-A or Annex II-B hereof in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives;

(i) On the date of the Preliminary Prospectus, on the date of the Prospectus, on the effective date of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement filed subsequent to the date of this Agreement and also at each Time of Delivery, the Company shall have furnished to the Representatives a certificate signed by the Company’s Chief Financial Officer in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives containing representations with respect to certain estimated unaudited financial results included in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus.

(j) The Company shall have furnished or caused to be furnished to the Representatives at such Time of Delivery certificates of officers of the Company, respectively, satisfactory to you as to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company, respectively, herein at and as of such Time of Delivery, as to the performance by the Company of all of their respective obligations hereunder to be performed at or prior to such Time of Delivery, as to such other matters as you may reasonably request, and the Company shall have furnished or caused to be furnished certificates as to the matters set forth in subsections (a), (e) and (i) of this Section 8.

 

- 17 -


9. (a) The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its partners, members, directors, officers, employees, agents, affiliates and each person, if any, who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (each an “Indemnified Party”), against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Indemnified Party may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise from an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act, or any Section 5(d) Writing, or arise from the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each Indemnified Party for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises from an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or any Section 5(d) Writing, in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

(b) Each Underwriter will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors and officers who signs a Registration Statement and each person who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (each an “Underwriter Indemnified Party”), against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Underwriter Indemnified Party may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise from an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or any Section 5(d) Writing, or arise from the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or any Section 5(d) Writing, in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information; and will reimburse the Underwriter Indemnified Party and for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Underwriter Indemnified Party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under Sections 9(a) or (b) above of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under such subsection, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party under such subsection, except to the extent that the indemnifying party has been materially prejudiced (through the

 

- 18 -


forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided, further, that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under subsection (a) or (b) above. In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party and it notifies the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party under such subsection for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by such indemnified party, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. It is understood that the indemnifying party shall not, in respect of the legal expenses of any indemnified party in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for (i) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Underwriters and all persons, if any, who control any Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act or who are affiliates of any Underwriter within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Act, unless such separate firm shall be required to be engaged as a result of a conflict of interest and (ii) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for the Company, its directors and officers and any controlling person of the Company, if any. No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the indemnified party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or, threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability on any claims that are the subject matter of such action or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 9 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under Section 9(a) or (b) above in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Shares. If, however, the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law or if the indemnified party failed to give the notice required under subsection (c) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to such amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses, but after deducting underwriter discounts and omissions) received by the Company bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on

 

- 19 -


the cover page of the Prospectus. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company on the one hand or the Underwriters on the other and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 9(d) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 9(d). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above in this Section 9(d) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 9(d), no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations in this Section 9(d) to contribute are several in proportion to the respective number of Shares they have purchased hereunder, and not joint.

(e) The obligations of the Company under this Section 9 shall be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act and each affiliate of any Underwriter within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Act, including, without limitation, the officers, directors, partners and members of each such Underwriter and its broker-dealer affiliates; and the obligations of the Underwriters under this Section 9 shall be in addition to any liability which the respective Underwriters may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer and director of the Company (including any person who, with his or her consent, is named in the Registration Statement as about to become a director of the Company) and to each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Act.

10. (a) If any Underwriter shall default in its obligation to purchase the Shares which it has agreed to purchase hereunder at a Time of Delivery, the Representatives may in their discretion arrange for the Representatives or another party or other parties to purchase such Shares on the terms contained herein. If within thirty-six hours after such default by any Underwriter the Representatives do not arrange for the purchase of such Shares, then the Company shall be entitled to a further period of thirty-six hours within which to procure another party or other parties satisfactory to the Representatives to purchase such Shares on such terms. In the event that, within the respective prescribed periods, the Representatives notify the Company that they have so arranged for the purchase of such Shares, or the Company notifies the Representatives that it has so arranged for the purchase of such Shares, the Representatives or the Company shall have the right to postpone such Time of Delivery for a period of not more than seven days, in order to effect whatever changes may thereby be made necessary in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or in any other documents or arrangements, and the Company agrees to file promptly any amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus which in the Representatives’ opinion may thereby be made necessary. The term “Underwriter” as used in this Agreement shall include any person substituted under this Section with like effect as if such person had originally been a party to this Agreement with respect to such Shares.

 

- 20 -


(b) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the Representatives, the Company as provided in Section 10(a) above, the aggregate number of such Shares which remains unpurchased does not exceed one-tenth of the aggregate number of all the Shares to be purchased at such Time of Delivery, then the Company shall have the right to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase the number of Shares which such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder at such Time of Delivery and, in addition, to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase its pro rata share (based on the number of Shares which such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder) of the Shares of such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters for which such arrangements have not been made; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

(c) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the Representatives, the Company as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate number of such Shares which remains unpurchased exceeds one-tenth of the aggregate number of all the Shares to be purchased at such Time of Delivery, or if the Company shall not exercise the right described in subsection (b) above to require non-defaulting Underwriters to purchase Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters, then this Agreement (or, with respect to the Second Time of Delivery, the obligations of the Underwriters to purchase and of the Company to sell the Optional Shares) shall thereupon terminate, without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter or the Company, except for the expenses to be borne by the Company and the Underwriters as provided in Section 7 hereof (provided that the Company shall not be responsible for any payment under clauses (iii) and (v) of Section 7 in the event of such termination), and the indemnity and contribution agreements in Section 9 hereof; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

11. The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the Company and the several Underwriters, as set forth in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of them, respectively, pursuant to this Agreement, shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation (or any statement as to the results thereof) made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or any controlling person of any Underwriter, or the Company, or any officer or director or controlling person of the Company, and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Shares.

12. If this Agreement shall be terminated pursuant to Section 10 hereof, the Company shall not then be under any liability to any Underwriter except as provided in Sections 7 and 9 hereof (provided that the Company shall not be responsible for any payment under clauses (iii) and (v) of Section 7 in the event of such termination); but, if for any other reason, any Shares are not delivered by or on behalf of the Company as provided herein, the Company will reimburse the Underwriters through the Representatives for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses approved in writing by the Representatives, including fees and disbursements of counsel, reasonably incurred and documented by the Underwriters in making preparations for the purchase, sale and delivery of the Shares not so delivered, but the Company shall then be under no further liability to any Underwriter except as provided in Sections 7 and 9 hereof.

 

- 21 -


13. In all dealings hereunder, the Representatives shall act on behalf of each of the Underwriters, and the parties hereto shall be entitled to act and rely upon any statement, request, notice or agreement on behalf of any Underwriter made or given by the Representatives.

All statements, requests, notices and agreements hereunder shall be in writing, and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered or sent by mail or facsimile transmission to you as the Representatives in care of William Blair & Company, L.L.C., 222 West Adams Street, Chicago, IL 60606, Attention: General Counsel, Facsimile: (312) 551-4646; if to the Company shall be delivered or sent by mail or facsimile transmission to the address of the Company set forth on the cover of the Registration Statement, Attention: Secretary, Facsimile: [•] (with copies to those parties specified thereon); and if to any stockholder, officer or director of the Company that has delivered a lock-up letter described in Section 8(h) hereof shall be delivered or sent by mail to such address set forth on the signature page to the lock-up letter or such other address as such stockholder, officer or director provides in writing to the Company; provided, however, that any notice to an Underwriter pursuant to Section 9(c) hereof shall be in writing and shall be delivered or sent by mail to such Underwriter at William Blair & Company, L.L.C., 222 West Adams Street, Chicago, IL 60606, Attention: General Counsel. Any such statements, requests, notices or agreements shall take effect upon receipt thereof.

In accordance with the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), the Underwriters are required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies their respective clients, including the Company, which information may include the name and address of their respective clients, as well as other information that will allow the Underwriters to properly identify their respective clients.

14. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure solely to the benefit of, the Underwriters, the Company and, to the extent provided in Sections 9 and 11 hereof, the officers and directors of the Company and each person who controls the Company or any Underwriter, and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, and no other person shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this Agreement. No purchaser of any of the Shares from any Underwriter shall be deemed a successor or assign by reason merely of such purchase.

15. Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement. As used herein, the term “business day” shall mean any day when the Commission’s office in Washington, D.C. is open for business and “New York Business Day” shall mean each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York City are generally authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

16. The Company acknowledges and agrees that (i) the purchase and sale of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Company, on the one hand, and the several Underwriters, on the other, (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading to such transaction each Underwriter is acting solely as a principal and not the agent or fiduciary of the Company, (iii) no Underwriter has assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company with respect to the offering contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Underwriter has advised or is currently advising the Company on other matters) or any other obligation to the Company except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement and (iv) the Company has consulted its own legal and financial advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate. The Company agrees that it will not claim that the Underwriters, or any of them, has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to the Company, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto.

 

- 22 -


17. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between the Company and the Underwriters, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

19. THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY MATTERS RELATED TO THIS TRANSACTION SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE APPLICATION OF ANY LAW OTHER THAN THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. The Company agrees that any suit or proceeding arising in respect of this Agreement or your engagement will be tried exclusively in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York or, if that court does not have subject matter jurisdiction, in any state court located in The City and County of New York and the Company agrees to submit to the jurisdiction of, and to venue in, such courts.

20. This Agreement may be executed by any one or more of the parties hereto in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

21. The Company and each of the Underwriters hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

22. If any term or other provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality or enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby, and there shall be deemed substituted for the provision at issue a valid, legal and enforceable provision as similar as possible to the provision at issue.

23. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement may be amended or waived at any time only by the written agreement of the parties hereto. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any such holders of any provision or condition of this Agreement must be made in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in writing. The failure of any party hereto to enforce at any time any provision of this Agreement shall not be construed to be a waiver of such provision, nor in any way to affect the validity of this Agreement or any part hereof or the right of any party thereafter to enforce each and every such provision. No waiver of any breach of this Agreement shall be held to constitute a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.

[signature page follows]

 

- 23 -


If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please sign and return to us three counterparts hereof, and upon the acceptance hereof by you, on behalf of each of the Underwriters, this letter and such acceptance hereof shall constitute a binding agreement between each of the Underwriters and the Company. It is understood that your acceptance of this letter on behalf of each of the Underwriters is pursuant to the authority set forth in a form of Agreement among Underwriters, the form of which shall be submitted to the Company for examination upon request.

 

Very truly yours,

 

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

Accepted as of the date hereof:

 

WILLIAM BLAIR & COMPANY, L.L.C.

By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

RAYMOND JAMES & ASSOCIATES, INC.
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

On behalf of each of the Underwriters

 

[Signature Page to Underwriting Agreement]


SCHEDULE I

 

Underwriter

   Total
Number of
Firm
Shares
to be
Purchased
   Number of
Optional
Shares to
be
Purchased
if
Maximum
Option
Exercised

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

   [•]    [•]

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

   [•]    [•]

Canaccord Genuity Inc.

   [•]    [•]

Needham & Company, LLC

   [•]    [•]
  

 

  

 

Total

       [•]            [•]    
  

 

  

 

 

I-1


SCHEDULE II

(a) Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses:

[•]

(b) Section 5(d) Writings:

[•]

(c) Information other than the Pricing Prospectus that comprise the Pricing Disclosure Package:

The initial public offering price per share for the Shares is $[•].

The number of Shares purchased by the Underwriters is [•].

 

II-1


Annex I

[Form of Press Release]

Upland Software, Inc.

[Date]

Upland Software, Inc. announced today that William Blair & Company, L.L.C. and Raymond James & Associates, Inc., joint book-running managers in the Company’s recent public sale of              shares of common stock, are [waiving] [releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to              shares of the Company’s common stock held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company. The [waiver] [release] will take effect on                     , 20    , and the shares may be sold on or after such date.

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

A-I-1


Annex II-A

October 14, 2014

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

    As representatives of the several Underwriters

    named in Schedule I to the Underwriting Agreement

    referred to below

c/o William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

222 West Adams Street

Chicago, Illinois 60606

 

  Re: Public Offering by Upland Software, Inc.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned understands that you, as Representatives of the several Underwriters, propose to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) with Upland Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), providing for the public offering (the “Public Offering”) by the several Underwriters named in Schedule I to the Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriters”), of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company (the “Stock”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Underwriting Agreement.

In recognition of the benefit that the Public Offering will confer upon the undersigned as a stockholder of the Company, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, on behalf of the Underwriters, the undersigned will not, during the period beginning on the date hereof and ending at the close of trading 180 days after the date of the Underwriting Agreement (such period, the “Restricted Period”), (i) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), relating to, any securities of the Company that are substantially similar to the Stock, including but not limited to any options or warrants to purchase any shares of Stock or any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, Stock or any such substantially similar securities, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the undersigned or with respect to which the undersigned has or hereafter acquires the power of disposition (collectively, the “Lock-Up Securities”), or publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Lock-Up Securities or any such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (1) the Representatives agree that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of shares of the Stock, the Representatives will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (2) the proposed Underwriting Agreement contemplates that the Company would announce the impending release or waiver by press release

 

A-II-1


through a major news service or other method of distribution permissible under applicable rules or regulations at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by the Representatives hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (i) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (ii) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, and subject to the conditions below, the undersigned may transfer the Lock-Up Securities during the Restricted Period without the prior written consent of the Representatives, provided that (1) the Representatives receive a signed lock-up agreement for the balance of the Restricted Period from each donee, trustee, distributee, or transferee, as the case may be, (2) any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, (3) such transfers are not required to be reported with the SEC on Form 4 in accordance with Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and (4) the undersigned does not otherwise voluntarily effect any public filing or report during the Restricted Period regarding the following transfers of Stock or any security convertible into Stock (other than a filing on a Form 5 made after the expiration of the Restricted Period):

 

  (i) as a bona fide gift or gifts; or

 

  (ii) (1) to an immediate family member (defined as a person related to the undersigned by any relationship by blood, marriage, domestic partnership or adoption no more remote than a first cousin) of the undersigned, (2) by will, other testamentary document or intestate succession, (3) to any trust or partnership for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or an immediate family member of the undersigned, (4) if the undersigned is a trust, to a trustor or beneficiary of the trust, or (5) not involving a change in beneficial ownership; or

 

  (iii) as a distribution to limited partners or stockholders of the undersigned; or

 

  (iv) to the undersigned’s affiliates, including current partners, members, managers, stockholders or other principals (or to the estates of any of such persons) of the undersigned, or to any investment fund or other entity controlled or managed by the undersigned; or

 

  (v) to the Company in connection with (1) the termination of service of an employee or other service provider pursuant to agreements that provide the Company with an option to repurchase such shares, or (2) agreements that provide the Company with a right of first refusal with respect to transfers of such shares; or

 

  (vi) to the Company in connection with the exercise of options or warrants, including on a “cashless” basis, or for the purpose of satisfying any tax or other governmental withholding obligation solely in connection with a transaction exempt from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.

Furthermore, the undersigned may sell shares of Stock of the Company (1) pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement or (2) purchased by the undersigned on the open market following the

 

A-II-2


Public Offering, provided that with respect to clause (2) such sales may occur if and only if (i) such sales are not required to be reported in any public report or filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or otherwise, and (ii) the undersigned does not otherwise voluntarily effect any public filing or report regarding such sales during the Restricted Period.

Additionally, the lock-up restrictions herein shall not prevent the exercise of an option or warrant to purchase Stock outstanding before the Restricted Period begins or granted under any stock incentive plan or stock purchase plan of the Company or the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of Stock, provided that, such plan does not provide for the transfer of Common Stock during the Restricted Period and, other than disclosure in the Prospectus, no public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act regarding the establishment of such plan shall be required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the undersigned or the Company.

This Letter Agreement shall lapse and become null and void upon the earliest to occur of (i) the date that the registration statement filed with the SEC with respect to the Public Offering is withdrawn, (ii) the date upon which the Company provides the Underwriters with written notice that it does not intend to proceed with the Public Offering, provided that such written notice is delivered prior to the execution of the Underwriting Agreement, (iii) the date of termination of the Underwriting Agreement if prior to the Closing of the Public Offering, or (iv) December 31, 2014, if the Public Offering of the Stock has not been completed prior to such date.

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to enter into this Letter Agreement. All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred and any obligations of the undersigned shall be binding upon the successors, assigns, heirs or personal representatives of the undersigned. The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the Lock-Up Securities, except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions.

This Letter Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Letter Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

 

A-II-3


Very truly yours,
Signature:    
Print Name:    
Address:    
   

 

A-II-4


Annex II-B

October 14, 2014

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

    As representatives of the several Underwriters

    named in Schedule I to the Underwriting Agreement

    referred to below

c/o William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

222 West Adams Street

Chicago, Illinois 60606

 

  Re: Public Offering by Upland Software, Inc.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned understands that you, as Representatives of the several Underwriters, propose to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) with Upland Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), providing for the public offering (the “Public Offering”) by the several Underwriters named in Schedule I to the Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriters”), of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company (the “Stock”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Underwriting Agreement.

In recognition of the benefit that the Public Offering will confer upon the undersigned as a stockholder of the Company, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, on behalf of the Underwriters, the undersigned will not, during the period beginning on the date hereof and ending at the close of trading 180 days after the date of the Underwriting Agreement (such period, the “Restricted Period”), (i) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), relating to, any securities of the Company that are substantially similar to the Stock, including but not limited to any options or warrants to purchase any shares of Stock or any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, Stock or any such substantially similar securities, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the undersigned or with respect to which the undersigned has or hereafter acquires the power of disposition (collectively, the “Lock-Up Securities”), or publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Lock-Up Securities or any such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (1) the Representatives agree that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of shares of the Stock, the Representatives will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (2) the proposed Underwriting Agreement

 

A-II-5


contemplates that the Company would announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service or other method of distribution permissible under applicable rules or regulations at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by the Representatives hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (i) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (ii) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

For purposes of this letter agreement, each of the following persons is a “Major Holder”: (i) each officer and director of the Company that holds securities of the Company, and (ii) each other record or beneficial owner of more than 1% of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company as of April 7, 2014 (for purposes of determining record or beneficial ownership of a stockholder, all shares of capital stock held by investment funds affiliated with such stockholder shall be aggregated).

If any individual record or beneficial owner of capital stock of the Company is granted an early release from the restrictions described herein during the Restricted Period with respect to capital stock of the Company having a fair market value in excess of $1,000,000 in the aggregate (whether in one or multiple releases), then each Major Holder shall also be granted an early release upon similar terms and conditions from its obligations hereunder on a pro-rata basis based on the maximum percentage of shares held by any such record or beneficial holder being released from such holder’s lock-up letter; provided that such pro-rata release shall not apply to any release made to allow a person to participate as a selling stockholder in a follow-on public offering of securities of the Company in the event the person released is required to sign a new lock-up agreement in connection with such offering. For purposes of this paragraph, the fair market value of one share of capital stock of the Company shall be determined as follows: (i) if a public market for the Company’s capital stock does not exist on the date of the waiver, the fair market value of one share shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, acting in good faith; or (ii) if a public market exists for the Company’s capital stock on the date of the waiver, the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the date of the waiver as quoted on the national securities exchange on which the Company’s capital stock is listed. For the avoidance of doubt, the automatic release pursuant to this paragraph of shares held by a Major Holder shall not further trigger the automatic release provisions of this paragraph. The Underwriters shall use reasonable efforts to provide two days’ prior written notice to the Company and each Major Holder upon the occurrence of a release of a stockholder of its obligations under any lock-up letter executed in connection with the Public Offering that gives rise to a corresponding release of a Major Holder’s lock-up letter pursuant to the terms of this paragraph. For the purposes of this paragraph, the undersigned hereby consents to and acknowledges that notice by the Underwriters in writing delivered personally, by overnight delivery or by electronic communication (email) to the contact information provided by the undersigned on the signature page hereto shall be deemed to have been received by each person or entity deemed to be a Major Holder as a result of such person’s or entity’s relationship or affiliation with the undersigned.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, and subject to the conditions below, the undersigned may transfer the Lock-Up Securities during the Restricted Period without the prior written consent of the Representatives, provided that (1) the Representatives receive a signed lock-up agreement for the balance of the Restricted Period from each donee, trustee, distributee, or transferee, as the case

 

A-II-6


may be, (2) any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, (3) such transfers are not required to be reported with the SEC on Form 4 in accordance with Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and (4) the undersigned does not otherwise voluntarily effect any public filing or report during the Restricted Period regarding the following transfers of Stock or any security convertible into Stock (other than a filing on a Form 5 made after the expiration of the Restricted Period):

 

  (vii) as a bona fide gift or gifts; or

 

  (viii) (1) to an immediate family member (defined as a person related to the undersigned by any relationship by blood, marriage, domestic partnership or adoption no more remote than a first cousin) of the undersigned, (2) by will, other testamentary document or intestate succession, (3) to any trust or partnership for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or an immediate family member of the undersigned, (4) if the undersigned is a trust, to a trustor or beneficiary of the trust, or (5) not involving a change in beneficial ownership; or

 

  (ix) as a distribution to limited partners or stockholders of the undersigned; or

 

  (x) to the undersigned’s affiliates, including current partners, members, managers, stockholders or other principals (or to the estates of any of such persons) of the undersigned, or to any investment fund or other entity controlled or managed by the undersigned; or

 

  (xi) to the Company in connection with (1) the termination of service of an employee or other service provider pursuant to agreements that provide the Company with an option to repurchase such shares, or (2) agreements that provide the Company with a right of first refusal with respect to transfers of such shares; or

 

  (xii) to the Company in connection with the exercise of options or warrants, including on a “cashless” basis, or for the purpose of satisfying any tax or other governmental withholding obligation solely in connection with a transaction exempt from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.

Furthermore, the undersigned may sell shares of Stock of the Company (1) pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement or (2) purchased by the undersigned on the open market following the Public Offering, provided that with respect to clause (2) such sales may occur if and only if (i) such sales are not required to be reported in any public report or filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or otherwise, and (ii) the undersigned does not otherwise voluntarily effect any public filing or report regarding such sales during the Restricted Period.

Additionally, the lock-up restrictions herein shall not prevent the exercise of an option or warrant to purchase Stock outstanding before the Restricted Period begins or granted under any stock incentive plan or stock purchase plan of the Company or the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of Stock, provided that, such plan does not provide for the transfer of Common Stock during the Restricted Period and, other than disclosure in the Prospectus, no public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act regarding the establishment of such plan shall be required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the undersigned or the Company.

 

A-II-7


This Letter Agreement shall lapse and become null and void upon the earliest to occur of (i) the date that the registration statement filed with the SEC with respect to the Public Offering is withdrawn, (ii) the date upon which the Company provides the Underwriters with written notice that it does not intend to proceed with the Public Offering, provided that such written notice is delivered prior to the execution of the Underwriting Agreement, (iii) the date of termination of the Underwriting Agreement if prior to the Closing of the Public Offering, or (iv) December 31, 2014, if the Public Offering of the Stock has not been completed prior to such date.

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to enter into this Letter Agreement. All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred and any obligations of the undersigned shall be binding upon the successors, assigns, heirs or personal representatives of the undersigned. The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the Lock-Up Securities, except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions.

This Letter Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Letter Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

 

A-II-8


Very truly yours,
Signature:    
Print Name:    
Address:    
   

 

A-II-9

Exhibit 3.1.1

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

Upland Software, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Corporation ”), hereby certifies as follows:

A. The name of the Corporation is Upland Software, Inc. The Corporation’s original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on July 7, 2010 under the name Silverback Acquisition Corporation. An Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on October 27, 2010. An amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on September 19, 2011. An Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on December 8, 2011. An Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on January 23, 2012. An Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on November 13, 2012. An Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on December 3, 2012. An Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on April 11, 2013. An amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on June 6, 2013. An Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on November 6, 2013. An Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on November 13, 2013. An Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on December 5, 2013. An Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on December 20, 2013. An Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on January 27, 2014 (the “ Restated Certificate ”).

B. This Certificate of Amendment of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted by the corporation’s directors and stockholders in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 228 and 242 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

C. Article IV of the Restated Certificate is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“The total number of shares of stock that the corporation shall have authority to issue is twenty-three million two hundred ninety thousand three hundred forty (23,290,340), consisting of thirteen million nine hundred eighty-nine thousand nine hundred ninety-eight (13,989,998) shares of Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and nine million three hundred thousand three hundred forty-two (9,300,342) shares of Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share. The first Series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series A Preferred Stock” and shall consist of two million nine hundred ninety thousand seven hundred three (2,990,703) shares. The second Series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series B Preferred Stock” and shall consist of one million seven hundred sixty-seven thousand nine hundred twelve (1,767,912) shares. The third Series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series B-1 Preferred Stock” and shall consist of nine hundred eighty-three thousand seven hundred sixty-seven (983,767) shares. The fourth Series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series B-2 Preferred Stock” and shall consist of one million six hundred thirty-nine thousand six hundred thirteen (1,639,613) shares. The fifth Series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series C Preferred Stock” and shall consist of one million nine hundred eighteen thousand three hundred forty-seven (1,918,347) shares.


Reverse Split . Immediately upon the filing of this Certificate of Amendment, each 6.099 outstanding shares of Common Stock, each 6.099 outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, each 6.099 outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, each 6.099 outstanding shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock, each 6.099 outstanding shares of Series B-2 Preferred Stock and each 6.099 outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock will be exchanged and combined, automatically and without further action, into one share of Common Stock, one share of Series A Preferred Stock, one share of Series B Preferred Stock, one share of Series B-1 Preferred Stock, one share of Series B-2 Preferred Stock and one share of Series C Preferred Stock, respectively (the “ Reverse Stock Split ”). The Reverse Stock Split shall also apply to any outstanding securities or rights convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, Common Stock or Preferred Stock of the Corporation. The Reverse Stock Split shall be effected on a certificate-by-certificate basis, rounded down to the nearest whole number, and no fractional shares shall be issued upon the exchange and combination. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay an amount of cash equal to the product of (i) the fractional share to which the holder would otherwise be entitled and (ii) the then fair value of a share as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.”

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the corporation has caused this Certificate of Amendment to be signed by its Chief Executive Officer as of October 24, 2014.

 

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.
By:   /s/ John T. McDonald
 

John T. McDonald,

Chief Executive Officer

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO C ERTIFICATE OF A MENDMENT

Exhibit 3.2

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

Upland Software, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

A. The corporation was originally incorporated under the name of Silverback Acquisition Corporation, and the original Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on July 7, 2010.

B. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”), and has been duly approved by the written consent of the stockholders of the corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

C. The Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

ARTICLE I

The name of the corporation is Upland Software, Inc.

ARTICLE II

The address of the corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware 19808. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Service Company.

ARTICLE III

The purpose of the corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.

ARTICLE IV

The total number of shares of stock that the corporation shall have authority to issue is 55,000,000, consisting of the following:

50,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share. Each share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one (1) vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders. There shall be no cumulative voting of the Common Stock of the corporation.

5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, which may be issued from time to time in one or more series pursuant to a resolution or resolutions providing for such issue duly adopted by the Board of Directors (authority to do so being hereby expressly vested in the


Board of Directors). The Board of Directors is further authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by law, to fix by resolution or resolutions the designations, powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of any wholly unissued series of Preferred Stock, including without limitation authority to fix by resolution or resolutions the dividend rights, dividend rate, conversion rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption (including sinking fund provisions), redemption price or prices, and liquidation preferences of any such series, and the number of shares constituting any such series and the designation thereof, or any of the foregoing.

The Board of Directors is further authorized to increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of the class) or decrease (but not below the number of shares of any such series then outstanding) the number of shares of any series, the number of which was fixed by it, subsequent to the issuance of shares of such series then outstanding, subject to the powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof stated in the Certificate of Incorporation or the resolution of the Board of Directors originally fixing the number of shares of such series. If the number of shares of any series is so decreased, then the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status which they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

ARTICLE V

The number of directors that constitutes the entire Board of Directors of the corporation shall be fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the Bylaws of the corporation. At each annual meeting of stockholders, directors of the corporation shall be elected to hold office until the expiration of the term for which they are elected and until their successors have been duly elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal; except that if any such election shall not be so held, such election shall take place at a stockholders’ meeting called and held in accordance with the DGCL.

Effective upon the effective date of the corporation’s initial public offering (the “ Effective Date ”), the directors of the corporation shall be divided into three classes as nearly equal in size as is practicable, hereby designated Class I, Class II and Class III. The Board of Directors may assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to such classes at the time such classification becomes effective. The term of office of the initial Class I directors shall expire at the first regularly-scheduled annual meeting of the stockholders following the Effective Date, the term of office of the initial Class II directors shall expire at the second annual meeting of the stockholders following the Effective Date and the term of office of the initial Class III directors shall expire at the third annual meeting of the stockholders following the Effective Date. At each annual meeting of stockholders, commencing with the first regularly-scheduled annual meeting of stockholders following the Effective Date, each of the successors elected to replace the directors of a Class whose term shall have expired at such annual meeting shall be elected to hold office until the third annual meeting next succeeding his or her election and until his or her respective successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article, each director shall serve until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her death, resignation, or removal. If the number of directors is hereafter changed, any newly created directorships or decrease in directorships shall be so apportioned among the classes as to make all classes as nearly equal in number as is practicable, provided that no decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

-2-


Any director may be removed from office by the stockholders of the corporation only for cause. Vacancies occurring on the Board of Directors for any reason and newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled only by vote of a majority of the remaining members of the Board of Directors, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, at any meeting of the Board of Directors. A person so elected by the Board of Directors to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall be duly elected and qualified.

ARTICLE VI

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors of the corporation is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation.

ARTICLE VII

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the corporation shall so provide.

ARTICLE VIII

No action shall be taken by the stockholders of the corporation except at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders called in accordance with the Bylaws, and no action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent.

ARTICLE IX

To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.

Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article, nor the adoption of any provision of this corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article in respect of any matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this Article, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

 

-3-


ARTICLE X

Subject to any provisions in the Bylaws of the corporation related to indemnification of directors or officers of the corporation, the corporation may indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any director or officer of the corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding. The corporation may be required to indemnify a person in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such person only if the Proceeding was authorized by the Board.

The corporation shall have the power to indemnify, to the extent permitted by the DGCL, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, any employee or agent of the corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding.

A right to indemnification or to advancement of expenses arising under a provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or a bylaw of the corporation shall not be eliminated or impaired by an amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the corporation after the occurrence of the act or omission that is the subject of the civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of expenses is sought, unless the provision in effect at the time of such act or omission explicitly authorizes such elimination or impairment after such action or omission has occurred.

ARTICLE XI

Except as provided in ARTICLE IX and ARTICLE X above, the corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation, and in addition to any other vote that may be required by law or the terms of any series of Preferred Stock, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend, alter or repeal, or adopt any provision as part of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with the purpose and intent of, Article IV, Article V, Article VI, Article VII, Article IX, Article X or this Article XI (including, without limitation, any such Article as renumbered as a result of any amendment, alteration, change, repeal or adoption of any other Article).

 

-4-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Upland Software, Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation on this          day of                  2014.

 

By:    
 

John T. McDonald,

Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 3.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

(as amended and restated on October 9, 2014 effective as of the

closing of the corporation’s initial public offering)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

ARTICLE I - CORPORATE OFFICES

     1   

1.1

  

REGISTERED OFFICE

     1   

1.2

  

OTHER OFFICES

     1   

ARTICLE II - MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     1   

2.1

  

PLACE OF MEETINGS

     1   

2.2

  

ANNUAL MEETING

     1   

2.3

  

SPECIAL MEETING

     1   

2.4

  

ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES

     2   

2.5

  

NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

     5   

2.6

  

QUORUM

     6   

2.7

  

ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

     6   

2.8

  

CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

     6   

2.9

  

VOTING

     6   

2.10

  

STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

     7   

2.11

  

RECORD DATES

     7   

2.12

  

PROXIES

     8   

2.13

  

LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE

     8   

2.14

  

INSPECTORS OF ELECTION

     8   

ARTICLE III - DIRECTORS

     9   

3.1

  

POWERS

     9   

3.2

  

NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

     9   

3.3

  

ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

     9   

3.4

  

RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES

     10   

3.5

  

PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE

     10   

3.6

  

REGULAR MEETINGS

     11   

3.7

  

SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE

     11   

3.8

  

QUORUM; VOTING

     11   

3.9

  

BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

     12   

3.10

  

FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

     12   

3.11

  

REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

     12   

ARTICLE IV - COMMITTEES

     12   

4.1

  

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

     12   

4.2

  

COMMITTEE MINUTES

     13   

4.3

  

MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES

     13   

4.4

  

SUBCOMMITTEES

     13   

ARTICLE V - OFFICERS

     14   

5.1

  

OFFICERS

     14   

5.2

  

APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

     14   

5.3

  

SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

     14   

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

          Page  

5.4

  

REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS

     14   

5.5

  

VACANCIES IN OFFICES

     14   

5.6

  

REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS

     15   

5.7

  

AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS

     15   

ARTICLE VI - STOCK

     15   

6.1

  

STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES

     15   

6.2

  

SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES

     15   

6.3

  

LOST CERTIFICATES

     16   

6.4

  

DIVIDENDS

     16   

6.5

  

TRANSFER OF STOCK

     16   

6.6

  

STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS

     17   

6.7

  

REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

     17   

ARTICLE VII - MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

     17   

7.1

  

NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

     17   

7.2

  

NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

     17   

7.3

  

NOTICE TO STOCKHOLDERS SHARING AN ADDRESS

     18   

7.4

  

NOTICE TO PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL

     18   

7.5

  

WAIVER OF NOTICE

     19   

ARTICLE VIII - INDEMNIFICATION

     19   

8.1

  

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN THIRD PARTY PROCEEDINGS

     19   

8.2

  

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN ACTIONS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION

     19   

8.3

  

SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE

     20   

8.4

  

INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS

     20   

8.5

  

ADVANCED PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

     20   

8.6

  

LIMITATION ON INDEMNIFICATION

     21   

8.7

  

DETERMINATION; CLAIM

     21   

8.8

  

NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS

     21   

8.9

  

INSURANCE

     22   

8.10

  

SURVIVAL

     22   

8.11

  

EFFECT OF REPEAL OR MODIFICATION

     22   

8.12

  

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

     22   

ARTICLE IX - GENERAL MATTERS

     23   

9.1

  

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS

     23   

9.2

  

FISCAL YEAR

     23   

9.3

  

SEAL

     23   

9.4

  

CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

     23   

ARTICLE X - AMENDMENTS

     23   

 

-ii-


BYLAWS OF UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

 

 

ARTICLE I - CORPORATE OFFICES

 

  1.1 REGISTERED OFFICE

The registered office of Upland Software, Inc. shall be fixed in the corporation’s certificate of incorporation, as the same may be amended from time to time, including the terms of any certificate of designations of any series of Preferred Stock.

 

  1.2 OTHER OFFICES

The corporation’s board of directors may at any time establish other offices at any place or places where the corporation is qualified to do business.

ARTICLE II - MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

  2.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, designated by the board of directors. The board of directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “ DGCL ”). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the corporation’s principal executive office.

 

  2.2 ANNUAL MEETING

The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held each year. The board of directors shall designate the date and time of the annual meeting. At the annual meeting, directors shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted.

 

  2.3 SPECIAL MEETING

(i) A special meeting of the stockholders, other than those required by statute, may be called at any time by the board of directors, chairperson of the board of directors, chief executive officer or president (in the absence of a chief executive officer), but a special meeting may not be called by any other person or persons. The board of directors may cancel, postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled special meeting at any time, before or after the notice for such meeting has been sent to the stockholders.

(ii) The notice of a special meeting shall include the purpose for which the meeting is called. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors, chairperson of the board of directors, chief executive officer or president (in the absence of a chief executive officer). Nothing contained in this Section 2.3(ii) shall be construed as limiting, fixing or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the board of directors may be held.


  2.4 ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES

(i) Advance Notice of Stockholder Business. At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be brought: (A) pursuant to the corporation’s proxy materials with respect to such meeting, (B) by or at the direction of the board of directors, or (C) by a stockholder of the corporation who (1) is a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(i), on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of the annual meeting and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting and (2) has timely complied in proper written form with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(i). In addition, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, such business must be a proper matter for stockholder action pursuant to these bylaws and applicable law. For the avoidance of doubt, clause (C) above shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to bring business before an annual meeting of stockholders.

(a) To comply with clause (C) of Section 2.4(i) above, a stockholder’s notice must set forth all information required under this Section 2.4(i) and must be timely received by the secretary of the corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received by the secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the 45th day nor earlier than the 75th day before the one-year anniversary of the date on which the corporation first mailed its proxy materials or a notice of availability of proxy materials (whichever is earlier) for the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided , however , that in the event that no annual meeting was held in the previous year or if the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than 30 days prior to or delayed by more than 60 days after the one-year anniversary of the date of the previous year’s annual meeting, then, for notice by the stockholder to be timely, it must be so received by the secretary not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of (i) the 90th day prior to such annual meeting, or (ii) the tenth day following the day on which Public Announcement (as defined below) of the date of such annual meeting is first made. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described in this Section 2.4(i)(a). “ Public Announcement ” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or a comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor thereto (the “ 1934 Act ”).

(b) To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the secretary must set forth as to each matter of business the stockholder intends to bring before the annual meeting: (1) a brief description of the business intended to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (2) the name and address, as they appear on the corporation’s books, of the stockholder proposing such business and any Stockholder Associated Person (as defined below), (3) the class and number of shares of the corporation that are held of record or are beneficially owned by the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person and any derivative positions held or beneficially held by the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, (4) whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to any securities of the corporation, and a description of any other agreement, arrangement or

 

-2-


understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares), the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, or to manage the risk or benefit from share price changes for, or to increase or decrease the voting power of, such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to any securities of the corporation, (5) any material interest of the stockholder or a Stockholder Associated Person in such business, and (6) a statement whether either such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person will deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry the proposal (such information provided and statements made as required by clauses (1) through (6), a “ Business Solicitation Statement ”). In addition, to be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the secretary must be supplemented not later than ten days following the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, to disclose the information contained in clauses (3) and (4) above as of the applicable record date. For purposes of this Section 2.4, a “ Stockholder Associated Person ” of any stockholder shall mean (i) any person controlling, directly or indirectly, or acting in concert with, such stockholder, (ii) any beneficial owner of shares of stock of the corporation owned of record or beneficially by such stockholder and on whose behalf the proposal or nomination, as the case may be, is being made, or (iii) any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such person referred to in the preceding clauses (i) and (ii).

(c) Without exception, no business shall be conducted at any annual meeting except in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Section 2.4(i) and, if applicable, Section 2.4(ii). In addition, business proposed to be brought by a stockholder may not be brought before the annual meeting if such stockholder or a Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Business Solicitation Statement applicable to such business or if the Business Solicitation Statement applicable to such business contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The chairperson of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the annual meeting that business was not properly brought before the annual meeting and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.4(i), and, if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the annual meeting that any such business not properly brought before the annual meeting shall not be conducted.

(ii) Advance Notice of Director Nominations at Annual Meetings. Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(ii) shall be eligible for election or re-election as directors at an annual meeting of stockholders. Nominations of persons for election or re-election to the board of directors of the corporation shall be made at an annual meeting of stockholders only (A) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (B) by a stockholder of the corporation who (1) was a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(ii), on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of the annual meeting and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting and (2) has complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(ii). In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be made by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the secretary of the corporation.

(a) To comply with clause (B) of Section 2.4(ii) above, a nomination to be made by a stockholder must set forth all information required under this Section 2.4(ii) and must be received by the secretary of the corporation at the principal executive offices of the corporation at the time set forth in, and in accordance with, the final three sentences of Section 2.4(i)(a) above.

 

-3-


(b) To be in proper written form, such stockholder’s notice to the secretary must set forth:

(1) as to each person (a “ nominee ”) whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director: (A) the name, age, business address and residence address of the nominee, (B) the principal occupation or employment of the nominee, (C) the class and number of shares of the corporation that are held of record or are beneficially owned by the nominee and any derivative positions held or beneficially held by the nominee, (D) whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of the nominee with respect to any securities of the corporation, and a description of any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares), the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, or to manage the risk or benefit of share price changes for, or to increase or decrease the voting power of the nominee, (E) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the stockholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nominations are to be made by the stockholder, (F) a written statement executed by the nominee acknowledging that as a director of the corporation, the nominee will owe a fiduciary duty under Delaware law with respect to the corporation and its stockholders, and (G) any other information relating to the nominee that would be required to be disclosed about such nominee if proxies were being solicited for the election or re-election of the nominee as a director, or that is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the 1934 Act (including without limitation the nominee’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement, if any, as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected or re-elected, as the case may be); and

(2) as to such stockholder giving notice, (A) the information required to be provided pursuant to clauses (2) through (5) of Section 2.4(i)(b) above, and the supplement referenced in the second sentence of Section 2.4(i)(b) above (except that the references to “business” in such clauses shall instead refer to nominations of directors for purposes of this paragraph), and (B) a statement whether either such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person will deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a number of the corporation’s voting shares reasonably believed by such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person to be necessary to elect or re-elect such nominee(s) (such information provided and statements made as required by clauses (A) and (B) above, a “ Nominee Solicitation Statement ”).

(c) At the request of the board of directors, any person nominated by a stockholder for election or re-election as a director must furnish to the secretary of the corporation (1) that information required to be set forth in the stockholder’s notice of nomination of such person as a director as of a date subsequent to the date on which the notice of such person’s nomination was given and (2) such other information as may reasonably be required by the corporation to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director or audit committee financial expert of the corporation or that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such nominee; in the absence of the furnishing of such information if requested, such stockholder’s nomination shall not be considered in proper form pursuant to this Section 2.4(ii).

(d) Without exception, no person shall be eligible for election or re-election as a director of the corporation at an annual meeting of stockholders unless nominated in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Section 2.4(ii). In addition, a nominee shall not be eligible for election or re-election if a stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee or if the Nominee Solicitation Statement

 

-4-


applicable to such nominee contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The chairperson of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the annual meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the provisions prescribed by these bylaws, and if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the annual meeting, and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

(iii) Advance Notice of Director Nominations for Special Meetings .

(a) For a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected or re-elected pursuant to Section 2.3, nominations of persons for election or re-election to the board of directors shall be made only (1) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (2) by any stockholder of the corporation who (A) is a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(iii), on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of the special meeting and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the special meeting and (B) delivers a timely written notice of the nomination to the secretary of the corporation that includes the information set forth in Sections 2.4(ii)(b) and (ii)(c) above. To be timely, such notice must be received by the secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such special meeting or the tenth day following the day on which Public Announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the board of directors to be elected or re-elected at such meeting. A person shall not be eligible for election or re-election as a director at a special meeting unless the person is nominated (i) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (ii) by a stockholder in accordance with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(iii). In addition, a nominee shall not be eligible for election or re-election if a stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee or if the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

(b) The chairperson of the special meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the meeting that a nomination or business was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by these bylaws, and if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the meeting, and the defective nomination or business shall be disregarded.

(iv) Other Requirements and Rights. In addition to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.4, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of state law and of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 2.4, including, with respect to business such stockholder intends to bring before the annual meeting that involves a proposal that such stockholder requests to be included in the corporation’s proxy statement, the requirements of Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the 1934 Act. Nothing in this Section 2.4 shall be deemed to affect any right of the corporation to omit a proposal from the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the 1934 Act.

 

  2.5 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is

 

-5-


different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Except as otherwise provided in the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the written notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting.

 

  2.6 QUORUM

The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the chairperson of the meeting, or (ii) the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed.

 

  2.7 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, unless these bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the board of directors shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting in accordance with Section 213(a) of the DGCL and Section 2.11 of these bylaws, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

 

  2.8 CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of business.

 

  2.9 VOTING

The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.11 of these bylaws, subject to Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL.

 

-6-


Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder. There shall be no cumulative voting of the shares of capital stock of the corporation.

Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares of such class or series or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or series or classes or series, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

 

  2.10 STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

Subject to the rights of the holders of the shares of any series of Preferred Stock or any other class of stock or series thereof that have been expressly granted the right to take action by written consent, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

 

  2.11 RECORD DATES

In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If the board of directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the board of directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination.

If no record date is fixed by the board of directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however , that the board of directors may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the provisions of Section 213 of the DGCL and this Section 2.11 at the adjourned meeting.

In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any

 

-7-


change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

  2.12 PROXIES

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL.

 

  2.13 LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE

The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting; provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than 10 days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The corporation shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the corporation’s principal place of business. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be examined by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Such list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

 

  2.14 INSPECTORS OF ELECTION

A written proxy may be in the form of a telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission which sets forth or is submitted with information from which it can be determined that the telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission was authorized by the person.

Before any meeting of stockholders, the board of directors shall appoint an inspector or inspectors of election to act at the meeting or its adjournment. The number of inspectors shall be either one (1) or three (3). If any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, then the chairperson of the meeting may, and upon the request of any stockholder or a stockholder’s proxy shall, appoint a person to fill that vacancy.

 

-8-


Such inspectors shall:

(i) determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the number of shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, and the authenticity, validity, and effect of proxies;

(ii) receive votes, ballots or consents;

(iii) hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the right to vote;

(iv) count and tabulate all votes or consents;

(v) determine when the polls shall close;

(vi) determine the result; and

(vii) do any other acts that may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders.

The inspectors of election shall perform their duties impartially, in good faith, to the best of their ability and as expeditiously as is practical. If there are three (3) inspectors of election, the decision, act or certificate of a majority is effective in all respects as the decision, act or certificate of all. Any report or certificate made by the inspectors of election is prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

ARTICLE III - DIRECTORS

 

  3.1 POWERS

The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise provided in the DGCL or the certificate of incorporation.

 

  3.2 NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

The board of directors shall consist of one or more members, each of whom shall be a natural person. Unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, the number of directors shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the board of directors. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

 

  3.3 ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these bylaws, each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which elected and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. The certificate of incorporation or these bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors.

 

-9-


If so provided in the certificate of incorporation, the directors of the corporation shall be divided into classes.

 

  3.4 RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES

Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the corporation; provided, however , that if such notice is given by electronic transmission, such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the director. A resignation is effective when the resignation is delivered unless the resignation specifies a later effective date or an effective date determined upon the happening of an event or events. Acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. A resignation which is conditioned upon the director failing to receive a specified vote for reelection as a director may provide that it is irrevocable. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, when one or more directors resign from the board of directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective.

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. If the directors are divided into classes, a person so elected by the directors then in office to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the corporation should have no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, or may apply to the Court of Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided in Section 211 of the DGCL.

If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole board of directors (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least 10% of the voting stock at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the DGCL as far as applicable.

 

  3.5 PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE

The board of directors may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the board of directors, or any committee designated by the board of directors, may participate in a meeting of the board of directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

-10-


  3.6 REGULAR MEETINGS

Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the board of directors.

 

  3.7 SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE

Special meetings of the board of directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairperson of the board of directors, the chief executive officer, the president, the secretary or a majority of the authorized number of directors, at such times and places as he or she or they shall designate.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

(i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

(ii) sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

(iii) sent by facsimile; or

(iv) sent by electronic mail,

directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, as the case may be, as shown on the corporation’s records.

If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile or (iii) sent by electronic mail, it shall be delivered or sent at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice may be communicated to the director. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the corporation’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.

 

  3.8 QUORUM; VOTING

At all meetings of the board of directors, a majority of the total authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the board of directors, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present. A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

 

-11-


If the certificate of incorporation provides that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter, every reference in these bylaws to a majority or other proportion of the directors shall refer to a majority or other proportion of the votes of the directors.

 

  3.9 BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the board of directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board of directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form. Any person (whether or not then a director) may provide, whether through instruction to an agent or otherwise, that a consent to action will be effective at a future time (including a time determined upon the happening of an event), no later than 60 days after such instruction is given or such provision is made and such consent shall be deemed to have been given for purposes of this Section 3.9 at such effective time so long as such person is then a director and did not revoke the consent prior to such time. Any such consent shall be revocable prior to its becoming effective.

 

  3.10 FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the board of directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

 

  3.11 REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

Any director may be removed from office by the stockholders of the corporation only for cause.

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

ARTICLE IV - COMMITTEES

 

  4.1 COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

The board of directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the authorized number of directors, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The board of directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the board of directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the board of directors or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the board of directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the corporation.

 

-12-


  4.2 COMMITTEE MINUTES

Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the board of directors when required.

 

  4.3 MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

(i) Section 3.5 (place of meetings and meetings by telephone);

(ii) Section 3.6 (regular meetings);

(iii) Section 3.7 (special meetings and notice);

(iv) Section 3.8 (quorum; voting);

(v) Section 7.5 (waiver of notice); and

(vi) Section 3.9 (action without a meeting)

with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the board of directors and its members. However :

(i) the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the board of directors or by resolution of the committee;

(ii) special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the board of directors; and

(iii) notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The board of directors may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

Any provision in the certificate of incorporation providing that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter shall apply to voting in any committee or subcommittee, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

 

  4.4 SUBCOMMITTEES

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the resolutions of the board of directors designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

 

-13-


ARTICLE V - OFFICERS

 

  5.1 OFFICERS

The officers of the corporation shall be a president and a secretary. The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the board of directors, a chairperson of the board of directors, a vice chairperson of the board of directors, a chief executive officer, a chief financial officer or treasurer, one or more vice presidents, one or more assistant vice presidents, one or more assistant treasurers, one or more assistant secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

  5.2 APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

The board of directors shall appoint the officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Sections 5.3 of these bylaws, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment.

 

  5.3 SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

The board of directors may appoint, or empower the chief executive officer or, in the absence of a chief executive officer, the president, to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the corporation may require. Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the board of directors may from time to time determine.

 

  5.4 REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the board of directors at any regular or special meeting of the board of directors or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the board of directors, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the board of directors.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written or electronic notice to the corporation; provided, however , that if such notice is given by electronic transmission, such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the officer. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

 

  5.5 VACANCIES IN OFFICES

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the board of directors or as provided in Section 5.3.

 

-14-


  5.6 REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS

The chairperson of the board of directors, the president, any vice president, the treasurer, the secretary or assistant secretary of this corporation, or any other person authorized by the board of directors or the president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent, and exercise on behalf of this corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of this corporation. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

 

  5.7 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS

All officers of the corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the corporation as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors or the stockholders and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the board of directors.

ARTICLE VI - STOCK

 

  6.1 STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES

The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the board of directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation. Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by the chairperson of the board of directors or vice-chairperson of the board of directors, or the president or a vice-president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. The corporation shall not have power to issue a certificate in bearer form.

The corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly-paid shares, or upon the books and records of the corporation in the case of uncertificated partly-paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully-paid shares, the corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly-paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

 

  6.2 SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES

If the corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or

 

-15-


rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, however , that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to this section 6.2 or Sections 156, 202(a) or 218(a) of the DGCL or with respect to this section 6.2 a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated stock and the rights and obligations of the holders of certificates representing stock of the same class and series shall be identical.

 

  6.3 LOST CERTIFICATES

Except as provided in this Section 6.3, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the corporation and cancelled at the same time. The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

 

  6.4 DIVIDENDS

The board of directors, subject to any restrictions contained in the certificate of incorporation or applicable law, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of the corporation’s capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the corporation’s capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

The board of directors may set apart out of any of the funds of the corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve. Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, and meeting contingencies.

 

  6.5 TRANSFER OF STOCK

Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by an attorney duly authorized, and, if such stock is certificated, upon the surrender of a certificate or certificates for a like number of shares, properly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer; provided, however, that such succession, assignment or authority to transfer is not prohibited by the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws, applicable law or contract.

 

-16-


  6.6 STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS

The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

 

  6.7 REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

The corporation:

(i) shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner;

(ii) shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares; and

(iii) shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VII - MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

 

  7.1 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the corporation’s records. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

  7.2 NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if:

(i) the corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the corporation in accordance with such consent; and

(ii) such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice.

 

-17-


However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

 

  (i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

  (ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

  (iii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and

 

  (iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

An “ electronic transmission ” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

 

  7.3 NOTICE TO STOCKHOLDERS SHARING AN ADDRESS

Except as otherwise prohibited under the DGCL, without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the corporation under the provisions of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation. Any stockholder who fails to object in writing to the corporation, within 60 days of having been given written notice by the corporation of its intention to send the single notice, shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice.

 

  7.4 NOTICE TO PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL

Whenever notice is required to be given, under the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

 

-18-


  7.5 WAIVER OF NOTICE

Whenever notice is required to be given to stockholders, directors or other persons under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders or board of directors, as the case may be, need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

ARTICLE VIII - INDEMNIFICATION

 

  8.1 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN THIRD PARTY PROCEEDINGS

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the corporation serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

8.2    INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN ACTIONS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the corporation serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the

 

-19-


corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

  8.3 SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE

To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described in Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

 

  8.4 INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the corporation shall have power to indemnify its employees and agents to the extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law. The board of directors shall have the power to delegate to such person or persons the determination of whether employees or agents shall be indemnified.

 

  8.5 ADVANCED PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director of the corporation in defending any Proceeding shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding upon receipt of a written request therefor (together with documentation reasonably evidencing such expenses) and an undertaking by or on behalf of the person to repay such amounts if it shall ultimately be determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article VIII or the DGCL. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents of the corporation or by persons serving at the request of the corporation as directors, officers, employees or agents of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the corporation deems appropriate and shall be subject to the corporation’s expense guidelines. The right to advancement of expenses shall not apply to any claim for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to these bylaws, but shall apply to any Proceeding referenced in Section 8.6(ii) or 8.6(iii) prior to a determination that the person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to Section 8.8, no advance shall be made by the corporation to an officer of the corporation (except by reason of the fact that such officer is or was a director of the corporation, in which event this paragraph shall not apply) in any Proceeding if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such Proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation.

 

-20-


  8.6 LIMITATION ON INDEMNIFICATION

Subject to the requirements in Section 8.3 and the DGCL, the corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any person pursuant to this Article VIII in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

(i) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of such person under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid;

(ii) for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the 1934 Act, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(iii) for any reimbursement of the corporation by such person of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by such person from the sale of securities of the corporation, as required in each case under the 1934 Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the corporation pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), or the payment to the corporation of profits arising from the purchase and sale by such person of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(iv) initiated by such person, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by such person against the corporation or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (a) the board of directors authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (b) the corporation provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under applicable law, (c) otherwise required to be made under Section 8.7 or (d) otherwise required by applicable law; or

(v) if prohibited by applicable law.

 

  8.7 DETERMINATION; CLAIM

If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article VIII is not paid in full within 90 days after receipt by the corporation of the written request therefor, the claimant shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of expenses. The corporation shall indemnify such person against any and all expenses that are incurred by such person in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of expenses from the corporation under this Article VIII, to the extent such person is successful in such action, and to the extent not prohibited by law. In any such suit, the corporation shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving that the claimant is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses.

 

  8.8 NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the certificate of incorporation or any statute, bylaw, agreement, vote of

 

-21-


stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advancement of expenses, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law.

 

  8.9 INSURANCE

The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

 

  8.10 SURVIVAL

The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred by this Article VIII shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

  8.11 EFFECT OF REPEAL OR MODIFICATION

A right to indemnification or to advancement of expenses arising under a provision of the certificate of incorporation or a bylaw shall not be eliminated or impaired by an amendment to the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws after the occurrence of the act or omission that is the subject of the civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of expenses is sought, unless the provision in effect at the time of such act or omission explicitly authorizes such elimination or impairment after such action or omission has occurred.

 

  8.12 CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this Article VIII, references to the “ corporation ” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “ other enterprises ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ fines ” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “ serving at the request of the corporation ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the corporation ” as referred to in this Article VIII.

 

-22-


ARTICLE IX - GENERAL MATTERS

 

  9.1 EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS

Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the board of directors may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any document or instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the board of directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

 

  9.2 FISCAL YEAR

The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the board of directors and may be changed by the board of directors.

 

  9.3 SEAL

The corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be adopted and which may be altered by the board of directors. The corporation may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

 

  9.4 CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “ person ” includes both an entity and a natural person.

ARTICLE X - AMENDMENTS

These bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote. However, the corporation may, in its certificate of incorporation, confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws upon the directors. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.

A bylaw amendment adopted by stockholders which specifies the votes that shall be necessary for the election of directors shall not be further amended or repealed by the board of directors.

 

-23-


UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

 

 

The undersigned hereby certifies that he or she is the duly elected, qualified, and acting Secretary or Assistant Secretary of Upland Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation and that the foregoing bylaws, comprising 23 pages (excluding the table of contents), were amended and restated on October 9, 2014 by the corporation’s board of directors.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his or her hand this 15th day of October, 2014.

 

/s/ Robert V. Housley
Robert V. Housley, Secretary

Exhibit 5.1

October 27, 2014

Upland Software, Inc.

401 Congress Avenue, Suite 1850

Austin, TX 78701

 

  Re: Registration Statement on Form S-1

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have examined the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-198574), as amended and as may be subsequently amended (the “ Registration Statement ”), filed by Upland Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, of up to 4,423,077 shares of the Company’s common stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “ Shares ”). The Shares include 576,923 Shares to be issued and sold in the event of the underwriters’ exercise of an over-allotment option granted by the Company to the underwriters of the offering. We understand that the Shares are to be sold to the underwriters for resale to the public as described in the Registration Statement and pursuant to an underwriting agreement, substantially in the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, to be entered into by and among the Company and the underwriters. As legal counsel for the Company, we have examined the proceedings taken and are familiar with the proceedings proposed to be taken by the Company in connection with the sale of the Shares.

As legal counsel for the Company, we have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such documents, corporate records, certificates of public officials and other instruments as we have deemed necessary for the purposes of rendering this opinion. In our examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals and the conformity with the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies.

We do not express any opinion herein concerning any law other than the Delaware General Corporation Law (including the statutory provisions, all applicable provisions of the Delaware Constitution and the reported judicial decisions interpreting the foregoing) and the federal laws of the United States of America.

On the basis of the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the Shares, when issued, sold and paid for in accordance with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.


October 27, 2014

Page 2 of 2

We consent to the use of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, and we consent to the reference of our name under the caption “Legal Matters” in the prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement.

 

Very truly yours,

WILSON SONSINI GOODRICH & ROSATI

Professional Corporation

/s/ Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation

Exhibit 10.2

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is entered into, effective as                  , 2014 of by and between Upland Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and                          (“ Indemnitee ”).

WHEREAS, it is essential to the Company to retain and attract as directors and officers the most capable persons available;

WHEREAS, Indemnitee is a director and/or officer of the Company;

WHEREAS, both the Company and Indemnitee recognize the increased risk of litigation and other claims currently being asserted against directors and officers of corporations;

WHEREAS, the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company require the Company to indemnify and advance expenses to its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law, and the Indemnitee has been serving and continues to serve as a director and/or officer of the Company in part in reliance on the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws; and

WHEREAS, in recognition of Indemnitee’s need for (i) substantial protection against personal liability based on Indemnitee’s reliance on the aforesaid Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, (ii) specific contractual assurance that the protection promised by the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws will be available to Indemnitee (regardless of, among other things, any amendment to or revocation of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws or any change in the composition of the Company’s Board of Directors or acquisition transaction relating to the Company), and (iii) an inducement to provide effective services to the Company as a director and/or officer, the Company wishes to provide in this Agreement for the indemnification of and the advancing of expenses to Indemnitee to the fullest extent (whether partial or complete) permitted under Delaware law and as set forth in this Agreement, and, to the extent insurance is maintained, to provide for the continued coverage of Indemnitee under the Company’s directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above premises and of Indemnitee continuing to serve the Company directly or, at its request, with another enterprise, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties agree as follows:

1. Certain Definitions :

(a) “ Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

(b) “ Affiliate ” shall mean any corporation or other person or entity that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the person specified.

(c) A “ Change in Control ” shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”)) (other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 30% or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities, or (ii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board and any new director (provided such

 

1


director’s election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved), cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board, or (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity in which the Voting Securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto would not continue to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into Voting Securities of the surviving entity) at least 70% of the total voting power represented by the Voting Securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or (iv) the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

(d) “ Expenses ” shall mean any expense, liability, or loss, including without limitation attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and penalties, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, any interest, assessments, or other charges imposed thereon, any federal, state, local, or foreign taxes imposed as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, and all other costs and obligations, paid or incurred in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in, participating in (including on appeal), or preparing for any of the foregoing in, any Proceeding relating to any Indemnifiable Event.

(e) “ Indemnifiable Event ” shall mean any event or occurrence that takes place either prior to or after the execution of this Agreement, related to the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company, or while a director or officer is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, trustee, agent, or fiduciary of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, employee benefit plan, trust, or other enterprise, or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of a foreign or domestic corporation that was a predecessor corporation of the Company or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation, or related to anything done or not done by Indemnitee in any such capacity, whether or not the basis of the Proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee, or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee, or agent of the Company, as described above.

(f) “ Independent Counsel ” shall mean the person or body appointed in connection with Section 3.

(g) “ Proceeding ” shall mean any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding or any alternative dispute resolution mechanism (including an action by or in the right of the Company), or any inquiry, hearing, or investigation, whether conducted by the Company or any other party, that Indemnitee in good faith believes might lead to the institution of any such action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative, or other.

(h) “ Reviewing Party ” shall mean the person or body appointed in accordance with Section 3.

(i) “ Voting Securities ” shall mean any securities of the Company that vote generally in the election of directors.

2. Agreement to Indemnify .

(a) General Agreement . In the event Indemnitee was, is, or becomes a party to or witness or other participant in, or is threatened to be made a party to or witness or other participant in, a Proceeding by reason of (or arising in part out of) an Indemnifiable Event, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee from and against any and all Expenses to the fullest extent

 

2


permitted by law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended or interpreted (but in the case of any such amendment or interpretation, only to the extent that such amendment or interpretation permits the Company to provide broader indemnification rights than were permitted prior thereto). The parties hereto intend that this Agreement shall provide for indemnification in excess of that expressly permitted by statute, including, without limitation, any indemnification provided by the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, its Bylaws, vote of its stockholders or disinterested directors, or applicable law.

(b) Initiation of Proceeding . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement in connection with any Proceeding initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or any director or officer of the Company unless (i) the Company has joined in or the Board has consented to the initiation of such Proceeding; (ii) the Proceeding is one to enforce indemnification rights under Section 5; or (iii) the Proceeding is instituted after a Change in Control (other than a Change in Control approved by a majority of the directors on the Board who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control).

(c) Expense Advances . If so requested by Indemnitee, the Company shall advance (within fifteen (15) business days of such request) any and all Expenses to Indemnitee (an “Expense Advance”). The Indemnitee shall qualify for such Expense Advances upon the execution and delivery to the Company of this Agreement which shall constitute an undertaking providing that the Indemnitee undertakes to repay such Expense Advances if and to the extent that it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment, not subject to appeal, that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. Indemnitee’s obligation to reimburse the Company for Expense Advances shall be unsecured and no interest shall be charged thereon. This Section 2(c) shall not apply to any claim made by Indemnitee for which indemnification is not available pursuant to Section 2(b) or 2(f).

(d) Mandatory Indemnification . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any Proceeding relating in whole or in part to an Indemnifiable Event or in defense of any issue or matter therein, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses incurred in connection therewith that are indemnifiable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

(e) Partial Indemnification . If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of Expenses, but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled.

(f) Prohibited Indemnification . No indemnification pursuant to this Agreement shall be paid by the Company on account of any Proceeding in which judgment is rendered against Indemnitee for an accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of securities of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of any federal, state, or local laws.

3. Reviewing Party . Prior to any Change in Control, the Reviewing Party shall be any appropriate person or body consisting of a member or members of the Board or any other person or body who is not a party to the particular Proceeding with respect to which Indemnitee is seeking indemnification, in each case as appointed by the Board, or if all members of the Board are a party to such Proceeding, the Independent Counsel referred to below; after a Change in Control, the Independent Counsel referred to below shall become the Reviewing Party. With respect to all

 

3


matters arising after a Change in Control (other than a Change in Control approved by a majority of the directors on the Board who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control) concerning the rights of Indemnitee to indemnity payments and Expense Advances under this Agreement or any other agreement or under applicable law or the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws now or hereafter in effect relating to indemnification for Indemnifiable Events, the Company shall seek legal advice only from Independent Counsel selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Company (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), and who has not otherwise performed services for the Company or the Indemnitee (other than in connection with indemnification matters) within the last five years. The Independent Counsel shall be a partner or shareholder (or other similar position) in a reputable law firm and shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. Such counsel, among other things, shall render its written opinion to the Company and Indemnitee as to whether and to what extent the Indemnitee should be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Counsel and to indemnify fully such counsel against any and all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), claims, liabilities, loss, and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the engagement of Independent Counsel pursuant hereto.

4. Indemnification Process and Appeal .

(a) Indemnification Payment . Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification of Expenses, and shall receive payment thereof, from the Company in accordance with this Agreement as soon as practicable after Indemnitee has made written demand on the Company for indemnification, unless the Reviewing Party has given a written opinion to the Company and Indemnitee that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under applicable law; provided, however, that such opinion shall not be required to be given to Indemnitee if it could reasonably be expected to waive any attorney-client privilege.

(b) Suit to Enforce Rights . Regardless of any action by the Reviewing Party, if Indemnitee has not received full indemnification within thirty (30) days after making a demand in accordance with Section 4(a), Indemnitee shall have the right to enforce its indemnification rights under this Agreement by commencing litigation in any court in the State of Texas or the State of Delaware having subject matter jurisdiction thereof seeking an initial determination by the court or challenging any determination by the Reviewing Party or any aspect thereof. The Company hereby consents to service of process and to appear in any such proceeding. The remedy provided for in this Section 4 shall be in addition to any other remedies available to Indemnitee at law or in equity.

(c) Defense to Indemnification, Burden of Proof, and Presumptions . It shall be a defense to any action brought by Indemnitee against the Company to enforce this Agreement (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for Expenses incurred in defending a Proceeding in advance of its final disposition) that it is not permissible under applicable law for the Company to indemnify Indemnitee for the amount claimed. In connection with any such action or any determination by the Reviewing Party or otherwise as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, the burden of proving such a defense or determination shall be on the Company. Neither the failure of the Reviewing Party or the Company (including its Board, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action by Indemnitee that indemnification of the claimant is proper under the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the standard of conduct set forth in applicable law, nor an actual determination by the Reviewing Party or Company (including its Board, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the Indemnitee had not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

 

4


For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any claim, action, suit, or proceeding, by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court approval), conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere, or its equivalent, shall not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by applicable law.

5. Indemnification for Expenses Incurred in Enforcing Rights . The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses that are incurred by Indemnitee and, if requested by the Company, approved by Independent Counsel (following such Independent Counsel’s determination that Indemnitee was entitled to such Expenses under this Agreement) in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for

(i) indemnification or advance payment of Expenses by the Company under this Agreement or any other agreement or under applicable law or the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws now or hereafter in effect relating to indemnification for Indemnifiable Events, and/or

(ii) recovery under directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company,

but in the case of 5(i) and (ii), only in the event that Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification or insurance recovery, as the case may be, under this Agreement or any other agreement or under applicable law or the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws now or hereafter in effect. In addition, the Company shall, if so requested by Indemnitee, advance the foregoing Expenses to Indemnitee, subject to and in accordance with Section 2(c).

6. Notification and Defense of Proceeding .

(a) Notice . Promptly after receipt by Indemnitee of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding, Indemnitee shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the Company under this Agreement, notify the Company of the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability that it may have to Indemnitee, except as provided in Section 6(c).

(b) Defense . With respect to any Proceeding as to which Indemnitee notifies the Company of the commencement thereof, the Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense and except as otherwise provided below, to the extent the Company so wishes, it may assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee. After notice from the Company to Indemnitee of its election to assume the defense of any Proceeding, the Company shall not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise for any Expenses subsequently incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the defense of such Proceeding other than reasonable costs of investigation or as otherwise provided below. Indemnitee shall have the right to employ legal counsel in such Proceeding, but all Expenses related thereto incurred after notice from the Company of its assumption of the defense shall be at Indemnitee’s expense unless: (i) the employment of legal counsel by Indemnitee has been authorized by the Company, (ii) Indemnitee has reasonably determined that there may be a conflict of interest between Indemnitee and the Company in the defense of the Proceeding, (iii) such Expenses are incurred after a Change in Control (other than a Change in Control approved by a majority of the directors on the Board who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control), or (iv) the Company shall not in fact have employed counsel to assume the defense of such Proceeding, in each of which cases all Expenses of the Proceeding shall be borne by the Company. The Company shall not be entitled to assume the defense of any Proceeding brought by or on behalf of the

 

5


Company or as to which Indemnitee shall have made the determination provided for in (ii), (iii) or (iv) above.

(c) Settlement of Claims . The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise for any amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding effected without the Company’s written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, that if a Change in Control has occurred (other than a Change in Control approved by a majority of the directors on the Board who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control), the Company shall be liable for indemnification of Indemnitee for amounts paid in settlement if the Independent Counsel has approved such payment under this Agreement after review of the settlement. The Company shall not settle any Proceeding in any manner that would impose any penalty or limitation on Indemnitee (other than penalties or limitations in the form of a monetary obligation for which the Company would reimburse Indemnitee) without Indemnitee’s written consent. The Company shall not be liable to indemnify the Indemnitee under this Agreement with regard to any judicial award if the Company was not given a reasonable and timely opportunity, at its expense, to participate in the defense of such action; the Company’s liability hereunder shall not be excused if participation in the Proceeding by the Company was barred by this Agreement.

7. Non-Exclusivity . The rights of Indemnitee hereunder shall be in addition to any other rights Indemnitee may have under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, applicable law, or otherwise; provided, however, that this Agreement shall supersede any prior indemnification agreement between the Company and the Indemnitee. To the extent that a change in applicable law (whether by statute or judicial decision) permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, applicable law, or this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties that Indemnitee enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change.

8. Liability Insurance .

(a) The Company hereby covenants and agrees that, so long as the Indemnitee shall continue to serve as an agent of the Company and thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any possible proceeding by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee was an agent of the Company, the Company, subject to Section 8(b), shall use reasonable efforts to obtain and maintain in full force and effect directors’ and officers’ liability insurance (“ D&O Insurance ”) in reasonable amounts from established and reputable insurers and Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies, in accordance with its or their terms, to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any Company director or officer.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no obligation to obtain or maintain D&O Insurance if the Company determines in good faith that such insurance is not reasonably available, the premium costs for such insurance are disproportionate to the amount of coverage provided, or the coverage is reduced by exclusions so as to provide an insufficient benefit.

9. Period of Limitations . No legal action shall be brought and no cause of action shall be asserted by or on behalf of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company against Indemnitee, Indemnitee’s spouse, heirs, executors, or personal or legal representatives after the expiration of two (2) years from the date of accrual of such cause of action, or such longer period as may be required by state law under the circumstances. Any claim or cause of action of the Company or its Affiliate shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted by the timely filing and notice of a legal action within such period; provided, however, that if any shorter period of limitations is otherwise applicable to any such cause of action, the shorter period shall govern.

 

6


10. Amendment of this Agreement . No supplement, modification, or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be binding unless in the form of a writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of the waiver is sought, and no such waiver shall operate as a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar), nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver. Except as specifically provided herein, no failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any right or remedy hereunder shall constitute a waiver thereof.

11. Subrogation . Except with regard to the Company’s primary obligations, as set forth in Section 12 hereof, in the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and shall do everything that may be necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

12. No Duplication of Payments . The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee to the extent Indemnitee has otherwise received payment (under any insurance policy, Bylaw, or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder; provided, however, that if Indemnitee is a representative of an investment fund and/or such fund’s affiliates (collectively, the “ Fund Indemnitors ”) and has rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by or with respect to such Fund Indemnitors, then (a) the Company hereby agrees that its obligations to Indemnitee under this Agreement or any other agreement or undertaking to provide advancement, indemnification or both to Indemnitee are primary, and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to provide advancement or indemnification for any Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement) incurred by Indemnitee are secondary, and (b) if the Fund Indemnitors pays or causes to be paid, for any reason, any amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder or under any other indemnification agreement with Indemnitee (whether pursuant to the Bylaws or Certificate or another contract), then (i) the Fund Indemnitors shall be fully subrogated to all rights of Indemnitee with respect to such payment and (ii) the Company shall fully indemnify, reimburse and hold harmless the Fund Indemnitors for all such payments actually made by the Fund Indemnitors. In addition, the Company hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives, relinquishes, releases, and covenants and agrees not to exercise, any rights that the Company may now have or hereafter acquires against the Fund Indemnitors or Indemnitee that arise from or relate to contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind under this Agreement or any other indemnification agreement (whether pursuant to the Bylaws or Certificate or another contract). The Company and Indemnitee hereby agree that this Section 12 shall be deemed exclusive and shall be deemed to modify, amend and clarify any right to indemnification or advancement provided to Indemnitee under any other contract, agreement or document with the Company. The Fund Indemnitors (if any) are express third party beneficiaries of this Section 12.

13. Duration of Agreement . This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of (a) ten (10) years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director or officer of the Company or (b) one (1) year after the final termination of any Proceeding, including any appeal, then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 4(b) of this Agreement relating thereto.

14. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, and personal and legal

 

7


representatives. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise) to all, substantially all, or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. The indemnification provided under this Agreement shall continue as to Indemnitee for any action taken or not taken while serving in an indemnified capacity pertaining to an Indemnifiable Event even though Indemnitee may have ceased to serve in such capacity at the time of any Proceeding.

15. Severability . If any provision (or portion thereof) of this Agreement shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void, or otherwise unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law. Furthermore, to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of this Agreement containing any provision held to be invalid, void, or otherwise unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, void, or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, void, or unenforceable.

16. Contribution . To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, whether or not the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is available to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company shall pay all or a portion of the amount that would otherwise be incurred by Indemnitee for Expenses in connection with any claim relating to an Indemnifiable Event, as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

17. Governing Law; Forum . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts made and to be performed in such State without giving effect to its principles of conflicts of laws. The Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement may be brought in the Delaware Court of Chancery, (ii) consent to submit to the jurisdiction of the Delaware Court of Chancery for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court of Chancery, and (iv) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court of Chancery has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

18. Notices . All notices, demands, and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand, against receipt, or mailed, postage prepaid, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, and addressed to the Company at:

Upland Software, Inc.

401 Congress Ave., Suite 1850

Austin, Texas 78701

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

and to Indemnitee at the address set forth below Indemnitee’s signature hereto.

Notice of change of address shall be effective only when given in accordance with this Section. All notices complying with this Section shall be deemed to have been received on the date of hand delivery or on the third business day after mailing.

 

8


19. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed and delivered this Agreement as of the day specified above.

 

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:    
 

John T. McDonald,

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

INDEMNITEE

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO I NDEMNIFICATION A GREEMENT

Exhibit 10.6

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

  1. Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this Plan are:

 

    to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility,

 

    to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants, and

 

    to promote the success of the Company’s business.

The Plan permits the grant of Incentive Stock Options, Nonstatutory Stock Options, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Stock Appreciation Rights, Performance Units and Performance Shares.

 

  2. Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions will apply:

(a) “ Administrator ” means the Board or any of its Committees as will be administering the Plan, in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

(b) “ Applicable Laws ” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Awards are, or will be, granted under the Plan.

(c) “ Award ” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Units or Performance Shares.

(d) “ Award Agreement ” means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to each Award granted under the Plan. The Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(e) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(f) “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“ Person ”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection, the acquisition of additional stock by any one Person, who is considered to own more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company will not be considered a Change in Control; or


(ii) A change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any 12-month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this subsection (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

(iii) A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (iii), the following will not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets: (A) a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the Company’s stockholders immediately after the transfer, or (B) a transfer of assets by the Company to: (1) a stockholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s stock, (2) an entity, 50% or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, (3) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company, or (4) an entity, at least 50% of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person described in this subsection (iii)(B)(3). For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

For purposes of this definition, persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

(g) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference to a specific section of the Code or regulation thereunder shall include such section or regulation, any valid regulation promulgated under such section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.

 

-2-


(h) “ Committee ” means a committee of Directors or of other individuals satisfying Applicable Laws appointed by the Board, or a duly authorized committee of the Board, in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

(i) “ Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.

(j) “ Company ” means Upland Software, Inc. (f/k/a Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc.), a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

(k) “ Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor, engaged by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary to render services to such entity.

(l) “ Director ” means a member of the Board.

(m) “ Disability ” means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, provided that in the case of Awards other than Incentive Stock Options, the Administrator in its discretion may determine whether a permanent and total disability exists in accordance with uniform and non-discriminatory standards adopted by the Administrator from time to time.

(n) “ Employee ” means any person, including Officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company will be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

(o) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(p) “ Exchange Program ” means a program under which (i) outstanding Awards are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower exercise prices and different terms), awards of a different type, and/or cash, (ii) Participants would have the opportunity to transfer any outstanding Awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Administrator, and/or (iii) the exercise price of an outstanding Award is increased or reduced. The Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of any Exchange Program in its sole discretion.

(q) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Global Select Market, the NASDAQ Global Market or the NASDAQ Capital Market of The NASDAQ Stock Market, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in a source the Administrator deems reliable;

(ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a Share will be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination (or, if no bids and asks were reported on that date, as applicable, on the last trading date such bids and asks were reported), as reported in a source the Administrator deems reliable;

 

-3-


(iii) For purposes of any Awards granted on the Registration Date, the Fair Market Value will be the initial price to the public as set forth in the final prospectus included within the registration statement in Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock; or

(iv) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

(r) “ Fiscal Year ” means the fiscal year of the Company.

(s) “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(t) “ Inside Director ” means a Director who is an Employee.

(u) “ Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(v) “ Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(w) “ Option ” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(x) “ Outside Director ” means a Director who is not an Employee.

(y) “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(z) “ Participant ” means the holder of an outstanding Award.

(aa) “ Performance Share ” means an Award denominated in Shares which may be earned in whole or in part upon attainment of performance goals or other vesting criteria as the Administrator may determine pursuant to Section 10.

(bb) “ Performance Unit ” means an Award which may be earned in whole or in part upon attainment of performance goals or other vesting criteria as the Administrator may determine and which may be settled for cash, Shares or other securities or a combination of the foregoing pursuant to Section 10.

(cc) “ Period of Restriction ” means the period during which the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock are subject to restrictions and therefore, the Shares are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Such restrictions may be based on the passage of time, the achievement of target levels of performance, or the occurrence of other events as determined by the Administrator.

 

-4-


(dd) “ Plan ” means this 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

(ee) “ Registration Date ” means the effective date of the first registration statement that is filed by the Company and declared effective pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act, with respect to any class of the Company’s securities.

(ff) “ Restricted Stock ” means Shares issued pursuant to a Restricted Stock award under Section 7 of the Plan, or issued pursuant to the early exercise of an Option.

(gg) “ Restricted Stock Unit ” means a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of one Share, granted pursuant to Section 8. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company.

(hh) “ Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect when discretion is being exercised with respect to the Plan.

(ii) “ Section 16(b) ” means Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.

(jj) “ Service Provider ” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

(kk) “ Share ” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 14 of the Plan.

(ll) “ Stock Appreciation Right ” means an Award, granted alone or in connection with an Option, that pursuant to Section 9 is designated as a Stock Appreciation Right.

(mm) “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in
Section 424(f) of the Code.

 

  3. Stock Subject to the Plan .

(a) Stock Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 14 of the Plan and the automatic increase set forth in Section 3(b), the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan is equal to any Shares that, as of the Registration Date, have been reserved but not issued pursuant to any awards granted under the Amended and Restated Upland Software, Inc. 2010 Stock Plan (the “ Existing Plan ”) and are not subject to any awards granted thereunder, and (ii) any Shares subject to stock options or similar awards granted under the Existing Plan that, after the Registration Date, expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full and Shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the Existing Plan that, after the Registration Date, are forfeited to or repurchased by the Company. The Shares may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

(b) Automatic Share Reserve Increase . Subject to the provisions of Section 14 of the Plan, the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan will be increased on the first day of each Fiscal Year beginning with the 2015 Fiscal Year, in an amount equal to the least of (i) 4% of the outstanding Shares on the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year or (iii) such number of Shares determined by the Board.

 

-5-


(c) Lapsed Awards . If an Award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program, or, with respect to Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Units or Performance Shares, is forfeited to or repurchased by the Company due to failure to vest, the unpurchased Shares (or for Awards other than Options or Stock Appreciation Rights the forfeited or repurchased Shares), which were subject thereto will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). With respect to Stock Appreciation Rights, only Shares actually issued (i.e., the net Shares issued) pursuant to a Stock Appreciation Right will cease to be available under the Plan; all remaining Shares under Stock Appreciation Rights will remain available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan under any Award will not be returned to the Plan and will not become available for future distribution under the Plan; provided, however, that if Shares issued pursuant to Awards of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares or Performance Units are repurchased by the Company or are forfeited to the Company, such Shares will become available for future grant under the Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an Award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an Award will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan. To the extent an Award under the Plan is paid out in cash rather than Shares, such cash payment will not result in reducing the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing and, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 14, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will equal the aggregate Share number stated in Section 3(a), plus, to the extent allowable under Section 422 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, any Shares that become available for issuance under the Plan pursuant to Sections 3(b) and 3(c).

(d) Share Reserve . The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

 

  4. Administration of the Plan .

(a) Procedure .

(i) Multiple Administrative Bodies . Different Committees with respect to different groups of Service Providers may administer the Plan.

(ii) Section 162(m) . To the extent that the Administrator determines it to be desirable to qualify Awards granted hereunder as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the Plan will be administered by a Committee of two (2) or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.

(iii) Rule 16b-3 . To the extent desirable to qualify transactions hereunder as exempt under Rule 16b-3, the transactions contemplated hereunder will be structured to satisfy the requirements for exemption under Rule 16b-3.

(iv) Other Administration . Other than as provided above, the Plan will be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee, which committee will be constituted to satisfy Applicable Laws.

 

-6-


(b) Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, and in the case of a Committee, subject to the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator will have the authority, in its discretion:

(i) to determine the Fair Market Value;

(ii) to select the Service Providers to whom Awards may be granted hereunder;

(iii) to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

(iv) to approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan;

(v) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the Shares relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator will determine;

(vi) to institute and determine the terms and conditions of an Exchange Program;

(vii) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted pursuant to the Plan;

(viii) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws or for qualifying for favorable tax treatment under applicable foreign laws;

(ix) to modify or amend each Award (subject to Section 19 of the Plan), including but not limited to the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of Awards and to extend the maximum term of an Option (subject to Section 6(b) of the Plan regarding Incentive Stock Options);

(x) to allow Participants to satisfy withholding tax obligations in such manner as prescribed in Section 15 of the Plan;

(xi) to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Award previously granted by the Administrator;

(xii) to allow a Participant to defer the receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Shares that would otherwise be due to such Participant under an Award; and

(xiii) to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan.

 

-7-


(c) Effect of Administrator’s Decision . The Administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all Participants and any other holders of Awards.

5.     Eligibility . Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares and Performance Units may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.

6.     Stock Options .

(a) Limitations . Each Option will be designated in the Award Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. However, notwithstanding such designation, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such Options will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 6(a), Incentive Stock Options will be taken into account in the order in which they were granted. The Fair Market Value of the Shares will be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted.

(b) Term of Option . The term of each Option will be stated in the Award Agreement. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the term will be 10 years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement. Moreover, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Incentive Stock Option will be 5 years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement.

(c) Option Exercise Price and Consideration .

(i) Exercise Price . The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of an Option will be determined by the Administrator, subject to the following:

(1) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option

(A) granted to an Employee who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price will be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(B) granted to any Employee other than an Employee described in paragraph (A) immediately above, the per Share exercise price will be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(2) In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, the per Share exercise price will be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

 

-8-


(3) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price of less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Section 424(a) of the Code.

(ii) Waiting Period and Exercise Dates . At the time an Option is granted, the Administrator will fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and will determine any conditions that must be satisfied before the Option may be exercised.

(iii) Form of Consideration . The Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the method of payment. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration at the time of grant. Such consideration may consist entirely of: (1) cash; (2) check; (3) promissory note, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, (4) other Shares, provided that such Shares have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option will be exercised and provided that accepting such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion; (5) consideration received by the Company under a broker-assisted (or other) cashless exercise program (whether through a broker or otherwise) implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan; (6) by net exercise; (7) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws; or (8) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.

(d) Exercise of Option .

(i) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder . Any Option granted hereunder will be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

An Option will be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) a notice of exercise (in such form as the Administrator may specify from time to time) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised (together with applicable withholding taxes). Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Award Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option will be issued in the name of the Participant or, if requested by the Participant, in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to an Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company will issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 14 of the Plan.

Exercising an Option in any manner will decrease the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

 

-9-


(ii) Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, other than upon the Participant’s termination as the result of the Participant’s death or Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable for 3 months following the Participant’s termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

(iii) Disability of Participant . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable for 12 months following the Participant’s termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

(iv) Death of Participant . If a Participant dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised following the Participant’s death within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death (but in no event may the option be exercised later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement), by the Participant’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to Participant’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator. If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Participant, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Participant’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Participant’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable for 12 months following Participant’s death. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if at the time of death Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will immediately revert to the Plan. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

 

  7. Restricted Stock .

(a) Grant of Restricted Stock . Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Shares of Restricted Stock to Service Providers in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

 

-10-


(b) Restricted Stock Agreement . Each Award of Restricted Stock will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Period of Restriction, the number of Shares granted, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Company as escrow agent will hold Shares of Restricted Stock until the restrictions on such Shares have lapsed.

(c) Transferability . Except as provided in this Section 7 or the Award Agreement, Shares of Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the end of the applicable Period of Restriction.

(d) Other Restrictions . The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may impose such other restrictions on Shares of Restricted Stock as it may deem advisable or appropriate.

(e) Removal of Restrictions . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 7, Shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Restricted Stock grant made under the Plan will be released from escrow as soon as practicable after the last day of the Period of Restriction or at such other time as the Administrator may determine. The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

(f) Voting Rights . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares, unless the Administrator determines otherwise.

(g) Dividends and Other Distributions . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock will be entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Shares, unless the Administrator provides otherwise. If any such dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, the Shares will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid.

(h) Return of Restricted Stock to Company . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, the Restricted Stock for which restrictions have not lapsed will revert to the Company and again will become available for grant under the Plan.

 

  8. Restricted Stock Units .

(a) Grant . Restricted Stock Units may be granted at any time and from time to time as determined by the Administrator. After the Administrator determines that it will grant Restricted Stock Units under the Plan, it will advise the Participant in an Award Agreement of the terms, conditions, and restrictions related to the grant, including the number of Restricted Stock Units.

(b) Vesting Criteria and Other Terms . The Administrator will set vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which the criteria are met, will determine the number of Restricted Stock Units that will be paid out to the Participant. The Administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of Company-wide, divisional, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), applicable federal or state securities laws or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

 

-11-


(c) Earning Restricted Stock Units . Upon meeting the applicable vesting criteria, the Participant will be entitled to receive a payout as determined by the Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time after the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout.

(d) Form and Timing of Payment . Payment of earned Restricted Stock Units will be made as soon as practicable after the date(s) determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may only settle earned Restricted Stock Units in cash, Shares, or a combination of both.

(e) Cancellation . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned Restricted Stock Units will be forfeited to the Company.

 

  9. Stock Appreciation Rights .

(a) Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, a Stock Appreciation Right may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion.

(b) Number of Shares . The Administrator will have complete discretion to determine the number of Stock Appreciation Rights granted to any Service Provider.

(c) Exercise Price and Other Terms . The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right will be determined by the Administrator and will be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Otherwise, the Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, will have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan.

(d) Stock Appreciation Right Agreement . Each Stock Appreciation Right grant will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Stock Appreciation Right, the conditions of exercise, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(e) Expiration of Stock Appreciation Rights . A Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan will expire upon the date determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rules of Section 6(b) relating to the maximum term and Section 6(d) relating to exercise also will apply to Stock Appreciation Rights.

(f) Payment of Stock Appreciation Right Amount . Upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, a Participant will be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying:

(i) The difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price; times

 

-12-


(ii) The number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised.

At the discretion of the Administrator, the payment upon Stock Appreciation Right exercise may be in cash, in Shares of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof.

 

  10. Performance Units and Performance Shares .

(a) Grant of Performance Units/Shares . Performance Units and Performance Shares may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time, as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion. The Administrator will have complete discretion in determining the number of Performance Units and Performance Shares granted to each Participant.

(b) Value of Performance Units/Shares . Each Performance Unit will have an initial value that is established by the Administrator on or before the date of grant. Each Performance Share will have an initial value equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant.

(c) Performance Objectives and Other Terms . The Administrator will set performance objectives or other vesting provisions (including, without limitation, continued status as a Service Provider) in its discretion which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number or value of Performance Units/Shares that will be paid out to the Service Providers. The time period during which the performance objectives or other vesting provisions must be met will be called the “Performance Period.” Each Award of Performance Units/Shares will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Performance Period, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. The Administrator may set performance objectives based upon the achievement of Company-wide, divisional, business unit or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), applicable federal or state securities laws, or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

(d) Earning of Performance Units/Shares . After the applicable Performance Period has ended, the holder of Performance Units/Shares will be entitled to receive a payout of the number of Performance Units/Shares earned by the Participant over the Performance Period, to be determined as a function of the extent to which the corresponding performance objectives or other vesting provisions have been achieved. After the grant of a Performance Unit/Share, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance objectives or other vesting provisions for such Performance Unit/Share.

(e) Form and Timing of Payment of Performance Units/Shares . Payment of earned Performance Units/Shares will be made as soon as practicable after the expiration of the applicable Performance Period. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned Performance Units/Shares in the form of cash, in Shares (which have an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the value of the earned Performance Units/Shares at the close of the applicable Performance Period) or in a combination thereof.

(f) Cancellation of Performance Units/Shares . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned or unvested Performance Units/Shares will be forfeited to the Company, and again will be available for grant under the Plan.

 

-13-


11.     Outside Director Limitations .

(a) Cash-Settled Awards . No Outside Director may be granted, in any fiscal year of the Company, cash-settled Awards with a grant date fair value (determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles) of more than $500,000, increased to $1,000,000 in connection with his or her initial service.

(b) Stock-Settled Awards . No Outside Director may be granted, in any fiscal year of the Company, stock-settled Awards with a grant date fair value (determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles) of more than $500,000, increased to $1,000,000 in connection with his or her initial service.

12.     Leaves of Absence/Transfer Between Locations . Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Awards granted hereunder will be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence. A Participant will not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, or any Subsidiary. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed 3 months, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then 6 months following the 1st day of such leave any Incentive Stock Option held by the Participant will cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and will be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

13.     Transferability of Awards . Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, an Award may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant. If the Administrator makes an Award transferable, such Award will contain such additional terms and conditions as the Administrator deems appropriate.

 

  14. Adjustments; Dissolution or Liquidation; Merger or Change in Control .

(a) Adjustments . In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, will adjust the number and class of Shares that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of Shares covered by each outstanding Award, and the numerical Share limits in Section 3 of the Plan.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator will notify each Participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

(c) Change in Control . In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation or other entity or a Change in Control, each outstanding Award will be treated as the Administrator determines, including, without limitation, that each Award be assumed or an equivalent option or right substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation. The Administrator will not be required to treat all Awards similarly in the transaction.

 

-14-


In the event that the successor corporation does not assume or substitute for the Award, the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise all of his or her outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, including Shares as to which such Awards would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will lapse, and, with respect to Awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and all other terms and conditions met. In addition, if an Option or Stock Appreciation Right is not assumed or substituted in the event of a Change in Control, the Administrator will notify the Participant in writing or electronically that the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

For the purposes of this subsection (c), an Award will be considered assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right or upon the payout of a Restricted Stock Unit, Performance Unit or Performance Share, for each Share subject to such Award, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the Change in Control.

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 14(c) to the contrary, an Award that vests, is earned or paid-out upon the satisfaction of one or more performance goals will not be considered assumed if the Company or its successor modifies any of such performance goals without the Participant’s consent; provided, however, a modification to such performance goals only to reflect the successor corporation’s post-Change in Control corporate structure will not be deemed to invalidate an otherwise valid Award assumption.

(d) Outside Director Awards . With respect to Awards granted to an Outside Director that are assumed or substituted for, if on the date of or following such assumption or substitution the Participant’s status as a Director or a director of the successor corporation, as applicable, is terminated other than upon a voluntary resignation by the Participant (unless such resignation is at the request of the acquirer), then the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise Options and/or Stock Appreciation Rights as to all of the Shares underlying such Award, including those Shares which would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will lapse, and, with respect to Awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and all other terms and conditions met.

 

-15-


  15. Tax .

(a) Withholding Requirements . Prior to the delivery of any Shares or cash pursuant to an Award (or exercise thereof) or such earlier time as any tax withholding obligations are due, the Company will have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local, foreign or other taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation) required to be withheld with respect to such Award (or exercise thereof).

(b) Withholding Arrangements . The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit a Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part by (without limitation) (a) paying cash, (b) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable cash or Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld, or (c) delivering to the Company already-owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld or delivered will be determined as of the date that the taxes are required to be withheld.

(c) Compliance With Code Section 409A . Awards will be designed and operated in such a manner that they are either exempt from the application of, or comply with, the requirements of Code Section 409A such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Code Section 409A, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. The Plan and each Award Agreement under the Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A and will be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. To the extent that an Award or payment, or the settlement or deferral thereof, is subject to Code Section 409A the Award will be granted, paid, settled or deferred in a manner that will meet the requirements of Code Section 409A, such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Code Section 409A.

16.     No Effect on Employment or Service . Neither the Plan nor any Award will confer upon a Participant any right with respect to continuing the Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor will they interfere in any way with the Participant’s right or the Company’s right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.

17.     Date of Grant . The date of grant of an Award will be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Award, or such other later date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination will be provided to each Participant within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

18.     Term of Plan . Subject to Section 22 of the Plan, the Plan will become effective upon the later to occur of (i) its adoption by the Board or (ii) the business day immediately prior to the Registration Date. It will continue in effect for a term of 10 years from the date adopted by the Board, unless terminated earlier under Section 19 of the Plan.

 

-16-


19.     Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

(a) Amendment and Termination . The Administrator may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

(b) Stockholder Approval . The Company will obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination . No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan will impair the rights of any Participant, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Participant and the Company. Termination of the Plan will not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Awards granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

20.     Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares .

(a) Legal Compliance . Shares will not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award unless the exercise of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares will comply with Applicable Laws and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

(b) Investment Representations . As a condition to the exercise of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising such Award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

21.     Inability to Obtain Authority . The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction or to complete or comply with the requirements of any registration or other qualification of the Shares under any state, federal or foreign law or under the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the stock exchange on which Shares of the same class are then listed, or any other governmental or regulatory body, which authority, registration, qualification or rule compliance is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary or advisable for the issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, will relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority, registration, qualification or rule compliance will not have been obtained.

22.     Stockholder Approval . The Plan will be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within 12 months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such stockholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.

 

-17-


  23. Formula Awards to Outside Directors .

(a) General . Outside Directors will be entitled to receive all types of Awards (except Incentive Stock Options) under this Plan, including discretionary Awards not covered under this Section 23. All grants of Awards to Outside Directors pursuant to this Section will be automatic and nondiscretionary, except as otherwise provided herein, and will be made in accordance with the following provisions:

(b) Type of Option . If Options are granted pursuant to this Section they will be Nonstatutory Stock Options and, except as otherwise provided herein, will be subject to the other terms and conditions of the Plan.

(c) No Discretion . No person will have any discretion to select which Outside Directors will be granted Awards under this Section.

(d) Initial Award . Each person who first becomes an Outside Director following the Registration Date will be automatically granted an Option to purchase that number Shares determined by dividing (A) $125,000, by (B) the value of an Option to purchase one Share with the same terms as set forth below determined using the Black-Scholes valuation model or such other valuation method as the Administrator determines in its discretion, with the number of shares rounded up to the nearest whole share (the “Initial Award”) on or about the date on which such person first becomes an Outside Director, whether through election by the stockholders of the Company or appointment by the Board to fill a vacancy; provided, however, that an Inside Director who ceases to be an Inside Director, but who remains a Director, will not receive an Initial Award.

(e) Annual Award . Each Outside Director will be automatically granted an Option to purchase that number Shares determined by dividing (A) $50,000, by (B) the value of an Option to purchase one Share with the same terms as set forth below determined using the Black-Scholes valuation model or such other valuation method as the Administrator determines in its discretion, with the number of shares rounded up to the nearest whole share (an “Annual Award”) on a date shortly following the annual meeting of the stockholders of the Company beginning in 2015, if, as of such date, he or she will have served on the Board for at least the preceding 6 months.

(f) Terms . The terms of each Option granted pursuant to this Section 23 will be as follows:

(i) The term of the Option will be 10 years or such earlier expiration specified in the applicable Award Agreement.

(ii) The exercise price for Shares subject to Awards will be 100% of the Fair Market Value on the grant date.

(iii) Subject to Section 14, the Initial Award will vest and become exercisable as to 1/12 of the Shares subject to the Initial Award vesting on the monthly anniversary of the vesting commencement date (or the last day of the month if no such date exists for the month); provided that the Participant continues to serve as a Director through such relevant dates.

(iv) Subject to Section 14, the Annual Award will vest and become exercisable as to 1/12 of the Shares subject to the Annual Award vesting on the monthly anniversary of the vesting commencement date (or the last day of the month if no such date exists for the month); provided that the Participant continues to serve as a Director through such relevant dates.

 

-18-


(g) Adjustments . The Administrator in its discretion may change and otherwise revise the terms of Awards granted under this Section 23, including, without limitation, the number of Shares and exercise prices thereof, the type of Awards to be granted and the vesting schedule of such Award, for Awards granted on or after the date the Administrator determines to make any such change or revision.

 

-19-

Exhibit 10.7

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Upland Software, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) will have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement (the “Agreement”), including the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Notice of Grant”) and Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Grant, attached hereto as Exhibit A .

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

 

Participant:    
Address:    
   

Participant has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of Upland Software, Inc. (the “Company”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, as follows:

 

Grant Number    
Date of Grant    
Vesting Commencement Date    
Number of Shares Granted    
Exercise Price per Share   $    
Total Exercise Price   $    
Type of Option            Incentive Stock Option
           Nonstatutory Stock Option
Term/Expiration Date    

Vesting Schedule :

Subject to accelerated vesting as set forth below or in the Plan, this Option will be exercisable, in whole or in part, in accordance with the following schedule:

[Insert Vesting Schedule]


Termination Period :

This Option will be exercisable for 3 months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Participant’s death or Disability, in which case this Option will be exercisable for 12 months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 14(c) of the Plan.

By Participant’s signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, Participant and the Company agree that this Option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, including exhibits hereto, all of which are made a part of this document. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan and Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT     UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.
 

 

     

 

Signature     By
 

 

     

 

Print Name     Title

 

Address :
 

 

 

 

 

- 2 -


EXHIBIT A

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

1. Grant of Option . The Company hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Grant (the “Participant”) an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares, as set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “Exercise Price”), subject to all of the terms and conditions in this Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 19(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan will prevail.

If designated in the Notice of Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an ISO under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). However, if this Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d) it will be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”). Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) will not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event will the Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.

2. Vesting Schedule . Except as provided in Section 3, the Option awarded by this Agreement will vest in accordance with the vesting provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant. Shares scheduled to vest on a certain date or upon the occurrence of a certain condition will not vest in Participant in accordance with any of the provisions of this Agreement, unless Participant will have been continuously a Service Provider from the Date of Grant until the date such vesting occurs.

3. Administrator Discretion . The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the unvested Option at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan. If so accelerated, such Option will be considered as having vested as of the date specified by the Administrator.

4. Exercise of Option .

(a) Right to Exercise . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Agreement.

(b) Method of Exercise . This Option is exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice, in the form attached as Exhibit B (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which will state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. The Exercise Notice will be completed by Participant and delivered to the Company. The Exercise Notice will be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares together with any applicable tax withholding. This Option will be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price.

 

- 3 -


5. Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price will be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of Participant:

(a) cash;

(b) check;

(c) consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

(d) surrender of other Shares which have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Exercised Shares, provided that accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, will not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company.

6. Tax Obligations .

(a) Withholding of Taxes . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Agreement, no certificate representing the Shares will be issued to Participant, unless and until satisfactory arrangements (as determined by the Administrator) will have been made by Participant with respect to the payment of income, employment, social insurance, payroll and other taxes which the Company determines must be withheld with respect to such Shares. To the extent determined appropriate by the Company in its discretion, it will have the right (but not the obligation) to satisfy any tax withholding obligations by reducing the number of Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant. If Participant fails to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of any required tax withholding obligations hereunder at the time of the Option exercise, Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(b) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Option granted to Participant herein is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date 2 years after the Grant Date, or (ii) the date 1 year after the date of exercise, Participant will immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Participant.

(c) Code Section 409A . Under Code Section 409A, an option that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (a “Discount Option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” A Discount Option may result in (i) income recognition by Participant prior to the exercise of the option, (ii) an additional 20% federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The Discount Option may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest charges to the Participant. Participant acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per

 

- 4 -


Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, Participant will be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination.

7. Rights as Stockholder . Neither Participant nor any person claiming under or through Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares deliverable hereunder unless and until certificates representing such Shares will have been issued, recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered to Participant. After such issuance, recordation and delivery, Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to voting such Shares and receipt of dividends and distributions on such Shares.

8. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND WILL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

9. Address for Notices . Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Agreement will be addressed to the Company at Upland Software, Inc., 401 Congress Avenue, Suite 1850, Austin, TX 78701, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.

10. Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant.

11. Binding Agreement . Subject to the limitation on the transferability of this grant contained herein, this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

12. Additional Conditions to Issuance of Stock . If at any time the Company will determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration, qualification or rule compliance of the Shares upon any securities exchange or under any state, federal or foreign law, the tax code and related regulations or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory authority is necessary or desirable as a condition to the purchase by, or issuance of Shares to, Participant (or his or her estate) hereunder,

 

- 5 -


such purchase or issuance will not occur unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, rule compliance, consent or approval will have been completed, effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. The Company will make all reasonable efforts to meet the requirements of any such state, federal or foreign law or securities exchange and to obtain any such consent or approval of any such governmental authority or securities exchange. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Exercised Shares will be considered transferred to Participant on the date the Option is exercised with respect to such Exercised Shares.

13. Plan Governs . This Agreement is subject to all terms and provisions of the Plan. In the event of a conflict between one or more provisions of this Agreement and one or more provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will govern. Capitalized terms used and not defined in this Agreement will have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

14. Administrator Authority . The Administrator will have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any Shares subject to the Option have vested). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Administrator will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Agreement.

15. Electronic Delivery . The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to Options awarded under the Plan or future options that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means or request Participant’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

16. Captions . Captions provided herein are for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

17. Agreement Severable . In the event that any provision in this Agreement will be held invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be severable from, and such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

18. Modifications to the Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered. Participant expressly warrants that he or she is not accepting this Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations, or inducements other than those contained herein. Modifications to this Agreement or the Plan can be made only in an express written contract executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or this Agreement, the Company reserves the right to revise this Agreement as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without the consent of Participant, to comply with Code Section 409A or to otherwise avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Section 409A of the Code in connection to this Option.

 

- 6 -


19. Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan . By accepting this Award, Participant expressly warrants that he or she has received an Option under the Plan, and has received, read and understood a description of the Plan. Participant understands that the Plan is discretionary in nature and may be amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time.

20. Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by the laws of Texas, without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under this Option or this Agreement, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the jurisdiction of the State of Texas , and agree that such litigation will be conducted in the courts of Travis County, Texas, or the federal courts for the United States for the Western District of Texas, and no other courts, where this Option is made and/or to be performed.

21. Data Privacy . By entering into this Agreement, and as a condition of the grant of the Option, Participant hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of his or her personal data as described in this document by and among, as applicable, the Employer, and Company and its Subsidiaries and affiliates for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing Participant’s participation in the Plan.

Participant understands that the Company and the Employer, its Parent or any Subsidiary may hold certain personal information about Participant, including, but not limited to, Participant’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any Shares or directorships held in the Company, details of all Options or any other entitlement to Shares awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in Participant’s favor, for the purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan (“Data”). Participant understands that Data may be transferred to any third parties assisting in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan, that these recipients may be located in Participant’s country or elsewhere, and that the recipients’ country (e.g., the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections than Participant’s country. Participant understands that he or she may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting Participant’s local human resources representative. Participant authorizes the recipients to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purpose of implementing, administering and managing Participant’s participation in the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data as may be required to a broker or other third party with whom Participant may elect to deposit any shares of stock acquired upon exercise of the Option. Participant understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage Participant’s participation in the Plan. Participant understands that he or she may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing Participant’s local human resources representative. Participant understands, however, that refusing or withdrawing his or her consent may affect Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan. For more information on the consequences of Participant’s refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, Participant understands that he or she may contact his or her local human resources representative.

22. English Language . Participant has received the terms and conditions of this Agreement and any other related communications, and Participant consents to having received these documents in English. If Participant has received this Agreement or any other document related to the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.

 

 

- 7 -


EXHIBIT B

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

Upland Software, Inc.

401 Congress Avenue

Suite 1850

Austin, TX 78701

Attention: Stock Administration

1. Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,                          ,              , the undersigned (“Purchaser”) hereby elects to purchase                      shares (the “Shares”) of the Common Stock of Upland Software, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated                      (the “Agreement”). The purchase price for the Shares will be $                      , as required by the Agreement.

2. Delivery of Payment . Purchaser herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares and any required tax withholding to be paid in connection with the exercise of the Option.

3. Representations of Purchaser . Purchaser acknowledges that Purchaser has received, read and understood the Plan and the Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4. Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) of the Shares, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to the Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares so acquired will be issued to Purchaser as soon as practicable after exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance, except as provided in Section 14 of the Plan.

5. Tax Consultation . Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted with any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

- 1 -


6. Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan and Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan and the Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Purchaser with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Purchaser’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Purchaser. This agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of Texas.

 

Submitted by:

 

PURCHASER

   

Accepted by:

 

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

 

 

     

 

Signature     By
 

 

     

 

Print Name     Its
Address :    
 

 

   

 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

    Date Received

 

- 2 -

Exhibit 10.7.1

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Upland Software, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) will have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement (the “Agreement”), including the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Notice of Grant”) and Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Grant, attached hereto as Exhibit A .

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

 

Participant:    
Address:    
   

Participant has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of Upland Software, Inc. (the “Company”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, as follows:

 

Grant Number    
Date of Grant    
Vesting Commencement Date    
Number of Shares Granted    
Exercise Price per Share   $    
Total Exercise Price   $    
Type of Option            Incentive Stock Option
           Nonstatutory Stock Option
Term/Expiration Date    

Vesting Schedule :

Subject to accelerated vesting as set forth below or in the Plan, this Option will be exercisable, in whole or in part, in accordance with the following schedule:

[Insert Vesting Schedule]

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Participant is terminated without Cause or leaves for Good Reason within nine months following a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan), the vesting of the Option shall accelerate as to that number of shares of Common Stock of the Company that would have vested had Participant remained an employee for two additional years. For the purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” means (i) Participant’s willful or grossly negligent


failure to substantially perform the duties and obligations of Participant’s position with the Company; (ii) any act of personal dishonesty, fraud or misrepresentation taken by Participant which was intended to result in substantial gain or personal enrichment of Participant at the expense of the Company; (iii) Participant’s violation of a federal or state law or regulation applicable to the Company’s business which violation was or is reasonably likely to be injurious to the Company; (iv) Participant’s conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere or guilty to, a felony under the laws of the United States or any State, excluding felonies for minor traffic violation and vicarious liability (so long as Participant did not know of the felony and did not willfully violate the law); (v) Participant’s material breach of the terms of the Proprietary Information Agreement with the Company. For the purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” means (i) without Participant’s consent, a material reduction of Participant’s duties or responsibilities relative to Participant’s duties or responsibilities as in effect immediately prior to such reduction; provided , however , any reduction in Participant’s duties or responsibilities resulting solely from the Company being acquired by and made a part of a larger entity (as, for example, when a chief executive officer becomes an employee of the acquiring corporation following a Change in Control but is not the chief executive officer of the acquiring corporation) shall not constitute Good Reason; (ii) without Participant’s written consent, a material reduction in Participant’s base salary as in effect immediately prior to such reduction, unless such reduction is part of a reduction in expenses generally affecting senior executives of the Company; (iii) without Participant’s consent, a material reduction by the Company in the kind or level of employee benefits to which Participant was entitled immediately prior to such reduction, with the result that Participant’s overall benefits package is materially reduced, unless such reduction is part of a reduction in benefits generally affecting senior executives of the Company; or (iv) without Participant’s consent, a relocation to a facility or a location more than fifty (50) miles from Participant’s then current present working locations. Good Reason shall not exist unless Participant provides (i) notice to the Company within ninety (90) days of the initial existence of the condition triggering Good Reason and (ii) the Company the opportunity of at least thirty (30) days to cure such condition. A termination from service shall not be considered for Good Reason if such termination occurs later than two (2) years following the initial existence of the Good Reason condition. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Participant terminates employment with the Company for Good Reason, but the Company discovers after such termination that Participant’s conduct during the employment term would have entitled the Company to terminate Participant for Cause, then Participant’s termination shall be for Cause and not for Good Reason and Participant shall remit all amounts paid to Participant for termination for Good Reason.

Termination Period :

This Option will be exercisable for 3 months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Participant’s death or Disability, in which case this Option will be exercisable for 12 months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 14(c) of the Plan.

By Participant’s signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, Participant and the Company agree that this Option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, including exhibits hereto, all of which are made a part of this document. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Agreement and fully understands

 

- 2 -


all provisions of the Plan and Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan and Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT     UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.
 

 

     

 

Signature     By
 

 

     

 

Print Name     Title

 

Address :
 

 

 

 

 

- 3 -


EXHIBIT A

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

1. Grant of Option . The Company hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Grant (the “Participant”) an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares, as set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “Exercise Price”), subject to all of the terms and conditions in this Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 19(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan will prevail.

If designated in the Notice of Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an ISO under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). However, if this Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d) it will be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”). Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) will not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event will the Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.

2. Vesting Schedule . Except as provided in Section 3, the Option awarded by this Agreement will vest in accordance with the vesting provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant. Shares scheduled to vest on a certain date or upon the occurrence of a certain condition will not vest in Participant in accordance with any of the provisions of this Agreement, unless Participant will have been continuously a Service Provider from the Date of Grant until the date such vesting occurs.

3. Administrator Discretion . The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the unvested Option at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan. If so accelerated, such Option will be considered as having vested as of the date specified by the Administrator.

4. Exercise of Option .

(a) Right to Exercise . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Agreement.

(b) Method of Exercise . This Option is exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice, in the form attached as Exhibit B (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which will state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. The Exercise Notice will be completed by Participant and delivered to the Company. The Exercise Notice will be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares together with any applicable tax withholding. This Option will be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price.

 

- 4 -


5. Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price will be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of Participant:

(a) cash;

(b) check;

(c) consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

(d) surrender of other Shares which have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Exercised Shares, provided that accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, will not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company.

6. Tax Obligations .

(a) Withholding of Taxes . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Agreement, no certificate representing the Shares will be issued to Participant, unless and until satisfactory arrangements (as determined by the Administrator) will have been made by Participant with respect to the payment of income, employment, social insurance, payroll and other taxes which the Company determines must be withheld with respect to such Shares. To the extent determined appropriate by the Company in its discretion, it will have the right (but not the obligation) to satisfy any tax withholding obligations by reducing the number of Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant. If Participant fails to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of any required tax withholding obligations hereunder at the time of the Option exercise, Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(b) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Option granted to Participant herein is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date 2 years after the Grant Date, or (ii) the date 1 year after the date of exercise, Participant will immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Participant.

(c) Code Section 409A . Under Code Section 409A, an option that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (a “Discount Option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” A Discount Option may result in (i) income recognition by Participant prior to the exercise of the option, (ii) an additional 20% federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The Discount Option may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest charges to the Participant. Participant acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per

 

- 5 -


Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, Participant will be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination.

7. Rights as Stockholder . Neither Participant nor any person claiming under or through Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares deliverable hereunder unless and until certificates representing such Shares will have been issued, recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered to Participant. After such issuance, recordation and delivery, Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to voting such Shares and receipt of dividends and distributions on such Shares.

8. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND WILL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

9. Address for Notices . Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Agreement will be addressed to the Company at Upland Software, Inc., 401 Congress Avenue, Suite 1850, Austin, TX 78701, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.

10. Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant.

11. Binding Agreement . Subject to the limitation on the transferability of this grant contained herein, this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

12. Additional Conditions to Issuance of Stock . If at any time the Company will determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration, qualification or rule compliance of the Shares upon any securities exchange or under any state, federal or foreign law, the tax code and related regulations or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory authority is necessary or desirable as a condition to the purchase by, or issuance of Shares to, Participant (or his or her estate) hereunder,

 

- 6 -


such purchase or issuance will not occur unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, rule compliance, consent or approval will have been completed, effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. The Company will make all reasonable efforts to meet the requirements of any such state, federal or foreign law or securities exchange and to obtain any such consent or approval of any such governmental authority or securities exchange. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Exercised Shares will be considered transferred to Participant on the date the Option is exercised with respect to such Exercised Shares.

13. Plan Governs . This Agreement is subject to all terms and provisions of the Plan. In the event of a conflict between one or more provisions of this Agreement and one or more provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will govern. Capitalized terms used and not defined in this Agreement will have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

14. Administrator Authority . The Administrator will have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any Shares subject to the Option have vested). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Administrator will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Agreement.

15. Electronic Delivery . The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to Options awarded under the Plan or future options that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means or request Participant’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

16. Captions . Captions provided herein are for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

17. Agreement Severable . In the event that any provision in this Agreement will be held invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be severable from, and such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

18. Modifications to the Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered. Participant expressly warrants that he or she is not accepting this Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations, or inducements other than those contained herein. Modifications to this Agreement or the Plan can be made only in an express written contract executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or this Agreement, the Company reserves the right to revise this Agreement as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without the consent of Participant, to comply with Code Section 409A or to otherwise avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Section 409A of the Code in connection to this Option.

 

- 7 -


19. Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan . By accepting this Award, Participant expressly warrants that he or she has received an Option under the Plan, and has received, read and understood a description of the Plan. Participant understands that the Plan is discretionary in nature and may be amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time.

20. Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by the laws of Texas, without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under this Option or this Agreement, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the jurisdiction of the State of Texas , and agree that such litigation will be conducted in the courts of Travis County, Texas, or the federal courts for the United States for the Western District of Texas, and no other courts, where this Option is made and/or to be performed.

21. Data Privacy . By entering into this Agreement, and as a condition of the grant of the Option, Participant hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of his or her personal data as described in this document by and among, as applicable, the Employer, and Company and its Subsidiaries and affiliates for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing Participant’s participation in the Plan.

Participant understands that the Company and the Employer, its Parent or any Subsidiary may hold certain personal information about Participant, including, but not limited to, Participant’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any Shares or directorships held in the Company, details of all Options or any other entitlement to Shares awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in Participant’s favor, for the purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan (“Data”). Participant understands that Data may be transferred to any third parties assisting in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan, that these recipients may be located in Participant’s country or elsewhere, and that the recipients’ country (e.g., the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections than Participant’s country. Participant understands that he or she may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting Participant’s local human resources representative. Participant authorizes the recipients to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purpose of implementing, administering and managing Participant’s participation in the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data as may be required to a broker or other third party with whom Participant may elect to deposit any shares of stock acquired upon exercise of the Option. Participant understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage Participant’s participation in the Plan. Participant understands that he or she may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing Participant’s local human resources representative. Participant understands, however, that refusing or withdrawing his or her consent may affect Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan. For more information on the consequences of Participant’s refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, Participant understands that he or she may contact his or her local human resources representative.

22. English Language . Participant has received the terms and conditions of this Agreement and any other related communications, and Participant consents to having received these documents in English. If Participant has received this Agreement or any other document related to the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.

 

- 8 -


EXHIBIT B

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

Upland Software, Inc.

401 Congress Avenue

Suite 1850

Austin, TX 78701

Attention: Stock Administration

1. Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,                          ,              , the undersigned (“Purchaser”) hereby elects to purchase                      shares (the “Shares”) of the Common Stock of Upland Software, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated                      (the “Agreement”). The purchase price for the Shares will be $                      , as required by the Agreement.

2. Delivery of Payment . Purchaser herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares and any required tax withholding to be paid in connection with the exercise of the Option.

3. Representations of Purchaser . Purchaser acknowledges that Purchaser has received, read and understood the Plan and the Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4. Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) of the Shares, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to the Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares so acquired will be issued to Purchaser as soon as practicable after exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance, except as provided in Section 14 of the Plan.

5. Tax Consultation . Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted with any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

- 1 -


6. Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan and Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan and the Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Purchaser with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Purchaser’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Purchaser. This agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of Texas.

 

Submitted by:

 

PURCHASER

   

Accepted by:

 

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

 

 

     

 

Signature     By
 

 

     

 

Print Name     Its
Address :    
 

 

   

 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

    Date Received

 

- 2 -

Exhibit 10.8

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Upland Software, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) will have the same defined meanings in this Restricted Stock Agreement (the “Agreement”), including the Notice of Restricted Stock Grant (the “Notice of Grant”) and Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Grant, attached hereto as Exhibit A .

NOTICE OF RESTRICTED STOCK GRANT

 

Participant Name:    
Address:    
   

Participant has been granted the right to receive an Award of Restricted Stock, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, as follows:

 

Grant Number    
Date of Grant    
Vesting Commencement Date    
Total Number of Shares Granted    

Vesting Schedule :

Subject to any acceleration provisions contained in the Plan or set forth below, the Restricted Stock will vest and the Company’s right to reacquire the Restricted Stock will lapse in accordance with the following schedule:

[Insert Vesting Schedule]


By Participant’s signature and the signature of the representative of Upland Software, Inc. (the “Company”) below, Participant and the Company agree that this Award of Restricted Stock is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, including exhibits hereto, all of which are made a part of this document. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan and Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT     UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.
 

 

     

 

Signature    
 

 

     

 

Print Name    

 

Address :
 

 

 

 

 

-2-


EXHIBIT A

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF RESTRICTED STOCK GRANT

1. Grant of Restricted Stock . The Company hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Grant (the “Participant”) under the Plan for past services and as a separate incentive in connection with his or her services and not in lieu of any salary or other compensation for his or her services, an Award of Shares of Restricted Stock, subject to all of the terms and conditions in this Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 19(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan will prevail.

2. Escrow of Shares .

(a) All Shares of Restricted Stock will, upon execution of this Agreement, be delivered and deposited with an escrow holder designated by the Company (the “Escrow Holder”). The Shares of Restricted Stock will be held by the Escrow Holder until such time as the Shares of Restricted Stock vest or the date Participant ceases to be a Service Provider.

(b) The Escrow Holder will not be liable for any act it may do or omit to do with respect to holding the Shares of Restricted Stock in escrow while acting in good faith and in the exercise of its judgment.

(c) Upon Participant’s termination as a Service Provider for any reason, the Escrow Holder, upon receipt of written notice of such termination, will take all steps necessary to accomplish the transfer of the unvested Shares of Restricted Stock to the Company. Participant hereby appoints the Escrow Holder with full power of substitution, as Participant’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact with irrevocable power and authority in the name and on behalf of Participant to take any action and execute all documents and instruments, including, without limitation, stock powers which may be necessary to transfer the certificate or certificates evidencing such unvested Shares of Restricted Stock to the Company upon such termination.

(d) The Escrow Holder will take all steps necessary to accomplish the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock to Participant after they vest following Participant’s request that the Escrow Holder do so.

(e) Subject to the terms hereof, Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder with respect to the Shares while they are held in escrow, including without limitation, the right to vote the Shares and to receive any cash dividends declared thereon.

(f) In the event of any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares, the Shares of Restricted Stock will be increased, reduced or otherwise changed, and by virtue of any such change Participant will in his or her capacity as owner of unvested Shares of Restricted Stock be entitled to new or additional or different shares

 

-3-


of stock, cash or securities (other than rights or warrants to purchase securities); such new or additional or different shares, cash or securities will thereupon be considered to be unvested Shares of Restricted Stock and will be subject to all of the conditions and restrictions which were applicable to the unvested Shares of Restricted Stock pursuant to this Agreement. If Participant receives rights or warrants with respect to any unvested Shares of Restricted Stock, such rights or warrants may be held or exercised by Participant, provided that until such exercise any such rights or warrants and after such exercise any shares or other securities acquired by the exercise of such rights or warrants will be considered to be unvested Shares of Restricted Stock and will be subject to all of the conditions and restrictions which were applicable to the unvested Shares of Restricted Stock pursuant to this Agreement. The Administrator in its absolute discretion at any time may accelerate the vesting of all or any portion of such new or additional shares of stock, cash or securities, rights or warrants to purchase securities or shares or other securities acquired by the exercise of such rights or warrants.

(g) The Company may instruct the transfer agent for its Common Stock to place a legend on the certificates representing the Restricted Stock or otherwise note its records as to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Agreement.

3. Vesting Schedule . Except as provided in Section 4, and subject to Section 5, the Shares of Restricted Stock awarded by this Agreement will vest in accordance with the vesting provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant. Shares of Restricted Stock scheduled to vest on a certain date or upon the occurrence of a certain condition will not vest in Participant in accordance with any of the provisions of this Agreement, unless Participant will have been continuously a Service Provider from the Date of Grant until the date such vesting occurs.

4. Administrator Discretion . The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the unvested Restricted Stock at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan. If so accelerated, such Restricted Stock will be considered as having vested as of the date specified by the Administrator.

5. Forfeiture upon Termination of Status as a Service Provider . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Agreement, the balance of the Shares of Restricted Stock that have not vested as of the time of Participant’s termination as a Service Provider for any or no reason will be forfeited and automatically transferred to and reacquired by the Company at no cost to the Company upon the date of such termination and Participant will have no further rights thereunder. Participant will not be entitled to a refund of the price paid for the Shares of Restricted Stock, if any, returned to the Company pursuant to this Section 5. Participant hereby appoints the Escrow Agent with full power of substitution, as Participant’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact with irrevocable power and authority in the name and on behalf of Participant to take any action and execute all documents and instruments, including, without limitation, stock powers which may be necessary to transfer the certificate or certificates evidencing such unvested Shares to the Company upon such termination of service.

6. Death of Participant . Any distribution or delivery to be made to Participant under this Agreement will, if Participant is then deceased, be made to Participant’s designated beneficiary, or if no beneficiary survives Participant, the administrator or executor of Participant’s estate. Any such transferee must furnish the Company with (a) written notice of his or her status as transferee, and (b) evidence satisfactory to the Company to establish the validity of the transfer and compliance with any laws or regulations pertaining to said transfer.

 

-4-


7. Withholding of Taxes . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Agreement, no certificate representing the Shares of Restricted Stock may be released from the escrow established pursuant to Section 2, unless and until satisfactory arrangements (as determined by the Administrator) will have been made by Participant with respect to the payment of income, employment, social insurance, payroll and other taxes which the Company determines must be withheld with respect to such Shares. Prior to vesting of the Restricted Stock, Participant will pay or make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or the Participant’s employer (the “Employer”) to satisfy all withholding and payment obligations of the Company and/or the Employer. In this regard, Participant authorizes the Company and/or the Employer to withhold all applicable tax withholding obligations legally payable by Participant from his or her wages or other cash compensation paid to Participant by the Company and/or the Employer or from proceeds of the sale of Shares. Alternatively, or in addition, if permissible under applicable local law, the Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit or require Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part (without limitation) by (a) paying cash, (b) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld, (c) delivering to the Company already vested and owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount required to be withheld, or (d) selling a sufficient number of such Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant through such means as the Company may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the amount required to be withheld. To the extent determined appropriate by the Company in its discretion, it will have the right (but not the obligation) to satisfy any tax withholding obligations by reducing the number of Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant and, until determined otherwise by the Company, this will be the method by which such tax withholding obligations are satisfied. If Participant fails to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of any required tax withholding obligations hereunder at the time any applicable Shares otherwise are scheduled to vest pursuant to Sections 3 or 4 or tax withholding obligations related to the applicable Shares otherwise are due, Participant will permanently forfeit such Shares and the Shares will be returned to the Company at no cost to the Company.

8. Rights as Stockholder . Neither Participant nor any person claiming under or through Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares deliverable hereunder unless and until certificates representing such Shares will have been issued, recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered to Participant or the Escrow Agent. Except as provided in Section 2(f), after such issuance, recordation and delivery, Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to voting such Shares and receipt of dividends and distributions on such Shares.

9. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF THE SHARES OF RESTRICTED STOCK PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR

 

-5-


SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS RESTRICTED STOCK OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND WILL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

10. Address for Notices . Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Agreement will be addressed to the Company at Upland Software, Inc., 401 Congress Avenue, Suite 1850, Austin, TX 78701, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.

11. Grant is Not Transferable . Except to the limited extent provided in Section 6, the unvested Shares subject to this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby will not be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and will not be subject to sale under execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of any unvested Shares of Restricted Stock subject to this grant, or any right or privilege conferred hereby, or upon any attempted sale under any execution, attachment or similar process, this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby immediately will become null and void.

12. Binding Agreement . Subject to the limitation on the transferability of this grant contained herein, this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

13. Additional Conditions to Release from Escrow . The Company will not be required to issue any certificate or certificates for Shares hereunder or release such Shares from the escrow established pursuant to Section 2 prior to fulfillment of all the following conditions: (a) the admission of such Shares to listing on all stock exchanges on which such class of stock is then listed; (b) the completion of any registration or other qualification of such Shares under any state or federal law or under the rulings or regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory body or the securities exchange on which the Shares are then registered, which the Administrator will, in its absolute discretion, deem necessary or advisable; (c) the obtaining of any approval or other clearance from any state or federal governmental agency, which the Administrator will, in its absolute discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable; and (d) the lapse of such reasonable period of time following the date of grant of the Restricted Stock as the Administrator may establish from time to time for reasons of administrative convenience.

14. Plan Governs . This Agreement is subject to all terms and provisions of the Plan. In the event of a conflict between one or more provisions of this Agreement and one or more provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will govern. Capitalized terms used and not defined in this Agreement will have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

 

-6-


15. Administrator Authority . The Administrator will have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any Shares of Restricted Stock have vested). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Administrator will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Agreement.

16. Electronic Delivery . The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to the Shares of Restricted Stock awarded under the Plan or future Restricted Stock that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means or request Participant’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

17. Captions . Captions provided herein are for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

18. Agreement Severable . In the event that any provision in this Agreement will be held invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be severable from, and such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

19. Modifications to the Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered. Participant expressly warrants that he or she is not accepting this Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations, or inducements other than those contained herein. Modifications to this Agreement or the Plan can be made only in an express written contract executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or this Agreement, the Company reserves the right to revise this Agreement as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without the consent of Participant, to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) or to otherwise avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Section 409A of the Code in connection to this Award of Restricted Stock.

20. Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan . By accepting this Award, Participant expressly warrants that he or she has received an Award of Restricted Stock under the Plan, and has received, read and understood a description of the Plan. Participant understands that the Plan is discretionary in nature and may be amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time.

21. Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by the laws of Texas, without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof. For purposes of litigating any dispute that

 

-7-


arises under this Award of Restricted Stock or this Agreement, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the jurisdiction of the State of Texas , and agree that such litigation will be conducted in the courts of Travis County, Texas, or the federal courts for the United States for the Western District of Texas, and no other courts, where this Award of Restricted Stock is made and/or to be performed.

 

-8-

Exhibit 10.8.1

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Upland Software, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) will have the same defined meanings in this Restricted Stock Agreement (the “Agreement”), including the Notice of Restricted Stock Grant (the “Notice of Grant”) and Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Grant, attached hereto as Exhibit A .

NOTICE OF RESTRICTED STOCK GRANT

 

Participant Name:    
Address:    
   

Participant has been granted the right to receive an Award of Restricted Stock, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, as follows:

 

Grant Number    
Date of Grant    
Vesting Commencement Date    
Total Number of Shares Granted    

Vesting Schedule :

Subject to any acceleration provisions contained in the Plan or set forth below, the Restricted Stock will vest and the Company’s right to reacquire the Restricted Stock will lapse in accordance with the following schedule:

[Insert Vesting Schedule]

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Participant is terminated without Cause or leaves for Good Reason within twelve months following a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan), then one hundred percent (100%) of the Shares of Restricted Stock shall accelerate as of immediately prior to such termination. For the purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” means (i) Participant’s willful or grossly negligent failure to substantially perform the duties and obligations of Participant’s position with the Company; (ii) any act of personal dishonesty, fraud or misrepresentation taken by Participant which was intended to result in substantial gain or personal enrichment of Participant at the expense of the Company; (iii) Participant’s violation of a federal or state law or regulation applicable to the Company’s business which violation was or is reasonably likely to be injurious to the Company; (iv) Participant’s conviction of, or plea of


nolo contendere or guilty to, a felony under the laws of the United States or any State, excluding felonies for minor traffic violation and vicarious liability (so long as Participant did not know of the felony and did not willfully violate the law); (v) Participant’s material breach of the terms of the Proprietary Information Agreement with the Company. For the purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” means (i) without Participant’s consent, a material reduction of Participant’s duties or responsibilities relative to Participant’s duties or responsibilities as in effect immediately prior to such reduction; provided , however , any reduction in Participant’s duties or responsibilities resulting solely from the Company being acquired by and made a part of a larger entity (as, for example, when a chief executive officer becomes an employee of the acquiring corporation following a Change in Control but is not the chief executive officer of the acquiring corporation) shall not constitute Good Reason; (ii) without Participant’s written consent, a material reduction in Participant’s base salary as in effect immediately prior to such reduction, unless such reduction is part of a reduction in expenses generally affecting senior executives of the Company; (iii) without Participant’s consent, a material reduction by the Company in the kind or level of employee benefits to which Participant was entitled immediately prior to such reduction, with the result that Participant’s overall benefits package is materially reduced, unless such reduction is part of a reduction in benefits generally affecting senior executives of the Company; or (iv) without Participant’s consent, a relocation to a facility or a location more than fifty (50) miles from Participant’s then current present working locations. Good Reason shall not exist unless Participant provides (i) notice to the Company within ninety (90) days of the initial existence of the condition triggering Good Reason and (ii) the Company the opportunity of at least thirty (30) days to cure such condition. A termination from service shall not be considered for Good Reason if such termination occurs later than two (2) years following the initial existence of the Good Reason condition. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Participant terminates employment with the Company for Good Reason, but the Company discovers after such termination that Participant’s conduct during the employment term would have entitled the Company to terminate Participant for Cause, then Participant’s termination shall be for Cause and not for Good Reason and Participant shall remit all amounts paid to Participant for termination for Good Reason.

By Participant’s signature and the signature of the representative of Upland Software, Inc. (the “Company”) below, Participant and the Company agree that this Award of Restricted Stock is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, including exhibits hereto, all of which are made a part of this document. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan and Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

-2-


PARTICIPANT     UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.
 

 

     

 

Signature     By
 

 

     

 

Print Name     Title

 

Address :
 

 

 

 

 

-3-


EXHIBIT A

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF RESTRICTED STOCK GRANT

1. Grant of Restricted Stock . The Company hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Grant (the “Participant”) under the Plan for past services and as a separate incentive in connection with his or her services and not in lieu of any salary or other compensation for his or her services, an Award of Shares of Restricted Stock, subject to all of the terms and conditions in this Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 19(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan will prevail.

2. Escrow of Shares .

(a) All Shares of Restricted Stock will, upon execution of this Agreement, be delivered and deposited with an escrow holder designated by the Company (the “Escrow Holder”). The Shares of Restricted Stock will be held by the Escrow Holder until such time as the Shares of Restricted Stock vest or the date Participant ceases to be a Service Provider.

(b) The Escrow Holder will not be liable for any act it may do or omit to do with respect to holding the Shares of Restricted Stock in escrow while acting in good faith and in the exercise of its judgment.

(c) Upon Participant’s termination as a Service Provider for any reason, the Escrow Holder, upon receipt of written notice of such termination, will take all steps necessary to accomplish the transfer of the unvested Shares of Restricted Stock to the Company. Participant hereby appoints the Escrow Holder with full power of substitution, as Participant’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact with irrevocable power and authority in the name and on behalf of Participant to take any action and execute all documents and instruments, including, without limitation, stock powers which may be necessary to transfer the certificate or certificates evidencing such unvested Shares of Restricted Stock to the Company upon such termination.

(d) The Escrow Holder will take all steps necessary to accomplish the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock to Participant after they vest following Participant’s request that the Escrow Holder do so.

(e) Subject to the terms hereof, Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder with respect to the Shares while they are held in escrow, including without limitation, the right to vote the Shares and to receive any cash dividends declared thereon.

(f) In the event of any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares, the Shares of Restricted Stock will be increased, reduced or otherwise changed, and by virtue of any such change Participant will in his or her capacity as owner of unvested Shares of Restricted Stock be entitled to new or additional or different shares

 

-4-


of stock, cash or securities (other than rights or warrants to purchase securities); such new or additional or different shares, cash or securities will thereupon be considered to be unvested Shares of Restricted Stock and will be subject to all of the conditions and restrictions which were applicable to the unvested Shares of Restricted Stock pursuant to this Agreement. If Participant receives rights or warrants with respect to any unvested Shares of Restricted Stock, such rights or warrants may be held or exercised by Participant, provided that until such exercise any such rights or warrants and after such exercise any shares or other securities acquired by the exercise of such rights or warrants will be considered to be unvested Shares of Restricted Stock and will be subject to all of the conditions and restrictions which were applicable to the unvested Shares of Restricted Stock pursuant to this Agreement. The Administrator in its absolute discretion at any time may accelerate the vesting of all or any portion of such new or additional shares of stock, cash or securities, rights or warrants to purchase securities or shares or other securities acquired by the exercise of such rights or warrants.

(g) The Company may instruct the transfer agent for its Common Stock to place a legend on the certificates representing the Restricted Stock or otherwise note its records as to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Agreement.

3. Vesting Schedule . Except as provided in Section 4, and subject to Section 5, the Shares of Restricted Stock awarded by this Agreement will vest in accordance with the vesting provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant. Shares of Restricted Stock scheduled to vest on a certain date or upon the occurrence of a certain condition will not vest in Participant in accordance with any of the provisions of this Agreement, unless Participant will have been continuously a Service Provider from the Date of Grant until the date such vesting occurs.

4. Administrator Discretion . The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the unvested Restricted Stock at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan. If so accelerated, such Restricted Stock will be considered as having vested as of the date specified by the Administrator.

5. Forfeiture upon Termination of Status as a Service Provider . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Agreement, the balance of the Shares of Restricted Stock that have not vested as of the time of Participant’s termination as a Service Provider for any or no reason will be forfeited and automatically transferred to and reacquired by the Company at no cost to the Company upon the date of such termination and Participant will have no further rights thereunder. Participant will not be entitled to a refund of the price paid for the Shares of Restricted Stock, if any, returned to the Company pursuant to this Section 5. Participant hereby appoints the Escrow Agent with full power of substitution, as Participant’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact with irrevocable power and authority in the name and on behalf of Participant to take any action and execute all documents and instruments, including, without limitation, stock powers which may be necessary to transfer the certificate or certificates evidencing such unvested Shares to the Company upon such termination of service.

6. Death of Participant . Any distribution or delivery to be made to Participant under this Agreement will, if Participant is then deceased, be made to Participant’s designated beneficiary, or if no beneficiary survives Participant, the administrator or executor of Participant’s estate. Any such transferee must furnish the Company with (a) written notice of his

 

-5-


or her status as transferee, and (b) evidence satisfactory to the Company to establish the validity of the transfer and compliance with any laws or regulations pertaining to said transfer.

7. Withholding of Taxes . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Agreement, no certificate representing the Shares of Restricted Stock may be released from the escrow established pursuant to Section 2, unless and until satisfactory arrangements (as determined by the Administrator) will have been made by Participant with respect to the payment of income, employment, social insurance, payroll and other taxes which the Company determines must be withheld with respect to such Shares. Prior to vesting of the Restricted Stock, Participant will pay or make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or the Participant’s employer (the “Employer”) to satisfy all withholding and payment obligations of the Company and/or the Employer. In this regard, Participant authorizes the Company and/or the Employer to withhold all applicable tax withholding obligations legally payable by Participant from his or her wages or other cash compensation paid to Participant by the Company and/or the Employer or from proceeds of the sale of Shares. Alternatively, or in addition, if permissible under applicable local law, the Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit or require Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part (without limitation) by (a) paying cash, (b) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld, (c) delivering to the Company already vested and owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount required to be withheld, or (d) selling a sufficient number of such Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant through such means as the Company may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the amount required to be withheld. To the extent determined appropriate by the Company in its discretion, it will have the right (but not the obligation) to satisfy any tax withholding obligations by reducing the number of Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant and, until determined otherwise by the Company, this will be the method by which such tax withholding obligations are satisfied. If Participant fails to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of any required tax withholding obligations hereunder at the time any applicable Shares otherwise are scheduled to vest pursuant to Sections 3 or 4 or tax withholding obligations related to the applicable Shares otherwise are due, Participant will permanently forfeit such Shares and the Shares will be returned to the Company at no cost to the Company.

8. Rights as Stockholder . Neither Participant nor any person claiming under or through Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares deliverable hereunder unless and until certificates representing such Shares will have been issued, recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered to Participant or the Escrow Agent. Except as provided in Section 2(f), after such issuance, recordation and delivery, Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to voting such Shares and receipt of dividends and distributions on such Shares.

9. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF THE SHARES OF RESTRICTED STOCK PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR

 

-6-


SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS RESTRICTED STOCK OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND WILL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

10. Address for Notices . Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Agreement will be addressed to the Company at Upland Software, Inc., 401 Congress Avenue, Suite 1850, Austin, TX 78701, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.

11. Grant is Not Transferable . Except to the limited extent provided in Section 6, the unvested Shares subject to this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby will not be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and will not be subject to sale under execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of any unvested Shares of Restricted Stock subject to this grant, or any right or privilege conferred hereby, or upon any attempted sale under any execution, attachment or similar process, this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby immediately will become null and void.

12. Binding Agreement . Subject to the limitation on the transferability of this grant contained herein, this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

13. Additional Conditions to Release from Escrow . The Company will not be required to issue any certificate or certificates for Shares hereunder or release such Shares from the escrow established pursuant to Section 2 prior to fulfillment of all the following conditions: (a) the admission of such Shares to listing on all stock exchanges on which such class of stock is then listed; (b) the completion of any registration or other qualification of such Shares under any state or federal law or under the rulings or regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory body or the securities exchange on which the Shares are then registered, which the Administrator will, in its absolute discretion, deem necessary or advisable; (c) the obtaining of any approval or other clearance from any state or federal governmental agency, which the Administrator will, in its absolute discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable; and (d) the lapse of such reasonable period of time following the date of grant of the Restricted Stock as the Administrator may establish from time to time for reasons of administrative convenience.

14. Plan Governs . This Agreement is subject to all terms and provisions of the Plan. In the event of a conflict between one or more provisions of this Agreement and one or more provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will govern. Capitalized terms used and not defined in this Agreement will have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

 

-7-


15. Administrator Authority . The Administrator will have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any Shares of Restricted Stock have vested). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Administrator will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Agreement.

16. Electronic Delivery . The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to the Shares of Restricted Stock awarded under the Plan or future Restricted Stock that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means or request Participant’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

17. Captions . Captions provided herein are for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

18. Agreement Severable . In the event that any provision in this Agreement will be held invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be severable from, and such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

19. Modifications to the Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered. Participant expressly warrants that he or she is not accepting this Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations, or inducements other than those contained herein. Modifications to this Agreement or the Plan can be made only in an express written contract executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or this Agreement, the Company reserves the right to revise this Agreement as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without the consent of Participant, to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) or to otherwise avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Section 409A of the Code in connection to this Award of Restricted Stock.

20. Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan . By accepting this Award, Participant expressly warrants that he or she has received an Award of Restricted Stock under the Plan, and has received, read and understood a description of the Plan. Participant understands that the Plan is discretionary in nature and may be amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time.

21. Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by the laws of Texas, without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof. For purposes of litigating any dispute that

 

-8-


arises under this Award of Restricted Stock or this Agreement, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the jurisdiction of the State of Texas , and agree that such litigation will be conducted in the courts of Travis County, Texas, or the federal courts for the United States for the Western District of Texas, and no other courts, where this Award of Restricted Stock is made and/or to be performed.

 

-9-

Exhibit 10.9

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Upland Software, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) will have the same defined meanings in this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (the “Award Agreement”), which includes the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Grant (the “Notice of Grant”) and Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Grant, attached hereto as Exhibit A .

NOTICE OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT

 

Participant Name:  
Address:  

Participant has been granted the right to receive an Award of Restricted Stock Units, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, as follows:

 

Grant Number    
Date of Grant    
Vesting Commencement Date    
Number of Restricted Stock Units    

Vesting Schedule :

Subject to any acceleration provisions contained in the Plan or set forth below, the Restricted Stock Units will vest in accordance with the following schedule:

[Insert Vesting Schedule]


In the event Participant ceases to be a Service Provider for any or no reason before Participant vests in the Restricted Stock Units, the Restricted Stock Units and Participant’s right to acquire any Shares hereunder will immediately terminate.

By Participant’s signature and the signature of the representative of Upland Software, Inc. (the “Company”) below, Participant and the Company agree that this Award of Restricted Stock Units is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, including the Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Grant, attached hereto as Exhibit A , all of which are made a part of this document. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Award Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Award Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and Award Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan and Award Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT:     UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.
 

 

     

 

Signature     By
 

 

     

 

Print Name     Title

 

Residence Address :
 

 

 

 

 

-2-


EXHIBIT A

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT

1. Grant . The Company hereby grants to the individual named in the Notice of Grant (the “Participant”) under the Plan an Award of Restricted Stock Units, subject to all of the terms and conditions in this Award Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 19(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Award Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan will prevail.

2. Company’s Obligation to Pay . Each Restricted Stock Unit represents the right to receive a Share on the date it vests. Unless and until the Restricted Stock Units will have vested in the manner set forth in Sections 3 or 4, Participant will have no right to payment of any such Restricted Stock Units. Prior to actual payment of any vested Restricted Stock Units, such Restricted Stock Units will represent an unsecured obligation of the Company, payable (if at all) only from the general assets of the Company. Any Restricted Stock Units that vest in accordance with Sections 3 or 4 will be paid to Participant (or in the event of Participant’s death, to his or her estate) in whole Shares, subject to Participant satisfying any applicable tax withholding obligations as set forth in Section 7. Subject to the provisions of Section 4, such vested Restricted Stock Units shall be paid in whole Shares as soon as practicable after vesting, but in each such case within the period 60 days following the vesting date. In no event will Participant be permitted, directly or indirectly, to specify the taxable year of the payment of any Restricted Stock Units payable under this Award Agreement.

3. Vesting Schedule . Except as provided in Section 4, and subject to Section 5, the Restricted Stock Units awarded by this Award Agreement will vest in accordance with the vesting provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant. Restricted Stock Units scheduled to vest on a certain date or upon the occurrence of a certain condition will not vest in Participant in accordance with any of the provisions of this Award Agreement, unless Participant will have been continuously a Service Provider from the Date of Grant until the date such vesting occurs.

4. Administrator Discretion . The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the unvested Restricted Stock Units at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan. If so accelerated, such Restricted Stock Units will be considered as having vested as of the date specified by the Administrator. The payment of Shares vesting pursuant to this Section 4 shall in all cases be paid at a time or in a manner that is exempt from, or complies with, Section 409A.

Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or this Award Agreement to the contrary, if the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the Restricted Stock Units is accelerated in connection with Participant’s termination as a Service Provider (provided that such termination is a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A, as determined by the Company), other than due to death , and if (x) Participant is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of such termination as a Service Provider and (y) the payment of such accelerated Restricted Stock Units will result in the imposition of additional tax under Section 409A if paid to Participant on or within the 6-month

 

-3-


period following Participant’s termination as a Service Provider, then the payment of such accelerated Restricted Stock Units will not be made until the date 6 months and 1 day following the date of Participant’s termination as a Service Provider, unless the Participant dies following his or her termination as a Service Provider, in which case, the Restricted Stock Units will be paid in Shares to the Participant’s estate as soon as practicable following his or her death. It is the intent of this Award Agreement that it and all payments and benefits hereunder be exempt from, or comply with, the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the Restricted Stock Units provided under this Award Agreement or Shares issuable thereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to be so exempt or so comply. Each payment payable under this Award Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2). For purposes of this Award Agreement, “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code, and any final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance thereunder, as each may be amended from time to time.

5. Forfeiture upon Termination of Status as a Service Provider . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Award Agreement, the balance of the Restricted Stock Units that have not vested as of the time of Participant’s termination as a Service Provider for any or no reason and Participant’s right to acquire any Shares hereunder will immediately terminate.

6. Death of Participant . Any distribution or delivery to be made to Participant under this Award Agreement will, if Participant is then deceased, be made to Participant’s designated beneficiary, or if no beneficiary survives Participant, the administrator or executor of Participant’s estate. Any such transferee must furnish the Company with (a) written notice of his or her status as transferee, and (b) evidence satisfactory to the Company to establish the validity of the transfer and compliance with any laws or regulations pertaining to said transfer.

7. Withholding of Taxes . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Award Agreement, no certificate representing the Shares will be issued to Participant, unless and until satisfactory arrangements (as determined by the Administrator) will have been made by Participant with respect to the payment of income, employment, social insurance, payroll and other taxes which the Company determines must be withheld with respect to such Shares. Prior to vesting and/or settlement of the Restricted Stock Units, Participant will pay or make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or the Participant’s employer (the “Employer”) to satisfy all withholding and payment obligations of the Company and/or the Employer. In this regard, Participant authorizes the Company and/or the Employer to withhold all applicable tax withholding obligations legally payable by Participant from his or her wages or other cash compensation paid to Participant by the Company and/or the Employer or from proceeds of the sale of Shares. Alternatively, or in addition, if permissible under applicable local law, the Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit or require Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part (without limitation) by (a) paying cash, (b) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld, (c) delivering to the Company already vested and owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount required to be withheld, or (d) selling a sufficient number of such Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant through such means as the Company may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the amount

 

-4-


required to be withheld. To the extent determined appropriate by the Company in its discretion, it will have the right (but not the obligation) to satisfy any tax withholding obligations by reducing the number of Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant and, until determined otherwise by the Company, this will be the method by which such tax withholding obligations are satisfied. If Participant fails to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of any required tax withholding obligations hereunder at the time any applicable Restricted Stock Units otherwise are scheduled to vest pursuant to Sections 3 or 4 or tax withholding obligations related to Restricted Stock Units otherwise are due, Participant will permanently forfeit such Restricted Stock Units and any right to receive Shares thereunder and the Restricted Stock Units will be returned to the Company at no cost to the Company.

8. Rights as Stockholder . Neither Participant nor any person claiming under or through Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares deliverable hereunder unless and until certificates representing such Shares will have been issued, recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered to Participant. After such issuance, recordation and delivery, Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to voting such Shares and receipt of dividends and distributions on such Shares.

9. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF THE RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS AWARD OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AWARD AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND WILL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

10. Address for Notices . Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Agreement will be addressed to the Company at Upland Software, Inc., 401 Congress Avenue, Suite 1850, Austin, TX 78701, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.

11. Grant is Not Transferable . Except to the limited extent provided in Section 6, this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby will not be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and will not be subject to sale under execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of this grant, or any right or privilege conferred hereby, or upon any attempted sale under any execution, attachment or similar process, this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby immediately will become null and void.

 

-5-


12. Binding Agreement . Subject to the limitation on the transferability of this grant contained herein, this Award Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

13. Additional Conditions to Issuance of Stock . If at any time the Company will determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration, qualification or rule compliance of the Shares upon any securities exchange or under any state, federal or foreign law, the tax code and related regulations or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory authority is necessary or desirable as a condition to the issuance of Shares to Participant (or his or her estate) hereunder, such issuance will not occur unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, rule compliance, consent or approval will have been completed, effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. Where the Company determines that the delivery of the payment of any Shares will violate federal securities laws or other applicable laws, the Company will defer delivery until the earliest date at which the Company reasonably anticipates that the delivery of Shares will no longer cause such violation. The Company will make all reasonable efforts to meet the requirements of any such state, federal or foreign law or securities exchange and to obtain any such consent or approval of any such governmental authority or securities exchange.

14. Plan Governs . This Award Agreement is subject to all terms and provisions of the Plan. In the event of a conflict between one or more provisions of this Award Agreement and one or more provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will govern. Capitalized terms used and not defined in this Award Agreement will have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

15. Administrator Authority . The Administrator will have the power to interpret the Plan and this Award Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any Restricted Stock Units have vested). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Administrator will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Award Agreement.

16. Electronic Delivery . The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to Restricted Stock Units awarded under the Plan or future Restricted Stock Units that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means or request Participant’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

17. Captions . Captions provided herein are for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Award Agreement.

 

-6-


18. Agreement Severable . In the event that any provision in this Award Agreement will be held invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be severable from, and such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of this Award Agreement.

19. Modifications to the Award Agreement . This Award Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered. Participant expressly warrants that he or she is not accepting this Award Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations, or inducements other than those contained herein. Modifications to this Award Agreement or the Plan can be made only in an express written contract executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or this Award Agreement, the Company reserves the right to revise this Award Agreement as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without the consent of Participant, to comply with Section 409A or to otherwise avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Section 409A in connection to this Award of Restricted Stock Units.

20. Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan . By accepting this Award, Participant expressly warrants that he or she has received an Award of Restricted Stock Units under the Plan, and has received, read and understood a description of the Plan. Participant understands that the Plan is discretionary in nature and may be amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time.

21. Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by the laws of Texas, without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under this Restricted Stock Unit or this Agreement, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the jurisdiction of the State of Texas , and agree that such litigation will be conducted in the courts of Travis County, Texas, or the federal courts for the United States for the Western District of Texas, and no other courts, where this Restricted Stock Unit is made and/or to be performed.

 

-7-

Exhibit 10.9.1

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Upland Software, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) will have the same defined meanings in this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (the “Award Agreement”), which includes the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Grant (the “Notice of Grant”) and Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Grant, attached hereto as Exhibit A .

NOTICE OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT

 

Participant Name:  
Address:  

Participant has been granted the right to receive an Award of Restricted Stock Units, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, as follows:

 

Grant Number    
Date of Grant    
Vesting Commencement Date    
Number of Restricted Stock Units    

Vesting Schedule :

Subject to any acceleration provisions contained in the Plan or set forth below, the Restricted Stock Units will vest in accordance with the following schedule:

[Insert Vesting Schedule]

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Participant is terminated without Cause or leaves for Good Reason within twelve months following a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan), then one hundred percent (100%) of the Restricted Stock Units shall accelerate as of immediately prior to such termination. For the purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” means (i) Participant’s willful or grossly negligent failure to substantially perform the duties and obligations of Participant’s position with the Company; (ii) any act of personal dishonesty, fraud or misrepresentation taken by Participant which was intended to result in substantial gain or personal enrichment of Participant at the expense of the Company; (iii) Participant’s violation of a federal or state law or regulation applicable to the Company’s business which violation was or is reasonably likely to be injurious to the Company; (iv) Participant’s conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere or guilty to, a felony under the laws of the United States or any State, excluding felonies for minor traffic violation and vicarious liability (so long as Participant did not know of the felony and did not willfully violate the law); (v) Participant’s material breach of the terms of the Proprietary Information Agreement with the Company. For the purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” means (i) without Participant’s consent, a material reduction of Participant’s


duties or responsibilities relative to Participant’s duties or responsibilities as in effect immediately prior to such reduction; provided , however , any reduction in Participant’s duties or responsibilities resulting solely from the Company being acquired by and made a part of a larger entity (as, for example, when a chief executive officer becomes an employee of the acquiring corporation following a Change in Control but is not the chief executive officer of the acquiring corporation) shall not constitute Good Reason; (ii) without Participant’s written consent, a material reduction in Participant’s base salary as in effect immediately prior to such reduction, unless such reduction is part of a reduction in expenses generally affecting senior executives of the Company; (iii) without Participant’s consent, a material reduction by the Company in the kind or level of employee benefits to which Participant was entitled immediately prior to such reduction, with the result that Participant’s overall benefits package is materially reduced, unless such reduction is part of a reduction in benefits generally affecting senior executives of the Company; or (iv) without Participant’s consent, a relocation to a facility or a location more than fifty (50) miles from Participant’s then current present working locations. Good Reason shall not exist unless Participant provides (i) notice to the Company within ninety (90) days of the initial existence of the condition triggering Good Reason and (ii) the Company the opportunity of at least thirty (30) days to cure such condition. A termination from service shall not be considered for Good Reason if such termination occurs later than two (2) years following the initial existence of the Good Reason condition. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Participant terminates employment with the Company for Good Reason, but the Company discovers after such termination that Participant’s conduct during the employment term would have entitled the Company to terminate Participant for Cause, then Participant’s termination shall be for Cause and not for Good Reason and Participant shall remit all amounts paid to Participant for termination for Good Reason.

In the event Participant ceases to be a Service Provider for any or no reason before Participant vests in the Restricted Stock Units, the Restricted Stock Units and Participant’s right to acquire any Shares hereunder will immediately terminate.

By Participant’s signature and the signature of the representative of Upland Software, Inc. (the “Company”) below, Participant and the Company agree that this Award of Restricted Stock Units is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, including the Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Grant, attached hereto as Exhibit A , all of which are made a part of this document. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Award Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Award Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and Award Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan and Award Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

-2-


PARTICIPANT:     UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.
 

 

     

 

Signature     By
 

 

     

 

Print Name     Title

 

Residence Address :
 

 

 

 

 

-3-


EXHIBIT A

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT

1. Grant . The Company hereby grants to the individual named in the Notice of Grant (the “Participant”) under the Plan an Award of Restricted Stock Units, subject to all of the terms and conditions in this Award Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 19(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Award Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan will prevail.

2. Company’s Obligation to Pay . Each Restricted Stock Unit represents the right to receive a Share on the date it vests. Unless and until the Restricted Stock Units will have vested in the manner set forth in Sections 3 or 4, Participant will have no right to payment of any such Restricted Stock Units. Prior to actual payment of any vested Restricted Stock Units, such Restricted Stock Units will represent an unsecured obligation of the Company, payable (if at all) only from the general assets of the Company. Any Restricted Stock Units that vest in accordance with Sections 3 or 4 will be paid to Participant (or in the event of Participant’s death, to his or her estate) in whole Shares, subject to Participant satisfying any applicable tax withholding obligations as set forth in Section 7. Subject to the provisions of Section 4, such vested Restricted Stock Units shall be paid in whole Shares as soon as practicable after vesting, but in each such case within the period 60 days following the vesting date. In no event will Participant be permitted, directly or indirectly, to specify the taxable year of the payment of any Restricted Stock Units payable under this Award Agreement.

3. Vesting Schedule . Except as provided in Section 4, and subject to Section 5, the Restricted Stock Units awarded by this Award Agreement will vest in accordance with the vesting provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant. Restricted Stock Units scheduled to vest on a certain date or upon the occurrence of a certain condition will not vest in Participant in accordance with any of the provisions of this Award Agreement, unless Participant will have been continuously a Service Provider from the Date of Grant until the date such vesting occurs.

4. Administrator Discretion . The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the unvested Restricted Stock Units at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan. If so accelerated, such Restricted Stock Units will be considered as having vested as of the date specified by the Administrator. The payment of Shares vesting pursuant to this Section 4 shall in all cases be paid at a time or in a manner that is exempt from, or complies with, Section 409A.

Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or this Award Agreement to the contrary, if the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the Restricted Stock Units is accelerated in connection with Participant’s termination as a Service Provider (provided that such termination is a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A, as determined by the Company), other than due to death , and if (x) Participant is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of such termination as a Service Provider and (y) the payment of such accelerated Restricted Stock Units will result in the imposition of additional tax under Section 409A if paid to Participant on or within the 6-month

 

-4-


period following Participant’s termination as a Service Provider, then the payment of such accelerated Restricted Stock Units will not be made until the date 6 months and 1 day following the date of Participant’s termination as a Service Provider, unless the Participant dies following his or her termination as a Service Provider, in which case, the Restricted Stock Units will be paid in Shares to the Participant’s estate as soon as practicable following his or her death. It is the intent of this Award Agreement that it and all payments and benefits hereunder be exempt from, or comply with, the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the Restricted Stock Units provided under this Award Agreement or Shares issuable thereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to be so exempt or so comply. Each payment payable under this Award Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2). For purposes of this Award Agreement, “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code, and any final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance thereunder, as each may be amended from time to time.

5. Forfeiture upon Termination of Status as a Service Provider . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Award Agreement, the balance of the Restricted Stock Units that have not vested as of the time of Participant’s termination as a Service Provider for any or no reason and Participant’s right to acquire any Shares hereunder will immediately terminate.

6. Death of Participant . Any distribution or delivery to be made to Participant under this Award Agreement will, if Participant is then deceased, be made to Participant’s designated beneficiary, or if no beneficiary survives Participant, the administrator or executor of Participant’s estate. Any such transferee must furnish the Company with (a) written notice of his or her status as transferee, and (b) evidence satisfactory to the Company to establish the validity of the transfer and compliance with any laws or regulations pertaining to said transfer.

7. Withholding of Taxes . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Award Agreement, no certificate representing the Shares will be issued to Participant, unless and until satisfactory arrangements (as determined by the Administrator) will have been made by Participant with respect to the payment of income, employment, social insurance, payroll and other taxes which the Company determines must be withheld with respect to such Shares. Prior to vesting and/or settlement of the Restricted Stock Units, Participant will pay or make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or the Participant’s employer (the “Employer”) to satisfy all withholding and payment obligations of the Company and/or the Employer. In this regard, Participant authorizes the Company and/or the Employer to withhold all applicable tax withholding obligations legally payable by Participant from his or her wages or other cash compensation paid to Participant by the Company and/or the Employer or from proceeds of the sale of Shares. Alternatively, or in addition, if permissible under applicable local law, the Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit or require Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part (without limitation) by (a) paying cash, (b) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld, (c) delivering to the Company already vested and owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount required to be withheld, or (d) selling a sufficient number of such Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant through such means as the Company may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the amount

 

-5-


required to be withheld. To the extent determined appropriate by the Company in its discretion, it will have the right (but not the obligation) to satisfy any tax withholding obligations by reducing the number of Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant and, until determined otherwise by the Company, this will be the method by which such tax withholding obligations are satisfied. If Participant fails to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of any required tax withholding obligations hereunder at the time any applicable Restricted Stock Units otherwise are scheduled to vest pursuant to Sections 3 or 4 or tax withholding obligations related to Restricted Stock Units otherwise are due, Participant will permanently forfeit such Restricted Stock Units and any right to receive Shares thereunder and the Restricted Stock Units will be returned to the Company at no cost to the Company.

8. Rights as Stockholder . Neither Participant nor any person claiming under or through Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares deliverable hereunder unless and until certificates representing such Shares will have been issued, recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered to Participant. After such issuance, recordation and delivery, Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to voting such Shares and receipt of dividends and distributions on such Shares.

9. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF THE RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS AWARD OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AWARD AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND WILL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

10. Address for Notices . Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Agreement will be addressed to the Company at Upland Software, Inc., 401 Congress Avenue, Suite 1850, Austin, TX 78701, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.

11. Grant is Not Transferable . Except to the limited extent provided in Section 6, this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby will not be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and will not be subject to sale under execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of this grant, or any right or privilege conferred hereby, or upon any attempted sale under any execution, attachment or similar process, this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby immediately will become null and void.

 

-6-


12. Binding Agreement . Subject to the limitation on the transferability of this grant contained herein, this Award Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

13. Additional Conditions to Issuance of Stock . If at any time the Company will determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration, qualification or rule compliance of the Shares upon any securities exchange or under any state, federal or foreign law, the tax code and related regulations or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory authority is necessary or desirable as a condition to the issuance of Shares to Participant (or his or her estate) hereunder, such issuance will not occur unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, rule compliance, consent or approval will have been completed, effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. Where the Company determines that the delivery of the payment of any Shares will violate federal securities laws or other applicable laws, the Company will defer delivery until the earliest date at which the Company reasonably anticipates that the delivery of Shares will no longer cause such violation. The Company will make all reasonable efforts to meet the requirements of any such state, federal or foreign law or securities exchange and to obtain any such consent or approval of any such governmental authority or securities exchange.

14. Plan Governs . This Award Agreement is subject to all terms and provisions of the Plan. In the event of a conflict between one or more provisions of this Award Agreement and one or more provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will govern. Capitalized terms used and not defined in this Award Agreement will have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

15. Administrator Authority . The Administrator will have the power to interpret the Plan and this Award Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any Restricted Stock Units have vested). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Administrator will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Award Agreement.

16. Electronic Delivery . The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to Restricted Stock Units awarded under the Plan or future Restricted Stock Units that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means or request Participant’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

17. Captions . Captions provided herein are for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Award Agreement.

 

-7-


18. Agreement Severable . In the event that any provision in this Award Agreement will be held invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be severable from, and such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of this Award Agreement.

19. Modifications to the Award Agreement . This Award Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered. Participant expressly warrants that he or she is not accepting this Award Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations, or inducements other than those contained herein. Modifications to this Award Agreement or the Plan can be made only in an express written contract executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or this Award Agreement, the Company reserves the right to revise this Award Agreement as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without the consent of Participant, to comply with Section 409A or to otherwise avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Section 409A in connection to this Award of Restricted Stock Units.

20. Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan . By accepting this Award, Participant expressly warrants that he or she has received an Award of Restricted Stock Units under the Plan, and has received, read and understood a description of the Plan. Participant understands that the Plan is discretionary in nature and may be amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time.

21. Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by the laws of Texas, without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under this Restricted Stock Unit or this Agreement, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the jurisdiction of the State of Texas , and agree that such litigation will be conducted in the courts of Travis County, Texas, or the federal courts for the United States for the Western District of Texas, and no other courts, where this Restricted Stock Unit is made and/or to be performed.

 

-8-

Exhibit 10.13.1

AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT entered into at the City of Laval, Province of Quebec, as of the 18th day of December, 2012

 

BETWEEN:    Ludwig Melik , of the city of Laval in the Province of Québec
   (hereinafter referred to as the “ Executive ”)
AND:    TENROX INC . , a corporation incorporated under the laws of Canada
   (hereinafter referred to as the “ Company ”).
AND:    SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC. , a corporation incorporated under the laws of Delaware.
   (hereinafter referred to as “ Silverback ”).

WHEREAS the Executive and the Company entered into an Employment Agreement dated February 10, 2012 (“ Employment Agreement ”);

AND WHEREAS the parties hereby wish to amend the Employment Agreement by way of the present amendment;

NOW, THEREFORE , the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. This amendment forms part of the Employment Agreement.

 

2. The parties hereby agree that paragraph 9.3.5 will now read as follow:

9.3.5 If this Agreement is terminated by the Company without serious reason, the Executive shall be entitled to receive an indemnity in lieu of notice equal to six (6) months of his remuneration (base salary and incentive compensation), less applicable deductions and withholdings required by law. Such indemnity in lieu of notice shall be paid on a pay continuance basis during the six (6) month period following the termination of his employment (the “Indemnity Period”). During the Indemnity Period, the Executive shall be entitled to continue his participation in the Company’s group medical and dental plans. Payment of the indemnity provided in this section 9.3.5 is conditional upon i) the


Executive providing a full and final release of any and all claims against the Company and Silverback relative to his employment or the termination thereof, and 2) the Executive agreeing not to make any negative or disparaging comments regarding the Company or Silverback.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this Agreement.

 

    TENROX INC.
    Per:   /s/ Michael Hill
     

 

      Name:   Michael Hill
      Title:   Corp. Secretary
    SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC.
    Per:   /s/ Michael Hill
     

 

      Name:   Michael Hill
      Title:   CFO
SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED     )  
in the presence of:     )  
    )  
/s/ Ara Israilian       /s/ LUDWIG MELIK

 

     

 

Witness     )   LUDWIG MELIK
Ara Israilian      

Exhibit 10.28

SECURITY AGREEMENT

(PowerSteering)

This Security Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of February 10, 2012 (“ Closing Date ”) by and between the undersigned (“ Grantor ”), and COMERICA BANK (the “ Bank ”).

RECITALS

A. Bank has agreed to make certain advances of money and to extend certain financial accommodations (the “ Financial Accommodations ”) to SILVERBACK TWO CANADA MERGER CORPORATION, a corporation constituted under the Canada Business Corporations Act (“ Borrower ”) in the amounts and manner set forth in that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of even date herewith between Borrower and Bank (as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”).

B. Bank is willing to make the Financial Accommodations to Borrower, but only upon the condition, among others, that Grantor grant to Bank a security interest in all of Grantor’s right title, and interest in, to and under all of the Collateral (defined below) whether presently existing or hereafter acquired.

C. Grantor is an affiliate of Borrower, is financially interested in the affairs of Borrower, and deems it advisable, desirable, and in the best interests of Grantor to enter into this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, Grantor and the Bank agree as follows:

1. Definitions . All terms used without definition in this Agreement shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Loan Agreement. All terms used without definition in this Agreement or in the Loan Agreement shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Code. As used in this Agreement:

(a) “ Code ” means the California Uniform Commercial Code, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

(b) “ Collateral ” means the property described in Exhibit A attached hereto.

(c) “ Collateral Locations ” means each location where any Collateral is now or hereafter located, including, without limitation, those Collateral Locations listed in Section 12 of this Agreement.

(d) “ Event of Default ” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 5 of this Agreement.

(e) “ Grantor Obligations ” means all debt, principal, interest, Bank Expenses and other amounts owed to Bank by Grantor pursuant to this Agreement or any other agreement, including, without limitation, that certain Unconditional Guaranty dated as of even date herewith by Grantor in favor of Bank, whether absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, including any interest that accrues after the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding and including any debt, liability, or obligation owing from Grantor to others that Bank may have obtained by assignment or otherwise.

(f) “ Insolvency Proceeding ” means any proceeding commenced by or against any Person or entity under any provision of the United States Bankruptcy Code, as amended, or under any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, formal or informal moratoria, compositions, extension generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

(g) “ Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of Grantor and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (b) the ability of Grantor to repay the Grantor Obligations or otherwise perform its obligations under the Loan Documents, or (c) Grantor’s interest in, or the value, perfection or priority of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral.


(h) “ Obligations ” shall have the meaning given such term in the Loan Agreement.

(i) “ Permitted Indebtedness ” means:

(i) Indebtedness of Grantor in favor of Bank;

(ii) Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date and disclosed in the Schedule;

(iii) Indebtedness not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year of Grantor secured by a lien described in clause (ii) of the defined term “Permitted Liens,” provided such Indebtedness does not exceed the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the equipment financed with such Indebtedness;

(iv) Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(v) Indebtedness of Grantor or its Subsidiaries permitted under clauses (iv) and (v) of the defined term “Permitted Investments”;

(vi) Indebtedness consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of business;

(vii) Indebtedness incurred in connection with corporate credit cards; provided that the aggregate limit of all such cards does not exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) at any time; and

(viii) Extensions, refinancings and renewals of any items of Permitted Indebtedness, provided that the principal amount is not increased or the terms modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Grantor or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.

(j) “ Permitted Investment ” means:

(i) Investments existing on the Closing Date and disclosed in the Schedule;

(ii) (a) Marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of America or any agency or any State thereof maturing within one (1) year from the date of acquisition thereof, (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year from the date of creation thereof and currently having rating of at least A-2 or P-2 from either Standard & Poor’s Corporation or Moody’s Investors Service, (c) Bank’s or Bank’s Affiliates certificates of deposit maturing no more than one (1) year from the date of investment therein, and (d) Bank’s or Bank’s Affiliates money market accounts;

(iii) Investments accepted in connection with Permitted Transfers;

(iv) Investments of Grantor and/or its Subsidiaries in or to Guarantors that are also borrowers of Bank;

(v) Investments of Grantor and/or its Subsidiaries in or to Subsidiaries that are not both Guarantors and borrowers of Bank, not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year;

(vi) Investments (other than Investments consisting of loans) of Grantor in Borrower;

 

2


(vii) Investments not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year consisting of (a) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (b) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Grantor or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plan agreements approved by Grantor’s Board of Directors;

(viii) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of Grantor’s business;

(ix) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business, provided that this subparagraph (vii) shall not apply to Investments of Grantor in any Subsidiary; and

(x) Joint ventures or strategic alliances in the ordinary course of Grantor’s business consisting of the non-exclusive licensing of technology, the development of technology or the providing of technical support, provided that any cash Investments by Grantor do not exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year.

(k) “ Permitted Liens ” means the following:

(i) Any Liens existing on the Closing Date and disclosed in the Schedule or arising under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents;

(ii) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other governmental charges or levies, either not delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which Grantor maintains adequate reserves, provided the same have no priority over any of Bank’s security interests;

(iii) Liens securing obligations not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate (a) upon or in any Equipment acquired or held by Grantor or any of its Subsidiaries to secure the purchase price of such Equipment or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition or lease of such Equipment, or (b) existing on such Equipment at the time of its acquisition, provided that the Lien is confined solely to the property so acquired and improvements thereon, and the proceeds of such Equipment;

(iv) Liens incurred in connection with the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens of the type described in clauses (i) and (ii) above, provided that any extension, renewal or replacement Lien shall be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced does not increase;

(v) Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Sections 8.5 (attachment) of the Loan Agreement or 8.9 (judgments) of the Loan Agreement;

(vi) Until Grantor’s accounts are opened at Bank in accordance with Section 4(m) of this Agreement, Liens in favor of other financial institutions arising in connection with Grantor’s accounts held at such institutions to secure standard fees for deposit services charged by, but not financing made available by such institutions;

 

3


(vii) carriers, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business which are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person;

(viii) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), contracts for the purchase of property, leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business and not representing an obligations for borrowed money;

(ix) Liens on insurance proceeds securing the payment of financed insurance premiums; and

(x) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payments of custom duties in connection with the importation of goods.

(l) “ Permitted Transfer ” means the conveyance, sale, lease, license, transfer or disposition by Grantor or any Subsidiary of:

(i) Inventory in the ordinary course of business;

(ii) Non-exclusive licenses and similar arrangements for the use of the property of Grantor in the ordinary course of business;

(iii) Worn-out or obsolete Equipment;

(iv) Other assets of Grantor that do not in the aggregate exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) during any fiscal year; or

(v) Transfers that constitute a Permitted Lien or Permitted Investment.

(m) “ Person ” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or governmental agency.

(n) “ Schedule ” means the schedule of exceptions attached hereto and approved by Bank, if any.

(o) “ Secured Obligations ” means collectively, the Obligations and the Grantor Obligations.

(p) “ Securities Laws ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and applicable state securities laws.

(q) “ Subsidiary ” means any corporation, partnership or limited liability company or joint venture in which (i) any general partnership interest or (ii) more than 50% of the stock, limited liability company interest or joint venture of which by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect the Board of Directors, managers or trustees of the entity, at the time as of which any determination is being made, is owned by Grantor, either directly or through an Affiliate.

2. Grant of Security Interest . To secure all of the Secured Obligations, Grantor grants to the Bank a continuing security interest in the Collateral, now existing or hereafter acquired. Except for Permitted Liens that are not required to be subordinate to Bank’s Liens, such security interest constitutes a valid, first priority security interest in the presently existing Collateral, and will constitute a valid, first-priority security interest in later acquired Collateral. Grantor authorizes Bank to file at any time financing statements,

 

4


continuation statements, and amendments thereto that (i) either specifically describe the Collateral or describe the Collateral as all assets of Grantor of the kind pledged hereunder, and (ii) contain any other information required by the Code for the sufficiency of filing office acceptance of any financing statement, continuation statement, or amendment, including whether Grantor is an organization, the type of organization and any organizational identification number issued to Grantor, if applicable. Any such financing statements may be filed by Bank at any time in any jurisdiction.

3. Grantor’s Representations and Warranties . Grantor represents and warrants as follows:

(a) Authorization . Grantor has authority and has obtained all approvals and consents necessary to enter into this Agreement, and Grantor’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement will not violate or conflict with the terms of Grantor’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws or other charter document, or any material law, any material agreement, or other material instrument or writing to which Grantor is party or by which is it bound.

(b) Title . The Collateral is owned by Grantor and is free of all liens, encumbrances and other security interests, except for (a) liens, encumbrances and other security interests in favor of Bank, (b) Permitted Liens and (c) restrictions on transfer imposed by the Securities Laws.

(c) Solvency, Payment of Debts . Grantor is solvent and able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature.

(d) Further Representations . Grantor further represents, warrants, and covenants that (i) Grantor is not in default under any agreement under which Grantor owes any money, or any agreement, the violation or termination of which could have a Material Adverse Effect on Grantor; (ii) the information provided to Bank on or prior to the date of this Agreement is true and correct in all material respects; (iii) all financial statements and other information provided to Bank fairly present Grantor’s financial condition, and there has not been a change in the financial condition of Grantor since the date of the most recent of the financial statements submitted to Bank which could have a Material Adverse Effect; (iv) Grantor is in compliance with all material laws and orders applicable to it; (v) Grantor is not party to any litigation, an adverse determination of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and is not the subject of any government investigation, and Grantor has no knowledge of any pending litigation or investigation; (vi) Grantor’s principal place of business is located at the address specified in Section 12; and (vii) no representation or other statement made by Grantor to Bank contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make any statements made to Bank not misleading.

4. Covenants .

(a) Encumbrances . Grantor shall not (i) grant a security interest in any of the Collateral other than security interests in favor of Bank and security interests granted in connection with Permitted Liens, or (ii) execute any financing statements covering any of the Collateral in favor of any person other than Bank and in connection with Permitted Liens.

(b) Use of Collateral . The Collateral will not be used for any unlawful purpose or in any way that will void any insurance required to be carried in connection therewith. Grantor will keep the Collateral free and clear of liens (other than Permitted Liens and restrictions created under this Agreement) and will keep it in good condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

(c) Indemnification . Grantor shall indemnify Bank against all losses, claims, demands and liabilities of any kind caused by the Collateral, except to the extent that such losses, claims, demands and liabilities are caused by Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

(d) Perfection of Security Interest . Grantor shall execute and deliver such documents as Bank reasonably deems necessary to create, perfect and continue the first priority security interest in the Collateral.

 

5


(e) Insurance of Collateral .

(i) Grantor, at its expense, shall keep the Collateral insured against loss or damage by fire, theft, explosion, sprinklers, and all other hazards and risks, and in such amounts, as ordinarily insured against by other owners in similar businesses conducted in the locations where Grantor’s business is conducted on the date hereof. Grantor shall also maintain liability and other insurance in amounts and of a type that are customary to businesses similar to Grantor’s.

(ii) All policies of insurance shall be in such form, with such companies, and in such amounts as reasonably satisfactory to Bank. All policies of property insurance shall contain a lender’s loss payable endorsement, in a form satisfactory to Bank, showing Bank as an additional loss payee, and all liability insurance policies shall show Bank as an additional insured and specify that the insurer must give at least 20 days notice to Bank before canceling its policy for any reason, with the exception of for non-payment of premium. Grantor shall immediately provide Bank with copies of any notices of policy cancellation Grantor receives from an insurer. Upon Bank’s request, Grantor shall deliver to Bank certified copies of the policies of insurance and evidence of the payments of all premiums. If no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, proceeds payable under any casualty policy will, at Grantor’s option, be payable to Grantor to replace the property subject to the claim or otherwise acquire property useful to the business of Grantor, provided that if such property constituted Collateral, any such replacement property shall be deemed Collateral in which Bank has been granted a first priority security interest, subject to Permitted Liens that are not required to be subordinate to Bank’s Liens. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, all proceeds payable under any such policy, to the extent that such proceeds constitute Collateral, shall, at the option of Bank, be payable to Bank to be applied on account of the Secured Obligations.

(f) Inventory and Equipment .

(i) Grantor shall not store its Inventory or the Equipment with an aggregate book value in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) with a bailee, warehouseman, or other third party unless the third party has been notified of Bank’s security interest and Bank, (a) has received an acknowledgment from the third party that it is holding or will hold the Inventory or Equipment for Bank’s benefit or (b) is in pledge possession of the warehouse receipt, where negotiable, covering such Inventory or Equipment; provided, however, that the aggregate book value of all Equipment and Inventory at all locations not subject to the foregoing requirements shall not exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) at any time. Except for Inventory sold in the ordinary course of business and movable items of personal property such as laptop computers and except for such other locations as Bank may approve in writing, Grantor shall not store or maintain any Equipment or Inventory at a location other than the location set forth in Section 12 of this Agreement.

(ii) Grantor shall maintain the Collateral in good and saleable condition, repair it (if necessary) and otherwise deal with the Collateral in all such ways as are considered good practice by owners of like property, use it lawfully and only as permitted by insurance policies, and permit Bank to inspect the Collateral upon reasonable prior notice, from time to time during Grantor’s usual business hours but no more than once a year (unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing).

(iii) Grantor shall not sell, contract to sell, lease, encumber or transfer the Collateral (other than the disposition of Inventory in the ordinary course of Grantor’s business and other assets which are obsolete or otherwise considered surplus, in connection with Permitted Liens and in connection with Permitted Transfers) until the Secured Obligations have been paid or performed in full. Grantor acknowledges and agrees that Bank has a security interest in the proceeds of such Collateral.

 

6


(g) Accounts, Chattel Paper and General Intangibles . As to Collateral which are Accounts, Chattel Paper, General Intangibles and Proceeds, Grantor warrants, represents and agrees:

(i) All such Collateral is genuine, enforceable in accordance with its terms and conditions precedent (except as disclosed to and accepted by Bank in writing). Grantor will supply Bank with duplicate invoices or other evidence of Grantor’s rights on Bank’s request.

(ii) To the best of Grantor’s knowledge, all persons appearing to be obligated on such Collateral have authority and capacity to contract.

(iii) Grantor will mark conspicuously all Chattel Paper with a legend, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, indicating that such Chattel Paper is subject to the security interests of Bank and will, upon Bank’s request after the occurrence of an Event of Default, deliver possession thereof to Bank.

(iv) Grantor agrees that following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Grantor shall not compromise, settle or adjust any Account or renew or extend the time of payment thereof without Bank’s prior written consent.

(v) Until Bank exercises its rights to collect the Accounts pursuant hereto, Grantor will collect with diligence all Grantor’s Accounts. Any collection of Accounts by Grantor, whether in the form of cash, checks, notes, or other instruments for the payment of money (properly endorsed or assigned where required to enable Bank to collect same), shall be in trust for Bank. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Grantor shall keep all such collections separate and apart from all other funds and property so as to be capable of identification as the property of Bank and deliver said collections daily to Bank in the identical form received. The proceeds of such collections when received by Bank may be applied by Bank directly to the payment of the Secured Obligations. Any credit given by Bank upon receipt of said proceeds shall be conditional credit subject to collection. Returned items at Bank’s option may be charged to the Grantor. All collections of the Accounts shall be set forth on an itemized schedule, showing the name of the account debtor, the amount of each payment and such other information as Bank may request.

(vi) Until Bank exercises its rights to collect the Accounts pursuant hereto, Grantor may continue its present policies with respect to returned merchandise and adjustments. However, Grantor shall promptly, and in any event within three (3) Business Days, notify Bank of all cases involving repossessions, and material loss or damage of or to merchandise represented by the Accounts.

(h) Binding Agreement . Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, (i) Grantor shall remain liable under the contracts and agreements included in the Collateral to the extent set forth therein to perform all of its duties and obligations thereunder to the same extent as if this Agreement had not been executed; (ii) the exercise by Bank of any of the rights granted hereunder shall not release Grantor from any of its duties or obligations under the contracts and agreements included in the Collateral; and (iii) Bank shall not have any obligation or liability under the contracts and agreements included in the Collateral by reason of this Agreement, nor shall Bank be obligated to perform any of the obligations or duties of Grantor thereunder or to take any action to collect or enforce any claim for payment assigned hereunder.

 

7


(i) Instruments . Grantor will deliver and pledge to Bank all Instruments that are part of the Collateral duly endorsed and accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank.

(j) Records . Grantor shall prepare and keep, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, complete and accurate records regarding the Collateral in all material respects and, if and when requested by Bank, shall prepare and deliver a complete and accurate schedule of all the Collateral in such detail as Bank may reasonably require.

(k) Inspection of Grantor’s Books . Grantor shall permit Bank or its designee at reasonable times and from time to time, but not more than once a year, to inspect Grantor’s books, records and properties and to audit and to make copies of extracts from such books and records.

(l) Fees and Costs . Grantor shall pay all expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by Bank in the preservation, realization, enforcement or exercise of any of Bank’s rights under this Agreement and in the establishment, determination, continuation or defense of the validity or priority of Bank’s security interest under this Agreement.

(m) Accounts . Within ninety (90) days after the Closing Date, Grantor shall maintain and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain their depository and operating accounts with Bank and their investment accounts with Bank’s Affiliates covered by a control agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Bank.

(n) Corporate Existence . Grantor will maintain its corporate existence and good standing and will maintain in force all licenses and agreements, the loss of which could have a material adverse effect on Grantor’s business. Grantor will timely pay all material taxes and will comply with all laws and orders applicable to it except where the failure to comply is not reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(o) Negative Covenants . Grantor will not (i) make any investments in, or loans or advances to, any person other than in the ordinary course of business as currently conducted, other than Permitted Investments, (ii) acquire any assets other than in the ordinary course of business as currently conducted, (iii) make any distributions or pay any dividends to any person on account of Grantor’s shares, except that Grantor may (A) repurchase the stock of former employees, directors and consultants pursuant to stock repurchase agreements in an aggregate amount not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) during any fiscal year as long as an Event of Default does not exist prior to such repurchase or would not exist after giving effect to such repurchase, (B) repurchase the stock of former employees, directors and consultants pursuant to stock repurchase agreements by the cancellation of indebtedness owed by such former employees to Grantor regardless of whether an Event of Default exists, (C) pay dividends in equity securities, (D) convert any of its convertible securities (including warrants) into other securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities and (E) make cash payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares, provided that the aggregate amount of such payments made during a fiscal year, when added to the aggregate amount of payments made under clause (A) above during such fiscal year, does not exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), (iv) borrow any money except (A) in the ordinary course of business as currently conducted and (B) Permitted Indebtedness, (v) move, dispose of or encumber any portion of its assets, except for (A) dispositions of inventory in the ordinary course of Grantor’s business, (B) Permitted Liens and (C) Permitted Transfers, (vi) merge or consolidate with or into any person or entity, (vii) create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any lien (other than liens in favor of Bank and Permitted Liens) with respect to any of its property, or assign or otherwise convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any of Grantor’s accounts, (viii) except for Inventory sold in the ordinary course of business and movable items of personal property such as laptop computers and except for such other locations as Bank may approve in writing, keep Inventory or Equipment at a location other than the address specified in Section 12 hereof; (ix) relocate its chief executive office or state of incorporation without thirty (30) days prior written notice to Bank, or (x) or, subject to Section 4(m), maintain or invest any of its property consisting of deposit accounts or securities accounts with a Person other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates subject to a control agreement or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so unless such Person has entered into an account control agreement with Bank in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank, or suffer or permit any Subsidiary to be a party to, or be bound by, an agreement that restricts such Subsidiary from paying dividends or otherwise distributing property to Grantor.

 

8


(p) Further Assurances . At any time and from time to time, upon the written request of Bank, and at the sole expense of Grantor, Grantor shall promptly and duly execute and deliver any and all such further instruments and documents and take such further action as Bank may reasonably deem desirable to obtain the full benefits of this Agreement and of the rights and powers herein granted, including, without limitation, (i) to secure all consents and approvals necessary or appropriate for the grant of a security interest to Bank in any Collateral held by Grantor or in which Grantor has any rights not heretofore assigned, (ii) filing any financing or continuation statements under the Code with respect to the security interests granted hereby, (iii) transferring Collateral to Bank’s possession (if a security interest in such Collateral can be perfected by possession), (iv) placing the interest of Bank as lienholder on the certificate of title (or other evidence of ownership) of any vehicle owned by Grantor or in or with respect to which Grantor holds a beneficial interest and (v) obtaining, for each Collateral Location with Collateral with an aggregate book value in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) that is not owned by Grantor, a landlord subordination agreement, collateral access agreement or bailment waiver, executed by the landlord, warehouseman or bailee of such location, as applicable, together with a copy of the lease, warehouse or bailment agreement for each such location; provided, however, the aggregate book value of Collateral at Collateral Locations not subject to the foregoing requirements shall not exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000). Grantor also hereby authorizes Bank to file any such financing or continuation statement. If any amount payable under or in connection with any of the Collateral is or shall become evidenced by any Instrument, such Instrument, other than checks and notes received in the ordinary course of business, shall be duly endorsed in a manner reasonably satisfactory to Bank and delivered to Bank promptly upon Grantor’s receipt thereof.

5. Events of Default . The occurrence of any Event of Default under the Loan Agreement or Grantor’s breach of any term provision, covenant warranty or representation under this Agreement, or under any other document, instrument or agreement entered into between Grantor and Bank, as the same may be amended modified or supplemented from time to time, shall constitute an “Event of Default” under this Agreement.

6. Remedies . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank shall have all rights, privileges, powers and remedies provided by law, including, but not limited to, exercise of any or all of the following remedies only during the continuance of an Event of Default.

(a) Bank may declare all Secured Obligations to be immediately due and payable, and thereupon all such amounts shall be and become immediately due and payable to the Bank.

(b) Bank may dispose of the Collateral in accordance with applicable law.

(c) Bank may use, operate, consume and sell the Collateral in its possession as appropriate for the purpose of performing Grantor’s obligations with respect thereto to the extent necessary to satisfy the obligations of Grantor.

(d) All payments received and amounts realized by Bank shall be promptly applied and distributed by the Bank in the following order of priority:

(i) first, to the payment of all costs and expenses, including legal expenses and reasonable attorneys fees, incurred or made hereunder by Bank, including any such costs and expenses of foreclosure or suit, if any, and of any sale or the exercise of any other remedy under this Section 6, and of all taxes, assessments or liens superior to the lien granted under this Agreement; and

(ii) second, to the payment to Bank of the amount then owing under the Secured Obligations; and

(iii) third, to Grantor, to the extent permitted under applicable law.

 

9


7. Power of Attorney . Effective only upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Grantor hereby irrevocably appoints Bank (and any of Bank’s designated officers, or employees) as Grantor’s true and lawful attorney to: (a) send requests for verification of Accounts or notify account debtors of Bank’s security interest in the Accounts; (b) endorse Grantor’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security that may come into Bank’s possession; (c) sign Grantor’s name on any invoice or bill of lading relating to any Account, drafts against account debtors, schedules and assignments of Accounts, verifications of Accounts, and notices to account debtors; (d) dispose of any Collateral; (e) make, settle, and adjust all claims under and decisions with respect to Grantor’s policies of insurance; (f) settle and adjust disputes and claims respecting the accounts directly with account debtors, for amounts and upon terms which Bank determines to be reasonable; (g) file Grantor’s tax returns and related documents with the appropriate governmental authority; (h) enter into a short-form intellectual property security agreement consistent with the terms of this Agreement for recording purposes only or modify, in its sole discretion, any intellectual property security agreement entered into between Grantor and Bank without first obtaining Grantor’s approval of or signature to such modification by amending the exhibits or schedules thereof, as appropriate, to include reference to any right, title or interest in any Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks or other intellectual property collateral acquired by Grantor after the execution hereof or to delete any reference to any right, title or interest in any Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks or other Intellectual Property Collateral in which Grantor no longer has or claims to have any right, title or interest; and (i) file, in its sole discretion, one or more financing statements, financing change statements or continuation statements and amendments thereto, relative to any of the Collateral without the signature of Grantor where permitted by law; provided Bank may exercise such power of attorney to sign the name of Grantor on any of the documents described in clauses (h) and (i) above, regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred. The appointment of Bank as Grantor’s attorney in fact, and each and every one of Bank’s rights and powers, being coupled with an interest, is irrevocable until all of the Secured Obligations have been fully repaid and performed and Bank’s obligation to provide advances hereunder is terminated.

8. Remedies Cumulative . Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement, the Loan Documents, and all other agreements shall be cumulative. Bank shall have all other rights and remedies not inconsistent herewith as provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. No exercise by Bank of one right or remedy shall be deemed an election, and no waiver by Bank of any Event of Default on Borrower’s part shall be deemed a continuing waiver. No delay by Bank shall constitute a waiver, election, or acquiescence by it. No waiver by Bank shall be effective unless made in a written document signed on behalf of Bank and then shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it was given.

9. Amendment of Loan Documents . Grantor authorizes Bank, without notice or demand and without affecting its liability hereunder, from time to time to (a) renew, extend, or (with the approval of Borrower) otherwise change the terms of any Loan Document, or any part thereof; (b) take and hold security for the payment of any Loan Document, and exchange, enforce, waive and release any such security; and (c) apply such security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof as Bank in its sole discretion may determine.

10. Grantor Waivers . Grantor waives any right to require Bank to (a) proceed against Borrower, any guarantor or any other person; (b) proceed against or exhaust any security held from Borrower; (c) marshal any assets of Borrower; or (d) pursue any other remedy in Bank’s power whatsoever. Bank may, at its election, release, exchange, modify, enforce and otherwise exercise or decline or fail to exercise any right or remedy it may have against Borrower, any guarantor or any security held by Bank, including without limitation the right to foreclose upon any such security by judicial or nonjudicial sale, without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of Grantor hereunder. Grantor is not relying upon any guaranty which Bank has or may have or assets in which Bank has or may have a lien or security interest for payment of the Secured Obligations. Grantor agrees that no security or guaranty now or later held by Bank for the payment of any Secured Obligations, whether from Borrower, any guarantor, or otherwise, and whether in the nature of a security interest, pledge, lien, assignment, setoff, suretyship, guaranty, indemnity, insurance or otherwise, shall affect in any manner the unconditional pledge of Grantor under this Agreement. Grantor waives any defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense of Borrower or by reason of the cessation from any cause whatsoever of the liability of Borrower. Grantor waives any setoff, defense or counterclaim that Borrower may have against Bank. Grantor waives any defense arising out of the absence,

 

10


impairment or loss of any right of reimbursement or subrogation or any other rights against Borrower. Until all Secured Obligations have been satisfied, Grantor shall have no right of subrogation or reimbursement, contribution or other rights against Borrower, and Grantor waives any right to enforce any remedy that Bank now has or may hereafter have against Borrower. Grantor waives all rights to participate in any security now or hereafter held by Bank. Grantor waives all presentments, demands for performance, notices of nonperformance, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor, and notices of acceptance of this Agreement and of the existence, creation, or incurring of new or additional indebtedness. Grantor assumes the responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of the financial condition of Borrower and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of any indebtedness or nonperformance of any obligation of Borrower, warrants to Bank that it will keep so informed, and agrees that absent a request for particular information by Grantor, Bank shall have no duty to advise Grantor of information known to Bank regarding such condition or any such circumstances. Until all Obligations have been satisfied, Grantor waives the benefits of California Civil Code sections 2799, 2809, 2810, 2815, 2819, 2820, 2821, 2822, 2838, 2839, 2845, 2847, 2848, 2849, 2850, 2899 and 3433.

11. Borrower Insolvency . If Borrower becomes insolvent or is adjudicated bankrupt or files a petition for reorganization, arrangement, composition or similar relief under any present or future provision of the United States Bankruptcy Code, or if such a petition is filed against Borrower, and in any such proceeding some or all of any indebtedness or obligations under the Loan Documents are terminated or rejected or any obligation of Borrower is modified or abrogated, or if Borrower’s obligations are otherwise avoided for insolvency, bankruptcy or any similar reason, Grantor agrees that Grantor’s liability hereunder shall not thereby be affected or modified and such liability shall continue in full force and effect as if no such action or proceeding had occurred. This Agreement shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if any payment must be returned by Bank upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of Borrower, Grantor, any other person, or otherwise, as though such payment had not been made.

12. Notices . Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, all notices or demands by any party relating to this Agreement or any other agreement entered into in connection herewith shall be in writing and (except for financial statements and other informational documents which may be sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid) shall be personally delivered or sent by a recognized overnight delivery service, certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or by telefacsimile to Grantor or to Bank, as the case may be, at its addresses set forth below:

 

If to Grantor:

   PowerSteering Software, Inc.
   25 First Street
   Cambridge, MA 02141
   Attn: Chief Financial Officer
   FAX: (512) 721-1218

with a copy to (which

   Wilson Sonsini Goodrick & Rosati, Professional Corporation

copy is not required to

   650 Page Mill Road

constitute notice):

   Palo Alto, CA 94304
   Attn: Andrew J. Hirsch
   FAX: (650) 493-6811

If to Bank:

   Comerica Bank
   Livonia Operations Center
   MC 7512
   39200 Six Mile Rd.
   Livonia, MI 48152
   Attn: Credit Manager

with a copy to:

   Comerica Bank
   300 W. Sixth St.
   Suite 1300
   Austin, TX 78701
   Attn: Megan Kirk
   FAX: (512) 427-7178

 

11


The parties hereto may change the address at which they are to receive notices hereunder, by notice in writing in the foregoing manner given to the other. Failure to deliver a copy of any notice or demand to a Person who is not a party to this Agreement shall not render ineffective any notice or demand otherwise delivered to a party to this Agreement in accordance with this Section.

13. Choice of Law and Venue; Jury Trial Waiver .

This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Each of the parties hereto hereby submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and Federal courts located in the County of Santa Clara, State of California. THE UNDERSIGNED ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS A CONSTITUTIONAL ONE, BUT THAT IT MAY BE WAIVED UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, EACH PARTY, AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS CHOICE, KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THE MUTUAL BENEFIT OF ALL PARTIES, WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT, INSTRUMENT OR AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE UNDERSIGNED PARTIES.

14. Reference Provision .

(a) In the event the Jury Trial Waiver set forth above is not enforceable, the parties elect to proceed under this Judicial Reference Provision.

(b) With the exception of the items specified in clause (c), below, any controversy, dispute or claim (each, a “Claim”) between the parties arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other document, instrument or agreement between the undersigned parties (collectively in this Section, the “Comerica Documents”), will be resolved by a reference proceeding in California in accordance with the provisions of Sections 638 et seq. of the California Code of Civil Procedure (“CCP”), or their successor sections, which shall constitute the exclusive remedy for the resolution of any Claim, including whether the Claim is subject to the reference proceeding. Except as otherwise provided in the Comerica Documents, venue for the reference proceeding will be in the state or federal court in the county or district where the real property involved in the action, if any, is located or in the state or federal court in the county or district where venue is otherwise appropriate under applicable law (the “Court”).

(c) The matters that shall not be subject to a reference are the following: (i) nonjudicial foreclosure of any security interests in real or personal property, (ii) exercise of self-help remedies (including, without limitation, set-off), (iii) appointment of a receiver and (iv) temporary, provisional or ancillary remedies (including, without limitation, writs of attachment, writs of possession, temporary restraining orders or preliminary injunctions). This reference provision does not limit the right of any party to exercise or oppose any of the rights and remedies described in clauses (i) and (ii) or to seek or oppose from a court of competent jurisdiction any of the items described in clauses (iii) and (iv). The exercise of, or opposition to, any of those items does not waive the right of any party to a reference pursuant to this reference provision as provided herein.

(d) The referee shall be a retired judge or justice selected by mutual written agreement of the parties. If the parties do not agree within ten (10) days of a written request to do so by any party, then, upon request of any party, the referee shall be selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative). A request for appointment of a referee may be heard on an ex parte or expedited basis, and the parties agree that irreparable harm would result if ex parte relief is not granted. Pursuant to CCP § 170.6, each party shall have one peremptory challenge to the referee selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative).

(e) The parties agree that time is of the essence in conducting the reference proceedings. Accordingly, the referee shall be requested, subject to change in the time periods specified herein for good cause shown, to (i) set the matter for a status and trial-setting conference within fifteen (15) days after the date of selection of the referee, (ii) if practicable, try all issues of law or fact within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the conference and (iii) report a statement of decision within twenty (20) days after the matter has been submitted for decision.

 

12


(f) The referee will have power to expand or limit the amount and duration of discovery. The referee may set or extend discovery deadlines or cutoffs for good cause, including a party’s failure to provide requested discovery for any reason whatsoever. Unless otherwise ordered based upon good cause shown, no party shall be entitled to “priority” in conducting discovery, depositions may be taken by either party upon seven (7) days written notice, and all other discovery shall be responded to within fifteen (15) days after service. All disputes relating to discovery which cannot be resolved by the parties shall be submitted to the referee whose decision shall be final and binding.

(g) Except as expressly set forth herein, the referee shall determine the manner in which the reference proceeding is conducted including the time and place of hearings, the order of presentation of evidence, and all other questions that arise with respect to the course of the reference proceeding. All proceedings and hearings conducted before the referee, except for trial, shall be conducted without a court reporter, except that when any party so requests, a court reporter will be used at any hearing conducted before the referee, and the referee will be provided a courtesy copy of the transcript. The party making such a request shall have the obligation to arrange for and pay the court reporter. Subject to the referee’s power to award costs to the prevailing party, the parties will equally share the cost of the referee and the court reporter at trial.

(h) The referee shall be required to determine all issues in accordance with existing case law and the statutory laws of the State of California. The rules of evidence applicable to proceedings at law in the State of California will be applicable to the reference proceeding. The referee shall be empowered to enter equitable as well as legal relief, enter equitable orders that will be binding on the parties and rule on any motion which would be authorized in a court proceeding, including without limitation motions for summary judgment or summary adjudication. The referee shall issue a decision at the close of the reference proceeding which disposes of all claims of the parties that are the subject of the reference. Pursuant to CCP § 644, such decision shall be entered by the Court as a judgment or an order in the same manner as if the action had been tried by the Court and any such decision will be final, binding and conclusive. The parties reserve the right to appeal from the final judgment or order or from any appealable decision or order entered by the referee. The parties reserve the right to findings of fact, conclusions of laws, a written statement of decision, and the right to move for a new trial or a different judgment, which new trial, if granted, is also to be a reference proceeding under this provision.

(i) If the enabling legislation which provides for appointment of a referee is repealed (and no successor statute is enacted), any dispute between the parties that would otherwise be determined by reference procedure will be resolved and determined by arbitration. The arbitration will be conducted by a retired judge or justice, in accordance with the California Arbitration Act § 1280 through § 1294.2 of the CCP as amended from time to time. The limitations with respect to discovery set forth above shall apply to any such arbitration proceeding.

(j) THE PARTIES RECOGNIZE AND AGREE THAT ALL CONTROVERSIES, DISPUTES AND CLAIMS RESOLVED UNDER THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL BE DECIDED BY A REFEREE AND NOT BY A JURY. AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS OWN CHOICE, EACH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THE MUTUAL BENEFIT OF ALL PARTIES, AGREES THAT THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL APPLY TO ANY CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CLAIM BETWEEN OR AMONG THEM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER COMERICA DOCUMENTS.

15. Amalgamation of Borrower . Within one Business Day of the date hereof, Silverback Two Canada Merger Corporation will amalgamate with its wholly owned subsidiary, TENROX Inc., a Canadian corporation, with TENROX Inc. as the resulting amalgamated entity (the “Amalgamation”). Upon the completion of the Amalgamation, TENROX Inc. will be the Borrower under the Loan Agreement and all other Loan Documents and all references in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to “Silverback Two Canada Merger Corporation” shall refer to “TENROX Inc.”, the amalgamated entity.

 

13


16. General Provisions .

16.1 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and permitted assigns of each of the parties; provided, however, that neither this Agreement nor any rights hereunder may be assigned by Grantor without Bank’s prior written consent, which consent may be granted or withheld in Bank’s sole discretion. Bank shall have the right without the consent of or notice to Grantor to sell, transfer, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank’s obligations, rights and benefits hereunder.

16.2 Indemnification . Grantor shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Bank and its officers, employees, and agents against: (a) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities claimed or asserted by any other party in connection with Grantor’s failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement; and (b) all losses or Bank Expenses (as defined in the Loan Agreement) in any way suffered, incurred, or paid by Bank as a result of or in any way arising out of, following, or consequential to Grantor’s failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement (including without limitation reasonable attorneys fees and expenses), except for losses caused by Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

16.3 Time of Essence . Time is of the essence for the performance of all obligations set forth in this Agreement.

16.4 Severability of Provisions . Each provision of this Agreement shall be severable from every other provision of this Agreement for the purpose of determining the legal enforceability of any specific provision.

16.5 Amendments in Writing, Integration . This Agreement cannot be amended or terminated orally. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, if any, are merged into this Agreement and the Loan Documents.

16.6 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Agreement.

16.7 Survival . All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect so long as any Secured Obligations remain outstanding or Bank has any obligation to make Credit Extensions to Borrower. The obligations of Grantor to indemnify Bank with respect to the expenses, damages, losses, costs and liabilities described in this Agreement shall survive until all applicable statute of limitations periods with respect to actions that may be brought against Bank have run.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date set forth above.

 

GRANTOR:

    

BANK

POWERSTEERING SOFTWARE, INC.

    

COMERICA BANK

By:

 

     

    

By:

  

     

Name:

 

     

    

Name:

  

     

Title:

 

     

    

Title:

  

     


DEBTOR:                           POWERSTEERING SOFTWARE, INC.

SECURED PARTY:          COMERICA BANK

EXHIBIT A

COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENT

TO SECURITY AGREEMENT

All personal property of Grantor (herein referred to as “Grantor” or “Debtor”) whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired, and wherever located, including, but not limited to:

(a) all accounts (including health-care-insurance receivables), chattel paper (including tangible and electronic chattel paper), deposit accounts, documents (including negotiable documents), equipment (including all accessions and additions thereto), general intangibles (including payment intangibles and software), goods (including fixtures), instruments (including promissory notes), inventory (including all goods held for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, and including returns and repossessions), investment property (including securities and securities entitlements), letter of credit rights, money, and all of Debtor’s books and records with respect to any of the foregoing, and the computers and equipment containing said books and records;

(b) all common law and statutory copyrights and copyright registrations, applications for registration, now existing or hereafter arising, in the United States of America or in any foreign jurisdiction, obtained or to be obtained on or in connection with any of the forgoing, or any parts thereof or any underlying or component elements of any of the forgoing, together with the right to copyright and all rights to renew or extend such copyrights and the right (but not the obligation) of Bank (herein referred to as “Bank” or “Secured Party”) to sue in its own name and/or in the name of the Debtor for past, present and future infringements of copyright;

(c) all trademarks, service marks, trade names and service names and the goodwill associated therewith, together with the right to trademark and all rights to renew or extend such trademarks and the right (but not the obligation) of Secured Party to sue in its own name and/or in the name of the Debtor for past, present and future infringements of trademark;

(d) all (i) patents and patent applications filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any similar office of any foreign jurisdiction, and interests under patent license agreements, including, without limitation, the inventions and improvements described and claimed therein, (ii) licenses pertaining to any patent whether Debtor is licensor or licensee, (iii) income, royalties, damages, payments, accounts and accounts receivable now or hereafter due and/or payable under and with respect thereto, including, without limitation, damages and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof, (iv) right (but not the obligation) to sue in the name of Debtor and/or in the name of Secured Party for past, present and future infringements thereof, (v) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world in all jurisdictions in which such patents have been issued or applied for, and (vi) reissues, divisions, continuations, renewals, extensions and continuations-in-part with respect to any of the foregoing; and

(e) any and all cash proceeds and/or noncash proceeds of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, insurance proceeds, and all supporting obligations and the security therefor or for any right to payment. All terms above have the meanings given to them in the California Uniform Commercial Code, as amended or supplemented from time to time.


Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral shall not include (i) any property that is nonassignable by its terms without the consent of the licensor thereof or another party (but only to the extent such prohibition on transfer is enforceable under applicable law, including, without limitation, Sections 9406 and 9408 of the Code), (ii) any property where the granting of a security interest therein is contrary to applicable law, provided that upon the cessation of any such restriction or prohibition, such property shall automatically become part of the Collateral, (iii) any intent-to-use trademarks at all times prior to the first use thereof, whether by the actual use thereof in commerce, the recording of a statement of use with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or otherwise, but only to the extent the granting of a security interest in such intent-to-use trademark would be contrary to applicable law, or (iv) the specific equipment of Debtor subject to one of the equipment leases described below (each, an “Equipment Lease”), so long as such equipment is subject to a lien in favor of the applicable lessor under such Equipment Lease, but only to the extent of the unpaid balance on such Equipment Lease: (a) Buccaneer Financial Group, Inc. under lease agreement no. BFG452, (b) M2 Lease Funds LLC under lease proposal no. 34137, (c) IBM Credit LLC, as assignee of Arrow Electronics Global Financial Solutions, Inc., under lease no. VP0F37790, (d) Key Equipment Finance Inc. under lease agreement no. 1800061628, (e) Key Equipment Finance Inc. under lease agreement no. 1800063126, (f) Royal Bank America Leasing, L.P. under agreement no. 222654, and (g) NSF Leasing, Inc. under master equipment lease no. 2009-005.

 

17


FIRST AMENDMENT TO

SECURITY AGREEMENT

This First Amendment to Security Agreement (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of May 31, 2012, between COMERICA BANK (“ Bank ”), and POWERSTEERING SOFTWARE, INC. (“ Grantor ”).

RECITALS

Grantor and Bank are parties to that certain Security Agreement dated as of February 10, 2012 (as it may be amended from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”). The parties desire to amend the Security Agreement, in accordance with the terms of this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

1. The reference to “One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00)” in Section 1(i)(iii) of the Security Agreement is deleted and replaced with “One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000.00)”.

2. The reference to “One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00)” in Section 1(k)(iii) of the Security Agreement is deleted and replaced with “One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000.00)”.

3. Section 4(m) of the Security Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(m) Accounts . On or before May 31, 2012, Grantor shall maintain and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain their depository and operating accounts with Bank and their investment accounts with Bank’s Affiliates covered by a control agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Bank.”

4. Unless otherwise defined, all initially capitalized terms in this Amendment shall be as defined in the Security Agreement. The Security Agreement, as amended hereby, shall be and remains in full force and effect in accordance with its terms and hereby is ratified and confirmed in all respects. Except as expressly set forth herein, the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of, or as an amendment of, any right, power, or remedy of Bank under the Security Agreement, as in effect prior to the date hereof.

5. Grantor represents and warrants that the Representations and Warranties contained in the Security Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the date of this Amendment (provided, however, that those representations and warranties expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such date), and that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

6. This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

[Signatures on following page]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the first date above written.

“Grantor”

POWERSTEERING SOFTWARE, INC.

By:     /s/ John T. McDonald                                                            

Name:     John T. McDonald                                                           

Title:     President                                                                               

“Bank”

COMERICA BANK

By:     /s/ Paul Gerling                                                                    

Name:     Paul Gerling                                                                   

Title:     Senior Vice President                                                       


AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO

SECURITY AGREEMENT AND WAIVER

This Amendment and Waiver executed as of April 11, 2013 by PowerSteering Software, Inc. (“Grantor”) and Comerica Bank (“Bank”).

Recitals

A. Grantor executed a Security Agreement dated as of February 10, 2012 in favor of Bank (as may have been amended, restated, supplemented or replaced from time to time, the “Security Agreement”).

B. Debtor and Bank desire to amend the Security Agreement as set forth below.

The parties agree as follows:

1. Bank hereby waives Grantor’s violation of Section 4(o)(iv) of the Security Agreement and those Sections of the Security Agreement related to clause (iii) of the definition of Permitted Liens for the period beginning on December 31, 2012 through the date hereof. This waiver is specific as to content and time, shall be limited precisely as written, and shall not constitute a waiver of any other current or future Default or Event of Default or breach of any covenant contained in the Security Agreement or the terms and conditions of any other Loan Documents. Bank expressly reserves all of its various rights, remedies, powers and privileges under the Security Agreement and the other Loan Documents due to any other Default or breach not waived herein.

2. Subsection (iii) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” in Section 1 of the Security Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(iii) Indebtedness of Grantor, Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Tenrox Inc., a Delaware corporation, Visionael Corporation, a Delaware corporation and LMR Solutions LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (collectively, the ‘Secured Guarantors’, and each individually a ‘Secured Guarantor’), or any of them, individually or in the aggregate, in an amount not to exceed Six Hundred Thousand Dollars ($600,000.00) in any fiscal year secured by a lien described in clause (iii) of the defined term ‘Permitted Liens’, provided such Indebtedness does not exceed the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the equipment financed with such Indebtedness;”

3. Subsection (iii) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” in Section 1 of the Security Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(iii) Liens securing obligations of Secured Guarantors, or any of them, individually or in the aggregate, not to exceed Six Hundred Thousand Dollars ($600,000.00) (i) upon or in any Equipment acquired or held by a Secured Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries to secure the purchase price of such Equipment or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition or lease of such Equipment, or (ii) existing on such Equipment at the time of its acquisition, provided that the lien is confined solely to the property so acquired and improvements thereon, and the proceeds of such Equipment;”

4. The Schedule of Exceptions to the Security Agreement is amended as set forth on the Amendment to Schedule of Exceptions attached hereto.

5. Except as expressly modified hereby, all of the terms and conditions of the Security Agreement remain in full force and effect.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties execute this Amendment as of the date set forth above.

 

POWERSTEERING SOFTWARE, INC.

    COMERICA BANK
By:   /s/ John T. McDonald     By:   /s/ Paul Gerling
Its:   President     Its:   Senior Vice President

 

2


AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO

SECURITY AGREEMENT

This Amendment No. 3 to Security Agreement (“Amendment”) is executed as of May 16, 2013 by PowerSteering Software, Inc. (“Grantor”) and Comerica Bank (“Bank”).

Recitals

A. Grantor executed a Security Agreement dated as of February 10, 2012 in favor of Bank (as amended, the “Security Agreement”).

B. Debtor and Bank desire to amend the Security Agreement as set forth below.

The parties agree as follows:

1. Subsection (iii) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” in Section 1 of the Security Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(iii) Indebtedness of Grantor, Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Tenrox Inc., a Delaware corporation, Visionael Corporation, a Delaware corporation, LMR Solutions LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Marex Group, Inc., a Nebraska corporation and FileBound Solutions, Inc., a Florida corporation (collectively, the ‘Secured Guarantors’, and each individually a ‘Secured Guarantor’), or any of them, individually or in the aggregate, in an amount not to exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) in any fiscal year secured by a lien described in clause (iii) of the defined term ‘Permitted Liens’, provided such Indebtedness does not exceed the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the equipment financed with such Indebtedness;”

2. Subsection (iii) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” in Section 1 of the Security Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(iii) Liens securing obligations of Secured Guarantors, or any of them, individually or in the aggregate, not to exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) (i) upon or in any Equipment acquired or held by a Secured Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries to secure the purchase price of such Equipment or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition or lease of such Equipment, or (ii) existing on such Equipment at the time of its acquisition, provided that the lien is confined solely to the property so acquired and improvements thereon, and the proceeds of such Equipment;”

3. Except as expressly modified hereby, all of the terms and conditions of the Security Agreement remain in full force and effect.

[SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties execute this Amendment as of the date set forth above.

 

POWERSTEERING SOFTWARE, INC.

    COMERICA BANK
By:   /s/ Michael Hill     By:   /s/ Paul Gerling
Its:   Secretary     Its:   Senior Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 3 to Security Agreement (1304799)]


AMENDMENT NO. 4 TO

SECURITY AGREEMENT

This Amendment No. 4 to Security Agreement (“Amendment”) is executed as of December 6, 2013 by PowerSteering Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Grantor”) and Comerica Bank (“Bank”).

Recitals

A. Grantor executed a Security Agreement dated as of February 10, 2012 in favor of Bank (as amended, the “Security Agreement”).

B. Debtor and Bank desire to amend the Security Agreement as set forth below.

The parties agree as follows:

1. Subsection (iii) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” in Section 1 of the Security Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(iii) Indebtedness of Grantor, Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, ComSci, Inc., a Delaware corporation, ComSci, LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company, Tenrox Inc., a Delaware corporation, LMR Solutions LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Marex Group, Inc., a Nebraska corporation, and FileBound Solutions, Inc., a Florida corporation (collectively, the ‘Secured Guarantors’, and each individually a ‘Secured Guarantor’), or any of them, individually or in the aggregate, in an amount not to exceed One Million Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,200,000.00) in any fiscal year secured by a lien described in clause (iii) of the defined term ‘Permitted Liens’, provided such Indebtedness does not exceed the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the equipment financed with such Indebtedness;”

2. Subsection (iii) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” in Section 1 of the Security Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(iii) Liens securing obligations of Secured Guarantors, or any of them, individually or in the aggregate, not to exceed One Million Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,200,000.00) (i) upon or in any Equipment acquired or held by a Secured Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries to secure the purchase price of such Equipment or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition or lease of such Equipment, or (ii) existing on such Equipment at the time of its acquisition, provided that the lien is confined solely to the property so acquired and improvements thereon, and the proceeds of such Equipment;”

3. Except as expressly modified hereby, all of the terms and conditions of the Security Agreement remain in full force and effect.

[SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties execute this Amendment as of the date set forth above.

 

POWERSTEERING SOFTWARE, INC.

    COMERICA BANK
By:   / S / J OHN T. M C D ONALD     By:   / S / P AUL G ERLING
Its:   P RESIDENT     Its:   S ENIOR V ICE P RESIDENT

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 4 to Security Agreement (3050113)]


AMENDMENT NO. 5 TO

SECURITY AGREEMENT

This Amendment No. 5 to Security Agreement (“Amendment”) is executed as of March 19, 2014 by PowerSteering Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Grantor”) and Comerica Bank (“Bank”).

Recitals

A. Grantor executed a Security Agreement dated as of February 10, 2012 in favor of Bank (as amended, the “Security Agreement”).

B. Debtor and Bank desire to amend the Security Agreement as set forth below.

The parties agree as follows:

1. Subsection (iii) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” in Section 1 of the Security Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(iii) Indebtedness of Grantor, Upland Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation f/k/a Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc., ComSci, Inc., a Delaware corporation, ComSci, LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company, Tenrox Inc., a Delaware corporation, LMR Solutions LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Clickability, Inc., a Delaware corporation and FileBound Solutions, Inc., a Nebraska corporation f/k/a Marex Group, Inc., successor by merger to FileBound Solutions, Inc., a Florida corporation (collectively, the ‘Secured Guarantors’, and each individually a ‘Secured Guarantor’), or any of them, individually or in the aggregate, in an amount not to exceed Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) in any fiscal year secured by a lien described in clause (iii) of the defined term ‘Permitted Liens’, provided such Indebtedness does not exceed the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the equipment financed with such Indebtedness;”

2. Subsection (iii) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” in Section 1 of the Security Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(iii) Liens securing obligations of Secured Guarantors, or any of them, individually or in the aggregate, not to exceed Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) (i) upon or in any Equipment acquired or held by a Secured Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries to secure the purchase price of such Equipment or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition or lease of such Equipment, or (ii) existing on such Equipment at the time of its acquisition, provided that the lien is confined solely to the property so acquired and improvements thereon, and the proceeds of such Equipment;”

3. Except as expressly modified hereby, all of the terms and conditions of the Security Agreement remain in full force and effect.

[SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties execute this Amendment as of the date set forth above.

 

POWERSTEERING SOFTWARE, INC.

    COMERICA BANK
By:   /s/ John T. McDonald     By:   /s/ Paul Gerling
Its:   President     Its:   Senior Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 5 to Security Agreement (3231611)]

Exhibit 10.29

SECURITY AGREEMENT

(TENROX US)

This Security Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of February 10, 2012 (“ Closing Date ”) by and between the undersigned (“ Grantor ”), and COMERICA BANK (the “ Bank ”).

RECITALS

A. Bank has agreed to make certain advances of money and to extend certain financial accommodations (the “ Financial Accommodations ”) to SILVERBACK TWO CANADA MERGER CORPORATION, a corporation constituted under the Canada Business Corporations Act (“ Borrower ”) in the amounts and manner set forth in that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of even date herewith between Borrower and Bank (as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”).

B. Bank is willing to make the Financial Accommodations to Borrower, but only upon the condition, among others, that Grantor grant to Bank a security interest in all of Grantor’s right title, and interest in, to and under all of the Collateral (defined below) whether presently existing or hereafter acquired.

C. Grantor is an affiliate of Borrower, is financially interested in the affairs of Borrower, and deems it advisable, desirable, and in the best interests of Grantor to enter into this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, Grantor and the Bank agree as follows:

1. Definitions . All terms used without definition in this Agreement shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Loan Agreement. All terms used without definition in this Agreement or in the Loan Agreement shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Code. As used in this Agreement:

(a) “ Code ” means the California Uniform Commercial Code, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

(b) “ Collateral ” means the property described in Exhibit A attached hereto.

(c) “ Collateral Locations ” means each location where any Collateral is now or hereafter located, including, without limitation, those Collateral Locations listed in Section 12 of this Agreement.

(d) “ Event of Default ” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 5 of this Agreement.

(e) “ Grantor Obligations ” means all debt, principal, interest, Bank Expenses and other amounts owed to Bank by Grantor pursuant to this Agreement or any other agreement, including, without limitation, that certain Unconditional Guaranty dated as of even date herewith by Grantor in favor of Bank, whether absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, including any interest that accrues after the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding and including any debt, liability, or obligation owing from Grantor to others that Bank may have obtained by assignment or otherwise.

(f) “ Insolvency Proceeding ” means any proceeding commenced by or against any Person or entity under any provision of the United States Bankruptcy Code, as amended, or under any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, formal or informal moratoria, compositions, extension generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.


(g) “ Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of Grantor and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (b) the ability of Grantor to repay the Grantor Obligations or otherwise perform its obligations under the Loan Documents, or (c) Grantor’s interest in, or the value, perfection or priority of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral.

(h) “ Obligations ” shall have the meaning given such term in the Loan Agreement.

(i) “ Permitted Indebtedness ” means:

(i) Indebtedness of Grantor in favor of Bank;

(ii) Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date and disclosed in the Schedule;

(iii) Indebtedness not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year of Grantor secured by a lien described in clause (ii) of the defined term “Permitted Liens,” provided such Indebtedness does not exceed the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the equipment financed with such Indebtedness;

(iv) Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(v) Indebtedness of Grantor or its Subsidiaries permitted under clauses (iv) and (v) of the defined term “Permitted Investments”;

(vi) Indebtedness consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of business;

(vii) Indebtedness incurred in connection with corporate credit cards; provided that the aggregate limit of all such cards does not exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) at any time; and

(viii) Extensions, refinancings and renewals of any items of Permitted Indebtedness, provided that the principal amount is not increased or the terms modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Grantor or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.

(j) “ Permitted Investment ” means:

(i) Investments existing on the Closing Date and disclosed in the Schedule;

(ii) (a) Marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of America or any agency or any State thereof maturing within one (1) year from the date of acquisition thereof, (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year from the date of creation thereof and currently having rating of at least A-2 or P-2 from either Standard & Poor’s Corporation or Moody’s Investors Service, (c) Bank’s or Bank’s Affiliates certificates of deposit maturing no more than one (1) year from the date of investment therein, and (d) Bank’s or Bank’s Affiliates money market accounts;

(iii) Investments accepted in connection with Permitted Transfers;

(iv) Investments of Grantor and/or its Subsidiaries in or to Guarantors that are also borrowers of Bank;

(v) Investments of Grantor and/or its Subsidiaries in or to Subsidiaries that are not both Guarantors and borrowers of Bank, not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year;

 

2


(vi) Investments (other than Investments consisting of loans) of Grantor in Borrower;

(vii) Investments not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year consisting of (a) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (b) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Grantor or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plan agreements approved by Grantor’s Board of Directors;

(viii) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of Grantor’s business;

(ix) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business, provided that this subparagraph (vii) shall not apply to Investments of Grantor in any Subsidiary; and

(x) Joint ventures or strategic alliances in the ordinary course of Grantor’s business consisting of the non-exclusive licensing of technology, the development of technology or the providing of technical support, provided that any cash Investments by Grantor do not exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year.

(k) “ Permitted Liens ” means the following:

(i) Any Liens existing on the Closing Date and disclosed in the Schedule or arising under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents;

(ii) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other governmental charges or levies, either not delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which Grantor maintains adequate reserves, provided the same have no priority over any of Bank’s security interests;

(iii) Liens securing obligations not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate (a) upon or in any Equipment acquired or held by Grantor or any of its Subsidiaries to secure the purchase price of such Equipment or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition or lease of such Equipment, or (b) existing on such Equipment at the time of its acquisition, provided that the Lien is confined solely to the property so acquired and improvements thereon, and the proceeds of such Equipment;

(iv) Liens incurred in connection with the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens of the type described in clauses (i) and (ii) above, provided that any extension, renewal or replacement Lien shall be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced does not increase;

(v) Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Sections 8.5 (attachment) of the Loan Agreement or 8.9 (judgments) of the Loan Agreement;

 

3


(vi) Until Grantor’s accounts are opened at Bank in accordance with Section 4(m) of this Agreement, Liens in favor of other financial institutions arising in connection with Grantor’s accounts held at such institutions to secure standard fees for deposit services charged by, but not financing made available by such institutions;

(vii) carriers, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business which are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person;

(viii) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), contracts for the purchase of property, leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business and not representing an obligations for borrowed money;

(ix) Liens on insurance proceeds securing the payment of financed insurance premiums; and

(x) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payments of custom duties in connection with the importation of goods.

(l) “ Permitted Transfer ” means the conveyance, sale, lease, license, transfer or disposition by Grantor or any Subsidiary of:

(i) Inventory in the ordinary course of business;

(ii) Non-exclusive licenses and similar arrangements for the use of the property of Grantor in the ordinary course of business;

(iii) Worn-out or obsolete Equipment;

(iv) Other assets of Grantor that do not in the aggregate exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) during any fiscal year; or

(v) Transfers that constitute a Permitted Lien or Permitted Investment.

(m) “ Person ” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or governmental agency.

(n) “ Schedule ” means the schedule of exceptions attached hereto and approved by Bank, if any.

(o) “ Secured Obligations ” means collectively, the Obligations and the Grantor Obligations.

(p) “ Securities Laws ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and applicable state securities laws.

(q) “ Subsidiary ” means any corporation, partnership or limited liability company or joint venture in which (i) any general partnership interest or (ii) more than 50% of the stock, limited liability company interest or joint venture of which by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect the Board of Directors, managers or trustees of the entity, at the time as of which any determination is being made, is owned by Grantor, either directly or through an Affiliate.

 

4


2. Grant of Security Interest . To secure all of the Secured Obligations, Grantor grants to the Bank a continuing security interest in the Collateral, now existing or hereafter acquired. Except for Permitted Liens that are not required to be subordinate to Bank’s Liens, such security interest constitutes a valid, first priority security interest in the presently existing Collateral, and will constitute a valid, first-priority security interest in later acquired Collateral. Grantor authorizes Bank to file at any time financing statements, continuation statements, and amendments thereto that (i) either specifically describe the Collateral or describe the Collateral as all assets of Grantor of the kind pledged hereunder, and (ii) contain any other information required by the Code for the sufficiency of filing office acceptance of any financing statement, continuation statement, or amendment, including whether Grantor is an organization, the type of organization and any organizational identification number issued to Grantor, if applicable. Any such financing statements may be filed by Bank at any time in any jurisdiction.

3. Grantor’s Representations and Warranties . Grantor represents and warrants as follows:

(a) Authorization . Grantor has authority and has obtained all approvals and consents necessary to enter into this Agreement, and Grantor’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement will not violate or conflict with the terms of Grantor’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws or other charter document, or any material law, any material agreement, or other material instrument or writing to which Grantor is party or by which is it bound.

(b) Title . The Collateral is owned by Grantor and is free of all liens, encumbrances and other security interests, except for (a) liens, encumbrances and other security interests in favor of Bank, (b) Permitted Liens and (c) restrictions on transfer imposed by the Securities Laws.

(c) Solvency, Payment of Debts . Grantor is solvent and able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature.

(d) Further Representations . Grantor further represents, warrants, and covenants that (i) Grantor is not in default under any agreement under which Grantor owes any money, or any agreement, the violation or termination of which could have a Material Adverse Effect on Grantor; (ii) the information provided to Bank on or prior to the date of this Agreement is true and correct in all material respects; (iii) all financial statements and other information provided to Bank fairly present Grantor’s financial condition, and there has not been a change in the financial condition of Grantor since the date of the most recent of the financial statements submitted to Bank which could have a Material Adverse Effect; (iv) Grantor is in compliance with all material laws and orders applicable to it; (v) Grantor is not party to any litigation, an adverse determination of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and is not the subject of any government investigation, and Grantor has no knowledge of any pending litigation or investigation; (vi) Grantor’s principal place of business is located at the address specified in Section 12; and (vii) no representation or other statement made by Grantor to Bank contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make any statements made to Bank not misleading.

4. Covenants .

(a) Encumbrances . Grantor shall not (i) grant a security interest in any of the Collateral other than security interests in favor of Bank and security interests granted in connection with Permitted Liens, or (ii) execute any financing statements covering any of the Collateral in favor of any person other than Bank and in connection with Permitted Liens.

(b) Use of Collateral . The Collateral will not be used for any unlawful purpose or in any way that will void any insurance required to be carried in connection therewith. Grantor will keep the Collateral free and clear of liens (other than Permitted Liens and restrictions created under this Agreement) and will keep it in good condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

(c) Indemnification . Grantor shall indemnify Bank against all losses, claims, demands and liabilities of any kind caused by the Collateral, except to the extent that such losses, claims, demands and liabilities are caused by Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

5


(d) Perfection of Security Interest . Grantor shall execute and deliver such documents as Bank reasonably deems necessary to create, perfect and continue the first priority security interest in the Collateral.

(e) Insurance of Collateral .

(i) Grantor, at its expense, shall keep the Collateral insured against loss or damage by fire, theft, explosion, sprinklers, and all other hazards and risks, and in such amounts, as ordinarily insured against by other owners in similar businesses conducted in the locations where Grantor’s business is conducted on the date hereof. Grantor shall also maintain liability and other insurance in amounts and of a type that are customary to businesses similar to Grantor’s.

(ii) All policies of insurance shall be in such form, with such companies, and in such amounts as reasonably satisfactory to Bank. All policies of property insurance shall contain a lender’s loss payable endorsement, in a form satisfactory to Bank, showing Bank as an additional loss payee, and all liability insurance policies shall show Bank as an additional insured and specify that the insurer must give at least 20 days notice to Bank before canceling its policy for any reason, with the exception of for non-payment of premium. Grantor shall immediately provide Bank with copies of any notices of policy cancellation Grantor receives from an insurer. Upon Bank’s request, Grantor shall deliver to Bank certified copies of the policies of insurance and evidence of the payments of all premiums. If no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, proceeds payable under any casualty policy will, at Grantor’s option, be payable to Grantor to replace the property subject to the claim or otherwise acquire property useful to the business of Grantor, provided that if such property constituted Collateral, any such replacement property shall be deemed Collateral in which Bank has been granted a first priority security interest, subject to Permitted Liens that are not required to be subordinate to Bank’s Liens. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, all proceeds payable under any such policy, to the extent that such proceeds constitute Collateral, shall, at the option of Bank, be payable to Bank to be applied on account of the Secured Obligations.

(f) Inventory and Equipment .

(i) Grantor shall not store its Inventory or the Equipment with an aggregate book value in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) with a bailee, warehouseman, or other third party unless the third party has been notified of Bank’s security interest and Bank, (a) has received an acknowledgment from the third party that it is holding or will hold the Inventory or Equipment for Bank’s benefit or (b) is in pledge possession of the warehouse receipt, where negotiable, covering such Inventory or Equipment; provided, however, that the aggregate book value of all Equipment and Inventory at all locations not subject to the foregoing requirements shall not exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) at any time. Except for Inventory sold in the ordinary course of business and movable items of personal property such as laptop computers and except for such other locations as Bank may approve in writing, Grantor shall not store or maintain any Equipment or Inventory at a location other than the location set forth in Section 12 of this Agreement.

(ii) Grantor shall maintain the Collateral in good and saleable condition, repair it (if necessary) and otherwise deal with the Collateral in all such ways as are considered good practice by owners of like property, use it lawfully and only as permitted by insurance policies, and permit Bank to inspect the Collateral upon reasonable prior notice, from time to time during Grantor’s usual business hours but no more than once a year (unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing).

 

6


(iii) Grantor shall not sell, contract to sell, lease, encumber or transfer the Collateral (other than the disposition of Inventory in the ordinary course of Grantor’s business and other assets which are obsolete or otherwise considered surplus, in connection with Permitted Liens and in connection with Permitted Transfers) until the Secured Obligations have been paid or performed in full. Grantor acknowledges and agrees that Bank has a security interest in the proceeds of such Collateral.

(g) Accounts, Chattel Paper and General Intangibles . As to Collateral which are Accounts, Chattel Paper, General Intangibles and Proceeds, Grantor warrants, represents and agrees:

(i) All such Collateral is genuine, enforceable in accordance with its terms and conditions precedent (except as disclosed to and accepted by Bank in writing). Grantor will supply Bank with duplicate invoices or other evidence of Grantor’s rights on Bank’s request.

(ii) To the best of Grantor’s knowledge, all persons appearing to be obligated on such Collateral have authority and capacity to contract.

(iii) Grantor will mark conspicuously all Chattel Paper with a legend, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, indicating that such Chattel Paper is subject to the security interests of Bank and will, upon Bank’s request after the occurrence of an Event of Default, deliver possession thereof to Bank.

(iv) Grantor agrees that following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Grantor shall not compromise, settle or adjust any Account or renew or extend the time of payment thereof without Bank’s prior written consent.

(v) Until Bank exercises its rights to collect the Accounts pursuant hereto, Grantor will collect with diligence all Grantor’s Accounts. Any collection of Accounts by Grantor, whether in the form of cash, checks, notes, or other instruments for the payment of money (properly endorsed or assigned where required to enable Bank to collect same), shall be in trust for Bank. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Grantor shall keep all such collections separate and apart from all other funds and property so as to be capable of identification as the property of Bank and deliver said collections daily to Bank in the identical form received. The proceeds of such collections when received by Bank may be applied by Bank directly to the payment of the Secured Obligations. Any credit given by Bank upon receipt of said proceeds shall be conditional credit subject to collection. Returned items at Bank’s option may be charged to the Grantor. All collections of the Accounts shall be set forth on an itemized schedule, showing the name of the account debtor, the amount of each payment and such other information as Bank may request.

(vi) Until Bank exercises its rights to collect the Accounts pursuant hereto, Grantor may continue its present policies with respect to returned merchandise and adjustments. However, Grantor shall promptly, and in any event within three (3) Business Days, notify Bank of all cases involving repossessions, and material loss or damage of or to merchandise represented by the Accounts.

(h) Binding Agreement . Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, (i) Grantor shall remain liable under the contracts and agreements included in the Collateral to the extent set forth therein to perform all of its duties and obligations thereunder to the same extent as if this Agreement had not been executed; (ii) the exercise by Bank of any of the rights granted hereunder shall not release Grantor from any of its duties or obligations under the contracts and agreements included in the Collateral; and (iii) Bank shall not have any obligation or liability under the contracts and agreements included in the Collateral by reason of this Agreement, nor shall Bank be obligated to perform any of the obligations or duties of Grantor thereunder or to take any action to collect or enforce any claim for payment assigned hereunder.

 

7


(i) Instruments . Grantor will deliver and pledge to Bank all Instruments that are part of the Collateral duly endorsed and accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank.

(j) Records . Grantor shall prepare and keep, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, complete and accurate records regarding the Collateral in all material respects and, if and when requested by Bank, shall prepare and deliver a complete and accurate schedule of all the Collateral in such detail as Bank may reasonably require.

(k) Inspection of Grantor’s Books . Grantor shall permit Bank or its designee at reasonable times and from time to time, but not more than once a year, to inspect Grantor’s books, records and properties and to audit and to make copies of extracts from such books and records.

(l) Fees and Costs . Grantor shall pay all expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by Bank in the preservation, realization, enforcement or exercise of any of Bank’s rights under this Agreement and in the establishment, determination, continuation or defense of the validity or priority of Bank’s security interest under this Agreement.

(m) Accounts . Within ninety (90) days after the Closing Date, Grantor shall maintain and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain their depository and operating accounts with Bank and their investment accounts with Bank’s Affiliates covered by a control agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Bank.

(n) Corporate Existence . Grantor will maintain its corporate existence and good standing and will maintain in force all licenses and agreements, the loss of which could have a material adverse effect on Grantor’s business. Grantor will timely pay all material taxes and will comply with all laws and orders applicable to it except where the failure to comply is not reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(o) Negative Covenants . Grantor will not (i) make any investments in, or loans or advances to, any person other than in the ordinary course of business as currently conducted, other than Permitted Investments, (ii) acquire any assets other than in the ordinary course of business as currently conducted, (iii) make any distributions or pay any dividends to any person on account of Grantor’s shares, except that Grantor may (A) repurchase the stock of former employees, directors and consultants pursuant to stock repurchase agreements in an aggregate amount not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) during any fiscal year as long as an Event of Default does not exist prior to such repurchase or would not exist after giving effect to such repurchase, (B) repurchase the stock of former employees, directors and consultants pursuant to stock repurchase agreements by the cancellation of indebtedness owed by such former employees to Grantor regardless of whether an Event of Default exists, (C) pay dividends in equity securities, (D) convert any of its convertible securities (including warrants) into other securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities and (E) make cash payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares, provided that the aggregate amount of such payments made during a fiscal year, when added to the aggregate amount of payments made under clause (A) above during such fiscal year, does not exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), (iv) borrow any money except (A) in the ordinary course of business as currently conducted and (B) Permitted Indebtedness, (v) move, dispose of or encumber any portion of its assets, except for (A) dispositions of inventory in the ordinary course of Grantor’s business, (B) Permitted Liens and (C) Permitted Transfers, (vi) merge or consolidate with or into any person or entity, (vii) create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any lien (other than liens in favor of Bank and Permitted Liens) with respect to any of its property, or assign or otherwise convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any of Grantor’s accounts, (viii) except for Inventory sold in the ordinary course of business and movable items of personal property such as laptop computers and except for such other locations as Bank may approve in writing, keep Inventory or Equipment at a location other than the address specified in Section 12 hereof; (ix) relocate its chief executive office or state of incorporation without thirty (30) days prior written notice to Bank, or (x) or, subject to Section 4(m), maintain or invest any of its property consisting of deposit accounts or securities accounts with a Person other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates subject to a control agreement or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so unless such Person has entered into an account control agreement with Bank in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank, or suffer or permit any Subsidiary to be a party to, or be bound by, an agreement that restricts such Subsidiary from paying dividends or otherwise distributing property to Grantor.

 

8


(p) Further Assurances . At any time and from time to time, upon the written request of Bank, and at the sole expense of Grantor, Grantor shall promptly and duly execute and deliver any and all such further instruments and documents and take such further action as Bank may reasonably deem desirable to obtain the full benefits of this Agreement and of the rights and powers herein granted, including, without limitation, (i) to secure all consents and approvals necessary or appropriate for the grant of a security interest to Bank in any Collateral held by Grantor or in which Grantor has any rights not heretofore assigned, (ii) filing any financing or continuation statements under the Code with respect to the security interests granted hereby, (iii) transferring Collateral to Bank’s possession (if a security interest in such Collateral can be perfected by possession), (iv) placing the interest of Bank as lienholder on the certificate of title (or other evidence of ownership) of any vehicle owned by Grantor or in or with respect to which Grantor holds a beneficial interest and (v) obtaining, for each Collateral Location with Collateral with an aggregate book value in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) that is not owned by Grantor, a landlord subordination agreement, collateral access agreement or bailment waiver, executed by the landlord, warehouseman or bailee of such location, as applicable, together with a copy of the lease, warehouse or bailment agreement for each such location; provided , however, the aggregate book value of Collateral at Collateral Locations not subject to the foregoing requirements shall not exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000). Grantor also hereby authorizes Bank to file any such financing or continuation statement. If any amount payable under or in connection with any of the Collateral is or shall become evidenced by any Instrument, such Instrument, other than checks and notes received in the ordinary course of business, shall be duly endorsed in a manner reasonably satisfactory to Bank and delivered to Bank promptly upon Grantor’s receipt thereof.

5. Events of Default . The occurrence of any Event of Default under the Loan Agreement or Grantor’s breach of any term provision, covenant warranty or representation under this Agreement, or under any other document, instrument or agreement entered into between Grantor and Bank, as the same may be amended modified or supplemented from time to time, shall constitute an “Event of Default” under this Agreement.

6. Remedies . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank shall have all rights, privileges, powers and remedies provided by law, including, but not limited to, exercise of any or all of the following remedies only during the continuance of an Event of Default.

(a) Bank may declare all Secured Obligations to be immediately due and payable, and thereupon all such amounts shall be and become immediately due and payable to the Bank.

(b) Bank may dispose of the Collateral in accordance with applicable law.

(c) Bank may use, operate, consume and sell the Collateral in its possession as appropriate for the purpose of performing Grantor’s obligations with respect thereto to the extent necessary to satisfy the obligations of Grantor.

(d) All payments received and amounts realized by Bank shall be promptly applied and distributed by the Bank in the following order of priority:

(i) first, to the payment of all costs and expenses, including legal expenses and reasonable attorneys fees, incurred or made hereunder by Bank, including any such costs and expenses of foreclosure or suit, if any, and of any sale or the exercise of any other remedy under this Section 6, and of all taxes, assessments or liens superior to the lien granted under this Agreement; and

(ii) second, to the payment to Bank of the amount then owing under the Secured Obligations; and

(iii) third, to Grantor, to the extent permitted under applicable law.

 

9


7. Power of Attorney . Effective only upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Grantor hereby irrevocably appoints Bank (and any of Bank’s designated officers, or employees) as Grantor’s true and lawful attorney to: (a) send requests for verification of Accounts or notify account debtors of Bank’s security interest in the Accounts; (b) endorse Grantor’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security that may come into Bank’s possession; (c) sign Grantor’s name on any invoice or bill of lading relating to any Account, drafts against account debtors, schedules and assignments of Accounts, verifications of Accounts, and notices to account debtors; (d) dispose of any Collateral; (e) make, settle, and adjust all claims under and decisions with respect to Grantor’s policies of insurance; (f) settle and adjust disputes and claims respecting the accounts directly with account debtors, for amounts and upon terms which Bank determines to be reasonable; (g) file Grantor’s tax returns and related documents with the appropriate governmental authority; (h) enter into a short-form intellectual property security agreement consistent with the terms of this Agreement for recording purposes only or modify, in its sole discretion, any intellectual property security agreement entered into between Grantor and Bank without first obtaining Grantor’s approval of or signature to such modification by amending the exhibits or schedules thereof, as appropriate, to include reference to any right, title or interest in any Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks or other intellectual property collateral acquired by Grantor after the execution hereof or to delete any reference to any right, title or interest in any Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks or other Intellectual Property Collateral in which Grantor no longer has or claims to have any right, title or interest; and (i) file, in its sole discretion, one or more financing statements, financing change statements or continuation statements and amendments thereto, relative to any of the Collateral without the signature of Grantor where permitted by law; provided Bank may exercise such power of attorney to sign the name of Grantor on any of the documents described in clauses (h) and (i) above, regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred. The appointment of Bank as Grantor’s attorney in fact, and each and every one of Bank’s rights and powers, being coupled with an interest, is irrevocable until all of the Secured Obligations have been fully repaid and performed and Bank’s obligation to provide advances hereunder is terminated.

8. Remedies Cumulative . Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement, the Loan Documents, and all other agreements shall be cumulative. Bank shall have all other rights and remedies not inconsistent herewith as provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. No exercise by Bank of one right or remedy shall be deemed an election, and no waiver by Bank of any Event of Default on Borrower’s part shall be deemed a continuing waiver. No delay by Bank shall constitute a waiver, election, or acquiescence by it. No waiver by Bank shall be effective unless made in a written document signed on behalf of Bank and then shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it was given.

9. Amendment of Loan Documents . Grantor authorizes Bank, without notice or demand and without affecting its liability hereunder, from time to time to (a) renew, extend, or (with the approval of Borrower) otherwise change the terms of any Loan Document, or any part thereof; (b) take and hold security for the payment of any Loan Document, and exchange, enforce, waive and release any such security; and (c) apply such security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof as Bank in its sole discretion may determine.

10. Grantor Waivers . Grantor waives any right to require Bank to (a) proceed against Borrower, any guarantor or any other person; (b) proceed against or exhaust any security held from Borrower; (c) marshal any assets of Borrower; or (d) pursue any other remedy in Bank’s power whatsoever. Bank may, at its election, release, exchange, modify, enforce and otherwise exercise or decline or fail to exercise any right or remedy it may have against Borrower, any guarantor or any security held by Bank, including without limitation the right to foreclose upon any such security by judicial or nonjudicial sale, without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of Grantor hereunder. Grantor is not relying upon any guaranty which Bank has or may have or assets in which Bank has or may have a lien or security interest for payment of the Secured Obligations. Grantor agrees that no security or guaranty now or later held by Bank for the payment of any Secured Obligations, whether from Borrower, any guarantor, or otherwise, and whether in the nature of a security interest, pledge, lien, assignment, setoff, suretyship, guaranty, indemnity, insurance or otherwise, shall affect in any manner the unconditional pledge of Grantor under this Agreement. Grantor waives any defense arising by reason of any disability

 

10


or other defense of Borrower or by reason of the cessation from any cause whatsoever of the liability of Borrower. Grantor waives any setoff, defense or counterclaim that Borrower may have against Bank. Grantor waives any defense arising out of the absence, impairment or loss of any right of reimbursement or subrogation or any other rights against Borrower. Until all Secured Obligations have been satisfied, Grantor shall have no right of subrogation or reimbursement, contribution or other rights against Borrower, and Grantor waives any right to enforce any remedy that Bank now has or may hereafter have against Borrower. Grantor waives all rights to participate in any security now or hereafter held by Bank. Grantor waives all presentments, demands for performance, notices of nonperformance, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor, and notices of acceptance of this Agreement and of the existence, creation, or incurring of new or additional indebtedness. Grantor assumes the responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of the financial condition of Borrower and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of any indebtedness or nonperformance of any obligation of Borrower, warrants to Bank that it will keep so informed, and agrees that absent a request for particular information by Grantor, Bank shall have no duty to advise Grantor of information known to Bank regarding such condition or any such circumstances. Until all Obligations have been satisfied, Grantor waives the benefits of California Civil Code sections 2799, 2809, 2810, 2815, 2819, 2820, 2821, 2822, 2838, 2839, 2845, 2847, 2848, 2849, 2850, 2899 and 3433.

11. Borrower Insolvency . If Borrower becomes insolvent or is adjudicated bankrupt or files a petition for reorganization, arrangement, composition or similar relief under any present or future provision of the United States Bankruptcy Code, or if such a petition is filed against Borrower, and in any such proceeding some or all of any indebtedness or obligations under the Loan Documents are terminated or rejected or any obligation of Borrower is modified or abrogated, or if Borrower’s obligations are otherwise avoided for insolvency, bankruptcy or any similar reason, Grantor agrees that Grantor’s liability hereunder shall not thereby be affected or modified and such liability shall continue in full force and effect as if no such action or proceeding had occurred. This Agreement shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if any payment must be returned by Bank upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of Borrower, Grantor, any other person, or otherwise, as though such payment had not been made.

12. Notices . Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, all notices or demands by any party relating to this Agreement or any other agreement entered into in connection herewith shall be in writing and (except for financial statements and other informational documents which may be sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid) shall be personally delivered or sent by a recognized overnight delivery service, certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or by telefacsimile to Grantor or to Bank, as the case may be, at its addresses set forth below:

 

If to Grantor:

   TENROX Inc.
   1010 N. Central Ave.
   Glendale, CA 91202
   Attn:    Chief Financial Officer
   FAX:    (512)721-1218

with a copy to (which

copy is not required to

constitute notice):

  

Wilson Sonsini Goodrick & Rosati, Professional Corporation

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, CA 94304

Attn:    Andrew J. Hirsch

FAX:    (650) 493-6811

If to Bank:

  

Comerica Bank

Livonia Operations Center

MC 7512

39200 Six Mile Rd.

Livonia, MI 48152

Attn:    Credit Manager

with a copy to:

  

Comerica Bank

300 W. Sixth St.

Suite 1300

Austin, TX 78701

Attn:    Megan Kirk

FAX:    (512) 427-7178

 

11


The parties hereto may change the address at which they are to receive notices hereunder, by notice in writing in the foregoing manner given to the other. Failure to deliver a copy of any notice or demand to a Person who is not a party to this Agreement shall not render ineffective any notice or demand otherwise delivered to a party to this Agreement in accordance with this Section.

13. Choice of Law and Venue; Jury Trial Waiver .

This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Each of the parties hereto hereby submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and Federal courts located in the County of Santa Clara, State of California. THE UNDERSIGNED ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS A CONSTITUTIONAL ONE, BUT THAT IT MAY BE WAIVED UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, EACH PARTY, AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS CHOICE, KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THE MUTUAL BENEFIT OF ALL PARTIES, WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT, INSTRUMENT OR AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE UNDERSIGNED PARTIES.

14. Reference Provision .

(a) In the event the Jury Trial Waiver set forth above is not enforceable, the parties elect to proceed under this Judicial Reference Provision.

(b) With the exception of the items specified in clause (c), below, any controversy, dispute or claim (each, a “Claim”) between the parties arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other document, instrument or agreement between the undersigned parties (collectively in this Section, the “Comerica Documents”), will be resolved by a reference proceeding in California in accordance with the provisions of Sections 638 et seq. of the California Code of Civil Procedure (“CCP”), or their successor sections, which shall constitute the exclusive remedy for the resolution of any Claim, including whether the Claim is subject to the reference proceeding. Except as otherwise provided in the Comerica Documents, venue for the reference proceeding will be in the state or federal court in the county or district where the real property involved in the action, if any, is located or in the state or federal court in the county or district where venue is otherwise appropriate under applicable law (the “Court”).

(c) The matters that shall not be subject to a reference are the following: (i) nonjudicial foreclosure of any security interests in real or personal property, (ii) exercise of self-help remedies (including, without limitation, set-off), (iii) appointment of a receiver and (iv) temporary, provisional or ancillary remedies (including, without limitation, writs of attachment, writs of possession, temporary restraining orders or preliminary injunctions). This reference provision does not limit the right of any party to exercise or oppose any of the rights and remedies described in clauses (i) and (ii) or to seek or oppose from a court of competent jurisdiction any of the items described in clauses (iii) and (iv). The exercise of, or opposition to, any of those items does not waive the right of any party to a reference pursuant to this reference provision as provided herein.

(d) The referee shall be a retired judge or justice selected by mutual written agreement of the parties. If the parties do not agree within ten (10) days of a written request to do so by any party, then, upon request of any party, the referee shall be selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative). A request for appointment of a referee may be heard on an ex parte or expedited basis, and the parties agree that irreparable harm would result if ex parte relief is not granted. Pursuant to CCP § 170.6, each party shall have one peremptory challenge to the referee selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative).

(e) The parties agree that time is of the essence in conducting the reference proceedings. Accordingly, the referee shall be requested, subject to change in the time periods specified herein for good cause shown, to (i) set the matter for a status and trial-setting conference within fifteen (15) days after the date of selection of the referee, (ii) if practicable, try all issues of law or fact within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the conference and (iii) report a statement of decision within twenty (20) days after the matter has been submitted for decision.

 

12


(f) The referee will have power to expand or limit the amount and duration of discovery. The referee may set or extend discovery deadlines or cutoffs for good cause, including a party’s failure to provide requested discovery for any reason whatsoever. Unless otherwise ordered based upon good cause shown, no party shall be entitled to “priority” in conducting discovery, depositions may be taken by either party upon seven (7) days written notice, and all other discovery shall be responded to within fifteen (15) days after service. All disputes relating to discovery which cannot be resolved by the parties shall be submitted to the referee whose decision shall be final and binding.

(g) Except as expressly set forth herein, the referee shall determine the manner in which the reference proceeding is conducted including the time and place of hearings, the order of presentation of evidence, and all other questions that arise with respect to the course of the reference proceeding. All proceedings and hearings conducted before the referee, except for trial, shall be conducted without a court reporter, except that when any party so requests, a court reporter will be used at any hearing conducted before the referee, and the referee will be provided a courtesy copy of the transcript. The party making such a request shall have the obligation to arrange for and pay the court reporter. Subject to the referee’s power to award costs to the prevailing party, the parties will equally share the cost of the referee and the court reporter at trial.

(h) The referee shall be required to determine all issues in accordance with existing case law and the statutory laws of the State of California. The rules of evidence applicable to proceedings at law in the State of California will be applicable to the reference proceeding. The referee shall be empowered to enter equitable as well as legal relief, enter equitable orders that will be binding on the parties and rule on any motion which would be authorized in a court proceeding, including without limitation motions for summary judgment or summary adjudication. The referee shall issue a decision at the close of the reference proceeding which disposes of all claims of the parties that are the subject of the reference. Pursuant to CCP § 644, such decision shall be entered by the Court as a judgment or an order in the same manner as if the action had been tried by the Court and any such decision will be final, binding and conclusive. The parties reserve the right to appeal from the final judgment or order or from any appealable decision or order entered by the referee. The parties reserve the right to findings of fact, conclusions of laws, a written statement of decision, and the right to move for a new trial or a different judgment, which new trial, if granted, is also to be a reference proceeding under this provision.

(i) If the enabling legislation which provides for appointment of a referee is repealed (and no successor statute is enacted), any dispute between the parties that would otherwise be determined by reference procedure will be resolved and determined by arbitration. The arbitration will be conducted by a retired judge or justice, in accordance with the California Arbitration Act § 1280 through § 1294.2 of the CCP as amended from time to time. The limitations with respect to discovery set forth above shall apply to any such arbitration proceeding.

(j) THE PARTIES RECOGNIZE AND AGREE THAT ALL CONTROVERSIES, DISPUTES AND CLAIMS RESOLVED UNDER THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL BE DECIDED BY A REFEREE AND NOT BY A JURY. AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS OWN CHOICE, EACH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THE MUTUAL BENEFIT OF ALL PARTIES, AGREES THAT THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL APPLY TO ANY CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CLAIM BETWEEN OR AMONG THEM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER COMERICA DOCUMENTS.

15. Amalgamation of Borrower . Within one Business Day of the date hereof, Silverback Two Canada Merger Corporation will amalgamate with its wholly owned subsidiary, TENROX Inc., a Canadian corporation, with TENROX Inc. as the resulting amalgamated entity (the “Amalgamation”). Upon the completion of the Amalgamation, TENROX Inc. will be the Borrower under the Loan Agreement and all other Loan Documents and all references in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to “Silverback Two Canada Merger Corporation” shall refer to “TENROX Inc.”, the amalgamated entity.

 

13


16. General Provisions .

16.1 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and permitted assigns of each of the parties; provided, however, that neither this Agreement nor any rights hereunder may be assigned by Grantor without Bank’s prior written consent, which consent may be granted or withheld in Bank’s sole discretion. Bank shall have the right without the consent of or notice to Grantor to sell, transfer, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank’s obligations, rights and benefits hereunder.

16.2 Indemnification . Grantor shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Bank and its officers, employees, and agents against: (a) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities claimed or asserted by any other party in connection with Grantor’s failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement; and (b) all losses or Bank Expenses (as defined in the Loan Agreement) in any way suffered, incurred, or paid by Bank as a result of or in any way arising out of, following, or consequential to Grantor’s failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement (including without limitation reasonable attorneys fees and expenses), except for losses caused by Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

16.3 Time of Essence . Time is of the essence for the performance of all obligations set forth in this Agreement.

16.4 Severability of Provisions . Each provision of this Agreement shall be severable from every other provision of this Agreement for the purpose of determining the legal enforceability of any specific provision.

16.5 Amendments in Writing, Integration . This Agreement cannot be amended or terminated orally. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, if any, are merged into this Agreement and the Loan Documents.

16.6 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Agreement.

16.7 Survival . All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect so long as any Secured Obligations remain outstanding or Bank has any obligation to make Credit Extensions to Borrower. The obligations of Grantor to indemnify Bank with respect to the expenses, damages, losses, costs and liabilities described in this Agreement shall survive until all applicable statute of limitations periods with respect to actions that may be brought against Bank have run.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date set forth above.

 

GRANTOR:

   BANK

TENROX INC.,

a Delaware corporation

   COMERICA BANK

By:      /s/ John T. McDonald                                               

   By:     /s/ Paul Gerling                                                     

Name:     John T. McDonald                                                

   Name:     Paul Gerling                                                     

Title:     President                                                                 

   Title:     Senior Vice President                                       


DEBTOR:

   TENROX INC.        

SECURED PARTY:

           COMERICA BANK

EXHIBIT A

COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENT

TO SECURITY AGREEMENT

All personal property of Grantor (herein referred to as “Grantor” or “Debtor”) whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired, and wherever located, including, but not limited to:

(a) all accounts (including health-care-insurance receivables), chattel paper (including tangible and electronic chattel paper), deposit accounts, documents (including negotiable documents), equipment (including all accessions and additions thereto), general intangibles (including payment intangibles and software), goods (including fixtures), instruments (including promissory notes), inventory (including all goods held for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, and including returns and repossessions), investment property (including securities and securities entitlements), letter of credit rights, money, and all of Debtor’s books and records with respect to any of the foregoing, and the computers and equipment containing said books and records;

(b) all common law and statutory copyrights and copyright registrations, applications for registration, now existing or hereafter arising, in the United States of America or in any foreign jurisdiction, obtained or to be obtained on or in connection with any of the forgoing, or any parts thereof or any underlying or component elements of any of the forgoing, together with the right to copyright and all rights to renew or extend such copyrights and the right (but not the obligation) of Bank (herein referred to as “Bank” or “Secured Party”) to sue in its own name and/or in the name of the Debtor for past, present and future infringements of copyright;

(c) all trademarks, service marks, trade names and service names and the goodwill associated therewith, together with the right to trademark and all rights to renew or extend such trademarks and the right (but not the obligation) of Secured Party to sue in its own name and/or in the name of the Debtor for past, present and future infringements of trademark;

(d) all (i) patents and patent applications filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any similar office of any foreign jurisdiction, and interests under patent license agreements, including, without limitation, the inventions and improvements described and claimed therein, (ii) licenses pertaining to any patent whether Debtor is licensor or licensee, (iii) income, royalties, damages, payments, accounts and accounts receivable now or hereafter due and/or payable under and with respect thereto, including, without limitation, damages and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof, (iv) right (but not the obligation) to sue in the name of Debtor and/or in the name of Secured Party for past, present and future infringements thereof, (v) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world in all jurisdictions in which such patents have been issued or applied for, and (vi) reissues, divisions, continuations, renewals, extensions and continuations-in-part with respect to any of the foregoing; and

(e) any and all cash proceeds and/or noncash proceeds of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, insurance proceeds, and all supporting obligations and the security therefor or for any right to payment. All terms above have the meanings given to them in the California Uniform Commercial Code, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral shall not include (i) any property that is nonassignable by its terms without the consent of the licensor thereof or another party (but only to the extent such prohibition on transfer is enforceable under applicable law, including, without limitation, Sections 9406 and 9408 of the Code), (ii) any property where the granting of a security interest therein is contrary to applicable law, provided that upon the cessation of any such restriction or prohibition, such property shall automatically become part of the Collateral, or (iii) any intent-to-use trademarks at all times prior to the first use thereof, whether by the actual use thereof in commerce, the recording of a statement of use with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or otherwise, but only to the extent the granting of a security interest in such intent-to-use trademark would be contrary to applicable law.


FIRST AMENDMENT TO

SECURITY AGREEMENT

This First Amendment to Security Agreement (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of May          , 2012, between COMERICA BANK (“ Bank ”), and TENROX INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Grantor ”).

RECITALS

Grantor and Bank are parties to that certain Security Agreement dated as of February 10, 2012 (as it may be amended from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”). The parties desire to amend the Security Agreement, in accordance with the terms of this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

1. Section 4(m) of the Security Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(m) Accounts . On or before May 31, 2012, Grantor shall maintain and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain their depository and operating accounts with Bank and their investment accounts with Bank’s Affiliates covered by a control agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Bank.”

2. Unless otherwise defined, all initially capitalized terms in this Amendment shall be as defined in the Security Agreement. The Security Agreement, as amended hereby, shall be and remains in full force and effect in accordance with its terms and hereby is ratified and confirmed in all respects. Except as expressly set forth herein, the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of, or as an amendment of, any right, power, or remedy of Bank under the Security Agreement, as in effect prior to the date hereof.

3. Grantor represents and warrants that the Representations and Warranties contained in the Security Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the date of this Amendment (provided, however, that those representations and warranties expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such date), and that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

4. This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

[Signatures on following page]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the first date above written.

“Grantor”

TENROX INC. ,

a Delaware corporation

By:                                                                                               

Name:                                                                                           

Title:                                                                                             

“Bank”

COMERICA BANK

By:                                                                                               

Name:                                                                                           

Title:                                                                                             


AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO

SECURITY AGREEMENT AND WAIVER

This Amendment and Waiver executed as of April 11, 2013 by Tenrox Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Grantor”) and Comerica Bank (“Bank”).

Recitals

A. Grantor executed a Security Agreement dated as of February 10, 2012 in favor of Bank (as may have been amended, restated, supplemented or replaced from time to time, the “Security Agreement”).

B. Debtor and Bank desire to amend the Security Agreement as set forth below.

The parties agree as follows:

1. Bank hereby waives Grantor’s violation of Section 4(o)(iv) of the Security Agreement and those Sections of the Security Agreement related to clause (iii) of the definition of Permitted Liens for the period beginning on December 31, 2012 through the date hereof. This waiver is specific as to content and time, shall be limited precisely as written, and shall not constitute a waiver of any other current or future Default or Event of Default or breach of any covenant contained in the Security Agreement or the terms and conditions of any other Loan Documents. Bank expressly reserves all of its various rights, remedies, powers and privileges under the Security Agreement and the other Loan Documents due to any other Default or breach not waived herein.

2. Subsection (iii) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” in Section 1 of the Security Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(iii) Indebtedness of Grantor, Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Visionael Corporation, a Delaware corporation, Powersteering Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation and LMR Solutions LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (collectively, the ‘Secured Guarantors’, and each individually a ‘Secured Guarantor’), or any of them, individually or in the aggregate, in an amount not to exceed Six Hundred Thousand Dollars ($600,000.00) in any fiscal year secured by a lien described in clause (iii) of the defined term ‘Permitted Liens’, provided such Indebtedness does not exceed the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the equipment financed with such Indebtedness;”

3. Subsection (iii) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” in Section 1 of the Security Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(iii) Liens securing obligations of Secured Guarantors, or any of them, individually or in the aggregate, not to exceed Six Hundred Thousand Dollars ($600,000.00) (i) upon or in any Equipment acquired or held by a Secured Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries to secure the purchase price of such Equipment or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition or lease of such Equipment, or (ii) existing on such Equipment at the time of its acquisition, provided that the lien is confined solely to the property so acquired and improvements thereon, and the proceeds of such Equipment;”

4. Except as expressly modified hereby, all of the terms and conditions of the Security Agreement remain in full force and effect.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties execute this Amendment as of the date set forth above.

 

TENROX INC. , a Delaware corporation

    COMERICA BANK
By:   / S / JOHN T. MCDONALD     By:   / S / PAUL GERLING
Its:   President     Its:   Senior Vice President

 

2


AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO SECURITY AGREEMENT

This Amendment No. 3 to Security Agreement (“Amendment”) is executed as of May 16, 2013 by Tenrox Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Grantor”) and Comerica Bank (“Bank”).

Recitals

A. Grantor executed a Security Agreement dated as of February 10, 2012 in favor of Bank (as amended, the “Security Agreement”).

B. Debtor and Bank desire to amend the Security Agreement as set forth below.

The parties agree as follows:

1. Subsection (iii) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” in Section 1 of the Security Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(iii) Indebtedness of Grantor, Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Visionael Corporation, a Delaware corporation, Powersteering Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation, LMR Solutions LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Marex Group, Inc., a Nebraska corporation, and FileBound Solutions, Inc., a Florida corporation (collectively, the ‘Secured Guarantors’, and each individually a ‘Secured Guarantor’), or any of them, individually or in the aggregate, in an amount not to exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) in any fiscal year secured by a lien described in clause (iii) of the defined term ‘Permitted Liens’, provided such Indebtedness does not exceed the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the equipment financed with such Indebtedness;”

2. Subsection (iii) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” in Section 1 of the Security Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(iii) Liens securing obligations of Secured Guarantors, or any of them, individually or in the aggregate, not to exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) (i) upon or in any Equipment acquired or held by a Secured Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries to secure the purchase price of such Equipment or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition or lease of such Equipment, or (ii) existing on such Equipment at the time of its acquisition, provided that the lien is confined solely to the property so acquired and improvements thereon, and the proceeds of such Equipment;”

3. Except as expressly modified hereby, all of the terms and conditions of the Security Agreement remain in full force and effect.

[Signatures on Following Page]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties execute this Amendment as of the date set forth above.

 

TENROX INC. , a Delaware corporation

    COMERICA BANK
By:   /s/ Michael Hill     By:   /s/ Paul Gerling
Its:   Secretary     Its:   Senior Vice President

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 3 to Security Agreement (1304792)]


AMENDMENT NO. 4 TO

SECURITY AGREEMENT

(Tenrox Canada)

This Amendment No. 4 to Security Agreement (“Amendment”) executed as of December 6, 2013 by Tenrox Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Grantor”) and Comerica Bank (“Bank”).

Recitals

A. Grantor executed a Security Agreement dated as of February 10, 2012 in favor of Bank (as may have been amended, restated, supplemented or replaced from time to time, the “Security Agreement”).

B. Debtor and Bank desire to amend the Security Agreement as set forth below.

The parties agree as follows:

1. Subsection (iii) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” in Section 1 of the Security Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(iii) Indebtedness not to exceed One Million Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,200,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year of Grantor secured by a lien described in clause (ii) of the defined term “Permitted Liens,” provided such Indebtedness does not exceed the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the equipment financed with such Indebtedness;”

2. Subsection (iii) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” in Section 1 of the Security Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(iii) Liens securing obligations not to exceed One Million Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,200,000) in the aggregate (a) upon or in any Equipment acquired or held by Grantor or any of its Subsidiaries to secure the purchase price of such Equipment or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition or lease of such Equipment, or (b) existing on such Equipment at the time of its acquisition, provided that the Lien is confined solely to the property so acquired and improvements thereon, and the proceeds of such Equipment;”

3. Except as expressly modified hereby, all of the terms and conditions of the Security Agreement remain in full force and effect.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties execute this Amendment as of the date set forth above.

 

TENROX INC.

    COMERICA BANK
By:   / S / J OHN T. M C D ONALD     By:   / S / P AUL G ERLING
Its:   P RESIDENT     Its:   S ENIOR V ICE P RESIDENT

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 4 to Security Agreement (3057076)]

Exhibit 10.37

 

LOGO    DEVFACTORY CONFIDENTIAL

AMENDED AND RESTATED TECHNOLOGY SERVICES AGREEMENT

Effective Date:

January 1, 2014

 

This Amended and Restated Technology Services Agreement (“Agreement”) is entered into by and between DevFactory FZ-LLC, 705-706 Al Thuraya Tower No. 01, Seventh Floor, Dubai Media City, P.O. Box 502092, Dubai, 43659 UNITED ARAB EMIRATES (“DevFactory”) and Upland Software, Inc. (f.k.a. Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc., “Client”), with offices at 401 Congress Avenue, Austin, Texas 78701, and sets forth the terms and conditions under which DevFactory will provide certain technology services to Client as may from time to time be mutually agreed upon by the parties.

 

1 Scope of Services

1.1 Deliverables Based Work . Unless otherwise provided on a Statement of Work, all Work to be performed hereunder shall be performed on a scoped deliverable basis and not on a time and material basis. The parties shall work in good faith to specify the applicable deliverables in the applicable SOW.

1.2 Statements of Work . DevFactory agrees to provide the technology services (“Services”) described on separate, mutually executed statements of work (the “Statement(s) of Work” or SOW(s)”) as may from time to time be issued hereunder. Each Statement of Work shall define the Services to be provided to Client, the applicable pricing, Deliverables to be created thereunder, Client deliverables and obligations, and all other appropriate terms and conditions. DevFactory will not begin any work unless a Statement of Work governing has been executed by both parties. DevFactory may immediately cease performing Services, without liability, if a Statement of Work expires and is not immediately extended or replaced with a valid Statement of Work.

1.3 Change Control Process . Change control for additional Services or scope to be delivered under a Statement of Work will be completed according to the following procedure prior to DevFactory starting any work.

 

  (a) Specific changes may be proposed by Client’s business team members.

 

  (b) Proposed changes will be reviewed by DevFactory and a report of the scope, schedule, resource and budget impact (“Impact Report”) will be prepared and delivered to Client management.

 

  (c) Client management reviews the Impact Report and approves by signature or denies changes in scope, schedule, resources and/or budget.

 

  (d) DevFactory receives the signed, approved Impact Report and creates. for Client’s approval, an additional Statement of Work with a copy of the Impact Report attached.

 

  (e) Client approves by signature such Statement of Work and delivers such Statement of Work to DevFactory for DevFactory’s signature.

 

  (f) DevFactory begins work on specific changes defined in the signed, approved Impact Report only upon the mutual execution of the new Statement of Work referenced above.

1.4 Testing and Acceptance . Following completion of any Deliverable (as defined below) to be provided to Client hereunder, Client may test the Deliverable to determine whether the Deliverable conforms to the specifications established for such Deliverable in the applicable SOW for a period not to exceed thirty (30) days after delivery to Client of the Deliverable (the “Acceptance Period”). Upon the expiration of the Acceptance Period, Client will either (i) certify to DevFactory that the Deliverable is accepted (“Acceptance”); or (ii) deliver to DevFactory a written description of any specific failure of the Deliverable to conform to the applicable specifications. In no such written response is provided, the Deliverable shall be deemed to be Accepted and complete. Further, if the Deliverable substantially conforms to the specifications but Client identifies certain minor non-conformities, Client shall Accept the Deliverable and the parties shall work in good faith to either correct such non-conformities or agree on appropriate Work Credits (as defined below) to compensate Client for such non-conformities. Upon proper notice of a failure of Acceptance, DevFactory will promptly undertake such corrections as are necessary for the Deliverable to conform to the specifications and DevFactory will notify Client when such corrections and modifications have been made. If DevFactory has performed corrections to the Deliverable, Client will have thirty (30) days after delivery of such corrections to perform acceptance testing to determine whether the Deliverable conforms to the applicable specifications. If after a second attempt the Deliverable still does not conform to the applicable specifications, Client shall have the right to (1) allow continued attempts to correct the Deliverable, subject to this Section 1.4, or (2) terminate the applicable service obligation for the failed deliverable and receive a Work Credit (as defined below) as to just that failed Deliverable. If DevFactory notifies Client that Client has failed to properly provide notice that a Deliverable has failed, if Client otherwise improperly fails to Accept a Deliverable, or if the parties disagree as to whether a Deliverable substantially conforms to the specifications, such dispute shall be resolved in accordance with Section 12.16. For clarity, any concerns by Client that a Deliverable does not meet Client’s expectations, but otherwise complies with all applicable specifications, shall not be actionable under this provision, but, rather, shall constitute an additional service request.

1.5 Order of Precedence . Each Statement of Work shall be governed by the terms and conditions of this Agreement (including its schedules and attachments); however, in the event of any conflict between this Agreement and a Statement of Work the provisions of the Statement of Work shall prevail.

 


DEVFACTORY CONFIDENTIAL

 

2 Subcontractors

2.1 Client acknowledges that DevFactory shall subcontract Services to a third party (“Subcontractor”), subject to provisions contained under Section 5.4. DevFactory shall be responsible for the Subcontractor’s compliance with this Agreement. Client understands that the Subcontractors shall be foreign nationals and may be located in a country other than the United States (but will not be located in Iran, Sudan, Syria, Iraq, Cuba or North Korea or any other country subject to embargo or other restrictions by the United States government). Either party warrants that any export of its Confidential Information, data or software, and its performance hereunder, will comply with all foreign and domestic federal, state and local laws and ordinances, including any and all import and export restrictions and all customs requirements.

 

3 Term

3.1 Agreement Term . This Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall remain in force for an initial period of forty-eight (48) months and shall automatically renew for up to five successive one year periods thereafter at the election of either party as provided herein. If both parties have failed to indicate a desire to renew a term prior to the date that is thirty (30) days prior to the then current expiration date, each party shall provide written notice to the other seeking to confirm such other party’s desire not to renew. Each party shall have thirty days to confirm its position on renewal or non renewal. The Agreement shall continue in effect through the confirmation process.

3.2 Statement of Work Term . Each Statement of Work shall remain in effect until it has expired on its own terms or the Services and Deliverables authorized thereunder are complete. The parties agree that they are contractually obligated to enter into Statements of Work pursuant to the structure set forth in Schedule A which is attached hereto and made a part hereof. As such, Schedule A sets forth the percentage of revenue of any and all entities and business lines acquired by Client that is payable to DevFactory throughout the term of the Agreement and likewise, DevFactory hereby agrees to provide the Deliverables as to all entities acquired by Client as per Schedule A.

 

4 Price and Payment

4.1 Service Fees . In consideration of the Services provided by DevFactory, Client shall pay the Services Fees set forth in the applicable Statement of Work or as otherwise provided on Schedule A, subject to the payment provisions set forth in Schedule A. In the event a Statement of Work does not reference any specific pricing, such Services shall be provided at rates and charges in accordance with Section 4 of Schedule A.

4.2 Expenses . Client shall reimburse DevFactory for all reasonable travel, food, lodging and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred in performance of a given Statement of Work. DevFactory shall obtain Client’s prior written expense prior to incurring any single expense in excess of $500.

4.3 Payment Due Date . DevFactory will submit invoices for charges and expenses hereunder monthly. Client shall make payment of each invoice in US dollars within thirty (30) days from the invoice date. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, any and all payments required to be made hereunder shall be timely made, and no payments to DevFactory shall be withheld, delayed, reduced or refunded if DevFactory has fully performed its material obligations and its inability to meet any schedule or delivery requirements is caused by Client’s failure to provide certain of its facilities, computer resources,

software programs, project management activities, personnel, and business information as are required to perform any work.

4.4 Purchase Orders . Client agrees to provide DevFactory with a valid purchase order, if applicable, promptly upon execution of a Statement of Work. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, purchase orders are to be used solely for Client’s accounting purposes and any terms and conditions contained therein shall be deemed null and void with respect to the parties’ relationship and this Agreement. Client’s failure to issue a purchase order or provide such purchase order to DevFactory, however, shall in no way relieve Client of any obligation entered into pursuant to this Agreement or any Statement of Work entered into hereunder, including, but not limited to, its obligation to pay DevFactory in a timely fashion.

4.5 Late Payment . Any late payment shall be subject to any costs of collection (including reasonable legal fees) and shall bear interest at the rate of one and one-half percent (1.5%) per month (prorated for partial periods) or at the maximum rate permitted by law, whichever is less. In addition to other rights and remedies available to DevFactory hereunder and under the law, DevFactory shall have the right to withdraw all consulting staff as well as all unfinished Services or Deliverables performed under a Statement of Work in the event of Client’s failure to pay any undisputed (a dispute as to invoice may only be commenced on the basis of proper form or amount for such invoice) open invoice within thirty (30) days following the due date. The Services will not be restaffed until: (i) all amounts due to DevFactory have been paid in full; (ii) any and all contractual terms and/or deadlines that have been affected by the delay have been revised and agreed upon by the parties; and (iii) DevFactory resources have become available for redeployment on Client’s project.

4.6 Taxes . The charges required to be paid hereunder do not include any amount for taxes or levy (including interest and penalties). Client shall reimburse DevFactory and hold DevFactory harmless for all sales, use, VAT, excise, property, or other taxes or levies which DevFactory is required to collect or remit to applicable tax authorities. This provision does not apply to DevFactory’s income or franchise taxes, or any taxes for which Client is exempt, provided Client has furnished DevFactory with a valid tax exemption certificate.

4.7 Invoice Dispute Resolution . Without limiting any rights or obligations under the Agreement, including Section 4.5 above, the following steps will be taken if an invoice becomes past due. DevFactory’s accounts receivable and Client’s accounts payable representatives shall use all reasonable efforts to facilitate immediate payment of the invoice. In the event DevFactory does not receive a commitment for prompt payment, each party shall escalate the matter to DevFactory’s Primary Contact for the Services in question, as designated in the Statement of Work, or DevFactory’s designated financial officer and Client’s Chief Executive Officer (the “Final Escalation”) for investigation and resolution. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the initial contact with Client’s vice president pursuant to such Final Escalation shall constitute “notice of default” pursuant to Section 9.1.1.

 

5 Confidential/Proprietary Information

5.1 Definition . All information which is defined as Confidential Information hereunder in tangible form shall be marked as “Confidential” or the like or, if intangible (e.g. visually or orally disclosed), shall be designated as being confidential at the time of disclosure and shall be confirmed as such in writing within thirty (30) days of the initial disclosure. “Confidential Information” may include all technical, product, business, financial, and other information regarding the business and software programs of either party, its customers, employees, investors, contractors, vendors and suppliers,

 

 

Technology Services Agreement    Page 2


DEVFACTORY CONFIDENTIAL

 

including but not limited to programming techniques and methods, research and development, computer programs, documentation, marketing plans, customer identity, and business methods. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and notwithstanding any marking requirement, Confidential Information shall include all information and materials disclosed orally or in any other form, regarding DevFactory’s software products or software product development and other information of or relating to DevFactory’s software products or derived from testing or other use thereof. All such Confidential Information may be disclosed by either party, before or after the Effective Date. Confidential Information includes information generally not publicly known, whether tangible or intangible and in whatever form or medium provided, as well as any information generated by a party that contains, reflects, or is derived from such information. For the purpose of this entire Section 5, ‘DevFactory’ shall include all its Affiliates.

5.2 Exceptions . Without granting any right or license, the obligations of the parties hereunder shall not apply to any material or information that: (i) is or becomes a part of the public domain through no act or omission by the receiving party; (ii) is independently developed by the receiving party without use of the disclosing party’s Confidential Information; (iii) is rightfully obtained from a third party without any obligation of confidentiality to the receiving party; or (iv) is already known by the receiving party without any obligation of confidentiality prior to obtaining the Confidential Information from the disclosing party. In addition, neither party shall be liable for disclosure of Confidential Information if made in response to a valid order of a court or authorized agency of government, provided that notice is promptly given to the party whose Confidential Information is to be disclosed so that such party may seek a protective order and engage in other efforts to minimize the required disclosure. The parties shall cooperate fully in seeking such protective order and in engaging in such other efforts. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except for intellectual property owned by DevFactory prior to execution of the applicable SOW or developed separately by DevFactory for which fees were not paid to DevFactory hereunder (“DevFactory Pre-existing Technology”), Deliverables provided to Client hereunder are the Confidential Information of Client and shall not be subject to the exceptions set forth in this Section 5.2.

5.3 Ownership of Confidential Information . Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to convey any title or ownership rights to the DevFactory Confidential Information or to any patent, copyright, trademark, or trade secret embodied therein, or to grant any other right title, or ownership interest in the DevFactory Confidential Information to Client. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to convey any title or ownership rights to Client’s Confidential Information or to any patent, copyright, trademark, or trade secret embodied therein, or to grant any other right, title, or ownership interest in the Client’s Confidential Information to DevFactory. Neither party shall disassemble, decompile, or reverse engineer the other party’s Confidential Information or permit others to do so. Neither party shall, in whole or in part, sell, lease, license, assign, transfer, or disclose the Confidential Information to any third party and shall not copy, reproduce or distribute the Confidential Information except as expressly permitted in this Agreement. Each party shall take every reasonable precaution, but no less than those precautions used to protect its own Confidential Information, to prevent the theft, disclosure, and the unauthorized copying, reproduction or distribution of the Confidential Information.

5.4 Non-Disclosure . Each party agrees at all times to use all reasonable efforts, but in any case no less than the efforts that each party uses in the protection of its own Confidential Information (as hereinafter

defined) of like value to protect Confidential Information belonging to the other party. Each party agrees to restrict access to the other party’s Confidential Information only to those employees (or in DevFactory’s case, its Subcontractors) who (i) require access in the course of their assigned duties and responsibilities, and (ii) have agreed in writing to be bound by provisions no less restrictive than those set forth in this Section 5.

5.5 Injunctive Relief . Each party acknowledges that any unauthorized disclosure or use of the Confidential Information would cause the other party imminent irreparable injury and that such party shall be entitled to, in addition to any other remedies available at law or in equity, temporary, preliminary, and permanent injunctive relief in the event the other party does not fulfill its obligations under this Section 5.

5.6 Prohibition Against Individual Agreements . Client agrees that no employees or Subcontractors of DevFactory shall be required to individually sign any agreement in order to perform Services hereunder, including but not limited to access agreements, security agreements, facilities agreements or individual confidentiality agreement.

5.7 Affiliates . For the purpose of this entire Section 5 ‘DevFactory’ shall include all its Affiliates.

5.8 Return of Confidential Information . Upon the written request of disclosing party or termination of this Agreement, receiving party shall return or destroy (and certify such destruction in a signed writing) all Confidential Information of disclosing party, including all copies thereof and materials incorporating such Confidential Information, whether in physical or electronic form. Each party may retain a copy of the other party’s Confidential Information solely for archival purposes. To the extent that it is impracticable to return or destroy any Confidential Information, and with respect to any copies retained for archival purposes, receiving party shall continue to maintain the Confidential Information in accordance with this Agreement. The confidentiality obligations set forth in this Agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement and remain in full force and effect until such Confidential Information, through no act or omission of receiving party, ceases to be Confidential Information as defined hereunder.

 

6 Client’s Support

6.1 To the extent reasonably required by DevFactory, Client will make available to DevFactory certain of its programs, networks, personnel, and business information as are required to perform any Statement of Work hereunder. DevFactory agrees to comply with Client’s network access rules and regulations regarding safety, security, and conduct provided DevFactory has been made aware of such rules and regulations.

 

7 Warranties

7.1 DevFactory warrants that it has the right to enter into this Agreement and grant the rights and licenses set forth herein, and that all Services performed under this Agreement shall be performed in a workmanlike and professional manner.

7.2 EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE STATED IN THIS AGREEMENT, ANY AND ALL SERVICES, DELIVERABLES, CUSTOMIZATIONS, DOCUMENTATION, CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND ANY OTHER TECHNOLOGY OR MATERIALS PROVIDED BY DEVFACTORY TO THE CLIENT ARE PROVIDED “AS IS” AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NONINFRINGEMENT.

 

 

Technology Services Agreement    Page 3


DEVFACTORY CONFIDENTIAL

 

7.3 CLIENT’S SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY FAILURE OF THE FOREGOING WARRANTY AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR ANY FAILURE OF ANY KIND OF SERVICES OR DELIVERABLES SUBMITTED BY DEVFACTORY SHALL BE (I) TO OBTAIN THE REPAIR, REPLACEMENT, AND CORRECTION OF THE DEFECTIVE SERVICES OR DELIVERABLES BY DEVFACTORY IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 1.4, OR (II) TO OBTAIN A CREDIT EQUAL TO THE AMOUNTS ATTRIBUTABLE TO THE DEFECTIVE SERVICES OR DELIVERABLES WITH SUCH CREDIT TO BE UTILIZED FOR A FUTURE DELIVERABLE (THE “WORK CREDIT”). SHOULD A WORK CREDIT BE ISSUED, IT SHALL BE APPLIED TO THE PURCHASE OF ADDITIONAL WORK ABOVE AND BEYOND WORK PERFORMED FOR THE MINIMUM FEE (AS DEFINED IN SCHEDULE A) AND SHALL NOT, EXCEPT AS PROVIDED BELOW, REDUCE PAYMENTS DUE OR PAYABLE TO DEVFACTORY UNDER THE AGREEMENT. THE MINIMUM FEE SHALL BE APPLIED TO ALL WORK PERFORMED BEFORE ANY WORK CREDITS ARE APPLIED, AND UNUSED WORK CREDITS SHALL CARRY OVER TO FUTURE YEARS (“WORK CREDIT BALANCE”). IF CERTAIN TYPES OF SERVICES ARE CONSISTENTLY LEADING TO THE ACCUMULATION OF WORK CREDITS, CLIENT AND DEVFACTORY SHALL WORK TOGETHER IN GOOD FAITH TO ALLOCATE WORK CREDITS TO THE TYPES OF SERVICES THAT CAN BE SUCCESSFULLY DELIVERED BY DEVFACTORY, PROVIDED THAT CLIENT HAS A NEED FOR SUCH SERVICE (EVEN IF THAT NEED HAD BEEN FULFILLED BY EMPLOYEES OR OTHER PROVIDERS). IF (A) CLIENT HAS APPLIED ITS WORK CREDITS AND SERVICE REQUESTS TO THE RECOMMENDED SERVICES AS DESCRIBED ABOVE AND (B) THE WORK CREDIT BALANCE EXCEEDS 10% OF THE PREVIOUS YEAR’S MINIMUM FEE, AND (C) DEVFACTORY HAS NOT WORKED IN GOOD FAITH UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, THEN THE CURRENT YEAR’S MINIMUM FEE SHALL BE REDUCED BY THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE WORK CREDIT BALANCE AND 10% OF THE PREVIOUS YEAR’S MINIMUM FEE. THE WORK CREDIT BALANCE SHALL BE REDUCED BY THE SAME AMOUNT.

 

8 Limitation of Liability

8.1 IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY, OR ITS SUBCONTRACTORS OR THIRD PARTY LICENSORS BE LIABLE ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN EQUITABLE, LEGAL, OR COMMON LAW ACTION ARISING HEREUNDER FOR CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, INDEMNITY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), OR OTHERWISE, FOR DAMAGES WHICH, IN THE AGGREGATE, EXCEED THE AMOUNT OF CHARGES PAID OR PAYABLE BY CLIENT HEREUNDER FOR THE SERVICES AND/OR DELIVERABLES WHICH GAVE RISE TO SUCH DAMAGES (PROVIDED IN THE RESPECTIVE STATEMENT OF WORK) AND NOTWITHSTANDING THE FAILURE OF ESSENTIAL PURPOSE OF ANY REMEDY. IN ALL INSTANCES, CLIENT’S SOLE REMEDY AS TO QUALITY OF SERVICES SHALL BE TO SEEK RE-PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK OR A FUTURE WORK CREDIT AS SET FORTH IN SECTION 7.3.

8.2 IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY OR ITS SUBCONTRACTORS OR THIRD PARTY LICENSORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, EXEMPLARY, PUNITIVE, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES

OF ANY KIND AND HOWEVER CAUSED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO BUSINESS INTERRUPTION OR LOSS OF PROFITS, BUSINESS OPPORTUNITIES. OR GOOD WILL EVEN IF NOTIFIED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE, AND NOTWITHSTANDING THE FAILURE OF ESSENTIAL PURPOSE OF ANY REMEDY.

8.3 The limitations of liability and exclusion of damages set forth in Sections 8.1 shall not apply to breach of Section 5 or to a party’s indemnification obligations herein.

 

9 Termination

9.1 This Agreement, any license granted herein, and/or any Statement of Work may be terminated prior to expiration or completion in accordance with the following:

 

  9.1.1 By DevFactory by giving prior written notice to Client if Client fails to perform any material obligation required of it hereunder, and such failure is not cured within thirty (30) days of Client’s receipt of DevFactory’s notice to cure such non-performance of material obligation.

 

  9.1.2 By Client by giving prior written notice to DevFactory if DevFactory fails to perform any material obligation required of it hereunder, and such failure is not cured within thirty (30) days from DevFactory’s receipt of Client’s notice to cure such non-performance of material obligation.

9.2 Effect of Termination . Upon termination of this Agreement, Client’s rights to any Deliverables not paid for, DevFactory Confidential Information, and other DevFactory materials (except for those DevFactory materials included in Deliverables owned by Client) (all collectively “Materials”) shall cease. Client shall immediately stop using such Materials and shall return such Materials to DevFactory or destroy all copies thereof. In addition, Client shall provide DevFactory with written certification signed by an officer of Client that all copies of the Materials have been returned or destroyed and that no copies have been retained by Client for any purpose whatsoever. Following termination, any use of the Materials by Client shall be an infringement and/or misappropriation of DevFactory’s proprietary rights in the Materials. Upon termination of this Agreement by Client, DevFactory shall have no further obligation or liability hereunder and all fees due under the Agreement shall become due and payable to DevFactory immediately upon such termination. Termination of this Agreement or any license created hereunder shall not limit either party from pursuing other remedies available to it, nor shall such termination relieve Client’s obligation to pay all fees that have accrued or are otherwise owed by Client under this Agreement including, but not limited to, any License schedule, Statement of Work, or exhibit.

 

10 Ownership

10.1 Ownership in Deliverables . By signing this Agreement and subject to Client’s full payment for Services provided and Deliverables created under an applicable Statement of Work, DevFactory acknowledges that, subject to the licenses granted herein, DevFactory has no ownership interest in the Deliverables, or Materials provided to Client. Client shall own all right, title, and interest in such Deliverables, or Materials, subject to any limitations associated with intellectual property rights of third parties, and DevFactory hereby assigns all right, title and interest in and to such Deliverables and Materials, including without limitation all accompanying worldwide intellectual property rights.

 

 

Technology Services Agreement    Page 4


DEVFACTORY CONFIDENTIAL

 

10.2 Rights to Deliverables . Client hereby grants to DevFactory, a perpetual, royalty free, internal, worldwide, nonexclusive, nontransferable license to the object code and source code versions of the Deliverables to use the code, techniques, strategies and know-how contained in the Deliverables for other projects and development, if and for so long as any Confidential Information of Client incorporated into such Deliverables, are not provided to, or included in any deliverable provided to, any third party. For clarity, provided that the Deliverables have been made generic. as described in the preceding provision, DevFactory shall have the perpetual, royalty free, worldwide, nonexclusive, nontransferable and irrevocable right and license to (i) modify and otherwise create derivative works based on the generic Deliverables, and (ii) reproduce, distribute, perform, display (publicly or otherwise), and otherwise use and exploit the generic Deliverables and derivative works thereof; but DevFactory may not use, license or distribute software programs as a whole, but may use, license and distribute, generic routines, algorithms, and other portions of the software programs.

10.3 Ownership in the event of material breach . Notwithstanding anything provision to the contrary herein (including sections 10.1 and 10.2 above), in the event that there is a termination of this Agreement, or any SOW, as a result of a material breach by Client of this Agreement and/or any such SOW, any and all rights, title and interest in any applicable Deliverables or Materials for which Client has not made full payment shall automatically revert to DevFactory and the Client shall have no ownership rights whatsoever therein. Promptly after notification from DevFactory, the Client shall undertake any and all reasonable actions to assert DevFactory’s right, title and interest in such Deliverables and Materials. In the event of Deliverables or Materials for which partial payment has been made, the parties shall discuss in good faith whether a partial Deliverable or a refund shall be provided to Client.

10.4 No Support of Deliverables . DevFactory shall have no support and enhancement obligations related to any Deliverable except as otherwise mutually specified in a Statement of Work.

10.5 Third Party Rights . Client acknowledges that in the event DevFactory provides Services pertaining to any third party products required by Client (including software, hardware, equipment or any other material), all rights in such third party products (“Third Party Rights”) are retained by the respective third party. Client shall be required to obtain any Third Party Rights from the respective third party directly and any rights in the DevFactory Services related to such Third Party Rights shall be subject to Client’s agreement with the respective third party. If any such Third Party Rights are included in the Deliverables by DevFactory, or if DevFactory includes any DevFactory Pre-existing Technology, then DevFactory hereby grants to Client a worldwide, perpetual, irrevocable right and license to use, copy, market, promote and make derivative works of the foregoing, and to make, have made, sell, have sold, import and export products incorporating any of the foregoing. DevFactory shall consult with Client, and obtain Client’s prior written consent, prior to including any Third Party Rights or DevFactory Pre-existing Technology in any Deliverables.

10.6 Further Rights . Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude DevFactory from using in any manner or for any purpose it deems necessary, the know-how, techniques, or procedures acquired or used by DevFactory in the performance of Services hereunder.

 

11 INDEMNIFICATION.

11.1 Infringement Indemnity . DevFactory will defend any action brought against Client to the extent that it is based upon a claim

that the Deliverables, as provided by DevFactory to Client under this Agreement and used within the scope of this Agreement, infringe any patent, trademark, trade secret, copyright or other intellectual property right of a third party, and will pay any costs, damages and reasonable attorneys’ fees attributable to such claim incurred by Client, provided that Client: (a) promptly notifies DevFactory in writing of the claim; (b) grants DevFactory sole control of the defense and settlement of the claim; and (c) provides DevFactory with all reasonable assistance, information and authority required for the defense and settlement of the claim.

11.2 Injunctions . If Client’s use of any of the Deliverables hereunder is, or in DevFactory’s opinion is likely to be, enjoined due to the type of infringement specified in Section 11.1 above, DevFactory may, at its sole option and expense: (a) procure for Client the right to continue using such Deliverables under the terms of this Agreement; (b) replace or modify such Deliverables so that they are non-infringing and substantially equivalent in function to the enjoined Deliverables; or (c) if options (a) and (b) above cannot be accomplished despite DevFactory’s reasonable efforts, then DevFactory may terminate Client’s rights and DevFactory’s obligations hereunder with respect to such Deliverables and refund to Client the fees paid hereunder for such Deliverables.

11.3 Exclusions . Notwithstanding the terms of Section 11.1, DevFactory will have no liability for any infringement claim of any kind to the extent it results from: (a) modification of the Deliverables made other than by DevFactory or DevFactory’s contractors or agents; or (b) compliance by DevFactory with designs, plans or specifications furnished by or on behalf of Client.

 

12 General Terms and Conditions

12.1 Import/Export . Each party shall comply with all then-current export and import laws and regulations of the United States and such other governments as are applicable.

12.2 Compliance with Laws . Both parties agree to comply with all applicable laws, regulations, and ordinances relating to such party’s performance under this Agreement.

12.3 Assignment . Neither party may assign this Agreement or transfer any license created hereunder, by operation of law, change of control or otherwise (“Assign”) without the prior written consent of the other party, and such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Notwithstanding the language of this Section 12.3, however, a party (the “Assigning Party”) may Assign this Agreement to any person, firm or corporation which, through merger, acquisition by or of the Assigning Party or otherwise, succeeds to all or substantially all of the Assigning Party’s business, provided (i) the Assigning Party provides the other party with thirty (30) days prior written notice; (ii) the assignee does not compete directly or indirectly with the other party; (iii) the Assigning Party and any assignee are current in all fees or other obligations due hereunder to the other party; (iv) any such assignee agrees in writing to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement; and (v) if Client is the Assigning Party, the licenses and rights of Client under this Agreement shall apply to, and may be exercised only in connection with, the operations of Client as they exist on the date of the acquisition, and the Deliverables, Materials, and Confidential Information of DevFactory may be made available only to Client personnel working in such operations. In the event that Client is subject to a change in control, at DevFactory’s option and election, the Minimum Fee (as set forth in Schedule A) following such change in control shall become set (without being subject to change thereafter) to the then current Minimum Fee amount in effect at the time of the acquisition.

 

 

Technology Services Agreement    Page 5


DEVFACTORY CONFIDENTIAL

 

12.4 Survival . The provisions set forth in sections 4, 5, 7, 8, 9.2, 10, 11 and 12 of this Agreement shall survive termination or expiration of this Agreement and any applicable license hereunder.

12.5 Notices . Any notice required under this Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effective upon delivery to the party addressed. All notices shall be sent to the applicable address specified on the face page hereof or to such other address as the parties may designate in writing. Unless otherwise specified, all notices to DevFactory shall be sent to the attention of the Contracts Manager. Any notice of material breach pursuant to Section 9 shall clearly define the breach including the specific contractual obligation that has been breached.

12.6 Force Majeure . DevFactory shall not be liable to Client for any delay or failure of DevFactory to perform, its obligations hereunder if such delay or failure arises from any cause or causes beyond the reasonable control of DevFactory. Such causes shall include, but are not limited to, acts of God, floods, fires, loss of electricity or other utilities (unless due to DevFactory’s acts or omissions), or delays by Client in providing required resources or support or performing any other requirements hereunder,

12.7 Conflict . In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of this Agreement, a License Schedule, an exhibit, or a Statement of Work, the terms and conditions of the SOW, license schedule or exhibit shall prevail, in that order.

12.8 Restricted Rights . Use of the Deliverables and/or Materials by or for the United States Government is conditioned upon the Government agreeing that the Deliverables and/or Materials are subject to Restricted Rights as provided under the provisions set forth in FAR 52.227-19. Client shall be responsible for ensuring that this provision is included in all agreements with the United States Government and that the Deliverables and Materials, when delivered to the Government, is correctly marked as required by applicable Government regulations governing such Restricted Rights as of such delivery,

12.9 Entire Agreement . This Agreement (including any schedules or attachments hereto), and including any separately executed Statements of Work and any exhibits, shall constitute the entire agreement between the parties regarding the subject matter hereof and supersede all proposals and prior discussions and writings between the parties with respect thereto, including without limitation the Technology Services Agreement entered into between DevFactory LLC-FZ and Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc. on January 18, 2012 and the Amendment #1 thereto entered into on January 26, 2012, which agreements shall be of no further force and effect as of the date hereof, which agreements shall be deemed fully performed with no further obligations by one party to the other owed thereunder and of no further force and effect as of the date hereof.

12.10 Modifications . The parties agree that this Agreement, and any SOW executed hereunder, cannot be altered, amended or modified, except by a writing signed by an authorized representative of each party.

12.11 Nonsolicitation . During the term of this Agreement and for a period of one (1) year thereafter, each party agrees not to solicit, nor attempt to solicit, the services of any employee or Subcontractor of the other party without the prior written consent of such other party. Each party further agrees not to solicit nor attempt to solicit, the services of any former employee or Subcontractor of the other party for a period of six (6) months from such former employee’s or Subcontractor’s last date of service with the other party. Violation of this provision shall entitle the aggrieved party to liquidated damages

against the violating party equal to two hundred percent (200%) of the solicited person’s gross annual compensation. Generalized employment searches, such as Internet postings, classified advertising, job fairs or the like, shall not violate this Section 12.11.

12.12 Headings . Headings are for reference purposes only, have no substantive effect, and shall not enter into the interpretation hereof.

12.13 No Waiver . No failure or delay in enforcing any right or exercising any remedy will be deemed a waiver of any right or remedy.

12.14 Severability and Reformation . Each provision of this Agreement is a separately enforceable provision. If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be or becomes unenforceable or illegal, such provision shall be reformed to the minimum extent necessary in order for this Agreement to remain in effect in accordance with its terms as modified by such reformation.

12.15 Independent Contractor . DevFactory is an independent contractor and nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to make DevFactory an agent, employee, partner or joint venturer of Client. Neither party shall have authority to bind, commit, or otherwise obligate the other party in any manner whatsoever.

12.16 Dispute Resolution . Any dispute, controversy or claim arising under, out of or relating to this contract and any subsequent amendments of this contract, including, without limitation, its formation, validity, binding effect, interpretation, performance, breach or termination, as well as non-contractual claims, shall be submitted to mediation in accordance with the WIPO Mediation Rules. The place of mediation shall be Austin, Texas, USA. The language to be used in the mediation shall be English.

If, and to the extent that, any such dispute. controversy or claim has not been settled pursuant to the mediation within sixty (60) days of the commencement of the mediation, it shall, upon the filing of a Request for Arbitration by either party, be referred to and finally determined by arbitration in accordance with the WIPO Expedited Arbitration Rules. Alternatively, if, before the expiration of the said period of sixty (60) days, either party fails to participate or to continue to participate in the mediation, the dispute, controversy or claim shall, upon the filing of a Request for Arbitration by the other party, be referred to and finally determined by arbitration in accordance with the WIPO Expedited Arbitration Rules. The place of arbitration shall be Austin, Texas, USA. The language to be used in the arbitral proceedings shall be English. The parties acknowledge and agree that mediation and arbitration as set forth above, and not litigation, are the only dispute resolution procedures that will be used for disputes, controversies or claims arising as a result of this Agreement.

Notwithstanding anything contained hereunder, Client agrees and acknowledges that no dispute resolution shall be pursued by Client for any breach of this Agreement until and unless DevFactory has had an opportunity to cure any alleged breach. Client agrees to provide DevFactory with a detailed description of any alleged failure and description of the steps that Client understands must be taken by DevFactory to resolve the failure. DevFactory shall have thirty (30) days from DevFactory’s receipt of Client’s notice to complete and cure.

12.17 Choice of Law . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED AND INTERPRETED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS, USA, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICTS OF LAW PROVISIONS OF ANY STATE OR JURISDICTION.

 

 

Technology Services Agreement    Page 6


LOGO    DEVFACTORY CONFIDENTIAL

The parties hereto agree to the foregoing as evidenced by their signatures below.

 

Agreed to by:    
DEVFACTORY FZ-LLC    

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

(DevFactory)     (“Client”)

 

LOGO    

 

Signature     Signature
Rahul Subramaniam    

 

Print Name     Print Name
CEO    

 

Title     Title
26 January 2014    

 

Date     Date
DevFactory Legal Approval ¨    


LOGO    DEVFACTORY CONFIDENTIAL

The parties hereto agree to the foregoing as evidenced by their signatures below.

 

Agreed to by:    

DEVFACTORY FZ-LLC

   

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

(DevFactory)     (“Client”)

 

   

LOGO

 

Signature     Signature

 

   

 

Print Name     Print Name

 

   

 

Title     Title

 

   

 

Date     Date
DevFactory Legal Approval ¨    


DEVFACTORY CONFIDENTIAL

SCHEDULE A1

GENERAL TERMS

 

1. REQUEST FOR SERVICES BY CLIENT

The activities to be performed under the Agreement may or may not be reflected under a Statement of Work (“SOW”). If there is a Statement of Work, it shall at all times be subject to the Minimum Fee and other requirements set forth in this Schedule A1. The terms of this Schedule A1 are binding upon both parties immediately upon signature of the Agreement.

 

2. PROVISION OF SERVICES BY DEVFACTORY

Each SOW shall set out the Services to be provided to the Client by DevFactory from the following menu of services and such other services as DevFactory may offer from time to time:

 

  1) Software development services

 

  a. Quarterly Releases

 

  b. Bug Fixes

 

  c. New feature enhancements

 

  d. Improved application performance

 

  e. Improved application ease-of-use

 

  f. New cloud capabilities

 

  2) Source-code safekeeping

 

  3) Level 1 and Level 2 Support including email and phone

 

  4) Technology diligence, knowledge transfer, and training services.

 

  5) Application hosting for software sold to clients on a “software-as-a-service” basis

 

  a. Port software to Amazon’s EC2

 

  b. Hosting at Amazon EC2

 

  c. Hosting operations

 

  6) Account management, billing and invoicing services

 

  7) Automated Testcase Development

 

  8) Remote/blended consulting

 

  9) Remote training

 

  10) High Performance (1:3:1) Teams

The parties shall use good faith efforts to negotiate and execute SOWs as required by this Agreement. If no SOW is prepared, the Services to be performed shall be selected by Client from the menu of Services set forth above, and such other Services as DevFactory may offer from time to time.

Committed completion dates for individual Deliverables will be specified in the appropriate SOW or, if not specified, then the delivery dates shall be as notified by DevFactory to the Client from time to time.

Client understands that DevFactory operates based upon high volumes of activity for specific Services. Therefore, Client and DevFactory shall use all reasonable efforts to mutually agree to limit the number of Services utilized at any point in time and to reasonably cooperate in limiting the frequency of changes thereto.


DEVFACTORY CONFIDENTIAL

 

3. TECHNOLOGY SERVICES FEES AND EXPENSES

In consideration for the preferred access and most favored nation pricing provisions in Section 4 below, the parties agree that Client shall purchase from DevFactory under the Agreement for each calendar year that this Agreement is in effect a dollar amount of Services equal to the Minimum Fee (as defined).

For the purpose of the Agreement and this Schedule A1, the term “Minimum Fee” shall mean, for calendar year 2014, $2,131,750, and for each calendar year thereafter that the Agreement is in effect, the Minimum Fee shall be the immediately preceding calendar year’s Minimum Fee amount increased (or decreased, as the case may be) by such immediately preceding year’s Adjustment Rate.

For the purpose of the Agreement and this Schedule A1, the term “Adjustment Rate” for any calendar year shall mean the amount, stated as a percentage, by which such calendar year’s Total Revenue increased (or decreased, as the case may be) over the immediately preceding calendar year.

For the purpose of the Agreement and this Schedule A1, the term “Total Revenue” shall mean all revenue generated by Client and all of its direct and indirect subsidiaries and any entity or asset that is otherwise directly or indirectly managed or controlled by Client. Beginning in 2014, Client shall by March 31 of each year deliver to DevFactory (i) Client’s audited financial statements for the immediately preceding calendar year prepared in accordance with GAAP and (II) a calculation of the Minimum Fee for the current calendar year. DevFactory and Client shall within fifteen days after delivery thereof agree upon a final Minimum Fee amount for the current calendar year. Client shall provide DevFactory reasonable access to Client’s financial information to enable its review and to ensure compliance with this provision.

In the event that the actual total fees paid to DevFactory in a given calendar year are less than the applicable Minimum Fee for such calendar year (as set forth above), then upon expiration of such calendar year, Client shall make a payment to DevFactory of an amount equal to the minimum fees less the actual fee paid so as to ensure that no less than the minimum fee is paid to DevFactory in each calendar year.

It is Client’s sole responsibility to solicit the performance of Services via a SOW or by selecting services from DevFactory’s menu of services, following which, DevFactory shall promptly commence providing the Services in accordance with such SOW or Client’s selection.

 

4. PRIORITY AND PRICING

Priority . DevFactory shall grant Client access to the provision of Services in priority to all other DevFactory clients of the same size or smaller except for companies that are directly or indirectly owned or controlled by Joe Liemandt (“Liemandt Companies”). Subject to the prioritization set out in the preceding sentence, DevFactory agrees to work in good faith with Client to balance the resource demands from Liemandt Companies and Client in order to reasonably satisfy the demands of both businesses.

Pricing Provision. The fees in an applicable SOW for specific deliverables shall be materially comparable to or more favorable than the fees that DevFactory is currently offering and will offer to other similarly situated DevFactory clients purchasing the same or substantially similar services in similar volumes except for the Liemandt Companies and shall not be greater than those fees set forth in the pricing sheet dated as of the date hereof, as may be adjusted from time to time consistent with ordinary course price changes applicable to all DevFactory clients generally. DevFactory shall provide Client reasonable access to pricing information to ensure compliance with this pricing provision. For clarity, the parties agree that a violation of the foregoing pricing provision shall not constitute a breach of the Agreement and that the remedy of Client for a DevFactory failure of this pricing provision shall be the issuance by DevFactory of a Work Credit equal to the amount of overpayment by Client.


DevFactory FZ-LLC 705-706 Al Thuraya Tower No. 01, Seventh Floor, Dubai Media City, P.O. Box 502092, Dubai, 43659 UNITED ARAB EMIRATES

UPDATED PRICE LIST

 

Service Type

  

Comments

  

Price Per Unit

Tooling    The import of the source code of a product into DevFactory’s (DF) source code system and creation of automated build and test processes for the product.    $156,250/Product
Automated Test Case (ATC) Creation    Creation of modular automated test cases for testing the product functionality.    $625/Test Case
ATC Maintenance    Using the DF infrastructure to execute all the test cases on a daily basis, reporting the results, resolving any failures due to DF infrastructure, and maintaining test cases based on minor UI changes in the product (not functionality changes).    $112.50/Test Case/Quarter
Managed Upgrades    Upgrading a customer from the version of the product they are in to the current version of the product. The effort can be divided into several types depending upon the customization level for a particular customer.    $6,250/Upgrade

Basic

  

This is for a base build customer with no reports or customizations. The customer is on the base build of an older product version. This would involve upgrading the database and verification.

 

Fully automated upgrade scripts will be provided by Upland.

   $625/Upgrade

Medium

  

This is for the base build customers with reports that need to be migrated as well. The customer has no customizations but only reports that need to be migrated and made to work on the new version.

 

Maximum number of reports in a medium upgrade is two, and the maximum number of stored procedures is 2 per report (four total). Medium managed upgrades that contain more than 2 reports may be completed by purchasing multiple medium upgrade orders for that individual managed upgrade.

 

For example, a managed upgrade requiring 10 reports to be migrated would cost five times that of a managed upgrade requiring 2 reports.

   $1,562.50/Upgrade

Complex

  

This is for customers with customizations in the product. This involves making the relevant code changes in the product for the customizations to continue to work after upgrade.

 

Complex upgrades are limited to 2 customizations with 50 test cases in total. The upgrade should be within two consecutive releases.

   $6,250/Upgrade
Tech Stack Migrations    This involves adding support for a new platform that a product isn’t currently supported or certified on. This can be a new technology or a new version of the technology that a product uses.    $312,500 - $468,750
High Performance Team (1:3:1)    This is a high caliber team consisting of 1 Technical Architect, 3 Senior Developers and 1 QA. This team’s work will be directed by the Client’s product team directly on a day to day basis. Requires that the Client has completed tooling for the product and ordered 500 ATCs and committed to DevFactory maintenance of those 500 ATCs (but does not require ATCs to have been delivered to commence deployment of 1:3:1 team). DevFactory will provide 2 teams immediately and increase by 1 per year provided the trailing Adjustment Rate is 20% or greater.    $625,000/year

Agreed as of January 1, 2014

 

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.
By   LOGO
Name:  
Title:  
DEVFACTORY LLC-FZ
By   LOGO
Name:  
Title:   Rahul Subramaniam

Exhibit 21.1

List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant

Upland Software I, Inc. (f/k/a PowerSteering Software, Inc.)

Upland Software II, Inc. (f/k/a Tenrox Inc.(U.S.))

Upland Software III, LLC (f/k/a LMR Solutions LLC)

Upland Software IV, Inc. (f/k/a FileBound Solutions, Inc.)

Upland Software V, Inc. (f/k/a ComSci, Inc.)

Upland Software VI, LLC (f/k/a ComSci, LLC)

Upland Software VII, Inc. (f/k/a Clickability Inc.)

Upland Software Inc. (f/k/a Tenrox Inc. (Canada))

PowerSteering Software, Ltd. (UK)

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated May 12, 2014, except as to Note 18, which is as of October 24, 2014, in Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-198574) and related Prospectus of Upland Software, Inc. for the registration of shares of its common stock.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Austin, Texas

October 24, 2014

Exhibit 23.2

Consent of Independent Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our reports dated February 28, 2014 pertaining to ComSci, LLC, May 7, 2014 pertaining to LMR Solutions, LLC, and August 19, 2014 pertaining to Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc. in the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of Upland Software, Inc. for the registration of shares of its common stock.

/s/ Holtzman Partners, LLP

Austin, Texas

October 24, 2014

Exhibit 23.3

 

LOGO

C ERTIFIED P UBLIC A CCOUNTANTS

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our reports dated March 28, 2013 and March 28, 2012 (except for Note 15 as to which the date is March 28, 2013), with respect to the combined financial statements of Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc. included in the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of Upland Software, Inc. for the registration of shares of its common stock.

/s/ Blackman & Associates, P.C.

Omaha, Nebraska

October 24, 2014

17445 Arbor Street, #200    •    Omaha, Nebraska 68130    •    Ph (402) 330-1040    •    Fax (402) 333-9189